info/mirror-textfiles.com
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/opsxcq/mirror-textfiles.com.git synced 2025-08-07 18:26:49 +02:00
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity

update

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
OPSXCQ
2018-03-13 16:01:44 -03:00
parent 63ab644c01
commit 8617687376
137 changed files with 52857 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

280
textfiles.com/ufo/jungsufo.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
The following is a summary of the concepts from the book FLYING
SAUCERS, A MODERN MYTH OF THINGS SEEN IN THE SKY by C.G. JUNG.
(1978, Princeton University press ISBN 0-691-01822-7, written in
1958), and is part of the Collected works of C.G. Jung.
All I could hope to do here is pick out major points of the book
and relate them as best I can. All quotes from the book will
start with /and end with \ and include the paragraph number.
Please forgive a word or two left out here and there. I would
strongly recommend a study of the works of Jung but for those
unfamiliar I will try a brief description to avoid some confusion.
Jung says the individual unconcious is as real and as important
as the concious and that the collective unconcious is one shared
by everyone, built up and passed on somewhat like instincts in the
animal kingdom. He names the major influences of the unconcious
archetypes. One he calls the shadow, which is the 'bad' in us,
another the anima or animus which describes the traits of the
opposite sex which we can all sometimes display. His philosophy
is that the more we are aware of these traits the easier we can
achieve individuation, or becoming a whole person. Mandalas,
circular objects (often found as art, the Aztec calendar might be
an example), are important because they often reveal much about
ourselves. That is a very rough summary of some of his major
ideas.( I am not an authority, hence the following has turned out
to be more of a "best of" quotes from the book. Hopefully his
overall opinion of the subject can be deciphered.)
In the introduction. Jung relates that there are manifstations
of psychic changes which occur at the beginning and end of
Platonic months,/589 .changes in the constellation of psychic
dominants, of the archetypes, or "gods" as they used to be
called, which bring about, or accompany, long lasting transfor-
mations of the collective psyche... This transformation started
in the historical era and left its traces first in the passing of
the aeon of Taurus into Aries, and then Aires into Pisces, whose
beginning coincides with the rise of Christianity. We are now
nearing that great change which may be expected when the spring-
point enters Aquarius.\
Jung tackles the UFOs, 594/ only with their undoubted psychic
aspect, and in what follow shall deal almost exclusively with
their psychic comcomitants.\
In part 1 Jung cites several cases of spiritual seances in
which several attendees witnessed a visual phenomenon but others
present (including himself) saw nothing. 608/But if it (UFOs) is
a case of psychological 'projection', there must be a psychic
cause for it. One can hardly suppose that anything of such world-
wide incidence as the UFO legend is purely fortuitous and of no
importance whatever...in this case a psychological situation
common to all mankind. The basis for this kind of rumour is an
emotional tension having its cause in a situation of collective
distress or danger...This condition undoubtedly exists today, in
so far as the whole world is suffering under the strain of
Russian policies and their still unpredictable consequences. In
the individual, too, such phenomena ..only occur when he is
suffering from a psychic dissociation, when there is a split
between the conscious attitude and the unconcious contents
opposed to it. Precisely because the conscious mind does not know
about them and is therefore confronted with a situtation from
which there seems to be no way out, these strange contents cannot
be integrated directly but seek to express themselves indirectly,
thus giving rise to unexpected and apparently inexplicable
opinions, beliefs, illusions, visions, and so forth.\
He says that oftens this happens just to those who are least
inclined to believe in them, which then gives them an air of
particular credibility.
/614 UFOs..have become a 'living myth'. We have here a golden
opportunity of seeing how a legend is formed, and how in a
difficult and dark time for humanity a miraculous tale grows up of
an attempted intervention by extra terrestrial "heavenly" powers,
and this at the very time when human fantasy is seriously
considering the possibility of space travel... We at least are
concious of our space conquering aspirations, but that a
corresponding extra terrestrial tendency exists is a purely
mythological conjecture, i.e., a projection.\
/622. If the round shining objects that appear in the sky be
regarded as visions, we can hardly avoid interpreting them as
archetypal images. They would then be involuntary, automatic
projections based on istinct, and as little as any other psychic
manifestations or symptoms can they be dismissed as meaningless.
Anyone with the requisite historical and psychological knowledge
knows that circular symbols have played an improtant role in
every age.. There is an old saying that "God is a circle whose
centre is everywhere and the circumference nowhere."\
/623. The present world situation is calculated as never before to
arouse expectations of a redeeming, supernatural event. If these
expectations have not dared to show themselves in the open, this
is simply because no one is deeply rooted enough in the tradition
of earlier centuries to consider an intervention from heaven as a
matter of course. We have indeed strayed far from the metaphysical
certainties of the Middle Ages, but not so far that our historical
and psychological background is empty of all metaphysical hope.\
/625. Nuclear physics has begotten in the laymans head an
uncertainty of judgment that far esxceeds that of the physicists
and makes things appear possible which but a short while ago would
have been declared nonsensical. Consequently the UFOs can easily
be regarded and believed in as a physicists miracle.\
In part 2, a major portion of the book, Jungs examines dreams
that involve UFOs and then comments on their particular 'meaning',
too lengthy to repeat here. Some points he makes are;
/636. It must be emphasized however that there is also the
possibility of a natural or absolute knowledge, when the
unconcious psyche coincides with objective facts. This is a
problem that has been raised by the discoveries of parapsychology.
Absolute knowledge occurs not only in telepathy and precognition,
but also in biology, for instance in the attunement of the virus
of hydrophobia to the anatomy of dog and man as described by
Portmann, the wasps apparent knowledge of where the motor ganglia
are located in the caterpillar that is to nourish the wasps
progeny, the emission of light by certain fishes and insects with
almost 100% efficiency, the directional sense of carrier pigeons,
the warning of earthquakes given by chickens and cats, and the
amazing cooperation given in symbiotic relationships.\
(I could not help to think of the the recent Lear.txt when I
read the following paragraph)
/648. Today, as never before, men pay an extraordinary amount of
attention to the skies, for technological reasons. This is
especially true of the airman, whose field of vision is occupied
on the one hand by the complicated control apparatus before him,
and on the other by the empty vastness of cosmic space. His
consciousness is concentrated one sidedly on details requiring the
most careful observation, while at his back, so to speak, his
unconcious strives to fill the illimitable emptiness of space. His
training and his common sense both preclude him from observing all
the things that might rise up from within and become visible in
order to compensate for the emptiness and solitude of flight high
above the earth. Such a situation provides the ideal conditions
for spontaneous psychic phenomena, as everyone knows who has lived
sufficiently long in the solitude, silence and emptiness of
deserts, seas, mountains or in primeval forests. Rationalism and
boredom are essentially products of the over induged craving for
stimulation so characteristic of urban populations. The city
dweller seeks artificial sensations to escape his boredom; the
hermit does not seek them, but is plagued by them against his
will.\ He continues by discussing how isolation, hunger, etc. can
cause visions, hallucinations, in all men.
/655. .. Either these are hard and fast facts, or else it is
nothing but illusion begotten by repressed sexuality or an over
compensated inferiourity complex. As against this I haved urged
that the psyche be recognized as having its own peculiar
reality... Whatever the reality of the psyche may be, it seems to
coincide with the reality of life and at the same time to have a
connection with the formal laws governing the inorganic world. For
the psyche has yet another property which most of us would rather
not admit, namely, that pecuiar factor which relativizes space and
time, and is now the object of intensive parapsychological
research.\
/667. Everything in our experience is subject to the law of
gravity with one great exception:the psyche, which, as we
experience it, is weightlessness itself.\
/678. Modern man still does not realize that he is entirely
dependent on the cooperation of the unconscious, which can
actually cut short the very next sentence he proposes to speak. He
is unaware that he is continuously sustained by something, while
all the time he regards himself exclusively as the doer.\ He then
discusses the unconcious eloquently.
/681. The only certain thing is our profound ignorance, which
cannot even know whether we have come nearer to the solution of
the great riddle or not. Nothing can carry us beyond an "It seems
as if" except the perilous leap of faith, which we must leave to
those who are gifted or graced for it.\
In one dream a male is confronted by a female EBE and Jung
discusses the neccesity of realizing the anima in order to achieve
full realization of the self. A tally of those reporting contact
with EBE's to see how many have encountered those of the opposite
sex would be of interest as Jung relates the anima-animus
realization is a difficult one, as compared to other aspects to
it. (Although there could be other reasons for the sex
encountered.) After again discussing the stressfull, destructive
age in which we live, he says /719. Anxiously we look round for
collective measures, thereby reinforcing the very mass mindedness
we want to fight against. There is only one remedy for the
levelling effect of all collective measures, and that is to
emphasize and increase the value of the individual. A fundamental
change of attitude is required, a real recognition of the whole
man. This can only be the business of the individual and it must
begin with the individual in order to be real.. Large political
and social organizations must not be ends in themselves, but
merely temporary expedients. Just as it was felt neccessary in
America to break up the great trusts, so the destruction of huge
organizations will eventually prove to be a necessity because,
like a cancerous growth, they eat away mans nature as soon as
they become ends in themselves and attain autonomy.\
He talks about attaining individuation and the experiences which
make it difficult. /721. There is another reason why such
experiences \(those found while attempting individuation)/are
shunned, indeed feared as pathological, and why the very idea of
the unconscious and any preoccupation with it is unwelcome. It was
not so long ago that we were living in a primitive state of mind
with its "perils of the soul"-loss of soul, states of possession,
etc., which threatened the unity of the personality, that is the
ego these dangers are still a long way from having been overcome
in our civilized society. Though they no longer afflict the
individual to the same degree, this is certainly not true of
social or national groups on a large scale, as contemporary
history shows only too clearly. They are psychic epidemics that
destroy the individual.\ Perhaps this is the reason why talking
about UFO's to the average person is looked upon as "whacko".
/722. To the constantly reiterated question "What can I do ?" I
know no other answer except "Become what you have always been,",
namely, the wholeness which we have lost in the midst of our
civilized, conscious existence, a wholeness which we always were
without knowing it... "What on earth can I do in the present
threatening world situation, with my feeble powers?"... To
worship collective ideals and work with the big organizations is
spectacularly meritorious, but they nevertheless dig the grave for
the individual. A group is always of less value than the average
run of its members, and when the group consists in the main of
shirkers and good for nothings, what then? Then the ideals it
preaches count for nothing too. Also, the right means in the hands
of the wrong man work the wrong way, as a Chinese proverb informs
us.\
In part 3 titled UFOs and Modern painting Jung discusses the
image of the UFO as a product of the unconcious brought to light
with several (unknown) paintings, again stressing the similarity
of the UFO and the mandala. Referring to the hypothesis that UFOs
are psychic projections of the unconcious, in order to compensate
for a lacking in the concious mind, he answers the question
" What is the use of them if we dont understand them? "
/732. The language of the unconcious does not have the
intentional clarity of concious language; it is a condensation of
numerous data, many of them subliminal, whose connection with
conscious contents is not known. These data do not take the form
of a directed judgement, but follow an instinctinve, archaic,
"pattern" which, because of its mythological character, is not
recognized by the reasoning mind. The reaction of the uncouncious
is a natural phenomenon that is not concerned to benefit or guide
the personal human being, but is regulated exclusively by the
demands of psychic equilibrium.\
In summary Jung relates his findings are based on /771...not the
product of unbridled fantasy, as is often supposed, but ..
on thorough researchs into the history of symbols.\ and says he
spared us with the details (symbols are a major part of his work,
found in other text). He explains with an example of the concept
of numbers and how they can be considered "discovered" and there-
fore Godlike, or invented by man, as an instrument for counting.
Part 4 is a summary of the history of UFO phenomenon which
discusses the Basel Broadsheet, 1566, the Nuremburg Broadsheet,
1561, and a couple of other old prints depicting UFO type objects,
though his thoughts continue in the same vain, that they are
concious representations of the individual or collective
unconcious
Part 5, UFOs considered in a non-psychological light, sums
what he has said up to this point, although I dont see where he
treats them as other than psychological. I interpret it as UFOs
are psychic projections, and just because they are a product
of our collective unconcious does not mean they can't show up on
a radar screen.
In the epilogue he relates the particulars of an EBE contact as
published by Orfeo M. Angelucci, "The Secret of the Saucers"
(1955), and Orfeo's story to shreds of a first year psychology
analysis paper, picking out almost everything he reports and
showing what psychological hypothesis it represents. He then
prints the letter he wrote to the APRO bulletin in July 1958, and
discusses the controversy that followed (they reported that he
believed in UFOs, to which he objected. It is not as simple as
believing or not.) He also answers a couple of questions from
the publisher of the APRO magazine and discusses ball lightning.
The book ends with a copy of a letter to Donald Keyhoe on his
views.
I consider this book an excellent addition to my library and
might consider it to be more on the right track than anything else
I have read on the subject, although it was written 30 years ago.
Even if all of what he conjectures about the stuff UFOs are made
of is wrong, there is still a wealth of material for individuation
on every page. Quantum physics says you cant measure it unless
your a part of it. Abductions, implants, deals with the
government, maybe these are all real to the people who see and
experience them, and maybe if they are real to them, they are real
to all of us. I think we would be remiss if the answer to the UFO
phenomenon was written 30 years ago and we have not taken the
time to delve deeper into considering this aspect of the
explaination. It seems to be a real answer to a real phenomenon,
and as one who thinks he saw a flying disc, I would be most
interested in knowing not quite what it was, but why a few friends
and I saw it, I'm not about to dismiss the possibility that
"it was all in our minds".
Thomas Rhone
May, 1988


335
textfiles.com/ufo/jwhite.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
John White
60 Pound Ridge Road
Cheshire, CT 06410
203-272-2151
ALIENS AMONG US--A UFO CONSPIRACY HYPOTHESIS IN A RELIGIOUS MODE
By John White
Let's play "What If." Recently, John Lear provoked widespread
discussion and debate in the UFO research community by his hypothesis that
aliens (or "Grays") and what is presumed to be a CIA/MJ-12 amalgam have had
a long-time joint venture in which hidden underground bases for alien
activities play a part. Lear characterizes this as nefarious. I agree
with Lear and see aspects to the UFO abduction experience which indicate
there may be even more vast and sinister dimensions to it than Lear has des
cribed. Here is the "worst case scenario" I project.
The thrust of UFO research is into the metaphysical, where things are
not always as they seem. In the case of the Gray abducting aliens, my
judgment is this: they are diabolical and completely untrustworthy. I get
a strong of sense of conspiracy by them--a vast, subversive plot of long
duration and careful coordination which aims at nothing less than the
complete enslavement of humanity. I see nothing--absolutely nothing--about
their words and deeds which indicates anything but deceit, evasion,
misdirection, manipulation, exploitation and total disregard for human
values, personal property and our concept of respect for the inviolability
of personhood. We humans consider kidnaping and violation of civil rights
to be criminal, rape to be loathsome , brainwashing and mind control to be
heinous, lying to be despicable, unauthorized surgical invasion of the body
to be monstrous, and damage to personal property to be vandalism. The Gray
aliens exhibit such behavior. On the other hand, I know of no beh avior by
them which is clearly intended to show respect for our personhood,
property, civil rights, moral values and concern for truthful speech; they
routinely violate all that. As I view the situation, it's a ghastly
picture which emerges. It is not me rely alien; it is profoundly evil in
precisely the sense given in the Book of Revelation and other sacred
scriptures which describe a battle between the forces of light and the
forces of darkness for the salvation or damnation of humanity and the
planet. So when abducting aliens say, "We're here to serve you," I take
it to mean they have have cookbook recipes in mind.
What follows is a summary of my thoughts on the topic. I acknowledge
at the outset that it is indistinguishable from scaremongering science
fiction novels; I also acknowledge that it has numerous underpinning
assumptions which are open to challenge . (To name just two: are the
alien abductions literally real or are they psychological projections from
the mythic level of the human unconscious, created by overactive,
distraught human minds, and are the MJ-12 documents authentic?) Moreover,
the data on which I hang this scenario are few, tenuous and far from
indisputable. I've deliberately stayed away from discussing this topic in
my public statements on the UFO experience because the evidence for my
position is difficult to describe to an audience w hich is not
psychologically sophisticated nor parapsychologically educated. Most
people would take the paragraph above as evidence of bizarre mental
disturbance in me bordering on paranoia and religious fantasy, if not
full-blown psychosis. However, I cl aim to have enough self-awareness and
psychological/psychiatric understanding to say that such is not the case,
but rather is the result of thoughtful observation and analysis leading
logically to a plausible conclusion by a seasoned investigator of the pa
ranormal. So if the issue of my sanity can be put aside, at least
temporarily, l offer this statement as an hypothesis for discussion of the
most perplexing--and potentially important--aspect of the UFO experience.
I am "floating" it first among members of the Paranormal section of
CompuServe's ISSUES Forum because you are among the most sophisticated,
clear-thinking people I know in this field of wild stories, fuzzy data and
wounded psyches. I welcome the most hard-hitting feedback. I don't claim
to ha ve the "final" answer to the UFO question. I only claim to offer the
following with sincerity, the most rigorous thinking I can bring to it, and
a wish to provoke further discussion and investigation along the line I'm
developing. Of course, it's possibl e to be sincere but deluded. I am
willing--indeed, eager--to be shown that is so in my case. Therefore, in
hope of the most hard-hitting feedback, and in the interest of
reality-testing, here we go with "What If."
Let's begin with the humans and/or humanoids who have been reported by
abductees to be present on UFOs, apparently working with/for the aliens.
There are many such reports, most notably that by Travis Walton. If the
Gray aliens have been conductin g a genetic experiment or an interspecies
breeding program for at least several decades--which Budd Hopkins' work
indicates--then there could be humans who've been raised under alien
control since infancy and who are thoroughly alien in their loyalties and
psychology, although they certainly would be able to pass as "real" people.
While seeming to be ordinary citizens, they would nevertheless be at least
programmed, if not naturally inclined through psychological bonding, to
identify with the alien culture.
Such people could have been raised in an off-world site--say, a base on
the moon or Mars or even a gigantic "mother ship" *--and then reintroduced
to human society, with sufficient training and ongoing support from aliens
to make their way into careers in many fields. Depending on the scope of
the aliens' work--which I take to be happening on an enormous scale--the
abducting aliens/Grays could have hundreds or even thousands of their
people infiltrated into science, industry, finance, politics, educatio n,
the military, etc--with some undoubtedly in positions of great power and
influence. These people could, in turn, have recruited others to various
degrees, creating "cells" in the classic fashion of a resistance movement
preparing to overthrow the estab lishment. More likely, though, they would
have made their true identity known only to other "aliens among us" and
committed true-human collaborators who have been voluntarily working with
the aliens.
This infiltration activity would not be limited to the USA. If the
Gray aliens are doing it here, they're doing it everywhere. Of course,
being scheming and untrustworthy, bent on planetary domination, they would
not have told anything about this to MJ-12 or other official
government/military groups they might have contacted over the decades. And
if they contacted MJ-12 or its successors, we can be fairly certain they've
contacted the Soviet Union and other major powers, but wouldn't have let
each know about the others. The infiltration would represent a hidden
agenda behind their relatively more open agenda with MJ-12. ("Open" is
hardly the right word for an "Above Top Secret" operation, as the MJ-12
documents have been classified, but the alien infiltration of civilization
would be above even that.)
In parallel with that infiltration movement would be Manchurian
Candidate-type programming of the abductees and alien-human/humanoids. In
other words, if the Grays' ultimate intention is world control--which is my
conclusion--they've got a couple of ways to get there. The last resort
would be violent takeover, using naked warfare. That would certainly unite
true humans in opposition, and even if the Grays conquered humanity, we
would continue to resist by any and all means, even if our condition were
reduced to the status of POWs at a Hanoi Hilton. No, the aliens would seek
a bloodless takeover by conquering through propaganda and deception.
Remember that American POWs in Korea and Vietnam were continually subjected
to brainwashing because their bodies were captured but not their minds.
The aliens would recognize that and, in order to make their victory
complete, try to indoctrinate us, through covert means, to accept them as
we walk down a garden path, rather than have to "reeducate" some five
billion people in effect held captive as POWs.
So, the more intelligent approach would be to co-opt the human
race--subvert it through a cultural conditioning control system such as
Jacques Valle suggests in Dimensions. The MJ-12 group and its counterparts
in other nations would be the starting point. Here's where the plot
thickens. In fact, it ties in with more mundane conspiracy theories in the
political sphere which allege that the Rockefellers, Rothschilds,
Trilateralists, Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations and other
groups are th e hidden powers and the secret establishments directing world
affairs through international banking and control of the media, education,
science and military/political institutions in order to set up a one-world
social order with themselves at the seats of power.
There are some plausible arguments for this made by responsible,
credible thinkers and scholars such as Carroll Quigley and Antony Sutton;
there are also some absolutely bozo claims made by head-for-the-hills
survivalists and fringe Christian fundam entalists. I try to assess them
all to see what looks viable, weighing them against my standards of reason,
logic and evidence. Now, it's perfectly clear, thanks to Irangate, that
international conspiracies can and do happen; the question is to what degr
ee and how well coordinated and controlled they are by the alleged secret
powers. Until the last few years, I pretty much dismissed the notion of a
generations-old international conspiracy to set up a one-world order
controlled by international banking in terests such as the Rockefellers and
Rothschilds. I reasoned that if there were one conspiracy, there would be
others, and the net result would be to negate or at least neutralize each
other. No one would gain total control or unassailable ascendancy. T he
vagaries of world affairs were just too unpredictable; too many things
could go wrong; people wouldn't stay loyal to such a cause all their lives;
evidence of it simply couldn't be covered up forever.
Then the Gray aliens came into view, and the situation took on a
wholly different complexion.
If the aliens have secretly planted their agents throughout civilization
for decades and if they are pursuing contact with the top echelons of power
here in the USA via MJ-12 and its successors--as suggested by reports of
Project Aquarius, Project S igma, Project Garnet and Project Snowbird in
Jerome Clark's four-part review of UFO crash/retrievals in Fate earlier
this year--then over the years they could have been playing out a hand that
was strategized nowhere but in Hell. Look at the membership of
those power groups such as MJ-12. They lead straight into the heart of the
most disturbing "conventional" conspiracy theories about international
finance and military/political intrigue. For example, consider the Skull
and Bones Society at Yale. It is, from the political conspiracy theorists'
point of view, the quintessential "evil empire" within the USA. George
Bush, McGeorge Bundy, and a large number of the Trilateral Commission
members and the Council of Foreign Relations were tapped by this secret s
ociety while they were undergraduates at Yale and were bound by an oath of
secrecy to loyalty to the "Bones" purpose, which goes far, far beyond
simple collegial fraternity and the typical "good ol' boy" network.
The conspiracy theorists say that the aim of all this is to covertly
create a new world order in which the secret establishment becomes the
hidden power controlling global affairs--its economy, science, industry,
religion, education, technology, et c., even while maintaining for the
masses a facade of increasing freedom and prosperity for the world.
Nationhood would wither away, but political power would not. It would be
consolidated behind a screen through the fraternal bonds of men (Skull and
Bon es excludes women) whose aims and loyalty are not to any country or
group except their own transnational cabal.
Imagine that such a conspiracy has been going on for decades; that
would explain US State Department approval of high-technology transfer from
American industry to the Soviet Union, even when it ends up used against
America in military situations, a nd multimillion dollar bank loans to the
Soviet Union with no assurances sought that they won't be used to
underwrite anti-American activities. Then imagine that the aliens not only
know of the conspiracy and understand its operations, but have also
cunningly schemed to infiltrate it and co-opt it by pretending to establish
friendly but secret relations with it. What would be the nature of the
directing intelligence behind the aliens' scheme? It seems to me that the
Gray aliens alone are not smart enough or powerful enough to pull it off,
despite their technological edge. I see it like this:
The aliens are glad to let the human conspirators continue their work
aimed at world domination because the humans don't realize the danger
they've gotten into by making what is in reality a diabolical pact. The
human secret establishment thinks it' s simply got an edge by making
contact with the aliens because the aliens can provide advanced technology
to help the power brokers advance their scheme; all they have to do is let
the aliens continue with their "scientific" work of abducting people for "e
xamination." But the aliens' intention is to be the power behind the power
behind the throne. And the MJ-12 successors played right into their hands.
When John Lear says the MJ-12 team is scared of what they've gotten
into, he would be right if the people involved have begun to realize the
magnitude of the deadly game they've been suckered into--which seems
likely. Just as they see their "final" victory nearing--i.e., global
affairs are tending well for the establishment of a one-world order,
exactly as they've been working for over decades--the aliens trump them and
in effect the secret establishment itself becomes subtly, secretly but
inescapab ly enslaved, exactly as they sought to do to others. A delicious
irony there--but don't laugh too loud about it because the situation, if
I'm correct, is appalling. It's the Book of Revelation coming true: a
titanic war in the heavens between the power s of light and the powers of
darkness for the liberation or enslavement of all humanity.
Now, return to those alien-raised humans and humanoids. If the aliens
are as knowledgeable about human psychology, physiology and anatomy as UFO
research indicates--i.e., reports show that they can completely control the
human nervous system, effec t instant healings, alter memory, perform
precise surgical operations on the brain and visceral organs--then they are
wholly competent to "program" human beings to react in certain ways upon
signal. Under hypnosis, abductee Betty Andreasson stated repeate dly in
The Andreasson Affair--Phase Two that she would reveal something in the
future when the time is right as determined by the aliens; quite
independently, her future husband, Bob Luca, received exactly the same
mental programming from abducting Grays.
Thus, the alien-humans would undoubtedly be programmed to rise up with
violence and armed warfare if the aliens felt it necessary to achieve their
aims in extremis. Imagine hundreds of thousands of Manchurian Candidates,
each programmed to eliminate/assa ssinate designated leaders and officials
so that the aliens' hand-picked candidates can come forward. Far out? Not
in the shadowy world of subversion, political intrigue and life-or-death
struggle for conquest of Planet Earth.
Where do all the alien-humans come from? Many would undoubtedly be
bred in vitro from sperm and ova, but many others would have been obtained
the easy way--by kidnaping children. An estimated one million children are
missing in the USA each year. Where could they all go? If just one percent of them were abducted by
aliens, that's a sizable population to work with at off-world basesI
If you will grant the plausibility of this admittedly fantastic
scenario so far, it then makes sense to say that the Gray aliens are not
the "ultimate" type of beings contacting us in this matter. They are
alien, through I'm not convinced they're e xtraterrestrial. However, it
appears there is another "race" behind the Gray aliens, covertly directing
their activities. This "race" is not merely "alien"--it is evil. It is
truly sinister, malevolent and unswervingly committed to the damnation of
all humanity--and it is definitely not extraterrestrial. These
intelligences have been characterized in ancient scriptures and sacred
traditions as native to Earth, demonic, hostile to our very existence as
free people and intent upon dominating us totally--p hysically, mentally
and spiritually. St. Paul spoke of humanity contending with "powers and
principalities." My reason, research and personal experience lead me to
conclude that such entities are ontologically real, albeit paraphysical. I
see the hand of such intelligences behind much of the UFO phenomenon. I
will even name the chief entity, using its Judeo-Christian appellation:
Lucifer/Satan. To say more than that in a meaningful manner, however,
would take several more kilobytes. I am prepared to g et into the issue of
Lucifer/Satan and its nature, purpose and role in the UFO experience, but
that will depend on my assessment of the response to this discussion.
In closing, I will say that, in my judgment, we humans are not alone
against forces of darkness. I also see benign and even benevolent "alien
intelligences" here as well, trying to assist us in this struggle for
psychobiological integrity, spiritua l advancement and true planetary
unity, as Brad Steiger suggests in The Fellowship. We are surrounded by
"angels unawares" who, as agents of godliness, seek in subtle ways to guide
and protect us. For example, the beings of light whom people meet during
near-death experiences (NDE) are providing tremendous support for humanity
in what I see as a struggle between the forces of light and darkness. The
light-beings' nature is clearly evident by the effect they have upon human
lives. Completely unlike the a bducting Gray aliens, the NDE light-beings
produce no traumatic consequences on people whatsoever. Humans who meet
them while in the near-death state report later that they sensed only
unconditional love and forgiveness for misdeeds radiating wordlessly from
these entities. Abducting aliens induce fear and long-lasting anxiety,
disturbing dreams and a disturbed personality; NDE light-beings have an
aftereffect which brings people a sense of ultimate peace, cosmic goodness,
reverence for life, deepened spi rituality, concern for fellow humans and
the environment--a general revaluing of a materialistic, egotistic
life-style in the name of God and Love. Here in America alone, an
estimated 8,000,000 people have undergone an NDE. If America is the
leading edge of a millennial demonic invasion, as I'm postulating, it is
also the site of an even greater number of transformative, uplifting,
inspiring encounters with entities traditionally called angels, saints and
enlightened teachers. And such activity must be h appening around the
globe. Does this not indicate a colossal support system of metaphysical
forces which intend salvation for humanity, building in opposition to what
I have posited as a hellish plot aimed at complete enslavement of humanity
and Planet Earth?
------------------
* In 1972, while visiting the Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena,
California, I learned from my guide--a JPL employee--that the facility had
analyzed many UFO photographs. My guide told me that JPL had explained
away all of them except one. Tha t one, he told me, was taken by a man who
provided such good information about the time of day, location, camera and
film that JPL, after using computer enhancement of the photo, could offer
only two explanations. The man who submitted the photo said he s aw a UFO
passing in front of the moon. JPL would not confirm it but said there
definitely was something real in the photo. The only trouble was that they
couldn't tell if it was a small object about two feet in front of the
camera or something 1,000 mile s long at a distance of 100,000 miles from
Earth. A mother ship?


169
textfiles.com/ufo/keck.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
Latrobe Bulletin
Latrobe, Pa
May 6, 1989
KECKSBURG CRASH CONTROVERSIAL
By Kim Opatka
Bulletin Staff Writer
This final article in a six-part series on unidentified flying
objects (UFOS) examines one of the most talked about and controversial
incidents in the area, what has been termed a meteorite by some and an
alien craft by others, which crashed in Kecksburg December 9, 1965.
The object was first seen streaking across the sky, with
thousands from Michigan to New York witnessing a brilliant ball of
fire which left a smoke trail, visible for about 20 minutes after it
passed.
Many, including pilots who observed it, thought it was an
aircraft which was on fire. Reports of debris from the object were
made in many states, and an Ohio fire department was called to
extinguish 10 small fires in an area where witnesses said they saw
flaming fragments falling from the sky.
Shock waves were reported by pilots, and a seismograph near
Detroit recorded a shock, wrote investigator Stan Gordon, of
Pennsylvania Association for the Study of the Unexplained (PASU) in a
recent journal article. The crash has been a pet project of the
Greensburg man "since the night it happened," he said, noting he is
still trying to obtain information on the incident.
Although the military eventually labeled the object a meteor, as
did the Associated Press account published in The Bulletin the day
after the crash, Gordon says recent evidence, including the discovery
of a man who saw the object, supports the idea that the object was a
true UFO.
"I was a teen-ager then," said John (not his real name). "It was
in the early part of December and there was a little snow and a little
rain, and mud."
He was called to the scene after the 4:44 p.m. crash as a fireman
from the Latrobe area, to search for the crashed object.
"I had seen a fiery object in the sky. I can't say exactly which
direction but it was coming from the north. It was not too much
longer and the fire whistle went off," he said. "I answered the call
and was told they needed a search team because at the time they
believed it was a downed aircraft. And I thought, 'My God, this is
what I have just seen'."
When firemen arrived at the Kecksburg Fire Hall, maps were
reviewed and groups were given sections to search.
"It was getting semi-dusk and we had flashlights. We were taken
in the back of a truck and dropped off and told to go 'this way' which
we did. I was not on the initial contact team. Another team found
the object.
"It was definitely, unequivocally, positively, absolutely no
aircraft, plane, helicopter or rocket, at least not to my knowledge.
It was in an area that was part field and part woods and we went down
to investigate," he said.
"We found the object had crashed at a 30 to 40 degree angle, and
had broken off numerous tree branches in its impact path. My initial
reaction was 'This is no airplane.' I observed no shrapnel, no
breaking up of the fuselage. It was one solid piece, no doors, no
windows.
"Preliminary searches found no bodies or casualties. It was
shaped like an acorn, laying on its side, like the acorn nut is in its
shell when it's on a tree," he explained. "I've been a machinist for
24 years and I've worked with a tremendous amount of different metals,
and I have never seen any type of metal that looked even close to
that."
John said the object was not broken, "not even cracked, just
dented a bit. It did not give off smoke, steam or vapors, at least
none that we could see."
Reports from neighbors in the area said it had given off a faint
trail of blue smoke, which disappeared after the crash.
He described the portion visible as between eight and 10 feet
long, six and seven feet across, and said a man of average height
would probably have had little trouble standing up inside it. The
crater it plowed into the ground was "rectangular in shape."
John said the state police were there and the area was soon
quarantined.
"They drove us out. It was late at night when we finally got
back to the fire hall and it had been completely taken over by the
military. They were carrying in large pieces of equipment, radios and
such, and they had armed guards posted outside so nobody could get in
or out. The firemen were thrown out. We weren't even allowed in to
use the bathroom.
"The military had control of the whole operation," John recalled.
"After a while we saw a flat bed truck come by with some other
military equipment, a crane or something.
"It was not too much longer, an hour, an hour and a half, when
the trucks came back and there was a large object on the back of the
flat bed, covered by a tarp, with military escorts front and back. I
got the feeling that if you had stepped on the road you were dead
meat. They weren't stopping for anything."
Although the object was later said to be a meteorite, John
doesn't buy that explanation.
"It had writing on it, not like your average writing, but more
like ancient Egyptian hieroglyphics. It had sort of a bumper on it,
like a ribbon about six to 10 inches wide, and it stood out. It was
elliptical the whole way around and the writing was on this bumper.
It's nothing like I've ever seen, and I'm an avid reader. I read a
lot of books on Egypt, the Incas, Peruvians, Russians and I've never
to this day come across anything that looked like that."
John notes that later it was denied that the object was even a
meteorite, and the military "denied they were even in the area. But I
know there were Air Force and Army personnel involved. It was like
they just came out of the woodwork."
Gordon's research has revealed that one of the military groups
involved was most likely to be the 662nd Radar Squadron, based at the
Oakdale Armory, located near Greater Pittsburgh International Airport.
The squadron was found to be under the control of the Aerospace
Defense Command, and attempts to get information on the Kecksburg
crash, through the Freedom of Information Act, have not provided much
to go on.
One response said there had been no record of the squadron being
activated on that date, Gordon said, wondering how so much equipment
and personnel could be activated while the monthly report showed no
entry on Dec. 9.
Through his research, Gordon says he knows the Air Force was
still investigating UFO cases at the public level then, and that it
was apparently the Project Blue Book staff which contacted the 662nd
squadron. Subsequent reports have led him to theorize that even the
Project Blue Book staff was not made aware of objects which could
"affect national security," and that some intelligence teams
investigated crashes of "foreign space vehicles."
Another strange occurrence that night, Gordon said, was reports by
some civilians that radiation was released. He explained that some
children playing in the area had reportedly been told by military
personnel that that was a possibility, and men in decontamination
suits were allegedly seen at the site later the next day.
Although he has considered the possibility that the object could
have been space debris or a test device, Gordon says documents and
evidence obtained in the last few years lead more in the direction of
it being a "true UFO."
John concurs.
"It was definitely not of this planet. At the time I was a
skeptical teen, but when you see something like that you don't forget
it. When you get called out like that from the fire department you
think you're going out looking for an aircraft of some sort, not a
UFO.
"I'll never forget it. I still want to know what the hell it
was."

543
textfiles.com/ufo/kfyi.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
TRANSCRIPT:
The Earl Baldwin Show
Wednesday, August 18th, 1988
KFYI Radio
Guests: Richard Hall, Jim Speiser
Transcript begins approx. 7:15PM
EB: ...this hour, we have the author of a book with us, it says
"Top Secret" on the cover, and I don't know, I've read a lot of
the secrets in here. "Uninvited Guests", its a "documented
history of UFO sightings, alien encounters, and cover-ups." And
the author is Richard Hall. Richard is with us here on The Talk
Station via the telephone. Hello, Richard Hall!
RH: Hi. How're you doing?
EB: Pretty good. And we have in studio, Jim [Speezer], or is it
Speiser? Speiser...who is a ufologist, and director of ParaNet,
which is a computer Bulletin Board of explorers of the
paranormal...a network, I guess, of all those people who are
comparing data [such] as you have in your book. Your book is a
compendium of all of the reports correlated here in different
categories, from "Close Encounters of the Vehicular Kind" to
bodies in the morgue, humanoids, and big secrets and other...uh,
what gave you the idea for doing this, Richard Hall?
RH: The idea for doing it was that the public at large has had very
little in the way of current, honest sources of information on
this subject for many years now, and their primary source of
information, very regrettably, has been the tabloid newspapers.
The conventional news media do not give adequate coverage of the
subject, so I felt it was time to do an update, pulling together
the most impressive information, and (whether impressive or not)
the currently reliable information on the subject. So that's
what I tried to do.
EB: Now isn't this a case of, "where there's smoke there's fire,"
the idea, with all this smoke there must be a flame somewhere?
With all of the reports, and many of them seem to correlate,
most people who sight spaceships seem to give the same general
description. Most people who see lifeforms coming from
spaceships, or assuming they come from some kind of
extraterrestrial vehicle or transportation, put them in similar
categories, and, are we saying, because these things have gone
on for many, many years now, and seem to correlate from
different sources, different countries, and come up with the
same kinds of general observations, that there must be something
to it?
RH: Yes, indeed. I think that's exactly right. I think if we'd had
all these reports over the years, and they were of 90,000
different sightings, and no two were alike, you know, you could
write it off as some kind of psychological phenomenon or
whatever, but we do indeed have all these converging patterns,
very STRONG patterns, in fact, of exactly, similar descriptions
from people worlds apart, continents apart, all walks of life,
and it tells a very important picture here of some real
phenomenon going on that has not been adequately investigated.
EB: What disturbs me is the fact that it has NOT been adequately
investigated, and that there seems to be a pattern of covering
up; that, if there is something to this, the government - the
military in particular - doesn't seem to want anybody else to
have the information.
RH: Yes.
EB: And why is that?
RH: Well, one can only speculate. But the case I build in my book is
that, sometime back several decades ago, the government and/or
the...at least the military services found very strong evidence
of what we will call extraterrestrial visitation, for lack of a
better term - some kind of intrusion into our airspace by
mysterious, unexplainable objects and apparently humanoid
beings. And they really didn't know how to cope with this. It
was not really treated as a scientific problem, it was treated
as a national security problem. Who are these beings, what are
these craft, where are they coming from? Are they about to
attack us or what? But there was no evidence of any kind of
invasion per se. So the military forces were stuck with a
problem that they really couldn't cope with. Now there's much
more to it than that, which I'll be glad to get into, but
that's as short an answer as I can give to such a complex
question.
EB: Let me ask our guest, Jim Speiser...how did you get an interest,
or develop an interest in UFOs, extraterrestrials, and the like?
JS: I got an interest in it from way back, about 1966. I was a young
boy and I read all of the pulp magazines, etc. Kinda lost
interest up until college, when I learned of the "skeptical
side" of things. From there on I proceeded from a skeptical
point of view, as I pursued many other facets of the so-called
"paranormal": ghosts, ESP, etc. [But] it soon came to my
attention that the skeptical information I was getting on UFOs -
that they didn't exist, that they couldn't possibly be here,
that they've been explained in other ways - I slowly came to the
realization that those explanations were not quite as
scientifically based as the skeptics would have us believe. And
so I said, "Wait a second. If our best debunkers and skeptics
can't explain these cases, or have to resort to way-out
left-field explanations that make the `alien' theory look
ridiculous, maybe there really IS some fire behind the smoke."
EB: Was there any one, or two or three, basic incidents that
convinced you there was something out there? or up there?
JS: Well, I remember the particular turning point in my mind was the
Helicopter-UFO Incident over Mansfield, Ohio in 1973,
and...that's a case where the best debunker in the world, Philip
Klass, as far as I can see, really dropped the ball. He tried to
explain this thing as a "bolide", or meteor, that lasted some one
minute and twenty seconds, which...I've called dozens of
meteorologists, astronomers, experts...[and] no one can tell me
that a meteor could possibly last a minute and twenty seconds.
EB: OK, and, Richard Hall, the author of "Uninvited Guests", was
there one turning point, one "ah-HA!" factor for you that said,
"there must be something to this?"
RH: I'm not sure I can pin it down to one precise case, but I think
one category of reports that impressed me highly was reports by
professional pilots, military and civilian professional pilots,
airline pilots, Air Force pilots... and I have over the years
talked to many, many of them, face to face. Reports sometimes
that they don't put on public record, because they fear
ridicule. But their reports are being investigated by Dr.
Richard Haines at NASA-Ames Research Center, and I think they're
a very impressive category of reports.
EB: Mm-hmm. And, uh, some of the movies, like "Close Encounters of
the Third Kind," "ET," and like that, they've done a lot of
research, which seems to be parallelled by a lot of the stories,
this documented history that you present in your book "Uninvited
Guests." Do you think that Steven Spielberg, for example, was
borrowing from the same basic materials that you've used in your
book, to background his films?
RH: Yes. Steven Spielberg had some contact with the Center for UFO
Studies, which was headed by Dr. J. Allen Hynek, and did indeed
borrow from the UFO literature, but I think he expanded beyond
that and took a few "artistic liberties," shall we say...went a
little beyond the legitimate database, but indeed he was
borrowing from it.
EB: OK, because I notice that, "Close Encounters," I notice a lot of
the lights and the sightings and the shapes of the humanoids
seem to correlate with a lot of the actual sightings that are
documented in your book.
RH: Right.
[Commercial Break]
[Transcript picks up when Speiser is talking to Baldwin about Senator
Goldwater incident. Tape started late...]
JS: ...confirmed to ParaNet that he was not allowed access to
records where UFO information was kept.
EB: Why? Isn't he...
JS: That is a good question....
EB: ...a high muckety-muck, or was...
RH: He didn't have a high enough security clearance.
EB: ...a member of the Senate, head of the Armed Services Committee,
whatever he was the head of, a top-secret clearance...
JS: He was head of just about every possible Senate committee that
would have oversight powers over anything that would have
anything to do with foreign technology, alien technology,
space...he was head of just about everything that would come
under that venue.
EB: Is there any member of [the] Senate, or of the President's
Cabinet, who would be allowed...I mean, the head of the Armed
Services on the President's Cabinet, the head of Defense, the
Defense Secretary, rather, wouldn't that person be allowed...?
JS: Well, any answer I give would only be speculation, we don't know
who has the clearance... Dick might have a better aspect than I
do on that...
RH: Well, I'm in the same boat. We really don't know who has been
told what, you know. All we know is that increasing
documentation from the past suggests that there has been a
tightly-held secret by a group called MJ-12...
EB: MJ-12?
RH: Yes, MJ-12, which was a group of very high, highly placed
political leaders and scientists, back when they allegedly first
got some kind of physical evidence. And this was just between
the President (then Harry Truman) and this group of scientists.
And it was very tightly-held. Other members of the
Administration were not told, other military leaders were not
told, other politicians were not told, so we just don't know.
Assuming that's true in the first place, which we don't really
know, although there's suggestive evidence of it...assuming
that's true, then we don't know where it went from there...what
has become of this evidence, who has been clued in and who
hasn't. So its very much up in the air. But there's enough
suggestive evidence and leads here that we only wish that we
could get some high-powered investigative reporters involved, to
really dig into this, because, you know, we could certainly
provide some very substantial leads to them that they could have
a ball with.
EB: Well now, in your appendix, Appendix B here, you have a briefing
document of Operation Majestic-12 that was "prepared for [then-]
President Dwight David Eisenhower," back in November of 1952,
and it says "Copy 001 of 001," which means this was the only
copy ever made? "Top Secret" is crossed out and "Eyes-Only"
crossed out on my copy, in the book. Can't you get in trouble
for even copying this, or publishing this?
RH: No, no.
EB: Why? says "Top Secret"!
RH: Civilians are not subject to this kind of thing. If I were a
member of the military and published this, then I might get in
trouble, but they have no hold over me...
EB: Well, the Rosenbergs weren't members of the military and they
took some Top Secret information out of the country...
RH: Well, I'm not publishing any atomic secrets, see, I'm publishing
something whose validity is denied...
EB: Oh, I see, they deny that this is an actual document...
RH: ..and also I'm not the original publisher of this. This was
released by Bill Moore and Stanton Friedman and Jaime Shandera.
EB: How did they get it?
RH: They...Shandera received it in the mail anonymously on film. It
was an undeveloped roll of film, and he had it developed, and
this was what was on the film. They have spent several years
since then (this was several years ago), they've spent several
years doing a lot of clever documentary research, and
biographical research to find out who are the principals named
in here - they name the twelve, the Majestic Twelve, in here -
they did a lot of research to find out who these people were,
where they were at the time of the alleged incidents, you know,
the whole thing. And everything they've been able to find out is
at least CONSISTENT with this report. Doesn't prove it...
EB: Well, now wait, according to this there were nine, whatever,
nine spaceships or craft or whatever else flying over New
Mexico, right? Or the Cascade...I'm sorry, uh, Cascade Mountains
in the state of Washington, but then, later on, there was a
[begins more-or-less quoting from document] crash in a remote
region of New Mexico, about 75 miles northwest of Roswell Army
Air Base (now Walker Field), and aerial reconnaisance discovered
four small human-like beings that had apparently ejected from
the craft, somewhat before it exploded, and fallen to the earth
about two miles east of the wreckage site, and all four were
dead and badly decomposed due to the action [of] predators and
exposure to the elements due to the approximately one week time
period which had elapsed before their discovery. Now they
removed the bodies, and so forth, and put a cover story out
about a weather balloon. But the question I have is, that there
were nine of these craft visible just before, or a month before,
in the Cascade Mountains, and a month later, one of these,
obviously, from the same formation, or a similar one, crashes,
why wouldn't the other eight have stuck around or why wouldn't
they be able to get there if they have the advanced technology
and pick these other creatures up, or find out where they had
crashed, if they had this advanced technology? Why couldn't they
find it before we did?
RH: We don't know, but, the point is that these things allegedly
crashed and allegedly were retrieved. And you can only speculate
about what else went on. Actually, if the story...if you take it
at face value, the beings were dead when they hit the ground and
the craft exploded in the air. So they may have been "written
off..."
EB: Oh, and they thought there wasn't enough to even go after...
[Commercial Break]
[Tape again started late...]
EB: ..if they know that much about us, why don't they speak our
language? Because some of the sightings, uh, the people say they
make "unintelligible sounds." Why wouldn't they have taken a
Berlitz course or something, in English?
RH: [chuckles] That's a good question. I don't know. I say in my
book, in various places, that we may underestimate the
difficulties in cultural differences between us and supposed
alien beings, or beings [from] elsewhere, as I call them...
EB: But if you can build a spaceship, you must have some computer
technology. We have computers that will translate most foreign
languages. They can translate Chinese to Russian to English in a
matter of seconds.
RH: Yes, but if they come from a totally different biosphere than
anything we're familiar with, you know, and there could be
tremendous roadblocks. They might not even be able to recognize,
out of all the myriad forms of life on Earth, which is the
supposedly intelligent life. They may be down there trying to
talk to porpoises. Who knows?
EB: Well, we have some intelligent life now on Line #1. From
Phoenix, here's Charles, at 258-KFYI. You're on with the author
of "Uninvited Guests," Richard Hall, and Jim Speiser, the
ufologist and director of ParaNet. Charles, you're on KFYI,
hello there.
Caller: Hello. Uh, gentlemen, I frankly, I think this is all hogwash.
RH: Good.
EB: Hogwash!
Caller: Right. And here, let me give you my proof. Now, I don't know
about the rest of it, but this one part where these craft
landed, and all that, and our government is either hiding it,
hiding them, or destroying them, or something, to keep us from
finding out. Now, just think of this for a moment: We are not
the only nation on Earth. I mean, there are hundreds of nations
where others could have landed, and it is assumed that...I don't
believe that for whatever planet they come they'd pick just the
United States and these little confines. Therefore, all the
nations of Earth - Russia, China, India, Australia, Canada,
England, Germany - all of them must have ALL gotten together in
one great conspiracy to keep this information from all the
peoples of the Earth. Is that humanly possible?
EB: Or extraterrestrially possible...
Caller: It is?
EB: Is it EXTRATERRESTRIALLY possible, not HUMANLY possible.
Caller: Well, no, WE are the humans who are hiding this, you see. Or our
government.
EB: Well, that's a good question, except that, in this book, I might
point out, that there are sightings in places like Finland,
France, Italy, and New Guinea, and Brazil.
Caller: But how about absolute proof, that is, like you say, wreckage,
bodies, even though decomposed...apparently, since these bodies
were damaged by predators, they are apparently edible.
RH: Well, that's very interesting, you show some signs of having
read the literature, because we didn't mention the predator
damage before...
EB: I had mentioned that just a moment ago...
RH: Oh, did you mention predator damage? OK, but let me just say
that, you talk about the international scope of this thing,
that's absolutely correct. We've learned that even mainland
China, communist China, has had a long history of UFO sightings
in modern times, which is only now beginning to come out since
the country has opened up a little bit to the West. We have an
official ongoing investigation in France, and so forth. I don't
think it requires any international conspiracy to account for
why governments haven't told us things. The governments are
confronted with some very strange, baffling information and so
are we. What we're getting tonight in this discussion is some of
the most extreme, very dubious sort of information. In my book,
I have a solid underpinning of why we take this subject
seriously at all. This question of whether or not there are
crashed UFOs and physical evidence is definitely up in the air.
I don't insist that that's true. All I do is report the
information that is available, and suggest that we really need
to study this seriously. But I don't think it necessarily
follows that there has to be some big international conspiracy,
I don't follow that logic.
Caller: Well, somehow it must have sneaked out from SOME country, that
they have evidence which I assume that they would have also, not
just we.
EB: Oh, well there have been crashed UFO reports from other
countries. There have been abduction reports from other
countries.
Caller: And they are also keeping this a deep, dark secret from their
people?
RH: No, its NOT being kept a deep, dark secret, because we're aware
of it. But its just not believed, you see....
Caller: Well, if they would show me, I'd believe it.
RH: ...like you, people say "hogwash."
Caller: Yeah, but if they would show me, I would believe it!
RH: Well, read my book. I'll show you.
EB: We had a shooting down of an airplane by one of our Naval
vessels with hundreds of casualties, and people called our
station and said they don't believe it, that it was set up and
that there were fake bodies and corpses that were set up from
Iran...
JS: That's the trouble, a lot of people...you've heard the
expression, "I'll believe it when I see it." A lot of people
will see it when they believe it. They preface it by that..."I
have to believe it first, and no matter what you show me, I'm
not going to believe it until I believe it."
[Commercial Break]
EB: Six minutes before 8:00, we had a fellow named Joe waiting on
Line #2, but obviously a UFO has spirited him away. So if
anybody else is allowed to call us, if they're not in the hands
of either the Air Force or the extraterrestrials, then you are
free to dial 258-KFYI or toll-free 1-800-242-TALK. And our
guests for these last few minutes of this first hour: we have
Richard Hall, the author of "Uninvited Guests," which is
probably the best collection in logical sequence of all the
sightings, all the reports, and lots and lots of theories on
whether or not the government is covering up something, or
whether or not we have aliens among us. And Jim Speiser in our
studio, ufologist and director of ParaNet. Now that's a computer
Bulletin Board, Jim?
JS: Yeah, its a network, actually, of computer Bulletin Board
Systems, designed to collect and disseminate information on
what's happening right now in the paranormal, especially UFOs
and other anomaly fields such as Bigfoot, Loch Ness Monster,
Cattle Mutilation, things like that. There's a communications
gap in these fields...
EB: So sharing information, and trying to see if there's a pattern
here...
JS: Exactly.
EB: ...might help. Richard Hall, I understand our government, or
SOMEONE, investigated you, when they found out you were putting
this book together, this gathering of all the intelligence data
on possible life from other atmospheres, other planets, other
solar systems. Is that true?
RH: I was investigated back a few years ago, a number of years ago
by the Central Intelligence Agency, and its kind of an elaborate
story, but the bottom line is that I found out, through some
other acquaintances and some Freedom of Information Act requests
that they had conducted a security clearance on me, without my
knowledge or consent and...
EB: Why? Were you applying...
RH: I don't know, but I've been told that they were apparently
trying to set me up as a so-called "window," a source on the
subject, but whatever happened to the effort, I don't know,
because they never did that, at least I was not aware of it...
EB: In other words, they were trying to see if they could trust you,
and maybe put you on the Majestic Twelve list...
RH: Well, perhaps, but apparently I flunked their security
clearance...
EB: Well, I would too, if you put out a book that has a Top Secret
document in it. I'm not sure they want those kinds of people...
RH: Yeah, well, that was much later that I did that...
EB: Well, they could tell. They knew you were capable of doing this
type of thing.
JS: I think that's the bottom line, Earl. If there's nothing to the
subject, why all this government interest? Why are there these
documents - and I mean documents that we HAVE confirmed - Why did
the government tell us that they had no further information on
UFOs, when all of a sudden, under the Freedom of Information
Act, more documents started pouring in that showed that they DID
have interest when they were telling us they didn't?
EB: Well, officially they closed out this "Blue Book" the Air Force
used to keep? Right?
JS: That's right, in 1969.
EB: Does that mean that, for the last, well 19 years, they really
haven't gathered any information about flying saucers, that
they've ignored all their own pilots, uh, visual...
JS: We have confirmed information to the contrary. Although if you
write to the Air Force, they'll STILL tell you, "We closed out
Project Blue Book in 1969, and that was it, that was the end of
our interest."
EB: So nobody in the Air Force is keeping track, right Julie?
Julie's on our Phoenix line here, with a minute to go in our
show.
Caller: Hi.
EB: Hi there.
Caller: I just wanted to ask your guests if they had any dealings with
Richard Hoagland, who wrote "The Monuments of Mars." I just
finished reading that book, and it was supposed to be pictures
of...
EB: We had Richard on last month.
Caller: Right! That's where I heard of the book.
EB: Ah, OK.
JS: I haven't dealt with Hoagland directly, but that's a very
interesting thing that he's got there with the face, and more
interesting is the actual "buildings" or whatever,
"structures"...
EB: That's computer-aided, though! That means that you can twist
your computer and have your computer make any pictures it wants.
JS: I invite any computer analyst to see if those things were
twisted or if they were merely enhanced. If they were, I would
be willing to listen to them. However, I haven't heard that
charge made, because nobody's bothered to follow up on the
analysis.
EB: I'm not sure I could prove a computer either twists or enhances
my mind...
[End transcript]
[End program]


62
textfiles.com/ufo/kirtlnd2doc.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
UFO INFORMATION SERVICE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON
________________________________________________________________________________
COMPLAINT FORM
ADMINISTRATIVE DATA
DATE TIME
14 Aug 80 0730
KIRTLAND AFB, NM 13 Aug 80, Possible
Hostile Intelligence Intercept Incident, PLACE
Frequency Jamming. AFOSI District 17,BID,
KIRTLAND AFB, NM
SOURCE AND EVALUATION
1960th Communication Officer
RESIDENCE OR BUSINESS ADDRESS
1960 COMMSq KAFB, NM
PHONE
4-5098
________________________________________________________________________________
REMARKS SUMMARY OF INFORMATION
1. On 13 Aug 80, 1960 COMMSq Maintenance Officer reported Radar Approach
Control equipment and scanner radar inoperative due to high frequency jamming
from an unknown cause. Total blackout of entire radar approach system to
include Albuquerque Airport was in effect between 1630-2215hrs. Radar Approach
Control back up system also were inoperative.
2. On 13 Aug 80, Defense Nuclear Agency Radio Frequency Monitors determined,
by vector analysis, the interference was being sent from an area ( V-90 degrees
or due East ) 0n DAF Map coordinates E-28.6. The area was located NW of Coyote
Canyon Test area. It was first though that Sandia Laboratory, which utilizes
the test range was responsible. However, after a careful check, it was later
determined that no test were being conducted in the canyon area. Department of
Energy, Air Force Weapons Laboratory and DNA were contacted but assured that
their agencies were not responsible.
3. On 13 Aug 80, Base Security Police conducted a physical check of the area
but because of the mountainous terrain, a thorough check could not be completed
at that time. A later foot search failed to disclosed anything that could have
caused the interference.
4. On 13 Aug 80, At 2216hrs,. all radar equipment returned to normal operation
without further incident.
5. CONCLUSION: The presence of hostile intelligence jamming cannot be ruled
out. Although no evidence would suggest this, the method has been used in the
past. Communication maintenance specialists cannot explain how such
interference could cause the radar equipment to become totally inoperative.
Neither could they suggest the type or range of the interference signal. DNA
frequency monitors reported the interference beam was wide spread and a type
unknown to their electronical equipment. Further checks of the area was being
conducted by Technical Services, AFOSI.
6. High command interest item. Briefings requested IAW AFOSIR 124-4 be
completed at HQ AFOSI/IVOE. HQ CR 44 and 51 items.
________________________________________________________________________________


525
textfiles.com/ufo/klasdoty.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
======================================================================
FILE ORIGINATES FROM: <<UFONET I>>
UPLOADED BY: Tom Mickus
DATE OF UPLOAD: JAN/14/1990
======================================================================
======================================================================
KLASDOTY.TXT [ ***] JAN/88 Interview with Klass and R. Doty
======================================================================
======================================================================
NOTE: The file is reproduced verbatim, except for use of "(sic)".
Use of "{}" and "()" brackets, along with CAPITALIZATION and
underlining "___" are evidently the work of the author of
this transcript. Additionally, all personal comments and
characterizations contained within, are also of the author's.
"PJK:" = Phillip J. Klass
"RCD:" = Richard C. Doty
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
Richard (Rick) C. Doty: Telephone interview: Jan. 8, 1988
(Highlight/Excerpts)
1. Says unable to meet with PJK this weekend, will not be in the
area, returning Thursday/Friday.
2. He asked what he could do for me and I said I wanted to get
him (sic) comments on allegations against him in Just Cause and in
MUFOn (sic) Journal. Said he has seen both.
PJK: Are you planning to take any action?
RCD: I've already taken action. I've an attorney that last summer
took some action on my behalf regarding the allegation that I allegedly
had leaked these documents. {{PJK Note: But that allegation would not
(sic) made publicly by Greenwood until Sept. 1987}} And Greenwood,
Gersten, Moore and a couple other people were involved. WELL, I HAVE
AN AFFIDAVIT SIGNED BY BILL MOORE THAT WAS EXECUTED IN COURT WITH MY
ATTORNEY PRESENT THAT SAYS THAT BILL MOORE NEVER, EVER RECEIVED ANYTHING
FROM ME OTHER THAN SOME BITS AND PIECES ABOUT AN INCIDENT THAT HAPPENED
AT KIRTLAND IN 1980. {{PJK doubts this could have occurred in the few
months since allegations were made public.}}
"HE GAVE THE PERSON'S NAME IN THE AFFIDAVIT THAT HE RECEIVED THE
DOCUMENTS FROM, AND THIS PERSON--I DON'T KNOW HIM--THIS PERSON IS IN
WASHINGTON D.C. AND MY ATTORNEY WENT TO WASHINGTON D.C. AND SPOKE TO
THIS PERSON AND HE DENIED EVER GIVING BILL MOORE ANYTHING ALTHOUGH HE
SAID HE HAD REGULAR CONTACT WITH BILL MOORE. {{PJK: Very doubtful claim}}
So, allegedly, Peter Gersten was given this information and then
apologized saying that they never had any concrete information that I
had given him anything anyways, but they had kind of put two and two
together and thought that it must have come from me.
PJK: You say that Moore signed an affidavit. Have you made that
affidavit public?
RCD: No, no I haven't.
PJK: Do you plan to?
RCD: I don't know. It's up to the attorney. Again, this happened last
year and I have had (sic) any further contact with MUFON or the CAUS
people. {He later changes this story.} When that article came I was
inundated with phone calls and letters and people trying to interview me
saying they want to know what this is all about. And I don't even know,
I didn't know, I didn't see these documents until October or November.
{NOTE: he is referring to the MJ-12 papers, which were first made public
in late May/early June, 1987}
And I too (sic) one look at them and said, these are phoney. (Laughs)
These aren't even credible documents. What I was shown had some legitimate
documents in that was obtained FOIA but these other ones that were
released--apparently Bill Moore released it in some kind of a news release.
He claimed to have gotten these in (PJK: In December, 1984). Well
I wasn't even in the country, nor would anyone have had access to me in
1984. All these things were started in the lawyer's--I can't remember
what the legal term was he used--but the court document refuting the claim
that I gave him.
PJK: Would you be willing to give me the name of your lawyer?
RCD: Ah, I can give him your name and he can contact you. But why would
you want to know that?
PJK: (Explains I am long-time UFO skeptic/investigator, that if MJ-12
papers were authentic, it would be biggest story for AW&ST. So I dug
into MJ-12, found evidence to indicate they are a hoax.)
RCD: Yeah, you just have to look at them. A fifth grader could tell
they're not properly classified and down grade instructions. I've been
working in classified for 20 years, from all levels. When my lawyer
showed me copies of them--and my lawyer is retired military, of course,
and he could tell they're phoney.
Apparently Gersten's crew knew they were phoney.
PJK: (Explains prevailing view among UFO believers is that MJ-12 is a
hoax, but question is who is responsible for producing them.)
RCD: WELL, THE FBI KNOWS THAT. THE FBI KNOWS WHO DID IT. THAT
INFORMATION WAS PROVIDED TO THE FBI, THE FBI INTERVIEWED THIS PERSON
AND OF COURSE THIS PERSON DENIED HE EVER GAVE THEM TO HIM (Moore).
But I thin what this person did was he created the documents--I don't
know if Bill Moore was actually involved in it, I don't think he was,
but it's a possibility.
The FBI never pursued it, I don't know why, unless they just couldn't.
I don't know if there was any law that this guy broke. I don't if that
is public record or not, but you'd have to go to the FBI to find out.
BUT I KNOW FOR A FACT THEY INTERVIEWED HIM--THIS PERSON IN WASHINGTON D.C.
PJK: And about when would that have been?
RCD: Ah, gee, last year (ie. 1987)
PJK: How would the FBI have located this person in Washington--I'll call
him Mr. X--
RCD: As a matter of fact that's what William Moore called him, Mr. X.
PJK: Are you suggesting that Moore told the FBI who X is?
RCD: I don't. To tell you the truth I don't remember how--and I don't
even know if I was privvy (sic) to that information as to how the FBI
found ought (sic) who this guy was, but I think that after this stuff
came out the Justice Dept. investigated it or made some inquiries or
something and then found out, I don't know how. I don't have that
information.
---------------------------------------------------------
PJK then raises allegations made by CAUS and reads the first:
"In 1984, Linda Moulton Howe, who produced the well-known cattle
mutilation film STRANGE HARVEST, was contacted by a government source
{{CAUS later identifies this source as Doty}} to aid in producing a
UFO documentary, essentially providing the answer to UFOs. She was
invited by the source, briefed on the story, then sworn to secrecy
about it unti the film's eventual release. The deal was never completed.
Details of the story given to her match the MJ-12 tale, along with much
extra detail about contacts with 'EBES' {{Extraterrestrial Biological
Entities}}, Nordic type aliens called 'Highs' and conflicting alien
factions."
What can you tell me about your contact with her?
RCD: (Laughs) OK. In my duties, in my official government duties I
made contact with her AND I CAN'T TELL YOU WHY, I made contact with
her for information that she had that she was willing to share with
us. The information had nothing to do with UFOs, absolutely nothing
to do with UFOs. {{PJK note: Howe is a slightly wacky free-lance TV
producer who focuses on UFOs, cattle mutilations, UFO-abductions, etc.
--What kind of info would she have that Doty would seek "in an official"
capacity--and which is so sensitive he could not tell me??}}
When she found out I was with a government agency and I was the
same one that had investigated the (UFO) incident (at Kirtland) in 1980,
she started asking me questions about UFOs, about what I thought about
UFOs, and what my beliefs were about them, and if I could tell her
anything about what the government had. And I told her, I don't know
very much. I can tell you what happened at Kirtland, because I
investigated it. Probably it can be explained away.
She said that she had been involved with Budd Hopkins and a
number of people who claimed to have been abducted (by UFOs) and then
she gives me this whole story about aliens abducting people, and they're
called EBES, and then she said she had a contact--I later found out who
it was--that had showed her some government documents pertaining to
MJ-12 and all this other stuff.
But I never, ever originated any contact regarding UFOs with her.
Because of our continuing interest in what she was doing--NOT UFOs but
to something else--she would ask me questions like what do you think
about this, what do you thing (sic) about that?
I can tell you that in 1985, excuse me in May, 1986, I TOOK AN
EXTENSIVE POLYGRAPH EXAMINATION PERTAINING TO AN ALLEGATION SHE HAD
MADE AND I PASSED IT, A GOVERNMENT ADMINISTERED POLYGRAPH, SHOWING I
WAS THE ONE TELLING THE TRUTH AND SHE WAS THE ONE LYING.
PJK asks if Howe took a Polygraph test and he says no.
RCD: There was another person involved in this who took a polygraph
test and failed it. That's why I say I know where she got the
information from. Because this person REFUSED (??) AND QUIT GOVERNMENT
SERVICE AT THE TIME. Anyway, she would sit down and talk to me for
hours about UFOs, but she would do all the talking. She had everything
already figured out. She claimed that well I know there's a ship FLYING
ABOVE THE ARCTIC THAT ARE COLLECTING SOULS AND THERE'S ONLY A CERTAIN
NUMBER OF SOULS AND THEY HAVE TO BE REGENERATED. JUST INCREDIBLE STUFF.
SHE BELIEVES ALL THESE ABDUCTEES...
I HAD A CONVERSATION WITH THE TWO GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS, AND I HAVE
NOTHING TO BACK THIS UP, STRICTLY UNOFFICIAL, BUT I WAS TOLD THAT THE
GOVERNMENT AFTER HOPKINS WORTE HIS (first) BOOK, CALLED MISSING TIME,
THAT THE GOVERNMENT WENT TO THESE PEOPLE (i.e. "abductees") AND ASKED
THEM IF THEY WOULD PROVIDE THE SAME INFORMATION TO THE GOVERNMENT AND
SOME OF THESE PEOPLE REPUDIATED WHAT THEY TOLD HOPKINS. NOW THAT'S
WHAT I WAS TOLD.
Anyway, I never told her and showed her anything, except what we
were doing on the other project. She just made that up, she exaggerated...
she's jsut so hung up you can't talk about anything else (with her).
PJK: Then reads a second allegation: "CAUS Director, Peter Gersten,
in a visit with a military intelligence source at Kirtland AFB in 1983
{{later identified as Doty}} was informed of a wide range of bizarre UFO
stories. Included were comments on a briefing paper on UFOs for President
Carter, the Cash/Landrum (incident) being a government exploitation of
UFO technology- ...Bill Moore being 'right on' with Roswell (crashed
saucer), and an admission that the original Project Acquarius (sic) cable
(TWX) ...was retyped and not an original cable. This cable was the
first mention anywhere of MJ-12 and Project Acquarius (sic)."
RCD: (Laughs) Gersten came out, I don't even remember when it was,
and somebody from California, some television official from California.
Gersten had spoke to me on the telephone several days before and said
he'd like to get in touch with me about this 1980 Kirtland incident.
So I agreed to meet with him.
And he sat there and asked me a number of questions about UFOs and I
answered him LIKE I WAS TOLD TO ANSWER HIM. The meeting was official
insofar as my capacity.
PJK: Do you have a tape recording of that meeting?
RCD: Oh yes.
PJK: Where would that be, in OSI files?
RCD: I can't disclose. I'm not going to comment on that. But when
I confronted Peter Gersten some time later, after my attorney did, he
shut right up, suspecting that it was recorded and knowing that he's
lying. I told him if he wants to go to court--I told him in a telephone
conversation I did--if you want to go to court, I've got the evidence
to prove you wrong. And he just shut his mouth.
Now I'm not going to go into that because there's another aspect
involved that I can't discuss. {{RCD FREQUENTLY IMPLIES THAT HE CANNOT
DISCUSS SOMETHING BECAUSE OF SENSITIVITY, I.E. SECURITY.}} The only
conversation I had with Gersten was RIGHT OUTSIDE A HOTEL. HE WANTED
TO MEET ME ALONE, GETTING BACK TO THE CONVERSATION IN THE RESTAURANT.
IT WAS STRICTLY HIM ASKING ME QUESTIONS AND ME DENYING THEM. "I don't
know what you're talking about. No, I don't know about this, or that."
He asked me about the UFO in Texas that exploded and hurt
somebody [PJK: The Cash-Landrum case]. I said I know nothing about
that. HE was the one who said I understand it was a recovered alien
craft, flown by the government--his source had told him that. I said,
well, I don't know. {{PJK: Gersten was the lawyer for Ms. Cash and
Ms. Landrum who sued USAF for $10 million for alleged injuries.}}
Anyways, he asked me, well I don't remember now. But he asked
me a lot of questions but I never once provided, not one bit of
information to him, or to anyone else. (laughs) Come on now, I wouldn't
be fool enough to do that. Well, anyway he said he wanted to meet me
later near his hotel where he was staying and I agreed with that.
{{Strange behaviour if RCD could not or did not want to answer Gersten's
questions.}} The coversation (sic) wasn't recorded.
He showed me a document that was allegedly a teletype message
that was sent from ah, I think it was sent from Washington to OSI
Detachment or district headquarters at Kirtland, I believe that was
the routing. Any way, (sic) I looked at the document and said gee
this is an inaccurate document. And he said, why? And I said, well
in a classified document each paragraph is classified and in this
document the paragraphs were not classified. The top marking said
it was supposedly secret.
And he said, well read it, and I read it and said well it
appears to me that somebody retyped this and typed this up. And
he said, do you think it's based on an actual document, and I said,
well, I said, it could be based on an actual document but I'm not
going to say it was. Now, years later, it was based on an actual
document that was typed. However, SOMEBODY ADDED A LOT OF FABRICATION
TO IT, A LOT OF JUNK TO IT.
Now, who I think did it is Richard Todd {{A UFOlogist in Penn.
or N.J. who is active investigator using FOIA) ...He sent documents
to the government which were forged and he said in his letter, these
are forged documents, don't you think they're great. I mean they had
all sorts of code words in them, unbelieveable. And I think that
somebody provided some information to Todd or Gersten and then they
exaggerated all the rest of it. Probably from the FOIA documents that
were released in 1980, or whenever they were released.
So that was it. And then about a month later Gersten called
me back and said HEY, CAN YOU GIVE ME SOME MORE INFORMATION. AND I
SAID, NO I GAVE YOU--HE WANTED ME TO COMMENT MORE ON THE DOCUMENT,
THE MJ-12 AND ACQUARIUS. AND THEN HE PROBABLY CALLED ME SEVERAL
TIMES AFTER THAT BUT I NEVER HAD ANY, NEVER VOLUNTEERED ANY INFORMATION.
I'M A PROFESSIONAL INTELLIGENCE PERSON AND I KNOW WHAT TO SAY AND WHAT
NOT TO SAY, AND I CERTAINLY WOULDN'T TELL ANYBODY ANYTHING THAT WOULD
GET ME IN TROUBLE.
PJK: Asks if he is due to retire soon.
RCD: Yes
PJK: What are you going to be doing then?
RCD: I have a business.
(PJK offers to reimburse him for this long-distance call)
RCD: I'd just as soon put this thing to rest, and I thought it was
at rest once before. And I wouldn't even have spoke to you BECAUSE
I HAVEN'T SPOKE TO ANY ONE ELSE {{CONTRADICTS EARLIER STATEMENT ABOUT
MANY PHONE CALLS, INTERVIEWS}}
BUT A HIGH OFFICIAL WITHIN DOD CONTACTED ME AFTER I TALKED WITH GEORGE
PEARCE AND SAID NO, I DON'T WANT TO TALK TO ANYBODY. BUT THIS OFFICIAL
FROM DOD CONTACTED ME AND SAID THAT YOU (pjk) WERE LEGITIMATE AND YOU
WOULD REBUT THESE, SO I SAID SURE, AS LONG AS HE'S GOING TO PRESS THE
TRUTH AND NOT EXAGGERATE LIKE ALL THESE PEOPLE, I'LL BE HAPPY TO TALK
TO HIM.
{{After this telcon, PJK called Col. David Shea, to thank him
for calling RCD, only to be told that Shea did NOT talk to Doty, but
to George Pearce--P.I.O. at Kirtland--SO CLEARLY RCD WAS NOT BEING
FULLY TRUTHFUL IN ABOVE CLAIM--BUT TRYING TO MAKE HIMSELF SOUND
IMPRESSIVE.}}
PJK: Asks for RCD's suspicions as to who composed MJ-12 documents.
"What about Bill Moore"?
RCD: No. I'VE HAD A NUMBER OF CONTACTS WITH HIM. TO TELL THE TRUTH,
I DON'T THINK HE HAS THE KNOWLEDGE TO DO THAT. Now he could probably
have helped.
I KNOW SOME THINGS THAT YOU DON'T--THE GOVERNMENT I SHOULD SAY--KNEW
SOME THINGS ABOUT HIM THAT MAYBE OTHER PEOPLE DON'T KNOW, THAT WOULD
INDICATE TO ME THAT I DON'T THINK HE WOULD DO IT. NOW THAT'S MY
FEELING. MAYBE HE DID, I DON'T KNOW.
I THINK THAT AN INDIVIDUAL WITHINI DIA [Defense Intelligence Agency]
who is a good friend of Emmeneger--do you know a guy name of Emmeneger
...he's a person who wrote a book about a Holloman incident in 1964--
he wrote it in 1972 or 1973--supposedly a UFO landed at Holloman Air
Force Base--and this Emmenger (sic) wrote a book and he allegedly
based it on information that was provided to him by DIA officials in
Washington. I never read the book....
PJK: When is the incident supposed to have occurred?
RCD: In 1964. HOLLOMAN AF BASE INCIDENT WHERE A UFO ALLEGEDLY LANDED
RIGHT ON THE BASE AND IT WAS FLOWN INTO A HANGER AND THE BASE COMMANDER
AND EVERYBODY GOT OUT THERE AND MET THE ALIENS. EMMENEGER SUPPOSEDLY
WAS ALLOWED TO SEE HIGHLY CLASSIFIED DOCUMENTS IN THE PENTAGON
REGARDING THIS INCIDENT AND THEN HE WROTE A BOOK ABOUT IT--1973 OR 1974.
PJK: But why would they send it (MJ-12 papers) to Jamie Shandera
RCD: WHO?
PJK: Nobody in the UFO Movement had ever heard of Jamie Shandera
RCD: WHO?
PJK: Shandera is the guy who allegedly received the MJ-12 documents
on a roll of unprocessed 35 mm. film.
RCD: Well, I don't know him. {{PJK believes he is telling truth,
based on his reactions above--unless RCD is a clever actor.}} That's
probably just a name that Moore uses. Is this guy an actual person?
PJK: Yeah, I've met him. He's a TV producer in southern california.
(PJK explores why film was sent to Shandera instead of Moore.)
RCD: My gut feeling, but don't quote me, my gut feel is that THOSE
(MJ-12) DOCUMENTS WERE ORIGINATED BY A PERSON WITHIN DIA AND THAT THEY
WERE SENT TO MOORE OR TO WHOMEVER THIS OTHER GUY IS, IN ORDER TO
DISCREDIT THEM.
MY PERSONAL FEELING IS THAT IT WAS A GOVERNMENT OPERATION. (i.e.
----------------------------------------------------------------
government disinformation) I WASN'T INVOLVED IN IT. But it was
----------------------------------------------------
a government operation.
PJK (plays devil's advocate to challenge his theory)
RCD: Well, maybe Mr. X thought it was such a good piece of forgery
that Moore--without ever having been in government service or the
military--wouldn't recognize it (as a forgery). And they would be
so fascinating to Moore
PJK: Then goes into anomaly in the date format used in MJ-12
briefing document--same curious format used by William Moore.
RCD: Well, you're seeing things that I didn't see. Maybe he did
do it.
PJK then offered to send him copy of my upcoming article in Skeptical
Inquirer, and he expressed interest:
PJK asked for mailing address and RCD gave military address, not home
address:
Richard C. Doty
1606 SVS/SVF
Kirtland AFB, N.M. 87117
When PJK asked: "and is that Master Sergeant," there was a long pause
and he answered "yeah, you can put Master Sergeant."
PJK: My advice to you would be that I think that you or your lawyer
ought to write a letter to CAUS or to the MUFON UFO Journal and ask
that it be published, denying those things that you feel you should deny.
RCD: OK Well, see, we did that. We wrote to the publishers of the
newsletters {{Note PLURAL--yet MUFON report just came out about a week
ago.}} but they didn't publish em.
PJK: Well, if you did that, I would very much like to get a copy. In
other words, if you wrote it, intending for it to be made public, then
there certainly is no reason for it to be kept secret.
RCD: OK, what's your address.
PJK: Supplied same.
RCD: Yeah, I'll be more than happy to send you a, I'll dig 'em up.
(Don't hold your breath until they arrive.)
When PJK asks if he will stay in Albuquerque after he retires, he said
he will stay in New Mexico, explains he went to school out here and his
father is ex-military.
When PJK asks if his father was in Army or AF, he replies:
RCD: Air Force, and he had something to do with Blue Book, too.
PJK: Tell me more about that.
RCD: Well, he was an investigator for Blue Book, he was at Holloman
from 1962 to 1966, four years. He was involved in the Lonnie Zamora
case {{1964 "UFO landing"" at Socorro}}. Edward Doty, if you've ever
seen any documents you'll see his name on it.
PJK: Is he still alive?
RCD: Yes, he's still alive. But he doesn't talk about it. The ironic
thing, we were at Holloman, living, in 1964 and if anyone would have known
about the landing of that spacecraft, my Dad would have, and he says
baloney, nothing like that ever happened.
PJK: Again invited him to send me the telephone bill and I would pay
for it.
-------------------------------------------------------------
PJK Characterization based on this telecon:
============================== END OF FILE ==================================
=============================================================================
= Directory Listing of <<UFONET>> Computer Bulletin Board Systems =
=============================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET #>> Board Name System Data Phone Baud
Net/Node Location Operator Remarks Hours
=============================================================================
<<UFONET I>> THE CRUCIBLE Tom 416-237-1204 12/96 HST
(1:250/440) Toronto, ON Mickus Canadian Hub 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET V>> Nexus Linda 602-526-8025 3/96 HST
(1:304/1) Flagstaff, AZ Murphy American Hub 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET VI>> LATTICE~ Rod 405-277-3603 3/96 HST
(1:147/66) Luther, OK Wilson 14.4 HST 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET VII>> Astro-Net David 714-662-2294 3/24
(1:103/903) Costa Mesa, CA Rice 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET IX>> Radio Free Milwaukee Pete 414-351-1823 3/96 HST
(1:154/414) River Hills, WI Porro Multi-line 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XII>> Studio PC Ralph 813-862-8850 3/96
(1:377/2) Port Richey, FL LoBianco 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XIII>> The Briefcase BBS Mike 316-652-9202 3/24
(1:291/3) Wichita, KS Holcomb 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XIV>> Adventures Unlimited Ray 303-493-8162 3/24
(1:306/15) Ft. Collins, CO Randolph 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XV>> BXT-1761 David 512-298-1761 3/24
(1:136/402) Del Rio, TX Winters 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XVI>> The Arts Rap Bob 716-223-7874 3/24
(1:260/234) Rochester, NY Branch 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
=============================================================================
= FOR AN UPDATED LISTING OF BOTH UFONET BBSs AND FILES, WRITE: TOM MICKUS =
= UFONET BBS NETWORK, BOX 388, STATION W, TORONTO, ONTARIO, CANADA M6M5C1 =
=============================================================================
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


110
textfiles.com/ufo/klasdotyint.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
======================================================================
FILE ORIGINATES FROM: <<UFONET I>>
UPLOADED BY: Tom Mickus
DATE OF UPLOAD: DEC/26/1989
======================================================================
======================================================================
KLASDOTY.INT [ ***] JAN/88 Interview with Klass and R. Doty
======================================================================
======================================================================
NOTE: The file is reproduced verbatim, except for use of "(sic)".
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
Richard (Rick) C. Doty: Telephone interview: Jan. 8, 1988
(Highlight/Excerpts)
1. Says unable to meet with PJK this weekend, will not be in the
area, returning Thursday/Friday.
2. He asked what he could do for me and I said I wanted to get
him (sic) comments on allegations against him in Just Cause and in
MUFOn (sic) Journal. Said he has seen both.
PJK: Are you planning to take any action?
RCD: I've already taken action. I've an attorney that last summer
took some action on my behalf regarding the allegation that I allegedly
had leaked these documents. {{PJK Note: But that allegation would not
(sic) made publicly by Greenwood until Sept. 1987}} And Greenwood,
Gersten, Moore and a couple other people were involved. WELL, I HAVE
AN AFFIDAVIT SIGNED BY BILL MOORE THAT WAS EXECUTED IN COURT WITH MY
ATTORNEY PRESENT THAT SAYS THAT BILL MOORE NEVER, EVER RECEIVED ANYTHING
FROM ME OTHER THAN SOME BITS AND PIECES ABOUT AN INCIDENT THAT HAPPENED
AT KIRTLAND IN 1980. {{PJK doubts this could have occurred in the few
months since allegations were made public.}}
"HE GAVE THE PERSON'S NAME IN THE AFFIDAVIT THAT HE RECEIVED THE
DOCUMENTS FROM, AND THIS PERSON--I DON'T KNOW HIM--THIS PERSON IS IN
WASHINGTON D.C. AND MY ATTORNEY WENT TO WASHINGTON D.C. AND SPOKE TO
THIS PERSON AND HE DENIED EVER GIVING BILL MOORE ANYTHING ALTHOUGH HE
SAID HE HAD REGULAR CONTACT WITH BILL MOORE. {{PJK: Very doubtful claim}}
=============================================================================
= Directory Listing of <<UFONET>> Computer Bulletin Board Systems =
=============================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET #>> Board Name System Data Phone Baud
Net/Node Location Operator Remarks Hours
=============================================================================
<<UFONET I>> THE CRUCIBLE Tom 416-237-1204 12/96 HST
(1:250/440) Toronto, ON Mickus Canadian Hub 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET V>> Nexus Linda 602-526-8025 3/96 HST
(1:304/1) Flagstaff, AZ Murphy American Hub 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET VI>> LATTICE~ Rod 405-277-3603 3/96 HST
(1:147/66) Luther, OK Wilson 14.4 HST 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET VII>> Astro-Net David 714-662-2294 3/24
(1:103/903) Costa Mesa, CA Rice 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET IX>> Radio Free Milwaukee Pete 414-351-1823 3/96 HST
(1:154/414) River Hills, WI Porro Multi-line 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XII>> Studio PC Ralph 813-862-8850 3/96
(1:377/2) Port Richey, FL LoBianco 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XIII>> The Briefcase BBS Mike 316-652-9202 3/24
(1:291/3) Wichita, KS Holcomb 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XIV>> Adventures Unlimited Ray 303-493-8162 3/24
(1:306/15) Ft. Collins, CO Randolph 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XV>> BXT-1761 David 512-298-1761 3/24
(1:136/402) Del Rio, TX Winters 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<<UFONET XVI>> The Arts Rap Bob 716-223-7874 3/24
(1:260/234) Rochester, NY Branch 24 Hrs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


BIN
textfiles.com/ufo/klassamc.ufo Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

151
textfiles.com/ufo/klassasu.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
---------------
NEWS & COMMENT:
KLASS AT ASU
---------------
ParaNet Alpha 03/06 -- Philip J. Klass, billed as the world's
foremost UFO debunker, lectured a small audience at Arizona State
University's Neeb Hall last night.
The event was promoted by the Phoenix Skeptics, whose members
constituted the majority of the audience. Several members of ParaNet were
also in attendance.
Klass was introduced by Skeptic Ron Harvey as "The Sherlock Holmes
of Ufology," and indeed, his investigative approach is methodical and
detailed. He is responsible for succesfully debunking some of the more
mysterious and baffling UFO reports over the past 22 years.
To his credit, Klass began his lecture by debunking the myth that
all UFO percipients are "kooks and nuts," saying that particular attention
should be paid to reports made by credible witnesses such as pilots,
astronomers, and other seasoned observers. He attempted to separate
himself from those skeptics who would "dismiss all UFO reports out of
hand."
The first half of the lecture was devoted to two famous cases which,
according to Klass, encapsulated many elements of standard UFO sighting
reports, mainly nocturnal lights and daylight "disks" (something of a
misnomer, since all daytime object sightings, regardless of shape, are
lumped under this category). The cases were of a May, 1968 multiple
witness report centering on Nashville, TN, and a 1969 report of fast-
moving daytime objects sighted by three sets of jet crews centered around
St. Louis. The first case turned out to be the re-entry of a Soviet Zond
spacecraft, and the second, according to Klass, was a bright meteor-
fireball, or bolide. Klass builds his case for the mundane nature of UFOs
around these two sightings, because they exemplify many of his published
"Ufological Principles," such as the fact that a majority of witnesses to
an event CAN be mistaken in their descriptions; the fact that the human
mind tends to fill in details that it doesn't see but expects, through
societal archetypes, to find; and the fact that we tend to draw
correlations between events where none may exist.
Extrapolating from these two stereotypical cases, Klass then
attempted to explain the famous Mansfield/Coyne Helicopter case, which won
the National Enquirer award for the most baffling UFO case of 1973. A
slide showing the four primary witnesses receiving their National Enquirer
checks drew the expected chuckles from some members of the audience, who
behaved like good little Skeptics and snickered appropriately throughout
the presentation.
The Mansfield case is one of the most oft-told in UFO literature,
and details can be found in several sources, including two of Klass' four
books, and a pamphlet available from the Fund for UFO Research, so I won't
recount it in full here, but briefly, in October of 1973, four National
Guardsmen flying North near Mansfield, OH in a Bell UH-1H helicopter had a
nighttime encounter with an object which approached them from the east,
threatened to collide with their chopper, hovered briefly, then flew off
to the west where it disappeared. During the encounter, the pilot-in-
command, Capt. (now Col.-ret.) Lawrence Coyne pitched the helicopter into
an 800 ft. descent; when the encounter was over, he found he had actually
CLIMBED from 1700 ft above sea level (MSL) to 3500 ft., and was still
climbing at 1000 feet per minute. This unintentional climb has been
attributed by many to some sort of "tractor beam" emanating from the UFO.
Making use of his "Ufological principles," Klass proceeded to debunk
the case as being another bright meteor-fireball. He contended that Coyne
subconsciously noticed that his descent was bringing him close to the
ground, and at approx. 400 ft above ground level (AGL), brought the
collective up and initiated an ascent.
All four men reported that the interior of the chopper was bathed in
a green light while the object hovered above them. Klass points out that
the windows on the top of the Huey are tinted green, and that the bright
light of the fireball, caused by an envelope of ionized air, merely shone
through the top windows, causing the "green" effect. The other anomalous
elements of the report, the hovering, the structure, the temporary loss of
radio contact with area airport towers, Klass dismissed with aplomb.
It would be a momentous job of demystification, if it were not for a
few basic flaws in Klass' main argument, the most challenging being the
possibility of a bolide of such duration going unnoticed by the rest of
humanity.
Time is a crucial element in this case, for the duration of a bolide
has an upper limit, as does the rate of climb of a Huey helicopter. While
it has been demonstrated many times that percipients of sudden,
extraordinary events have unreliable recall of the passage of time, some
idea of the duration of the event can be gleaned from the fact that the
Huey began descending from 2500 ft. MSL at the start of the event, reached
1700 MSL, then rose to 3500 MSL just after the event. The lowest amount of
time acceptable to anyone is 45 seconds; most investigators agree,
however, that the event lasted at least a minute. But let's take the 45
second figure.
In order for a bolide to even theoretically last this long, it would
have to be travelling in the very upper reaches of the Earth's atmosphere,
where there is little friction to slow down the object or affect the arc
of its trajectory. Recall that the object was first seen in the east, then
disappeared on the western horizon. We can therefore say that, due to its
great altitude and the amount of Earth's atmosphere it subtended, it would
have to have been visible, not just over a large portion of Ohio, but over
a large portion of the North American continent. As Klass points out, the
event occured during the height of the Orionid meteor shower, at just
after 11PM -- a late hour, but not too late for avid skywatchers, of which
there would surely be a great number. Yet NOT A LIVING SOUL REPORTED
SEEING A BRIGHT METEOR-FIREBALL on that night.
When challenged on this point, Klass retorted by asking why no
credible independent witnesses stepped forward to report a large UFO
either. (A group of four witnesses DID attest to seeing the helicopter/UFO
encounter some time later, however, their testimony is flawed in some
respects, and hence cannot be considered reliable.) Ignoring for the
moment the perceived unlikelyhood of alien spacecraft, it is much easier
to believe that such a craft, operating at the low altitude of the
helicopter over an area which Klass himself characterizes as sparsely
populated, would go unnoticed, whereas a high-altitude bolide would be a
spectacle most likely observed by thousands.
Count forty-five seconds off to yourself, and imagine that, while
you're counting, a fireball is traversing the night skies. Now imagine no
one seeing it.
Add to all this the fact that very few astronomers and meteor
experts agree that a bolide event CAN last for that period of time. In
answer, Klass characteristically trots out an event that occurred in 1972
over the Western part of the U.S., which was captured on 26 seconds of
film, arguing that it had to have lasted even longer in order for the
photographer to notice it and ready her camera. The event (which occurred
in broad daylight, over a more sparsely populated area of the country, and
yet was reported by thousands) was characterized by Carl Sagan as
something that happens "once in a century." Yet Klass has used the "bright
meteor-fireball" device to explain SEVERAL cases throughout his three
previous books. How many times can a once-in-a-century event occur since
1947?
In his book "UFO's: The Public Deceived" (Prometheus 1981), Klass
states that, since he believes the chopper crew saw SOMETHING strange and
are not making the whole thing up, the event can only be one of two
things, a bolide or a real, honest-to-goodness alien starship. He begins
his argument against the latter on the basis of facts and evidence, but
when challenged, falls back on theory, relying on Science's
characterization of alien visits as "unlikely." I must ask how one
measures such unlikelyhood, absent any reference data on such visits. We
DO have some idea of the unlikelyhood of 45-second bolides, however, and I
am here to tell you that they are SO unlikely as to put Klass in the
position of virtually endorsing, by his own words, the ET Hypothesis.
In the middle part of the lecture, Klass showed a slide of Dr. J.
Allen Hynek, widely recognized as the father of scientific ufology. Klass
strongly implied that Hynek's decision to switch from skeptic to proponent
on the UFO issue was financially motivated. He related that Hynek drew
$150 a day as a consultant to Project Blue Book; when the Air Force shut
down that project, Klass said, Hynek changed into a believer and drew up
to $2000 for lectures.
Klass' implication is nothing short of contemptible. He ignores the
fact that Hynek's path to advocacy of UFO research began long before the
end of Blue Book; it can be traced to the aftermath of the 1966 Swamp Gas
Incident in Dexter, MI. In addition, much of Hynek's lecture income was
known to have gone back into UFO research.
Skepticism is a necessity in the badly muddled world of ufology, and
much of Klass' work has served to define the boundaries and goal lines for
would-be saucer seekers. But the raison d'etre of skepticism is Science,
and Klass, who accuses Ufology of having none, seems to have forsaken
Science in favor of his own myopic axe-grinding.
-- Jim Speiser


330
textfiles.com/ufo/klyanec1.asc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
(word processor parameters LM=8, RM=75, TM=2, BM=2)
Taken from KeelyNet BBS (214) 324-3501
Sponsored by Vangard Sciences
PO BOX 1031
Mesquite, TX 75150
Two interesting stories about Keely
from personal anecdotes told by Dale Pond,
Dan Davidson and Victor Hansen
--------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> A Run on the Stock Market <<<
Keely was alleged to have invented a mineral disintegrator which
could be tuned to a given substance to reduce it to dust. In this
particular account, the device was tuned to Quartz.
Sometime during the 1880's, Keely was experimenting with an
instrument originally intended to be used to overcome gravity. When
a block of quartz was used as a weight, the intense vibrations
generated by the device partially disintegrated the quartz block.
This came as a surprise to Keely but he analyzed the effect and came
up with a device specifically designed to disintegrate quartz.
As we understand it, the Quartz Disintegrator device was
approximately the size of a Brownie camera with a protruding rod
which in turn supported a vibrating plate. In use, the device was
excited, which transferred the vibration through the rod to a plate
which was made to vibrate over its entire surface. Wherever the
plate was touched to a piece of quartz, disintegration would occur
at that location, leaving only a fine powder.
A group of twelve wealthy businessmen from New York heard of this
experiment and came up with a brilliant idea to make money with the
new technology.
Since quartz contains threads of gold, if the disintegrator could be
used for mining, it could result in large quantities of gold from
relatively worthless mines. The disintegrator would only affect the
quartz and leave the gold behind for harvesting.
So, the businessmen went to Keely's lab in Philadelphia and asked
for a demonstration. Keely placed a block of quartz on a table,
the disintegrator was touched to the surface and within a short
time, a pile of dust was all that remained.
Needless to say, the businessmen were very excited about the process
and asked if Keely could do this at a place of their choosing. Keely
said yes. The businessmen offered to each pay Keely a check in the
amount of $1000.00 if the experiment worked at a site of their
choice.
Within the next few weeks, a site had been selected. This site was
a relatively worthless mine which had a very low yield. In other
Page 1
words, the cost of mining and processing the quartz was much greater
than the amount of gold which could be extracted (by normal means).
The site was a quartz vein in the side of a mountain. Keely asked
that the twelve businessmen synchronize their watches. The
disintegrator was excited and Keely applied the vibrating plate to
the face of the quartz vein. Instantly a fine dust began falling
wherever the plate was touched.
Moving the disintegrator in an ever widening circular motion, Keely
created a hole in the quartz about four feet in diameter. As he
proceeded to walk into the vein, the businessmen marvelled at the
exhibition of such a superior mining technology.
After about 15 minutes, Keely came out of the hole which he had just
bored into the now exposed vein. When measured, it was roughly four
feet wide and almost twenty feet deep into the side of the mountain.
On entering the passage, the businessmen picked up the small threads
of unaffected gold which had earlier been suspended in the bulk of
the quartz and now lay on the floor.
Keely received twelve checks, each in the amount of $1000.00 for his
efforts.
The twelve businessmen thanked him and immediately returned to New
York. On their arrival, they immediately began purchasing all the
most worthless gold mining stock they could lay their hands on.
Now, many smaller investors tend to watch the bigger guys hoping to
copy their actions and make a profit. This is done even when they
don't have the whole picture.
In this case, many small investors also began to buy worthless gold
mining stocks. After several months, nothing else happened and the
small investors began to worry. After about a year, the small
investors had to sell their purchases for pennies on the dollar
since they were not in on the Keely Disintegrator secret and could
not afford to wait like the more wealthy investors could.
When Keely ran into trouble with the investors in the Keely Motor
Company, he was ordered by a court to reveal all his secrets to the
Company investors. In a fit of rage, Keely destroyed the Quartz
Disintegrator along with many other one of a kind devices which he
had constructed over a period of many years.
As a result of this, Keely was never again able to duplicate the
Quartz Disintegrator although he stated in later life that he
understood it to a point that he could if he so desired.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> The Harmony of the Spheres <<<
Keely had the honor of exhibiting his Musical Globe at the World's
Fair in the late 1880's. The Musical Globe was a spherical device
which had one side painted white and the other painted black.
When properly tuned, it could be excited by the simple act of
Page 2
playing a harmonica. This would cause the Globe to slowly spin
under its own power which was derived from an arrangement of
vibrating components within the sphere.
John Jacob Astor and his entourage were visiting the various
exhibits and had seen little of novelty or interest. However, they
did find Keely's exhibit intriguing.
Keely immediately recognized who Mr. Astor was (and the extent of
his fortune) and spoke with him in private. Keely told Mr. Astor
that the "good stuff" was in his laboratory and he would be only too
happy to demonstrate a fascinating experiment if Mr. Astor could
manage to visit the lab.
Being bored with the rest of the fair, Mr. Astor decided to take
Keely up on the offer and went to the lab.
Now there is a picture taken in Keely's lab which has been of
interest since we first saw it. There is no description or
explanation of what the device is but this story seems to have
something relating to it, as you can clearly see when looking at the
device in the photo.
Shown is a large metal sphere supported in a circular ring. An
outer ring surrounds the inner and supports a number of various
sized smaller spheres.
Keely asked that Mr. Astor stand back and watch closely. He then
went to one of his compound devices and began making adjustments.
When the syren or whatever type of excitation he used was engaged,
the large sphere began to slowly spin on its axis in the inside
ring.
Within minutes, the smaller spheres each began to spin on their axis
at rates proportionate to their diameter. In addition, the smaller
spheres began to orbit the larger central sphere. The smaller ones
spun faster, the larger ones slower, and all seemed to be related to
the large sphere spinning on its axis in the center ring.
After a few minutes of this, the large sphere began to slowly rise
into the air and with it, the smaller spheres also rose, all the
while spinning on their own axis and orbiting the large sphere.
There seemed to be some sort of equator generated by the large
sphere which supported the smaller spheres.
At a certain spot, the large sphere stopped rising and continued to
spin while the smaller spheres of varying size began to fan out.
Each reached a specific orbit which appeared to be a DIRECT ANALOGUE
to our SOLAR SYSTEM.
Just picture this, Keely standing there operating his machine, John
Astor standing with his mouth open, both of them watching this
miniature version of the solar system floating about the room.
Astor reached up and grabbed hold of one of the smaller globes. It
held him off the floor and continued to orbit about the central
Page 3
sphere with no diminution of speed or height, Astor laughing
gleefully as he spun about the room.
He eventually let go and walked over to Keely to ask about how this
miracle was done. Keely said that he had indeed modelled the solar
system and that each sphere was harmonically related in size and
frequency to the planets and sun of our system.
When his instrument was properly adjusted and excited, a natural
sympathetic response was generated in each of the spheres to
generate the same effect which makes the worlds move.
Astor asked what would happen if one of the spheres were to lose
control. Keely assured him that the chance of this happening was as
remote as if one of the planets in our system were to drop out of
orbit.
However, Keely had anticipated such a problem and an experiment had
been done to see what the effect might be. An enharmonious chord
was set in to the compound instrument which would cause the sphere
representing the Earth to lose its "tether" to our central sun.
When the chord was played, the Earth sphere slowly moved in a
straight line, creating a hole through the wall of the lab and
disappeared from site.
Seconds later, Keely readjusted the machine to an orderly pattern
which caused the sphere to retrace its path and return to the proper
orbit.
The movie "Explorers" with the electrical point in space is the best
demonstration of this effect that we have come across.
Astor was dumbfounded by the entire experience. We have no further
information on this particular story, so we don't know if Keely got
funding or whatever.
------------------------------------------------------------------
If you have comments or other information relating to such topics as
this paper covers, please upload to KeelyNet or send to the Vangard
Sciences address as listed on the first page. Thank you for your
consideration, interest and support.
Jerry W. Decker.........Ron Barker...........Chuck Henderson
Vangard Sciences/KeelyNet
------------------------------------------------------------------
If we can be of service, you may contact
Jerry at (214) 324-8741 or Ron at (214) 484-3189
------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 4
Page 3

582
textfiles.com/ufo/krill1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
(Part 1 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
JANUARY 1988
BY
O.H. KRILL
ABSTRACT
Throughout the forty year period when UFO have been actively
observed in our civilization, a lot of data has been gathered --
data which has often pointed to aspects of the phenomena that have
been supressed. As a result of the suppression and
compartmentalization of the information, our culture has been
fragmented into several levels of "reality" which both co-exist
and oppose each other. Part of our culture does not or will not
believe in the existence of other species; part of our culture
acknowledges their existence or the probability of their
existence; part of our culture is actually interacting with the
other species. These simultaneous realities contribute to the
condition of extreme confusion in which we find ourselves.
Research into UFO's follows a similar pattern. Some view the
matter in a completely empirical perspective; others search for
patterns and functional relationships in events; still others go
out and ask the right questions at the right time and get answers.
Some of those answers that have appeared are, to some people,
quite disturbing and fantastic.
All in all, we are dealing with new concepts in physics, new
concepts in psychology, and the gradually growing awareness that
we are not only not alone here, but we have never been alone here.
As if that were not enough, it turns out that factions of our
society have known this, and apparently have been interacting with
some of these alien species for quite a while.
The bottom line is that all along, humanity has been led down
a false path, a path that has been plagued by layer upon layer of
conspiracies and disinformation. Technological knowledge and
absolute power have been the motives on the human side. Survival
has been the motive on the alien side, or at least as far as the
predominant alien visitors are concerned.
The intent of this paper is to bring much of the details
regarding this into the open. You are not being asked to believe
it, but to consider it in the light of what has happened, what is
happening, and what may be developing right under our very noses.
If you find that you cannot stomach such thoughts, or that you
cannot deal with it, read no further.
It is quite evident, or it should be, that the UFO situation
is both complex and dangerous. The UFO problem is a multi-
situational and multi-dimensional phenomena. We have established
the following as having a basis in fact:
o Craft from other worlds have crashed on Earth.
o Alien craft are from both ultra-dimensional sources
and sources within this dimension.
o Early U.S. government efforts at acquiring alien
technology were successful.
o The U.S. government has had live alien hostages at
some point in time.
o The government has conducted autopsies on alien
cadavers.
o U.S. intelligence agencies, security agencies, and
public agencies are involved in the coverup of facts
pertaining to the situation.
o People have been and are currently abducted,
mutilated, murdered and kidnapped as a result of the
UFO situation.
o There is a current active alien presence on this
planet among us that controls difference elements of
our society.
o Alien forces maintain bases on Earth and on the Moon.
o The U.S. government has had a working relationship
with alien forces for some time, with the express
purpose of gaining technology in gravitational
propulsion, beam weaponry and mind control.
o Millions of cattle have been killed in the process
of acquiring biological materials.
o Both aliens and the U.S. government are responsible
for mutilations, but for different reasons.
o We live in a multi-dimensional world that is
overlapped and visited by entities from other
dimensions. Many of these entities are hostile.
Many are not hostile.
o The basis of our genetic development and religions
lies in intervention by non-terrestrial and
terrestrial forces.
o Actual technology far exceeds that perceived by
the public.
o The United States space program is a cover operation
that exists for public relations purposes.
o People are being actively killed in order to suppress
the facts about the situation. The CIA and the NSA
are involved so deeply that exposure would cause
collapse of their overt structure.
o Facts indicate alien overt presence within five to
ten years.
o Our civilization is one of many that have existed in
the last billion years.
You will probably have more conclusions. To see, just read on....
Animal Mutilations and UFOs
General Chronology
In the middle of 1963, a series of livestock attacks occurred
in Haskell County, Texas. In a typical case, an Angus bull was
found with its throat slashed and a saucer-sized wound in its
stomach. The citizenry attributed the attacks to a wild beast of
some sort, a "vanishing varmint." As it continued its furtive
forays through the Haskell County outback, the bloodluster assumed
somewhat more mythic proportions and a new name was destined to
endure: The Haskell Rascal.
Throughout the following decade, there would be sporadic
reports of similar attacks on livestock. These attacks were
occasionally described as "mutilations." The most prominent of
these infrequent reports was the mutilation death of "Snippy" the
horse in southern Colorado in 1967, accompanied by area UFO
sightings, a Condon Committee investigation and worldwide press
coverage.
It was in 1973 that the modern animal mutilation wave can be
said to have begun in earnest. That year is generally thought of
as the year of the last concerted UFO flap, although there may be
reason to question that contention, given the events of two years
later.
In 1973 and 1974 the majority of the classic mutilation
reports originated in the central United States.
In 1975, an unprecedented onslaught spread across the western
two-thirds of the United States. Mutilation reports peaked in that
year, accompanied by accounts of UFOs and unidentified
helicopters. In 1978, the attacks increased.
By 1979, numerous livestock mutilations were occurring in
Canada, primarily in Alberta and Saskatchewan. Attacks in the
United States leveled off.
In 1980, there was an increase in activity in the United
States. Mutilations have been reported less frequently since that
year, though this may be due in part to an increased reluctance to
report mutilations on the part of ranchers and farmers. The
mutilations still continue. Over ten thousand animals have died in
the United States; although the mutilations have been occurring
worldwide, the same circumstances are always present.
General Observations
Any investigation which intends to probe the systematic
occurrence of the mutilation attacks upon livestock and other
animals must include within its purview certain factors which may
or may not be directly related to the acts of mutilation
themselves. These mutilations -- the killing and furtive removal
of external or internal parts -- have been directed at literally
thousands of animals (primarily livestock) since the 1960s. The
surgery on these animals is primarily conducted with uncanny
precision, suggesting the use of highly sophisticated implements
and techniques. The numbing and persistent regularity of the
mutilations and the seemingly casual disposal of the useless
carcasses all hint at extreme confidence -- even arrogance -- of
the mutilators. It is an arrogance which appears to be justified
by the freedom and impunity with which these acts have been
carried out.
The pertinence of a specific element of the problem is
shortly revealed in the course of any thorough investigation into
the mutilations. I refer to the appearance of unmarked and
otherwise unidentified helicopters within a spatial and temporal
proximity of animal mutilation sites. The occurrence of the two has
been persistent enough to supercede coincidence.
These mystery helicopters are almost always without
identifying markings, or markings may appear to have been painted
over or covered with something. The helicopters are frequently
reported flying at abnormal, unsafe or illegal altitudes. They may
shy away if witnesses of law officers try to approach.
There are several accounts of aggressive behavior on the part
of the helicopter occupants, with witnesses chased, "buzzed,"
hovered over or even fired upon. At times these choppers appear
very near mutilation sites, even hovering over a pasture where a
mutilated carcass is later found. They may be observed shortly
before or after mutilations occur -- or within days of a
mutilation. The intention here is merely to stress that the
"mystery helicopter" element is a part of the issue which deserves
scrutiny.
The idea of "mystery helicopters" did not develop
concurrently with the animal mutilations themselves. Such
helicopters -- unmarked, flying at low levels, soundless (or
sounding like helicopters) -- have been reported for years, and
have been linked to an even more widespread phenomenon -- the
"phantom" (fixed wing) aircraft. The helicopters themselves have
been seen in area where UFOs were reported, in many countries. In
some of the more interesting accounts, the mystery helicopters
were seen with UFOs, or shortly after the UFOs were sighted.
The most apt case I can think of, but certainly not the most
isolated, is a case described by Virgil Armstrong in his lecture
on "What NASA Didn't Tell Us About the Moon." He discusses
helicopters and UFOs in general.
Armstrong describes a friend of his that had invented a
special camera arrangement with the idea that it would increase
the chances of getting good pictures of UFOs. The camera was
mounted on a gunstock along with a laser. The idea was to fire the
laser at the UFO, if one appeared, and hopefully the UFO would
come to a halt, enabling him to take some quality pictures.
Not too long after they were set up in the desert, a UFO did
in fact appear, and they fired the laser and the disk stopped in a
hovering mode. They took quite a few good pictures of it. Shortly
thereafter, the disk flew away. Within minutes, they heard the
unmistakable sound of helicopters coming their way. The
helicopters landed strategically around their group, and out of
the choppers came a croup of Black Berets, which are strategic Air
Force security forces. The commander of the Berets walked up to
the group and said, "What are you doing here?" "Obviously, we are
photographing flying objects, and we just saw a flying saucer and
we got some very very good pictures of it." The commander then
asked the leader of the group if he knew where he was. The group
leader replied "No." The commander then said, "We suggest you get
out of here right now!" The group leader then asked, "What right
do you have to tell us to get out of here? Is this government
land?" The commander of the Black Berets replied, "Indeed it is.
It is Andrews Air Force Base, and if you are not out of here in
ten minutes, you are under arrest." With that, the Berets removed
the film from the camera, and the group left.
Not only does this illustrate one kind of instance where UFOs
are seen in relationship to helicopters, but it also illustrates
the fact that either some of the disks are ours, or we have a
military/government relationship with those who fly them. The
helicopters mentioned above are not the mystery ones, but were
United States military ones.
Another case of military helicopters and United States-owned
disks comes from the book "UFO Crash at Aztec," by Wendell
Stevens. In the book he relates the incident where an Indian was
backpacking in the mountains in the vicinity of Area 51, Groom
Lake, on the Nellis AFB range north of Las Vegas. He heard
approaching helicopters and hid out of sight. The helicopters were
broadcasting a warning over public address systems for anyone in
the area to show themselves because they were going to conduct a
"dangerous military test." The Indian maintained his hidden
posture, and the helicopters flew overhead and back down toward
the Groom Lake facility. Minutes later, two helicopters were seen
flying up the canyon with a black disk flying between them and
slightly above them. They flew overhead and then the helicopters
turned around and flew back towards the base, followed shortly
afterward by the disk. The individual's name and how to contact
him for further details is given in the book.
The Mystery Choppers
Situations involving the mystery helicopters appear to be a
little more insidious. A good example is an event which occurred
in Madison County, Montana, between June and October of 1976.
Twenty-two confirmed cattle mutilations had occurred during that
period, and they were accompanied by reports throughout the county
of silent, unmarked, jet-black helicopters, flashing or steady
anomalous lights in the air and near the ground, unmarked fixed-
wing aircraft and white vans in remote and previously inaccessible
areas.
Toward the latter part of this period, in early autumn of
1976, a hunter from Bozeman, Montana, was out alone around 3:00pm
one day in the Red Mountain area near Norris. He watched as a
black helicopter without markings flew overhead and disappeared
below a small hill. The curious hunter climbed to the top of the
hill. There was the black chopper (a Bell Jet Ranger, he thought)
on the ground, the engine still running. Seven men had apparently
exited from the craft and were walking up the hill toward the
observer. As the hunter advanced toward the seven, he waved and
shouted congenial greetings. It was then that he realized there
was something about the men -- they were all Oriental. They had
slanted eyes and olive skin and were jabbering among themselves in
some indecipherable language. They wore "everyday" clothes, not
uniforms. Suddenly they began to return to the helicopter. The
hunter, still waving and shouting friendly greetings, started
after them. The Orientals quickened their pace. When the hunter
approached within five or six feet, they broke into a dead run,
crowded into the chopper and took off.
In a documented "mystery helicopter" wave in England,
accounts place Oriental-appearing occupants in an unidentified
chopper. Slant-eyed, olive skinned, Oriental-seeming occupants
have been a staple at the heart and at the periphery of UFO
accounts for years. Significant numbers of the infamous "men-in-
black" (MIB) have a similar appearance, but very often they are
seen as very pale and gaunt men who are sensitive to light.
In STIGMATA No. 5 (Fall-Winter 1978) Tom Adams outlined the
most prominent speculative explanations accounting for the
mutilation/helicopter link, including the following:
o The helicopters are themselves UFOs, disguised to
appear as terrestrial craft.
o The choppers originate from within the U.S.
government/military and are directly involved in
conducting the actual mutilations.
o The helicopters are government/military and are not
involved in the mutilations but are investigating
them.
o The helicopters are government/military, and they
know about the identity and motives of the
mutilators and by their presence, they are trying to
divert attention to the possibility of involvement
by the military.
The answer, as far as Tom Adams is concerned, could be a
combination of the above explanations. There also has been
speculation that they are involved in biological experiments with
chemical or biological warfare or the geobotanical pursuit
of petroleum and mineral deposits. On one occasion, an army
standard-type scalpel was found at a mutilation site. Since the
disks have been mostly involved with the mutilations, it is
thought that this was a diversionary event.
These events, or the discussion of them, is just the
precursor to the actual revelations of what is behind the
mutilations: alien acquisition of biological materials for their
own use. To discuss this in a logical and sequential manner, we
must review what has been really happening right under our noses:
direct interaction with extraterrestrial biological entities
(EBE's). To discuss that, however, we must attempt to start at the
beginning with what we now know to be true.
The Saga Begins
It seemingly all began thousands of years ago, but for the
purposes of this discussion, let's start with some events that we
all are familiar with. In 1947, two years after we set off the
first nuclear explosion that our current civilization detonated,
came the Mantell episode, where we had the first recorded incident
of a military confrontation with extraterrestrials that resulted
in the death of a military pilot. It is quite evident now that our
government did not known quite how to handle the situation. In
1952, the nation's capital was overflown by a series of disks. It
was this event which led to the involvement of United States
security forces (CIA, NSA, DIA, FBI) to try to keep the situation
under control until they could understand what was happening.
During this period, the government established a working group,
known as Majestic Twelve (MJ-12). The original members were:
Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Secretary
James Forrestal, General Nathan P. Twining, General Hoyt S.
Vandenburg, Dr. Detlev Bronk, Dr. Jerome Hunsaker, Mr. Sidney W.
Souers, Mr. Gordon Gray, Dr. Donald Menzel, General Robert M.
Montague, and Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner.
The MJ-12 group has been a continuously existing group since
it was created, with new members replacing others that die. For
example, when Secretary Forrestal was upset at seeing the United
States sold out in World War II, he wound up being sent to a Naval
hospital for emotional strain. Before relatives could get to him,
he "jumped out a 16th story window." Most persons close to him
consider his suicide contrived. When Forrestal died, he was
replaced by General Walter B. Smith.
In December of 1947, Project Sign was created to acquire as
much information as possible about UFOs, their performance
characteristics and their purposes. In order to preserve security,
liaison between Project Sign and MJ-12 was limited to two
individuals within the intelligence division of the Air Materiel
Command whose role it was to pass along certain types of
information through channels. Project Sign evolved into Project
Grudge in December, 1948. Project Grudge had an over civilian
counterpart named Project Bluebook, with which we are all
familiar. Only "safe" reports were passed to Bluebook. In 1949,
MJ-12 evolved an initial plan of contingency called MJ-1949-04P/78
that was to make allowance for public disclosure of some data
should the necessity present itself.
Majestic Twelve was originally organized by General George C.
Marshall in July, 1947, to study the Roswell-Magdalena UFO crash
recovery and debris. Admiral Hillenkoetter, director of the CIA
from May 1, 1947, until September, 1950, decided to activate the
"Robertson Panel," which was designed to monitor civilian UFO
study groups that were appearing all over the country. He also
joined NICAP in 1956 and was chosen as a member of its board of
directors. It was from this position that he was able to act as
the MJ-12 "mole," along with his team of other covert experts.
They were able to steer NICAP in any direction they wanted to go.
With the "Flying Saucer Program" under complete control of MJ-12
and with the physical evidence hidden away, General Marshall felt
more at ease with this very bizarre situation. These men and their
successors have most successfully kept most of the public fooled
for 39 years, including much of the western world, by setting up
false experts and throwing their influence behind them to make
their plan work, with considerable success. Until now.
Within six months of the Roswell crash on 2 July 1947 and the
finding of another crashed UFO at San Augustine Flats near
Magdalena, New Mexico, on 3 July 1947, a great deal of
reorganization of agencies and shuffling of people took place. The
main thrust behind the original "security lid," and the very
reason for its construction, was the analysis and attempted
duplication of the technologies of the disks. That activity is
headed up by the following groups:
o The Research and Development Board (R&DB)
o Air Force Research and Development (AFRD)
o The Office of Naval Research (ONR)
o CIA Office of Scientific Intelligence (CIA-OSI)
o NSA Office Of Scientific Intelligence (NSA-OSI)
No single one of these groups was supposed to know the whole
story. Each group was to know only the parts that MJ-12 allowed
them to know. MJ-12 also operates through the various civilian
intelligence and investigative groups. The CIA and the FBI are
manipulated by MJ-12 to carry out their purposes. The NSA was
created in the first place to protect the secret of the recovered
flying disks, and eventually got complete control over all
communications intelligence.
This control allows the NSA to monitor any individual through
mail, telephone, telexes, telegrams, and now through online
computers, monitoring private and personal communications as they
choose. In fact, the present-day NSA is the current main extension
of MJ-12 pertaining to the "Flying Saucer Program." Vast amounts
of disinformation are spread throughout the UFO research field.
Any witnesses to any aspect of the program have their lives
monitored in every detail, for each has signed a security oath.
For people who have worked in the program, including military
members, breaking that oath could have any on of the following
direct consequences:
o A verbal warning accompanied by a review of the
security oath.
o A stronger warning, sometimes accompanied by a brow-
beating and intimidation.
o Psychologically working on an individual to bring on
depression that will lead to suicide.
o Murder of the person made to appear as a suicide or
accident.
o Strange and sudden accidents, always fatal.
o Confinement in special "detention centers."
o Confinement in "insane asylums" where they are
"treated" by mind-control and deprogramming
techniques. Individuals are released with changed
personalities, identities, and altered memories.
o Bringing the individual into the "inside," where he
is employed and works for "them," and where he can be
watched. This is usually in closed facilities with
little contact with the outside world. Underground
facilities are the usual place for this.
Any individual who they perceive to be "too close to the
truth" will be treated in the same manner. MJ-12 will go to any
length to preserve and protect the ultimate secret. As we will see
later, the characteristics of what this ultimate secret would turn
out to be would change drastically, for it was something even MJ-
12 could not predict -- actual contact with alien groups.
How the actual contact between the government and aliens was
initially made is not known, but the government was made aware
that it could be done by a civilian using the right equipment.
Dr. Paul Bennewitz, civilian scientist, did so using computer
equipment and informed the government he had done so, not
realizing that by then, in 1983, that the government was in truth
as deep into dealing with the aliens as his communications with
them revealed. Dr. Bennewitz lives next to Manzano Weapons Storage
Area in Albuquerque, New Mexico. He observed UFOs constantly over
the area and initially decided that they were a threat to the
installation. He proceeded to figure out a coding system and
attempted and was successful in communicating with the aliens that
were flying over that area.
What he found out is that after initial contacts with the
aliens years ago, we agreed to to provide them with bases
underground in the United States in return for certain
technological secrets which the aliens would reveal to us. The
aliens would also be allowed to carry out certain operations,
abductions, and mutilations without intervention.
The original contact between the government and the
extraterrestrial biological entities, who are grey in color and
about 3.5 to 4.5 feet high (hereafter referred to as the Greys),
was achieved between 1947 and 1951. We knew that the Greys were
instrumental in performing the mutilations of animals (and some
humans) and that they were using the glandular substances derived
from these materials for food (absorbed through the skin) and to
clone more Greys in their underground laboratories. The government
was also aware that the Greys performed some of the abductions to
secure genetic materials. The government insisted that the Greys
provide them with a list that would be presented to the National
Security Council.
Through all this, the government thought that the Greys were
basically tolerable creatures, although a bit distasteful. They
presumed at the time that it was not unreasonable to assume that
the public would and could get used to their presence. Between
1968 and 1969 a plan was formulated to make the public aware of
their existence over the succeeding twenty years. This time period
would culminate with a series of documentaries that would explain
the history and intentions of the Greys.
The Greys assured us that the real purpose of the abductions
was for monitoring of our civilization, and when we learned that
the abductions were a lot more frequent and insidious than we were
led to believe, the government became concerned. Their concern was
also based on additional information regarding the purposes for
the abductions:
o Insertion of a 3mm spherical biological monitoring
device through the nasal cavity into the brain of the
abductee.
o Implementing subliminal post-hypnotic suggestions
that would compel the abductee to perform some
specific act at a time to be within the next two
to five years.
o Genetic crossbreeding between the Greys and human
beings.
o Insertion of discoid monitoring devices into the
muscle tissue of the abductees. Presence of these has
been verified by x-ray.
By the time we had found out the truth about the intentions
of the Greys (they intend to stay here and stay in control of our
world) it was too late. We had already "sold out" humanity. Not
that it would have made any difference, because they were here
doing what they were doing anyway.
In 1983, a story was outlined by government sources that said
that the Greys are responsible for our biological evolution
through manipulation of the DNA of already evolving primates on
this planet. Various time intervals of the DNA manipulation were
specified for 25,000, 15,000, 5,000, and 2,500 years ago.
Originally, the government thought that the Greys meant us no
harm, but today, in 1988, the picture that is emerging is exactly
the opposite. The story now is one of great deception at several
different levels: the Greys Trojan Horse-style manipulation and
lying which allied MJ-12 forces with them four decades ago; the
government's disinformation of the subject of UFOs in order to
perpetuate the agreement with the Greys free of public scrutiny;
the lies to the abductees; the Greys on-going abduction of people
and mutilation of animals in order to harvest enzymes, blood and
other tissues for their own survival needs; and a genetic blend of
the Grey race and a tall Nordic race to enable Grey interface with
humans to be done with greater ease.
Information from a source at a southwest Army base reveals
that these multiple levels of deception are true. It is also
indicated that the goal of SDI (Star Wars) is actually to follow
through with an attack, proposed by the Greys, on the Nordics when
they arrive en masse between now and 1992. This time schedule
seems to match with the post-hypnotic programming of many
abductees for actions between the next two to five years.
This same source sees the world dominated and controlled by
the Greys in a way similar to that portrayed in the "V" television
series -- they are concerned only for their own survival agenda,
and this agenda requires biological substances from other life
forms on our planet.
The apparent reasoning for the Grey preoccupation with this
is due to their lack of a formal digestive tract and the fact that
they absorb nutrients and excrete waste directly through the skin.
The substances that they acquire are mixed with hydrogen peroxide
and "painted" on their skin, allowing absorption of the required
nutrients. It is construed from this that some weaponry against
them might be geared in this direction.
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>
eaponry against
them might be geared in this direction.
Digitized by, and available from, Illum

578
textfiles.com/ufo/krill1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
(Part 1 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
JANUARY 1988
BY
O.H. KRILL
ABSTRACT
Throughout the forty year period when UFO have been actively
observed in our civilization, a lot of data has been gathered --
data which has often pointed to aspects of the phenomena that have
been supressed. As a result of the suppression and
compartmentalization of the information, our culture has been
fragmented into several levels of "reality" which both co-exist
and oppose each other. Part of our culture does not or will not
believe in the existence of other species; part of our culture
acknowledges their existence or the probability of their
existence; part of our culture is actually interacting with the
other species. These simultaneous realities contribute to the
condition of extreme confusion in which we find ourselves.
Research into UFO's follows a similar pattern. Some view the
matter in a completely empirical perspective; others search for
patterns and functional relationships in events; still others go
out and ask the right questions at the right time and get answers.
Some of those answers that have appeared are, to some people,
quite disturbing and fantastic.
All in all, we are dealing with new concepts in physics, new
concepts in psychology, and the gradually growing awareness that
we are not only not alone here, but we have never been alone here.
As if that were not enough, it turns out that factions of our
society have known this, and apparently have been interacting with
some of these alien species for quite a while.
The bottom line is that all along, humanity has been led down
a false path, a path that has been plagued by layer upon layer of
conspiracies and disinformation. Technological knowledge and
absolute power have been the motives on the human side. Survival
has been the motive on the alien side, or at least as far as the
predominant alien visitors are concerned.
The intent of this paper is to bring much of the details
regarding this into the open. You are not being asked to believe
it, but to consider it in the light of what has happened, what is
happening, and what may be developing right under our very noses.
If you find that you cannot stomach such thoughts, or that you
cannot deal with it, read no further.
It is quite evident, or it should be, that the UFO situation
is both complex and dangerous. The UFO problem is a multi-
situational and multi-dimensional phenomena. We have established
the following as having a basis in fact:
o Craft from other worlds have crashed on Earth.
o Alien craft are from both ultra-dimensional sources
and sources within this dimension.
o Early U.S. government efforts at acquiring alien
technology were successful.
o The U.S. government has had live alien hostages at
some point in time.
o The government has conducted autopsies on alien
cadavers.
o U.S. intelligence agencies, security agencies, and
public agencies are involved in the coverup of facts
pertaining to the situation.
o People have been and are currently abducted,
mutilated, murdered and kidnapped as a result of the
UFO situation.
o There is a current active alien presence on this
planet among us that controls difference elements of
our society.
o Alien forces maintain bases on Earth and on the Moon.
o The U.S. government has had a working relationship
with alien forces for some time, with the express
purpose of gaining technology in gravitational
propulsion, beam weaponry and mind control.
o Millions of cattle have been killed in the process
of acquiring biological materials.
o Both aliens and the U.S. government are responsible
for mutilations, but for different reasons.
o We live in a multi-dimensional world that is
overlapped and visited by entities from other
dimensions. Many of these entities are hostile.
Many are not hostile.
o The basis of our genetic development and religions
lies in intervention by non-terrestrial and
terrestrial forces.
o Actual technology far exceeds that perceived by
the public.
o The United States space program is a cover operation
that exists for public relations purposes.
o People are being actively killed in order to suppress
the facts about the situation. The CIA and the NSA
are involved so deeply that exposure would cause
collapse of their overt structure.
o Facts indicate alien overt presence within five to
ten years.
o Our civilization is one of many that have existed in
the last billion years.
You will probably have more conclusions. To see, just read on....
Animal Mutilations and UFOs
General Chronology
In the middle of 1963, a series of livestock attacks occurred
in Haskell County, Texas. In a typical case, an Angus bull was
found with its throat slashed and a saucer-sized wound in its
stomach. The citizenry attributed the attacks to a wild beast of
some sort, a "vanishing varmint." As it continued its furtive
forays through the Haskell County outback, the bloodluster assumed
somewhat more mythic proportions and a new name was destined to
endure: The Haskell Rascal.
Throughout the following decade, there would be sporadic
reports of similar attacks on livestock. These attacks were
occasionally described as "mutilations." The most prominent of
these infrequent reports was the mutilation death of "Snippy" the
horse in southern Colorado in 1967, accompanied by area UFO
sightings, a Condon Committee investigation and worldwide press
coverage.
It was in 1973 that the modern animal mutilation wave can be
said to have begun in earnest. That year is generally thought of
as the year of the last concerted UFO flap, although there may be
reason to question that contention, given the events of two years
later.
In 1973 and 1974 the majority of the classic mutilation
reports originated in the central United States.
In 1975, an unprecedented onslaught spread across the western
two-thirds of the United States. Mutilation reports peaked in that
year, accompanied by accounts of UFOs and unidentified
helicopters. In 1978, the attacks increased.
By 1979, numerous livestock mutilations were occurring in
Canada, primarily in Alberta and Saskatchewan. Attacks in the
United States leveled off.
In 1980, there was an increase in activity in the United
States. Mutilations have been reported less frequently since that
year, though this may be due in part to an increased reluctance to
report mutilations on the part of ranchers and farmers. The
mutilations still continue. Over ten thousand animals have died in
the United States; although the mutilations have been occurring
worldwide, the same circumstances are always present.
General Observations
Any investigation which intends to probe the systematic
occurrence of the mutilation attacks upon livestock and other
animals must include within its purview certain factors which may
or may not be directly related to the acts of mutilation
themselves. These mutilations -- the killing and furtive removal
of external or internal parts -- have been directed at literally
thousands of animals (primarily livestock) since the 1960s. The
surgery on these animals is primarily conducted with uncanny
precision, suggesting the use of highly sophisticated implements
and techniques. The numbing and persistent regularity of the
mutilations and the seemingly casual disposal of the useless
carcasses all hint at extreme confidence -- even arrogance -- of
the mutilators. It is an arrogance which appears to be justified
by the freedom and impunity with which these acts have been
carried out.
The pertinence of a specific element of the problem is
shortly revealed in the course of any thorough investigation into
the mutilations. I refer to the appearance of unmarked and
otherwise unidentified helicopters within a spatial and temporal
proximity of animal mutilation sites. The occurrence of the two has
been persistent enough to supercede coincidence.
These mystery helicopters are almost always without
identifying markings, or markings may appear to have been painted
over or covered with something. The helicopters are frequently
reported flying at abnormal, unsafe or illegal altitudes. They may
shy away if witnesses of law officers try to approach.
There are several accounts of aggressive behavior on the part
of the helicopter occupants, with witnesses chased, "buzzed,"
hovered over or even fired upon. At times these choppers appear
very near mutilation sites, even hovering over a pasture where a
mutilated carcass is later found. They may be observed shortly
before or after mutilations occur -- or within days of a
mutilation. The intention here is merely to stress that the
"mystery helicopter" element is a part of the issue which deserves
scrutiny.
The idea of "mystery helicopters" did not develop
concurrently with the animal mutilations themselves. Such
helicopters -- unmarked, flying at low levels, soundless (or
sounding like helicopters) -- have been reported for years, and
have been linked to an even more widespread phenomenon -- the
"phantom" (fixed wing) aircraft. The helicopters themselves have
been seen in area where UFOs were reported, in many countries. In
some of the more interesting accounts, the mystery helicopters
were seen with UFOs, or shortly after the UFOs were sighted.
The most apt case I can think of, but certainly not the most
isolated, is a case described by Virgil Armstrong in his lecture
on "What NASA Didn't Tell Us About the Moon." He discusses
helicopters and UFOs in general.
Armstrong describes a friend of his that had invented a
special camera arrangement with the idea that it would increase
the chances of getting good pictures of UFOs. The camera was
mounted on a gunstock along with a laser. The idea was to fire the
laser at the UFO, if one appeared, and hopefully the UFO would
come to a halt, enabling him to take some quality pictures.
Not too long after they were set up in the desert, a UFO did
in fact appear, and they fired the laser and the disk stopped in a
hovering mode. They took quite a few good pictures of it. Shortly
thereafter, the disk flew away. Within minutes, they heard the
unmistakable sound of helicopters coming their way. The
helicopters landed strategically around their group, and out of
the choppers came a croup of Black Berets, which are strategic Air
Force security forces. The commander of the Berets walked up to
the group and said, "What are you doing here?" "Obviously, we are
photographing flying objects, and we just saw a flying saucer and
we got some very very good pictures of it." The commander then
asked the leader of the group if he knew where he was. The group
leader replied "No." The commander then said, "We suggest you get
out of here right now!" The group leader then asked, "What right
do you have to tell us to get out of here? Is this government
land?" The commander of the Black Berets replied, "Indeed it is.
It is Andrews Air Force Base, and if you are not out of here in
ten minutes, you are under arrest." With that, the Berets removed
the film from the camera, and the group left.
Not only does this illustrate one kind of instance where UFOs
are seen in relationship to helicopters, but it also illustrates
the fact that either some of the disks are ours, or we have a
military/government relationship with those who fly them. The
helicopters mentioned above are not the mystery ones, but were
United States military ones.
Another case of military helicopters and United States-owned
disks comes from the book "UFO Crash at Aztec," by Wendell
Stevens. In the book he relates the incident where an Indian was
backpacking in the mountains in the vicinity of Area 51, Groom
Lake, on the Nellis AFB range north of Las Vegas. He heard
approaching helicopters and hid out of sight. The helicopters were
broadcasting a warning over public address systems for anyone in
the area to show themselves because they were going to conduct a
"dangerous military test." The Indian maintained his hidden
posture, and the helicopters flew overhead and back down toward
the Groom Lake facility. Minutes later, two helicopters were seen
flying up the canyon with a black disk flying between them and
slightly above them. They flew overhead and then the helicopters
turned around and flew back towards the base, followed shortly
afterward by the disk. The individual's name and how to contact
him for further details is given in the book.
The Mystery Choppers
Situations involving the mystery helicopters appear to be a
little more insidious. A good example is an event which occurred
in Madison County, Montana, between June and October of 1976.
Twenty-two confirmed cattle mutilations had occurred during that
period, and they were accompanied by reports throughout the county
of silent, unmarked, jet-black helicopters, flashing or steady
anomalous lights in the air and near the ground, unmarked fixed-
wing aircraft and white vans in remote and previously inaccessible
areas.
Toward the latter part of this period, in early autumn of
1976, a hunter from Bozeman, Montana, was out alone around 3:00pm
one day in the Red Mountain area near Norris. He watched as a
black helicopter without markings flew overhead and disappeared
below a small hill. The curious hunter climbed to the top of the
hill. There was the black chopper (a Bell Jet Ranger, he thought)
on the ground, the engine still running. Seven men had apparently
exited from the craft and were walking up the hill toward the
observer. As the hunter advanced toward the seven, he waved and
shouted congenial greetings. It was then that he realized there
was something about the men -- they were all Oriental. They had
slanted eyes and olive skin and were jabbering among themselves in
some indecipherable language. They wore "everyday" clothes, not
uniforms. Suddenly they began to return to the helicopter. The
hunter, still waving and shouting friendly greetings, started
after them. The Orientals quickened their pace. When the hunter
approached within five or six feet, they broke into a dead run,
crowded into the chopper and took off.
In a documented "mystery helicopter" wave in England,
accounts place Oriental-appearing occupants in an unidentified
chopper. Slant-eyed, olive skinned, Oriental-seeming occupants
have been a staple at the heart and at the periphery of UFO
accounts for years. Significant numbers of the infamous "men-in-
black" (MIB) have a similar appearance, but very often they are
seen as very pale and gaunt men who are sensitive to light.
In STIGMATA No. 5 (Fall-Winter 1978) Tom Adams outlined the
most prominent speculative explanations accounting for the
mutilation/helicopter link, including the following:
o The helicopters are themselves UFOs, disguised to
appear as terrestrial craft.
o The choppers originate from within the U.S.
government/military and are directly involved in
conducting the actual mutilations.
o The helicopters are government/military and are not
involved in the mutilations but are investigating
them.
o The helicopters are government/military, and they
know about the identity and motives of the
mutilators and by their presence, they are trying to
divert attention to the possibility of involvement
by the military.
The answer, as far as Tom Adams is concerned, could be a
combination of the above explanations. There also has been
speculation that they are involved in biological experiments with
chemical or biological warfare or the geobotanical pursuit
of petroleum and mineral deposits. On one occasion, an army
standard-type scalpel was found at a mutilation site. Since the
disks have been mostly involved with the mutilations, it is
thought that this was a diversionary event.
These events, or the discussion of them, is just the
precursor to the actual revelations of what is behind the
mutilations: alien acquisition of biological materials for their
own use. To discuss this in a logical and sequential manner, we
must review what has been really happening right under our noses:
direct interaction with extraterrestrial biological entities
(EBE's). To discuss that, however, we must attempt to start at the
beginning with what we now know to be true.
The Saga Begins
It seemingly all began thousands of years ago, but for the
purposes of this discussion, let's start with some events that we
all are familiar with. In 1947, two years after we set off the
first nuclear explosion that our current civilization detonated,
came the Mantell episode, where we had the first recorded incident
of a military confrontation with extraterrestrials that resulted
in the death of a military pilot. It is quite evident now that our
government did not known quite how to handle the situation. In
1952, the nation's capital was overflown by a series of disks. It
was this event which led to the involvement of United States
security forces (CIA, NSA, DIA, FBI) to try to keep the situation
under control until they could understand what was happening.
During this period, the government established a working group,
known as Majestic Twelve (MJ-12). The original members were:
Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Secretary
James Forrestal, General Nathan P. Twining, General Hoyt S.
Vandenburg, Dr. Detlev Bronk, Dr. Jerome Hunsaker, Mr. Sidney W.
Souers, Mr. Gordon Gray, Dr. Donald Menzel, General Robert M.
Montague, and Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner.
The MJ-12 group has been a continuously existing group since
it was created, with new members replacing others that die. For
example, when Secretary Forrestal was upset at seeing the United
States sold out in World War II, he wound up being sent to a Naval
hospital for emotional strain. Before relatives could get to him,
he "jumped out a 16th story window." Most persons close to him
consider his suicide contrived. When Forrestal died, he was
replaced by General Walter B. Smith.
In December of 1947, Project Sign was created to acquire as
much information as possible about UFOs, their performance
characteristics and their purposes. In order to preserve security,
liaison between Project Sign and MJ-12 was limited to two
individuals within the intelligence division of the Air Materiel
Command whose role it was to pass along certain types of
information through channels. Project Sign evolved into Project
Grudge in December, 1948. Project Grudge had an over civilian
counterpart named Project Bluebook, with which we are all
familiar. Only "safe" reports were passed to Bluebook. In 1949,
MJ-12 evolved an initial plan of contingency called MJ-1949-04P/78
that was to make allowance for public disclosure of some data
should the necessity present itself.
Majestic Twelve was originally organized by General George C.
Marshall in July, 1947, to study the Roswell-Magdalena UFO crash
recovery and debris. Admiral Hillenkoetter, director of the CIA
from May 1, 1947, until September, 1950, decided to activate the
"Robertson Panel," which was designed to monitor civilian UFO
study groups that were appearing all over the country. He also
joined NICAP in 1956 and was chosen as a member of its board of
directors. It was from this position that he was able to act as
the MJ-12 "mole," along with his team of other covert experts.
They were able to steer NICAP in any direction they wanted to go.
With the "Flying Saucer Program" under complete control of MJ-12
and with the physical evidence hidden away, General Marshall felt
more at ease with this very bizarre situation. These men and their
successors have most successfully kept most of the public fooled
for 39 years, including much of the western world, by setting up
false experts and throwing their influence behind them to make
their plan work, with considerable success. Until now.
Within six months of the Roswell crash on 2 July 1947 and the
finding of another crashed UFO at San Augustine Flats near
Magdalena, New Mexico, on 3 July 1947, a great deal of
reorganization of agencies and shuffling of people took place. The
main thrust behind the original "security lid," and the very
reason for its construction, was the analysis and attempted
duplication of the technologies of the disks. That activity is
headed up by the following groups:
o The Research and Development Board (R&DB)
o Air Force Research and Development (AFRD)
o The Office of Naval Research (ONR)
o CIA Office of Scientific Intelligence (CIA-OSI)
o NSA Office Of Scientific Intelligence (NSA-OSI)
No single one of these groups was supposed to know the whole
story. Each group was to know only the parts that MJ-12 allowed
them to know. MJ-12 also operates through the various civilian
intelligence and investigative groups. The CIA and the FBI are
manipulated by MJ-12 to carry out their purposes. The NSA was
created in the first place to protect the secret of the recovered
flying disks, and eventually got complete control over all
communications intelligence.
This control allows the NSA to monitor any individual through
mail, telephone, telexes, telegrams, and now through online
computers, monitoring private and personal communications as they
choose. In fact, the present-day NSA is the current main extension
of MJ-12 pertaining to the "Flying Saucer Program." Vast amounts
of disinformation are spread throughout the UFO research field.
Any witnesses to any aspect of the program have their lives
monitored in every detail, for each has signed a security oath.
For people who have worked in the program, including military
members, breaking that oath could have any on of the following
direct consequences:
o A verbal warning accompanied by a review of the
security oath.
o A stronger warning, sometimes accompanied by a brow-
beating and intimidation.
o Psychologically working on an individual to bring on
depression that will lead to suicide.
o Murder of the person made to appear as a suicide or
accident.
o Strange and sudden accidents, always fatal.
o Confinement in special "detention centers."
o Confinement in "insane asylums" where they are
"treated" by mind-control and deprogramming
techniques. Individuals are released with changed
personalities, identities, and altered memories.
o Bringing the individual into the "inside," where he
is employed and works for "them," and where he can be
watched. This is usually in closed facilities with
little contact with the outside world. Underground
facilities are the usual place for this.
Any individual who they perceive to be "too close to the
truth" will be treated in the same manner. MJ-12 will go to any
length to preserve and protect the ultimate secret. As we will see
later, the characteristics of what this ultimate secret would turn
out to be would change drastically, for it was something even MJ-
12 could not predict -- actual contact with alien groups.
How the actual contact between the government and aliens was
initially made is not known, but the government was made aware
that it could be done by a civilian using the right equipment.
Dr. Paul Bennewitz, civilian scientist, did so using computer
equipment and informed the government he had done so, not
realizing that by then, in 1983, that the government was in truth
as deep into dealing with the aliens as his communications with
them revealed. Dr. Bennewitz lives next to Manzano Weapons Storage
Area in Albuquerque, New Mexico. He observed UFOs constantly over
the area and initially decided that they were a threat to the
installation. He proceeded to figure out a coding system and
attempted and was successful in communicating with the aliens that
were flying over that area.
What he found out is that after initial contacts with the
aliens years ago, we agreed to to provide them with bases
underground in the United States in return for certain
technological secrets which the aliens would reveal to us. The
aliens would also be allowed to carry out certain operations,
abductions, and mutilations without intervention.
The original contact between the government and the
extraterrestrial biological entities, who are grey in color and
about 3.5 to 4.5 feet high (hereafter referred to as the Greys),
was achieved between 1947 and 1951. We knew that the Greys were
instrumental in performing the mutilations of animals (and some
humans) and that they were using the glandular substances derived
from these materials for food (absorbed through the skin) and to
clone more Greys in their underground laboratories. The government
was also aware that the Greys performed some of the abductions to
secure genetic materials. The government insisted that the Greys
provide them with a list that would be presented to the National
Security Council.
Through all this, the government thought that the Greys were
basically tolerable creatures, although a bit distasteful. They
presumed at the time that it was not unreasonable to assume that
the public would and could get used to their presence. Between
1968 and 1969 a plan was formulated to make the public aware of
their existence over the succeeding twenty years. This time period
would culminate with a series of documentaries that would explain
the history and intentions of the Greys.
The Greys assured us that the real purpose of the abductions
was for monitoring of our civilization, and when we learned that
the abductions were a lot more frequent and insidious than we were
led to believe, the government became concerned. Their concern was
also based on additional information regarding the purposes for
the abductions:
o Insertion of a 3mm spherical biological monitoring
device through the nasal cavity into the brain of the
abductee.
o Implementing subliminal post-hypnotic suggestions
that would compel the abductee to perform some
specific act at a time to be within the next two
to five years.
o Genetic crossbreeding between the Greys and human
beings.
o Insertion of discoid monitoring devices into the
muscle tissue of the abductees. Presence of these has
been verified by x-ray.
By the time we had found out the truth about the intentions
of the Greys (they intend to stay here and stay in control of our
world) it was too late. We had already "sold out" humanity. Not
that it would have made any difference, because they were here
doing what they were doing anyway.
In 1983, a story was outlined by government sources that said
that the Greys are responsible for our biological evolution
through manipulation of the DNA of already evolving primates on
this planet. Various time intervals of the DNA manipulation were
specified for 25,000, 15,000, 5,000, and 2,500 years ago.
Originally, the government thought that the Greys meant us no
harm, but today, in 1988, the picture that is emerging is exactly
the opposite. The story now is one of great deception at several
different levels: the Greys Trojan Horse-style manipulation and
lying which allied MJ-12 forces with them four decades ago; the
government's disinformation of the subject of UFOs in order to
perpetuate the agreement with the Greys free of public scrutiny;
the lies to the abductees; the Greys on-going abduction of people
and mutilation of animals in order to harvest enzymes, blood and
other tissues for their own survival needs; and a genetic blend of
the Grey race and a tall Nordic race to enable Grey interface with
humans to be done with greater ease.
Information from a source at a southwest Army base reveals
that these multiple levels of deception are true. It is also
indicated that the goal of SDI (Star Wars) is actually to follow
through with an attack, proposed by the Greys, on the Nordics when
they arrive en masse between now and 1992. This time schedule
seems to match with the post-hypnotic programming of many
abductees for actions between the next two to five years.
This same source sees the world dominated and controlled by
the Greys in a way similar to that portrayed in the "V" television
series -- they are concerned only for their own survival agenda,
and this agenda requires biological substances from other life
forms on our planet.
The apparent reasoning for the Grey preoccupation with this
is due to their lack of a formal digestive tract and the fact that
they absorb nutrients and excrete waste directly through the skin.
The substances that they acquire are mixed with hydrogen peroxide
and "painted" on their skin, allowing absorption of the required
nutrients. It is construed from this that some weaponry against
them might be geared in this direction.
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>


310
textfiles.com/ufo/krill2.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
(Part 2 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
Observations by a Visiting Nordic
In October, 1987, UFO researcher George Andrews was
successfully able to contact one of the Nordics not associated
with the Greys, through a woman in California. What follows are
the comments made by the alien:
"Were you a culture about to invade, you would not do it with
a flourish of ships showing up in the heavens and undergo risk of
being fired upon. That's the type of warfare slightly less evolved
beings get into. You would create intense confusion and
disagreement with only inferences to your presence -- inferences
which would [in turn] cause controversial disagreement.
"The Greys are insidious little fiends. They did exactly [to
us] what they're doing here [to you]. You are not on the verge of
an invasion. You are not in the middle of an invasion. The
invasion has already taken place. It's merely in its final stages.
"What would you invade? [Here he describes the operational
plan of the Greys from the beginning.] You would go to the most
secret of communities within a society. In the case of the United
States, you would go and infiltrate the CIA. You would take over
some of them and you would take over part of the KGB.
"You would create great dissension and disagreement between
factions of the public at large -- some groups saying they have
seen UFOs, others saying 'No, no, this is not possible.' You would
involve two major countries in an on-going idiotic philosophical
disagreement so that while the Soviet Union and the United States
constantly battle back and forth about who has which piece of
territory or whether one invades Iran or whether one invades
Afghanistan or whatever... whether one dismantles one nuclear
warhead or the other dismantles another group of warheads -- you
would sit back and laugh if you had the capacity to laugh.
"You would present yourself indeed to some in a group who
would protect you [CIA or MJ-12] thinking they had a secret more
secret and more perfect knowledge of something than anyone else on
this planet had, and they would covet you and you would trust
their own greed and you would trust their own mass stupidity to
trap them. And you'd do it on both sides.
"You'd show yourself to some of the mass populace to further
involve [factions of] the government in an attempt to shut them
up, to keep them even more busy quieting them and trying to 'stop
more information about UFOs from getting out.' You'd have the mass
populace to a state where they distrusted the government. 'Oh, why
don't they believe us? Why can't they understand that these things
are really happening? We're not crazy!'
"So you would have battles constantly about whether UFOs
exist or they don't exist. You would have the public and the
government at each other's throats. You would set two major
superpowers at each other's throats. And you would have set up
groups like 'haves' -- the wealthy but contented -- and the 'have-
nots.' You would plant the seeds of massive discontent.
"Eventually you might have some show of ships landing in the
1990s. One or two. By the time they have landed, be assured they
will be in complete control. You will start doing crossbreeds and
more crossbreeds, generation after generation.
"You bribe the government with a few tidbits -- a Star Wars
system. You tease and tempt the Soviet Union with a laser system
far finer than any of their own scientists could think of. And you
always have that subtle inference -- just on the borderline of
consciousness so that UFOs don't seem to believable, yet you keep
it couched in secrecy and make it seem quite so insane that no one
would believe them. On top of it, you would unleash forces that
would want to kill them [UFO contactees] if they disclosed that
the CIA is dealing with the exact same things the [contact victim]
is.
"Maybe one or two hundred years from now, some of the Greys
will even physically mingle and you may have some creatures
walking around who are pretty much hybrids between Greys and your
own race. For now, anything that walks around will look much like
yourselves. It's simpler. It holds down on mass panic.
"Everyone who has experiences with them [Greys] will be at
odds with the government. To add to that, we will go into a
complete phased of earthquake after earthquake and upheaval after
upheaval.
"The inner core of the CIA is deeply controlled by the Greys.
The CIA sees interaction with the Greys as a path to greater
scientific achievement.
"One reason you are seeing so many different kinds of UFOs is
that other cultures are watching with extreme interest. Scientists
from other cultures arrive to watch. The Greys have not only taken
over the intelligence agencies, they have also taken over what
those agencies call 'lunatic fringe groups.'"
*****************************************************************
Well, that's what they Nordic had to say. The source of this
also makes the following commentary:
"The ultimate evil is that masked form of psychological
complacency that leads one to adhere to a group philosophy rather
than eke out one's own horizons. As soon as you acquire an
awareness of being a so-called 'chosen special group,' you are on
the way to a fall. That is the seed of destruction in any society
and any culture and it leaves it vulnerable. It will be the
eventual undoing of the Greys as well. They see not their error --
it is the very weakness they seize upon that is their own inherent
weakness. To try and change a Grey, or a cultish type of 'Star
Person,' or a CIA member is futile. It will happen, but all in its
own good time... it is the spirit that makes anyone stand up and
disagree with something that is untrue and incorrect that will be
the thorn in the side of the Greys, and the other forces that have
allied with them."
During the occupation of the Greys, they have established
quite a number of underground bases all over the world, especially
in the United States. One such base (among others in the same
state) is under Archuleta Mesa, which is about 2.5 miles northwest
of Dulce, New Mexico. Details about that base have come across by
way of two sources. The first source is by way of an abduction of
a woman and her son who witnessed the pickup of a calf for
extraction of biological materials.
"In May, 1980, a most interesting case occurred in northern
New Mexico. A mother and her son were driving on a rural highway
near Cimarron when they observed two craft in the process of
abducting a calf. Both of them were then abducted and taken on
separate craft to the underground installation, where the woman
witnessed the mutilation of the calf. It was alleged that she also
observed vats containing cattle body parts floating in a liquid,
and another vat containing the body of a male human. The woman was
subjected to an exam and it was further alleged that small
metallic objects were implanted into her body as well as into her
son's body. More than one source has informed us that catscans
have confirmed the presence of these implants."
The above extract is from a transcript of a conversation
between Jim McCampbell and Dr. Paul Bennewitz on July 13, 1984.
Bennewitz reports that through regressive hypnosis of the mother
and child (required only in about 30% of abduction cases)and his
own follow-up investigation (including communications receive via
his computer terminal, which are ostensibly from a UFO-related
source), he was able to determine the location of the underground
facility: a kilometer underground beneath Archuleta Mesa on the
Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico (since
1976, one of the area of the U.S. hardest hit by mutilations).
Bennewitz' information is that this installation is operated
jointly as part of an on-going program of cooperation between the
U.S. government and EBEs.
There are also underground bases at Kirtland AFB and Holloman
AFB, as well as at scores of other bases around the world,
including Bentwaters, England.
Back to the base under discussion.... After Bennewitz briefed
Air Force officials on what he had found, a trip to the area
revealed the following data:
The base is 2.5 miles northwest of Dulce, and almost
overlooks the town. There is a level highway 36 feet wide going
into the area. It is a government road. One can see telemetry
trailers and buildings that are five-sided with a dome. Net to the
domes, a black limousine was noted -- a CIA vehicle. These limos
will run you off the road if you try to get into the area. To the
north there is a launch site. There are two wrecked ships there;
they are 36 feet long with wings, and one can see oxygen and
hydrogen tanks. The ships that we got out of the trade are atomic-
powered with plutonium pellets. Refueling of the plutonium is
accomplished at Los Alamos. The base has been there since 1948.
Some of the disks are piloted by the NSA. The base is 4,000
feet long and helicopters are going in and out of there all the
time. When it became known that Bennewitz was familiar with this,
the mutilations in the area stopped. In 1979, something happened
and the base was temporarily closed. There was an argument over
weapons and our people were chased out. The aliens killed 66 of
our people, and 44 got away.
One of the people who in fact got away was a CIA agent who,
before leaving, made some notes, photos, and videotapes, and went
into hiding. He has been in hiding ever since, and every six
months he contacts each of five people he left copies of the
material with. His instructions were that if he missed four
successive contacts, the people could do whatever they want with
the material.
This agent calls an individual known to MUFON. Somehow, a
description of the "Dulce Papers" was issued, and was received in
December, 1987, by many researchers. The "Dulce Papers" were
composed of 25 black and white photos, a videotape with no
dialogue and a set of papers that included technical information
regarding the jointly occupied (U.S.-Alien) facility one kilometer
beneath the Archuleta Mesa near Dulce, New Mexico. The facility
still exists and is currently operational. It is believed that
there are four additional facilities of the same type, one being
located a few miles to the southeast of Groom Lake, Nevada.
****************************************************************
"A general description of what these papers contain is that
they contain documents that discuss copper and molybdenum, and
papers that discuss magnesium and potassium, but mostly papers
about copper. Sheets of paper with charts and strange diagrams.
Papers that discuss UV light and gamma rays. These papers tell
what the aliens are after and how the blood (taken from cattle) is
used. The aliens seem to absorb atoms to eat. They put their hands
in blood, sort of like a sponge, for nourishment. It's not just
food they want; the DNA in cattle and humans is being altered. The
'Type One' creature is a lab animal. They know how to change the
atoms to create a temporary 'almost human being.' It is made with
animal tissue and depends on a computer to simulate memory, a
memory the computer has withdrawn from another human. Clones. The
'almost human being' is slow and clumsy. Real humans are used for
training, to experiment with and to breed with these 'almost
humans.' Some humans are kidnapped and used completely. Some are
kept in large tubes, and are kept alive in an amber liquid.
"Some humans are brainwashed and used to distort the truth.
Certain male humans have a high sperm count and are kept alive.
Their sperm is used to alter the DNA and create a non-gender being
called 'Type Two.' That sperm is grown in some way and altered
again, put in wombs. They resemble 'ugly humans' when growing but
look normal when fully grown, which only takes a few months from
fetus-size.
"They have a short life span, less than a year. Some female
humans are used for breeding. Countless women have had a sudden
miscarriage after about three months' pregnancy. Some never know
they were pregnant, others remember contact some way. The fetus is
used to mix the DNA in types one and two. The atomic makeup in
that fetus is half human, half 'almost human,' and would not
survive in the mother's womb. It is taken at three months and
grown elsewhere."
****************************************************************
Well, that's what the "Dulce Papers" review says. There are
some pen and ink reproductions of some of the photos made in the
laboratories (3), an illustration of what one of the wombs looks
like (2' x 4'), an illustration showing one of the tubes where one
of the "almost humans" is grown, a page showing a simple diagram
of crystalline metal, pure gold crystal, and what looks like
either a genetic or metallurgical diagram or chart. Also attached
is what looks like an x-ray diffraction pattern and a diagram of
hexagonal crystals, with a comment that they are best for
electrical conduction.
It would appear that the last half of material in the
"review" applies to the supercrystalline metal used for hull
structure, or something along that line.
****************************************************************
Obviously, this is all rather bizarre from a certain point of
view -- any point of view, in fact. Nevertheless, material that is
supported by years of descriptions and multitudes of
corroborations must mean something, especially when bumped against
what is seen to be going on.
It is apparent from this and other data that has been
accumulated over the years, that there are underground bases and
tunnel complexes all over the world, and that more are being
constructed all the time. Many of you may recall the "Shaver"
mysteries and inner-earth city stories. Well, all that is true.
There are cities down there, amongst other things, and some of
them have nothing to do with the main subject of this paper.
They've been there for a long time.
Let's change direction for a moment. One individual by the
name of Lew Tery has been working on some ideas regarding UFOs and
geomagnetic anomalies. I will go into what he has discovered
(although the concept of the relationship is not new) and let you
judge that for yourself.
After purchasing aeromagnetic and gravitational anomaly maps
from the United States Geological Survey, it becomes evident that
there was indeed a valid connection between these areas and UFOs.
Mr. Tery gave a lecture in Arizona about that relationship, and
was subsequently harassed by the FBI, and told that the
information is "sensitive." Mr. Tery took the hint and declined to
talk publicly about it to the degree that he had been doing.
Both the aeromagnetic and gravitational (Bougier Gravity)
maps indicate basic field strength, as well as areas of high and
low field strength. Interestingly enough, the areas of maximum and
minimum field strength have the following:
o All have frequent UFO sightings.
o All are either on Indian Reservations, government
land, or the government is trying to buy up the land.
o Many of them, especially where several are clustered
together, are suspected bases areas and/or areas
where mutilations and abductions have historically
taken place.
In these observations, Mr. Tery has gone far, but he has gone
a little farther in noting that there are times when the UFOs are
seen in these areas. Through painstaking research, Mr. Tery found
that the sightings, as well as many abductions and mutilations,
occur:
o On the new moon or within two days before the new
moon.
o On the full moon or within two days before the full
moon.
o At the perihelion (moon closest to earth) or within
two days before the perihelion.
A glance at the nearest farmers' almanac will give you the
information you require as far as the days for this year or any
other one. There seems to be no concrete explanation for the
coincidence of the times and the events, but it is true.
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>


788
textfiles.com/ufo/krill3.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,788 @@
(Part 3 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
The Men in Black
All things considered, UFO research has become pretty much of
a circus today, and the most intriguing and controversial sideshow
skirting the edges is the question of the "silencers," or the
mysterious "Men in Black." There is a strong subliminal appeal in
these accounts of visits by mysterious dark-suited figures (I have
been visited myself, as have others I've known) attempting to
silence UFO witnesses. A typical situation would be that a witness
has a UFO sighting or UFO-related experience. Shortly thereafter
he is visited by one or more "odd"-looking men who relate to him
the minutest details of his experience, even though he has as yet
told no one for fear of ridicule or other reasons.
The men warn him about spreading the story of his experience
around and sometimes even threaten him personally, sometimes
obliquely, sometimes directly. Any evidence, if it exists, is
confiscated in one way or another. Sometimes the visit is for some
totally meaningless reason and the subject of UFOs is hardly
mentioned, if at all. But again, the men all seem to look alike.
We actually seem to find ourselves in close proximity to
beings who obviously must be directly connected in some way with
the objects themselves or the source behind them, yet they seem to
be functioning unobtrusively within the framework of our own
everyday existence.
The classic conception of an MIB is a man of indefinite age,
medium height and dressed completely in black. He always has a
black hat and often a black turtleneck sweater. They present an
appearance often described as "strange" or "odd." They speak in a
dull monotone voice, "like a computer," and are dark-complected
with high cheekbones, thin lips, pointed chin, and eyes that are
mildly slanted.
The visitors themselves are often on absurd missions. They
have reportedly posed as salesmen, telephone repairmen or
representatives from official or unofficial organizations. Their
mode of transportation is usually large and expensive cars --
Buicks or Lincolns, sometimes Cadillacs, all black, of course.
I might note at this point that their physical appearance
also has included beings that have pale-greyish skin, and that
some of them have been seen to have blond hair, yet they wear the
clothing and drive the cars previously described.
Their cars often operate with the headlights off, but ghostly
purple or greenish glows illuminate the interior. Unusual insignia
have been seen emblazoned on the doors and the license plates are
always unidentifiable or untraceable.
The fabric of their clothes has been described as strangely
"shiny" or thin, but not silky -- almost as if they have been cut
from a new type of fabric.
Their often mechanical behavior has caused them to be
described by some as being like robots or androids (think back to
the Dulce lab).
A lot of descriptions of some of these "folks" are pretty
bizarre. A businessman's family in Wildwood, New Jersey, was
visited by an unusually large man whose pants legs hiked up when
he sat down, revealing a green wire grafted onto his skin and
running up his leg.
There are other cases of MIB appearing on the other side of a
wet, muddy field after a heavy rain, but having no mud whatever on
their brightly shined shoes and in the bitter cold, out of
nowhere, wearing only a thin coat. Their shoes and wallets all
seem new and hardly broken in.
They are not alone. They seem to have faceless conspirators
in the nation's post offices and phone companies. Researchers and
witnesses often report their mail going astray at an unusually
high rate and being bothered by bizarre phone calls where they are
spoken to by metallic, unhuman-sounding voices.
Unusual noises on the phone, intensifying whenever UFOs are
mentioned, and voices breaking in on conversations, have all led
many people to suspect that their phones are being tapped.
One can't discuss the MIB for long without mentioning the
name of John A. Keel, an author who has written much about them.
Keel has done more than any other writer to publicize this bizarre
aspect of the UFO situation. Keel suggests that the UFO are part
of the environment itself and come from another time-space
continua; that most of the UFO phenomena is psychic and
psychological rather than physical. Well, I personally would not
define it that way, although those two components are certainly
deeply involved in what's going on.
The first noted appearance of the MIB was in 1947, at the
scene of the Maury Island incident, where some debris was ejected
from a disk, and subsequently recovered by officials, who loaded
them on an Army bomber which crashed on takeoff.
To illustrate a little how bizarre some of the incidents are
regarding the MIB, I have assembled a short list of some of the
more interesting factors in some cases:
o An ex-Air Force man is gassed and interrogated by MIB
after he has learned classified NASA secrets.
o Closeup photos of UFOs were seized from a teenager
who is also directly threatened by MIB.
o MIB sighted in the lobby of the U.S. State Department
leave a mysterious artifact.
o MIB pose as Air Force officers to silence witnesses.
o MIB tries to buy before-hours Coke and sings to birds
in trees.
o MIB disintegrates a coin in a witness' hand and tells
him that his heart will do the same if he talks.
****************************************************************
Throughout all this information, I have neglected to mention
some aspects of the psychology of the Greys. Dr. Paul Bennewitz,
in his original report to the government entitled "Project Beta,"
goes into some detail, which I will now discuss:
o The alien, either through evolvement or because the
humanoid types are "made," will exhibit tendencies
for bad logic. They appear to have more frailties
and weaknesses than the normal Homo Sapien.
o They are not to be trusted.
o Because of the aliens' apparent logic system, a key
decision cannot be made without higher clearance.
All are under control of what they call "The Keeper,"
yet it would appear that even this is not the final
authority. Delays as long as 12-15 hours can occur
for a decision.
o Because of this apparent control, individual
instantaneous decision-making by the alien is
limited. If the "plan" goes even slightly out of
balance or context, they become confused. Faced with
this, possibly, the humanoids would be the first to
run.
o Psychologically their morale is near disintegration.
There is pronounced dissension in the ranks -- even
with the humanoids.
o Because of their own internal vulnerability mind-wise
to each other, there is a basic lack of trust between
them.
o They appear to be totally death-oriented, and because
of this, absolutely death-fear oriented. This is a
psychological advantage.
o The prime, and weakest area discovered, probed and
tested is exactly what they have used, thinking it
their key strength -- that being the manipulation of
and control of the mind. Manipulated in reverse-
psychology they face a situation where they have a
vulnerable, integrated weakness.
o They totally respect force.
****************************************************************
Grey Physiology and Anatomy
The approximate height of most specimens is between 3.5 and
4.5 feet. The head, by human standards, is large in comparison
with the body. Facial features show a pair of eyes described as
large, sunken or deeply set, far apart or distended more than the
human, and slightly slanted as Oriental or Mongoloid. No ear lobes
or apertures on the side of the head were seen. The nose is vague.
One or tow holes have been mentioned. The mouth area is described
as a small slit or fissure. In some cases there is no mouth at
all. It appears not to function as a means for communication or
for food. The neck area is described as being thin, in some
instances not being visible at all because of the tightly-knit
garment. Most observers describe these humanoids as being
hairless. Some of the bodies recovered have a slight hair-patch
atop the head. Others have what appears to be like a silver
skullcap. There were no breathing attachments or communications
devices. This suggests telepathy with higher intelligence. In one
instance there was an opening in the right frontal lobe area,
revealing a crystalline network. This network implies the
development of a third brain.
The arms are described as long and thin, reaching down to the
knee section. The hangers each contain four fingers, with no
thumbs. Three fingers are longer than the other. Some are very
long. Some are very long. Others are very short. No description is
available of the legs and feet. Some pathologists indicate that
that section of the body was not developed as we would anticipate,
showing that some of these beings were adapted to life in the
water. There was a webbing effect between the fingers on most of
the specimens.
According to most observers, the skin is grey. Some claim it
is beige, tan or pinkish-grey. No reproductive organs or
capabilities were discovered. No phallus. No womb. Confirms
cloning mentioned by other sources. The humanoids appear to be
from a mold, sharing identical racial and biological
characteristics. There is no blood as we know it, but there is a
fluid which is greyish in color.
****************************************************************
The "Taxonomy of Extra-Terrestrial Humanoids," another
offering by George Andrews, yields some other observations:
o Working under the instructions of the humanoids
from Rigel (the Greys), CIA and former Nazi
scientists have developed and deployed malignant
strains of bacteria and viruses, including AIDS, in
order to exterminate undesirable elements of the
human population.
o The Greys are almost entirely devoid of emotions,
but can obtain a "high" by telepathically tuning in
the different kinds of intense human emotion, such
as ecstasy or agony. (Does that explain why UFOs
have always been seen in regions of war and human
conflict?)
o There are over 1,000 humans in the United States
alone who are the offspring of intergalactic or
extragalactic beings and terrestrial humans. (The
son of an acquaintance of [deleted in original]
is one.)
o Throughout recorded history, as well as during
prehistoric times, there has been constant genetic
manipulation of and interbreeding with humans in
order to breed out the less evolved simian traits.
The Nordic races have participated in this from the
beginning, and we are as much a part of them as we
might suppose.
o Greys have the ability to camouflage themselves as
tall Blonds through mental energy projection. Blonds
never project themselves as Greys. Some Blonds seen
with the Greys are physically real, but are
prisoners of the Greys who have either paralyzed
them or have destroyed their ability to teleport
through time and other dimensions. Note: A lot of
the material obtained by George Andrews has as its
source a Blond that is a time traveler that escaped
the Grey takeover of their system.
o Both Blonds and Greys have the ability to
disintegrate matter into energy and then
reintegrate the energy back into matter. This
ability allows them to pass through walls and to
transport abductees out of their cars with the
doors still locked.
o The original Rigelians were the Blonds until they
were invaded by the Greys, a parasitic race, who
took over and interbred with them. The original
Rigelians were the ones who seeded the earth. It
is because of this common ancestry that terrestrial
humanity is of such interest to both the Blonds and
the Greys.
o Terrestrial human females can be impregnated either
on board ship or while they sleep in their homes.
Males need not be manifested in visible form for
this to occur.
o The Blonds now habitate the Procyon system. The
conflict between the Blonds and the Greys is in a
state of temporary truce, although the conflict
between the Rigelian and the Sirius system is being
fought actively.
o The Blonds with speech abilities will respond
violently if attacked or threatened, but the
telepathic ones will respond peacefully.
o Blonds were sometimes mistaken for angels in
earlier centuries. They do not seem to age, and
consistently appear to be from 27 to 35 human years
old.
****************************************************************
Confused? Well, now you can see why the natural diversity of
the way things are are hard to sort out for the average
researcher. The probability that this information is true or
partially true remains fairly high, based on analysis of what we
know about abductions and general contact between humans and EBEs
that has been documented.
****************************************************************
Real Esoterica -- Sirius and the MIB
Let's regress for a moment back to the MIB. According to John
Keel, the MIB often state that they are representatives of the
"Nation of the Third Eye."
Based on some of the info we have already researched, it is
apparent that Sirius has been in contact with us for a long time.
According to George Hunt Williamson (one of the early contactees)
in his book "Other Tongues, Other Flesh," the earth allies of
Sirius, i.e., the secret societies, use the Eye of Horus as an
insignia. This symbol has also been seen on the MIB. Secret
societies believe that there is a Great White Lodge on earth. They
call it Shamballa -- and consider it to be the spiritual center of
the world. Now, theosophists such as Alice Bailey say that the
Great White Lodge is on Sirius. If the All-Seeing-Eye is a symbol
of Sirius' earth-allies and the MIB wear that symbol, and if
Shamballa represents the Great White Lodge on earth -- then the
MIB are emissaries of Shamballa. Sirius and Shamballa are two
sides of the same coin. This is verified in the book "The
Undiscovered Country," by Stephen Jenkins. Jenkins was told by
Buddhist priests that Shamballa was located in the constellation
of Orion.
The entrance to Shamballa on earth is usually placed in the
trans-Himalayan region. Some assert it is in the heart of the Gobi
Desert (where there have been allegations of crashed disks and
bases). According to the explorer Nicholas Roerich, there are
caves in the Himalayan foothills that have subterranean passages.
In one of the these passages, there is a stone door that has never
been opened, because the time for its opening has not yet arrived.
In 1930, Doreal founded the Brotherhood of the White Temple. He
says that the entrance to Shamballa is far underground. he goes on
to say that space bends around Shamballa, and that there is a warp
which leads into another universe.
****************************************************************
Let's get back to something we can have more of a direct
handle on. Many times psychics have been called upon by
investigative authorities to evaluate situations, and in many
cases what they have contributed has been very helpful.
This was done in the case of animal mutilations back in 1980
by Peter Jordan, who engaged several psychics to render their
impressions from photos and maps of mutilations and mutilation
areas. What follows is a condensation of what was found during
this exercise.
Name of Psychic: Ronald Mangravite
o This animal has been dead a few days.
o Some parts are decaying faster than others.
o There is an overload of electrolytes in the body
possibly due to injection of a citrate.
o Something wrong with blood. Picking up higher
portion of plasma which may be lymphatic fluid.
o Two men working on the animal. Very sharp surgical
knives.
o Men dressed in black. Jumpsuits. Shiny black nylon.
o Winch line coming down from chopper.
o Men are skilled ex-military.
o Something is going to be done with the tissue.
o Flurometry connection. Spectrophotometers.
o Choppers are brown or grey.
o Underground implications.
o Experimentation with different analytical techniques.
Name of Psychic: Elisabeth Lerner
o Paramilitary forces.
o A serious invasion of American privacy.
o Non-American Indians part of secret project.
o The word "Annide."
o The word "Carmine" or "Karmine."
o The symbol "dk."
o A new wave of mutilations will strike near southwest
New Mexico.
o The Hobart Company is involved in this.
(Refrigeration equipment?)
o Three huge, doughnut-shaped objects will be seen in
conjunction with these new mutilations.
o Breakthrough in research.
o Muscle relaxant injections.
o Someone with the name "Empeda."
o This is a Mexican operation.
o Names "Kielman" and "Kelman."
o Institution with many Lincoln Continentals and
Cadillacs.
o Laboratory underground.
o Lilly Pharmaceuticals.
o Roman numerals IVIII [sic].
o Name "Stephano."
o The number "1714."
o Last name "Audler."
o First name "Mase."
o Last name "Audli."
o Jet rocket labs nearby.
o Domes above the ground.
o Vehicle ID # MP 1936. Small jeeps.
o Last name "Plento."
o Initials "C.B.P." heads operation. Wears brown
military shoes. Army.
o Number "1161."
o Around an oil field.
o Place where oil crosses in an "X" pattern.
o Chemical engineering connections.
o Mustard.
o Periscope device on bottom of craft. Chopper called
"The Shark."
o Man with blond hair. English features. High forehead.
Wears square ring. Insignia reads "C.B.P." Has
something to do with ammunition. Colonel.
Name of Psychic: Nancy Fuchs
o Dusk scene. Men talking about some animal's throat.
Something missing.
o Cylindrical object.
o Long thick object inserted into jugular vein.
o Powerful energy flow emanating from device used to
kill cattle.
o Feeling of tremendous anger and hostility.
o Research implication. Minerals needed for research.
o Intimidation of rancher Gomez.
o Embryos.
o Thousands of samples needed for this breeding effect.
o Crossbreeding.
o Animal dies in seconds.
o Jolts of electricity through animal.
o Breeding and genetics involved.
o Army background.
o Liquid-filled shoes leave no prints.
o Marshall. Army. Cap with black rim and gold braid.
Pompous. White-haired. Very influential. Walks into
Pentagon whenever he pleases. Commission given 15-18
years ago for mutilation project when he was
overseas. Grand Marshall. Friend of General
MacArthur. Lives in Dakotas. Money invested. High-
priority issue. Tall. Heavyset. Only 17 people know
of this.
o Project with $2.5 million allocated early in game for
breeding experimentation. Late 1960s through
Pentagon. More and more money invested every year.
o Land wanted. Want to destroy ranchers prime source
of income.
o John Mitchell connected to this.
o Howard Hughes.
o Uranium connection.
o Picture complex. Faction-ridden.
o Interest in speeding up growth of cattle.
o Importance of pancreas.
****************************************************************
Well, there you have that little presentation. I don't know
what exactly to make of it, but there it is. Certainly a non-UFO
implication here, however, it only relates to THREE mutilations.
How about the other 10,000 -- most of which have the UFO
connection? What did I tell you about a multi-level reality?
****************************************************************
At this point, I will put some references and excerpts from
some volumes that I believe are relevant to all the things we've
been talking about. Where I feel it is applicable, I will comment
on them.
"The Goblin Universe"
(p222) The ability to materialize mental constructs is not
unknown. Suppose one creates a field with the mind that is strong
enough to attract supercharged particles. The particles are real
but unstable in their assemblage since the stability depends on
the intermediate mental component.
(p223) Physical aspect of UFOs and other phenomena lie in the
behavior of electromagnetic fields.
(p124) If all UFO incidents were chance encounters, someone
would have obtained a filmed record or a series of stills years
ago. The only way that such episodes can be engineered so that
they remain total mysteries is for the entities to have advance
knowledge of any situation before it occurs.
(p117, referencing John Keel) These entities labor to
cultivate belief in various frames of reference, and then they
create new manifestation which support those beliefs.
(p120) Illness is common after close contact with some
beings.
(p122) Guy Underwood classified primary geomagnetic currents
into three classes: water lines, aquastats, and track lines. Some
magnetic signals appear as spirals, others are linear. Gnats and
flies congregate above magnetic patterns.
****************************************************************
"Extra-Terrestrials Among Us"
(p2-3) On several occasions after UFOs flew over missile
sites, it was found that the targeting of the missiles had
changed, and the warheads had to be replaced.
(p3) On 22 June 1980 a UFO that was 10 miles in diameter was
reported over the Kuwait oil fields.
(p4) On July 30, 1985, a UFO over Mongolia that was 10 km in
diameter was reported heading south. It was sighted by a Chinese
jet and reported in the "Japan Times." The Unites States ignored
this report.
(p8) JANAP-146 specifies up to 10 years in prison and $10,000
in fines for anyone in government service who makes unauthorized
public statements about UFO phenomena. The British Official
Secrets Act makes similar provisions.
(p9) Many routes of UFOs take the form of an isosceles
triangle.
(p16) On September 14, 1978, a UFO as big as an ocean liner
flew over Italy, and over Rome on the 15th and 16th.
Comment: This was two weeks before Pope John Paul I was found
dead under suspicious circumstances. He was killed between
September 28-29. Autopsy was refused. It was rumored he intended
to reveal the Fatima message of 1917.
(p 20) UFOs dart around in daylight at speeds which cannot be
seen.
(p22) An individual having one CE experience usually has
another.
(p24) There is no basis to support psychiatric pathology for
UFO witnesses.
(p24) Dr. Brian T. Clifford (Pentagon) announces on October
5, 1982, that contact between U.S. citizens and extraterrestrials
on their vehicles is illegal. Title 14, Section 1211 of the Code
of Federal Regulations (adopted July 16, 1969, before the first
manned lunar landing) says that anyone guilty of this becomes a
wanted criminal to be jailed for one year and fined $5,000. The
NASA administrator is empowered to determine WITH OR WITHOUT A
HEARING that a person has been "ET-exposed" and impose
INDETERMINATE quarantine under armed guard, which cannot be broken
even by court order.
(p89) Mars has a history of transient phenomena.
(p90) Temporary brilliant spots on Mars were reported by
astronomers in 1890, 1892, 1900, 1911, 1924, 1937, 1952, 1954,
1967, and 1971. The distribution was non-random. Intensely dark
spots, transient in nature, were reported on Mars in 1925, 1952,
and 1954.
(p93) About 33% of abductees are able to remember the
experiences without hypnotic regression. 66% of the abductees were
alone when abducted.
(p94) Some abductees did not return but vanished permanently
or were found dead after a UFO encounter.
(p25) Records of the 687 B.C. battle between the Assyrians
and the Hebrews indicate that "a blast from heaven" reduced the
bodies of 185,000 Assyrians to ashes but left their clothes
intact.
(p145) Morris K. Jessup died under mysterious circumstances
after a copy of his book "Case for the UFO" was sent to the Chief
of the Office of Naval Research (ONR) in Washington.
(p146 -- comments from "Case for the UFO")
o Falls from the sky of flesh, blood, reptiles, etc.,
were due to either spoiled food or cleaning of
holding tanks.
o Comments describe TWO different space races who share
the planet with us without our knowledge. They are
not visitors -- they have been here longer than we
have. They feel more at ease in the ocean.
o The little men were almost wiped out by a serpent
race identified only as the "S-men." S-men are
ravenous for red meat, extremely materialistic, and
are greedy for power. Comment: Sounds like the Deros
of Shavarian fame.
(p147) Thanks to Allen Dulles in partnership with Reinhard
Gehlen, the Gestapo was transplanted intact into the United States
system as the CIA, without the knowledge or consent of American
citizens. Comment: Remember Reagan placing wreaths on graves of SS
stormtroopers at the 40th anniversary of WWII? Roots of that
symbolic gesture go deep.
(p147) Reference the Intelligence Identity Protection Act of
1981: Freedom to speak about anything but the CIA. Some claim that
concentration camps have already been built. Activation was sealed
by Executive Order Rex 84. The next REX exercise in in 1988.
(p148) Jessup: "I believe that space structures of 5-10 miles
in diameter are sufficiently large to produce intelligently
directed storms."
(p150) Alleged alien comment in annotated edition of "Case
for the UFO": "Men frozen helpless make good prey."
(p151) Dr. James E. McDonald thought that the Federal Power
Commission was evading the evidence concerning UFO involvement in
the total power failure that paralyzed New York on July 13, 1965,
and dared to say so in front of a Congressional committee.
(p152) On June 13, 1971, James E. McDonald was found dead
under mysterious circumstances, shot through the head with a
pistol by his side.
(p153) Murder disguised as suicide is one of the well-known
specialties of the CIA.
(p153) There is ample documentation suggesting that among the
highest-priority covert operations of the CIA are those supplying
heroin to the Mafia. The "war on drugs" is in fact a war on the
independent drug dealer who constitutes a threat to the Mafia
monopoly. Comment: Additional ways to subdue the population or
eliminate undesirables?
(p156) Karen Silkwood's murder disguised as auto accident.
(p159) George Adamski, contactee in the 1950s had a special
government passport. Possible CIA disinformation agent.
(p162) Although mutilations were reported in England as early
as 1904-1905, ("Winter of Weirdness"), the large-scale operations
there began in 1973.
(p163) A rancher and his sons saw a UFO as big as a hotel
which was accompanied by four smaller ones. Rectangular in shape,
300-400 feet long, and 60 feet high. A helicopter approached it
and turned into a small UFO.
(p163) Phantom cars appear on roads, follow people, and
disappear.
(p163) A rancher and his wife looked at a UFO 5/8 of a mile
away and reported that two appendages emerged from the egg-shaped
object.
(p164) Apparently UFOs have the capability of invisibility.
(p164) Materialization of a Bigfoot before a witness.
(p164) Dematerialization of Bigfoot before witness who shot
it with a 16-gauge shotgun at point-blank range into its stomach.
(p166) On August 21, 1975, a sheriff was chasing an unmarked
helicopter in his plane in southwestern Nebraska at 0430 when
the lights on the helicopter went out, and the only thing seem on
the ground was a missile silo.
(p166) About the time mutilations began in earnest (1973
wave), a new branch of science was beginning to develop --
biogeochemistry -- analysis of mineral and oil deposits by
analysis of tissues of herbivorous animals.
(p168) An elderly lady in Arkansas in 1979 injured herself
and was cut during a fall. The injuries were repaired by two
aliens, who gave her a piece of metal with pyramids and six-
pointed stars on it. The aliens told her they "consumed juice,"
but not the kind consumed by humans. Six weeks later, she was out
looking for her dog and spotted a horse lying on its side,
unconscious.
Two men in white, dressed like surgeons, were at work on the
horse. There were two Air Force helicopters parked in the
clearing, two men in Air Force uniforms, and the same two aliens
who had helped her after her fall. The lady was spotted by the
group and she was overtaken by a helicopter which flashed a blue
light on her which burned her clothing. Help arrived as the
helicopter retreated, and she was brought to the local hospital.
People having nothing to do with the hospital staff began turning
up to question her. After release she was harassed at all hours by
strangers who insisted on questioning her, repeating the same
questions over and over again. The couple moved to a different
state, only to have it start all over again. MUFON began
investigating this case, but as of 1986 had not yet made public
its conclusions. Research into the case began in 1980.
(p171) Tissue samples taken from a carcass revealed the
presence of chlorpromazine, a tranquilizer.
(p171 comment by Gabe Valdez) "Whoever is doing these
mutilations are highly organized and have a lot of resources."
(p172) The theory of biogeochemical basis for the mutilations
fails to account for the fact that mutilations are worldwide.
(p174) When FBI agent Rommel was given $50K to investigate
the mutilations in one district in New Mexico, all mutilations in
that district stopped during the year.
(p177) The Condon Report, Rommel Report, and the Warren
Report all have a resemblance.
(p177) The human tendency to avoid facing unpleasant facts
may allow parasitic entities to "farm us."
(p178) A seven-year-old heifer was found whose unborn calf
had been removed with breaking the placental bag.
(p181) U.S. Senate lied to by Pentagon in 1968 during Senate
hearings on UFOs.
(p200) In an anonymous letter to a Denver paper on April 8,
1983, it was told that the mutilations are being done by a secret
government group called Delta. Animal parts are used to test
effects of germ warfare and poison (cyanide and dioxin) they are
testing on civilians in America. Testing is associated with black
helicopters. Helicopters are also used to ferry heroin and
cocaine. Delta bases said to be all underground on Indian
Reservations. HQ for operations and where a lot of choppers are
based in 28 miles east of Albuquerque on I-40, then 14 miles north
on a dirt road into the Laguna Indian Reservation. Comment:
Disinformation attempt?
(p204, UPI story, February 2, 1984) Dr. James Womack at
Texas A&M University announced his discovery that humans share
"perfect match" chromosomes with cattle. The perfect match is with
portions of the 21st chromosome pair, a strand known to carry
characteristics of Mongolism or Down's Syndrome, associated with
mental retardation. Dr. Womack says, "We must have more in common
than previously believed."
(p205, 1984 letter) A recent arrival on the nutritional scene
is protomorphogens, or glandulars -- ground up glands of cattle. If
one takes these for a year you get "hooked" on them. Your own
glands stop producing hormones.
Many EBEs have no alimentary canals and no glands.
In some cancer clinics, these glandulars are used to treat
cancer victims, and so are glands from human fetuses.
(p206) What is happening with the mutilations would make
sense in human terms if the location on which the cattle grazed
was important, or the parts taken could be used geobiologically
(which they aren't).
(p208) UFOs are: Extraterrestrial, ultraterrestrial,
interdimensional, and time travelers.
(p208) Some UFOs behave as if the UFO itself was a living
organism. Comment: Refer to Trevor James Constable's book "Sky
Creatures," for a discussion of biological aeroforms, of "Flying
Saucers at Etibi-Raa," by Wendell Stevens for a discussion of just
that subject.
(p208) Entities with cyborg-like traits, having both
mechanical and biological features, turn up quite frequently in
reports.
(p208) It is odd that among the viruses there are some that
look like UFOs, like T. Bacteriophage. Do some UFO have the
ability to operate in the micro-dimension of viruses? Comment: In
the discipline of Yoga is noted the ability to become large or
small.
(p209) Anyone with more access to even one more dimension
than we have access to could evade our most carefully planned
investigations indefinitely.
(p210) Modern brain capacity: 1300cc
Cro-magnon man: 1400cc
Baskop man (megroid [sic] race): 1800cc
The last two appeared quite suddenly.
(p210) Theory of Max H. Flindt attributes paradoxically rapid
development of the human brain to interbreeding between primitive
humanity and ETs.
According to Flindt, schizophrenia is caused by subconscious
racial memory of the ET branch of the family tree, longing for
home. Considerable differences between glandular and nervous
systems between primitive humans and ETs would provide a basis for
traumatic tension associated with regressed memory.
(p210) Our civilization has forgotten the existence of other
intelligent beings in the universe.
(p211) The idea that Homo Sapiens is unique is becoming no
longer tenable.
****************************************************************
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>


837
textfiles.com/ufo/krill4.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
(Part 4 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
Well, as if this weren't enough, let's examine the basic
allegations that were raised by Gary Stollman when he held an
empty BB gun to David Horowitz on KNBC Channel 4, Los Angeles, in
October, 1987. Gary clearly though that he was alone in his
knowledge, and evidently turned to desperation to have the public
become aware of what he knew. For the sake of brevity, I will
simply summarize the allegations, and make comments where I wish
to do so:
o His physical father is in fact a clone created by
the CIA and alien forces.
o Cloning is a part of a plot to overthrow the U.S
government.
o The CIA maintains mental-retraining hospitals.
o Phones were turned off at Rohlman Psychiatric
Hospital in Cincinnati for 48 hours after his
arrival.
o A former CIA official had an interview on KPFK radio
in which he told a college audience that the CIA has
towed barges across New York Harbor that were
disease-ridden.
o The CIA may have created the AIDS virus to wipe out
the gay population. Comment: Hmmm, where have we
heard THAT before?
o The CIA assassinated John F. Kennedy and the 22
material witnesses who died with two years. Comment:
Hmmmm, I have heard that as well.
o He demands that the Air Force release all
information on UFOs.
o He demands that the information about Hanger 18 at
Wright-Patterson [AFB] be released.
o He relates that he spoke to a girl at Florida Junior
College who told him that seven of her friends had
been "replaced."
o The CIA doesn't trust people on computers.
o Individuals at the Optimist Boys School in Pasadena
were recruited by others and given false IDs and
birth certificates.
o There is a secret group led by the President's own
staff.
o There are beings around with the power to teleport
instantly and do the same to others; who can read
and control minds, and transform matter into other
forms and create it at will.
o He asks for a congressional investigation and
federal protection.
o He states that he cannot harm anyone with an empty
BB gun.
****************************************************************
Well, what do you think? [Name deleted in original, replaced
with the word "MUFON"] contacted Mr. Stollman's lawyer in
December, 1987, and told him that some of what Gary had said may
be true. His lawyer promptly made himself scarce.
****************************************************************
For some of you who keep an eye on the news, the President
(Reagan) has said some mighty interesting things in some speeches
of his:
To the students of Fallston High School in Fallston, Maryland, on
December 4, 1985, he said:
"I couldn't but -- one point in our discussions with General
Secretary Gorbachev -- when you stop to think that we're all God's
children, wherever we may live in the world, I couldn't help but
say to him, just think how easy his task and mine might be in
these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this
world from some other species from another planet outside in the
universe. We'd forget all the little local differences that we
have between our countries and we would find out once and for all
that we really are all human beings on this earth together.
"Well, I don't suppose we can wait for some alien race to
come down and threaten us...."
To the 42nd General Assembly of the United Nations, September 21,
1987:
"In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often
forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we
need some outside universal threat to make us recognize this
common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences
worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from
outside this world. And yet, I ask you, is not an alien force
already among us? What could be more alien to the universal
aspirations of our peoples than war and the threat of war?"
Comment: Apparently Mr. Reagan doesn't realize that war is NOT
alien to the aspirations of peace -- it's always been here.
****************************************************************
Does Mr. Reagan know something that we know but the general public
doesn't know about what is happening and what will happen within
the next five years?
General Types of Entities
The Greys are known to be of three types:
o Grey 1: 3.5 feet tall. Large head. Large slanted eyes. Worship
Technology and don't care about us. Type popularized in
"Communion" by Strieber.
o Grey 2: Same general appearance, although has a different
finger arrangement and a slightly different face.
More sophisticated than Grey 1. They possess a degree
of common sense and are somewhat passive. It is not
known if they require the secretions needed by Grey 1.
o Grey 3: Same basic type. Lips thinner. Subservient to other
two types.
Other entities known to frequent this planet:
o Blonds/Swedes/Nordics: Known by any of these names. Similar to
us. Blond hair, blue eyes. Will not break law of non-
interference to help us. Would only intervene if the
Greys' activity would affect other parts of the
universe.
o Interdimensional: Entities that can assume a variety of shapes.
Basically of a peaceful nature.
o Short Humanoids: 1.5 to 2.5 feet tall, skin bluish in color.
Seen quite frequently in Mexico near Chihuahua.
o Hairy Dwarfs: 4 feet tall. Weigh about 35 pounds. Hairy.
Neutral. Respect intelligent life.
o Very Tall Race: Look like us but 7-8 feet tall. United with
the Swedes.
o Nordic Clones: Appear similar to us but with grey tinge to their
skin. These are drones created by the Greys. Child-
like mentality.
o Men-In-Black (MIB): Oriental or olive-skinned. Eyes sensitive to
light. Eyes have vertical pupils. Very pale skin in
some types. Do not conform easily to our social
patterns. Usually wear black clothes, drive black cars,
and wear sunglasses. In groups they all dress alike.
Sometimes time-disoriented. they cannot handle a
psychological "curve-ball" or interruption to their
plan. Often intimidate UFO witnesses and impersonate
government officials. Equivalent of our CIA. From
another galaxy.
Although there are some 40 or more known types of aliens visiting
our world at the present time, these are the most commonly seen
types.
Extract of information from: "UFO Contact from Undersea,"
Sanchez/Stevens
Section 1: Regression session, Filiberto Cardenas (subject)
Event date: 3 January 1979 UFO CEIII
During the regression session(s) the following
information came forth:
1. Subject was taken to one of three pyramid bases. Two pyramid
bases are under ocean, one on land. Subject was taken to base
between Berin and Santiago of the coast of Chile. Other underwater
base is in the Atlantic in an unspecified location. The base was
entered through an underwater tunnel. The aliens stated that they
had been there 36 months at that time.
2. Aliens told the subject that there were six (6) other
individuals whom the aliens had contacted.
3. Subject stated that the aliens voiced that they were eventually
going to make themselves known to the world.
4. Aliens stated that they control the Chinese, and they have
provided the Chinese with a device that can "paralyze cities and
towns completely."
5. Aliens stated that the device will cause a change that "is
going to be something for which the world cannot wait." The
Chinese are to provoke certain unspecified changes, and that in
those changes, "people who are negative will disappear."
6. Subject remembers seeing (future) scenes of people running
disoriented along roads, and that there is a disaster coming.
7. Details of underwater tunnel described as walls of " firmed
water," not rock. The ship evidently generated a force field which
repelled the water around it.
8. Devices were supposedly installed in subject's head by aliens.
Subsequent x-rays revealed nothing.
(Session 3)
1. First contact with these groups of aliens began 4,000 years
ago.
2. It has been thousands of years since this group last descended
to earth.
3. If progress on earth does not continue, aliens will use more
forceful demonstrations to get their point across that we must
have peace and progress.
4. Subject was interrogated for 15 days after the events by US
security and intelligence services.
5. Information from aliens had also to do with "an atrocity in the
plans certain forces on earth had planned."
6. Subject was seven years old when contact with aliens first
occurred.
7. Aliens have ability to dematerialize their craft.
8. Aliens stated that we should beware of other alien groups who
will present themselves in a good light but if they pursue "bad
objectives against us they could do two things. They could destroy
this planet with the same arms that this planet has, or on the
contrary, transport away all our arms in one operation, which
would take no more than 20 minutes of our time. They can be
visible or not, whatever they choose."
8. [sic] Treatise references 81 other crossbreeds from (negative)
aliens who have performed duties on earth. Half alien-half
earthling = Crossbreed
9. Aliens spoke of great portions of land and whole cities will
[sic] disappear. Mexico City and major cities in California.
History and Operations -- Operation Trojan Horse
The amusing little mystery of flying saucers slowly evolves
into a complicated series of coincidences and paradoxes as we
plunge deeper and deeper into the data, excluding nothing, and
considering everything as objectively as possible.
Our skies have been filled with "Trojan Horses" throughout
history, and like the original Trojan Horse, the SEEM to conceal
hostile intent.
Several facts are now apparent:
o The objects have always chosen to operate in a
clandestine manner, furtively choosing the hours of
darkness for their enigmatic activities over thinly-
populated areas, where the possibility of being detected
is slight.
o The hostility factor is further supported by the fact
that the objects chose, most often, to appear in forms
which we can readily accept and explain to our own
satisfaction -- ranging from dirigibles to meteors and
conventional-appearing airplanes.
o The objects of unusual configuration, undoubtedly
constituting a deceptive minority of all the
paraphysical objects flitting about in our atmosphere.
In other words, flying saucers are not at all what we have
hoped they were. They are a part of something else. John A. Keel
called that something else "Operation Trojan Horse."
When one really digs into UFO literature, it readily becomes
clear that the ultraterrestrials deliberately conveyed whatever
impression that would meet the available frame of reference for
that time.
Until 1848, the religious frame of reference was constantly
used by the phenomenon. As man's technology improved many of our
old beliefs were discarded and the "phenomenon" was obliged to
update its manifestations and establish new frames of reference.
No more objects were seen in 1947 than had been seen in 1847. We
were simply seeing them in a new way. A new game was being played
with us.
A new game has emerged: the artifact or hardware game. The
phenomenon has always obliged us by planting false evidence all
over the landscape.
UFO cultists trapped themselves into a hopeless situation
almost from the outset. The apparent purpose of most of the
landings seems to have been to advance belief in the frame of
reference, not to provide absolute proof that the frame of
reference is authentic.
Physical Evidence
All kinds of junk have fallen out of the sky throughout
recorded history. Ivan T. Sanderson has in his files extensive
lists that go back to Roman times. Ridiculous things such as stone
pillars and heavy metal wheels have come crashing out of the blue,
and there are countless cases of ice blocks, some weighing
hundreds of pounds, dropping all over this planet. The flying
saucers have been spewing all kinds of trash all over the
landscape. In nearly every instance, these materials always prove
to be ordinary earthly substances like magnesium, aluminum,
chromium, and even plain old tin. Each of these incidents give the
skeptics new ammunition.
Mysterious hollow spheres have also been dropping out of the
sky all over the world. Three such spheres were found in the
Australian desert in 1963. They were about 14 inches in diameter
and had a shiny polished surface. Efforts to open the spheres
failed, and they were turned over to the USAF. Other metal spheres
have dropped out of the sky in Mexico (1967) and Conway, Arkansas
(1967). The Mexican steel ball was identified as titanium, the one
in Arkansas steel.
Smaller colored spheres were found scattered over the French
countryside in 1966-67, as if it had been raining balls there.
Where is all this stuff coming from? The same place as the stone
pillars and blocks of ice. Innumerable cases of contact and
landings have been flushed down the ufological drain because of
the deliberate "negative factors." Sincere witnesses have actually
been ruined because the amateur UFO investigators have accused
them of being liars and worse.
Another fascinating game which the ufonauts play with a
vengeance is the "repair" gambit. Beginning in 1897, there has
been an endless stream of stories and reports, many from reliable
witnesses, on how they encountered a grounded UFO and observed the
occupants making repairs of some kind. The basic details in all
these stories are so similar that it seems as if the ufonauts are
following a carefully rehearsed procedure.
Generally speaking, there are three (3) types of beings
observed in relation to UFOs:
o Normal-looking people, including females.
o Oriental, dark-skinned beings.
o Unidentifiable creatures, who have made a real effort to
hide from witnesses.
Oddly enough, when all the reports and the data is in, the
scope of the phenomenon and the overwhelming quantity of reports
negates its validity. An analysis of cases indicates that flying
saucers are not, in most cases, stable machines requiring fuel,
maintenance, and logistical support. Most of them are, in all
probability, transmutations of energy from other dimensions and do
not exist in the same way that this paper exists.
The UFO phenomenon seems to be largely subjective: that is,
specific kinds of people become involved and are actually
manipulated by the phenomenon in the same way that it manipulates
matter. These subjective experiences are far more important to our
study that the "random" superficial sightings. We are obliged to
forget about the sightings and concentrate on the claims and
experiences of the contactees.
Thousands of UFO photos have been taken since 1882. There's
just one problem. With very few exceptions, no two UFO photos are
alike. The sightings force two unacceptable answers upon us:
o All the witnesses were mistaken or lying.
o Some tremendous unknown civilization is exerting an all-
out effort to manufacture thousands of different types of
UFOs and is sending them all to our planet.
The governments of the world overtly have maintained
variations of the first proposal. UFO enthusiasts accept the
second. There is a third proposal which merits some attention:
some "hard" objects definitely exist as temporary materializations
from other dimensions. They leave indentations in the ground when
they land. Witnesses have touched them and even been inside them.
These "hard" objects may be decoys to cover the multitudinous
activities of the "soft" objects. The "soft" objects hold one of
the keys of the mystery. There are countless sightings of objects
which changed size and shape in front of witnesses who often get
the impression that it was alive, that it was not behaving like a
mechanical object at all.
There is no question at all that there are intelligences that
can manipulate or materialize any kind of object into our
dimension. Let's take a look, for a second, at the electromagnetic
spectrum. As you know, our visual spectrum makes up a small
portion of the whole. Look at what's involved with UFOs:
Ultraviolet
Blue UFO ENTRY FIELD _________________
Cyan ____________________________________
Green Visible
Yellow
Red __________________ Spectrum
Magenta _________________
Infra-red UFO DEPARTURE
Heat FIELD
Radio
If you will relate this to cases that you are familiar with,
as far as appearance, spectrum shift when in flight, etc., you
will see the applicability of the above diagram.
When UFO stabilize in our dimension they radiate energy on
all frequencies and become glowing white. Radical maneuvers
require a frequency alteration, which produces color changes. It
is interesting to note that in Blue Book Report #14, they replaced
the phrase "Electromagnetic Phenomenon" with the word "Unknown" in
a majority of those cases. Why? There is no doubt that again, a
situation exists where we have multiple realities within the UFO
realm as well. It is clear that we are not dealing with random ET
visitors. It has an extreme element of intention to do with all of
it. Mutilations started in April, 1897, with the abduction of
Alexander Hamilton's calf, witnessed by several people. That is
one of the constants that has been with us that has not changed
frame of reference. How many people give thought to the three
dark-skinned wise men who appeared before the birth of Jesus,
spread the reality of the happening, and disappeared again. All
the dark-skinned men in threes. MIB. It makes you wonder. Hmmmm.
Charting the Enigma
Well, here we are again. Taking a sample of 33% of 10,000 or
so cases, or about 3,330 cases, we find that 730 are so-called
Type I, a low-level object observed and reported by reliable
witnesses. It was found that 2,600 were Type II, high-altitude
objects performing in a controlled manner and distinct from normal
aircraft and natural phenomena. The time of the sightings depends
on where you are. If you are in a rural area, sightings
conveniently begin after 10 p.m. A populated area would have them
between 2 a.m. and 4 a.m. For some reason, in many "flaps,"
Wednesday had about 20.5% of the sightings. Hmmm.
Now, if the UFO phenomenon (and I dislike that word) had a
purely psychic basis then I would think there would be more
sightings on a Saturday, when people are statistically out and
about than on Wednesday. There are notable exceptions to
everything of course, one of which was the "flap" of August 16,
1966, which was on a Tuesday.
Reports seem to cluster within political boundaries of
states, as if there were a methodical exploration of states from
border to border. If the UFO were a natural occurrence, one would
expect otherwise.
Thousands of sightings can be fitted into the "great circle"
route, and often the dates are staggered so that it appears that
the phenomenon moves systematically from point to point.
Every state in the United States has from two to ten
"windows." These are areas where UFOs appear repeatedly year after
year. The objects will appear in these places and pursue courses
confined to sectors with a radius of about 200 miles. The great
circle from Canada (not to be confused with the traditional Great
Circle) in the northwest through the central states and back into
northeast Canada is a major window. Hundreds of smaller windows
lie within that circle. Another major window is centered in the
Gulf of Mexico and encompasses much of Mexico, Texas and the
Southwest.
As mentioned previously, many windows center directly over
area of magnetic deviation.
UFOs seem to congregate about the highest available hills in
these window areas. They become visible in these centers and then
radiate outward, traveling sometimes 100-200 miles before
disappearing again.
****************************************************************
Among the great heaps of neglected and ignored UFO data, we
find hundreds of "minipeople" accounts. These are very rarely
published anywhere because they tend to be so unbelievable. Most of
them are identical to the fairy and gnome stories of yesteryear.
Witnesses to these events can experience conjunctivitis, akinesia
(paralysis), amnesia, and the other effects often noted by
witnesses to more conventional events. One notable event is one
that occurred in Seattle, Washington, in the latter part of
August, 1965. A woman awoke around 2 a.m. and discovered she could
not move a muscle or make a sound. Her window was open, and
suddenly a tiny, football-sized dull-grey object floated through
the window and hovered over the carpet near her bed. Three legs
lowered from the object and it settled to the floor. A small ramp
extended from it and five or six tiny people clambered out and
seemed to work on some kind of repairs on the object. They wore
tight-fitting clothing. When they were finished, they got in and
the object took off and sailed out the window. At that point, she
was able to move. The case was investigated by J. Russell Jenkins
of Seattle.
You can readily see why almost none of these kinds of stories
ever appear in print, except in occult-oriented literature.
Nevertheless, if we hope to assess the true UFO situation, we must
examine all these stories. We can learn nothing by considering
only those incidents which are emotionally and intellectually
acceptable to us.
****************************************************************
TIME is one of the most important aspects of the UFO thing.
It plays a strange but significant role. Part of the answer may
not lie in the stars but in the clock ticking on your fireplace.
Our world exists in three dimensions. We can move in many
directions within these dimensions. Space does not exist except
when we make it exist. To us, the distance between atoms in our
matter is so minute that it can only be calculated with
hypothetical measurements. Yet, if we lived on an atom, and our
size was relative to its size, the distance to the next atom would
seem awesome.
There is another man-made measurement called time. Unlike the
other three dimensions, time has us seemingly trapped. Time
becomes very real to us, and it appears that we couldn't live
without it. Yet time doesn't really exist at all. This moment
exists to us. Does this mean the same moment is being shared by
other planets?
The UFO phenomenon does seem to be controlled. It does follow
intelligent patterns. If the objects themselves are manifestations
of higher energies, then something has to manipulate those
energies somehow and reduce them to the visible frequencies. Not
only do they enter the visible frequencies, but they take forms
which seem physical and real to us, and they carry out actions
which seem to be intelligent.
Thus we arrive at the source. The source has to be a form of
intelligent energy operating at the highest possible point of the
frequency spectrum. If such an energy exists at all, it might
permeate the universe and maintain equal control of each
component part. Because of its very high frequency, so high that
the energy particles are virtually standing still, the source has
no need to replenish itself in any way that would be acceptable to
our environmental sciences. It could actually create and destroy
matter by manipulating the lower energies. It would be timeless,
because it exists beyond all time fields. It would be infinite
because it is not confined by three-dimensional "space."
Children. Children figure neatly into this, and they always
have. The child's mind, especially before the so-called age of
reason when the logic circuits begin to form, is a clear
instrument, open and uninfluenced by opinions and conclusions.
This is an important point in the UFO mystery.
Perhaps if we were in a pure energy state, each particle of
energy would itself serve as a synapse, and information could be
stored by a slight alteration in frequency. All the memory
fragments of a rose, for example, would be recorded at one
frequency, and the whole energy form could tune into that memory
by adjusting frequencies, as we might adjust a radio receiver. In
other words, no complex circuitry would be required. No body would
be necessary. The energy patterns would not need material form. It
would permeate the entire universe. It could surround you
completely at this very moment and be aware of all the feeble
impulses of low energy passing through your brain. If it so
desired, it could control those pulses and thus control your
thoughts. Man has always been aware of this intelligent energy or
force. He has always worshipped it.
Our first conclusion is that the UFOs originate from beyond
our own time frame or time cycle. Our second conclusion is that
the source has total foreknowledge of human events and even of
individual lives. Since time and space are not absolutes, these
two conclusions are compatible.
It is that all human events occur simultaneously when viewed
by a greater intelligence. If a greater intelligence wants to
communicate with a lower form, all kinds of problems are
presented. The communication must be conducted in a manner which
will be meaningful and understandable to the lower life form. An
acceptable frame of reference must be found and utilized.
UFO phenomenon, especially the "soft" ones, are frequently
reflective; that is, the observed manifestations seem to be
deliberately tailored and adjusted to the individual beliefs and
attitudes of the witnesses. Contactees are given information
which, in most cases, conforms to their beliefs. UFO researchers
who concentrate on one particular aspect or theory find themselves
inundated with seemingly reliable reports which seem to
substantiate that theory.
John Keel's extensive experiences with this reflective factor
led him to carry out weird experiments which confirmed that a
large part of the reported data is engineered and deliberately
false. The witnesses are not the perpetrators, but merely the
victims.
The apparent purpose of all this false data is multifold.
Much of it is meant to create confusion and diversion. Some of it
has served to support certain beliefs which were erroneous but
which would serve as stepping-stones to the higher, more complex
truth. Whole generations have come and gone, happily believing in
the false data, unaware that they were mere links in the chain.
If it were all understood too soon, we might crumble under
the weight of the truth. This earth is covered with windows into
those other unseen worlds. If we had the instruments to detect
them, we would find that these windows are the focal points for
super high-frequency waves -- the "rays" of ancient lore. These
rays might come from Orion or the Pleiades as the ancients
claimed, or they might be part of the great force that emanates
throughout the universe. The UFOs have given us the evidence that
such rays exist. Now, slowly, we are being told why.
****************************************************************
It is also apparent that some entities are having a good
laugh at our expense. As mentioned before, literature indicates
that the phenomenon carefully cultivated the religious frame of
reference in early times, just as the modern manifestations have
carefully supported the extraterrestrial frame of reference.
The Devil's emissaries of yesteryear have been replaced by
the mysterious "men in black." A major, but little-explored,
aspect of the UFO phenomenon is therefore theological and
philosophical rather than purely scientific. The UFO problem can
never be untangled by physicists and scientists unless they are
men who also are schooled in the other disciplines.
The earth was occupied before man arrived or was created.
That's an important point to consider. The original occupants were
paraphysical and possessed the power of transmutation of matter.
Man was the interloper. The inevitable conflict arose between
physical man and the paraphysical owners of the planet. Man
accepted the interpretation that this conflict raged between his
creator and the Devil. The religious viewpoint has always been
that the Devil has been attacking man (trying to get rid of him)
by causing havoc upon him. There is historical and modern proof
that this may be so.
It is interesting that parapsychologists have long concluded
that the paralysis that contactees experience is a contributing
cause; that the entity may materialize by utilizing energy from
the percipient himself.
John Keel has in his files hundreds of cases, some of which
have now been investigated by qualified psychiatrists, in which
young men and women obsessed with the UFO phenomenon have suffered
frightening visits from apparitions, followed up by mysterious
black Cadillacs which appeared and disappeared suddenly, and have
been terrified into up their pursuit of the UFOs. The phenomenon
is again reflective in nature; the more frightened the victim
becomes, the more the manifestations are escalated. Think about
it.
****************************************************************
The Other Side of the Coin
There is a balance in nature, and there also seems to be a
balance in the UFO picture. People have actually died after
exposure to the gamma and UV rays from UFOs. But other people have
actually had their ailments cured by similar rays. Occult
literature is filled with accounts of this type.
Except for those who might be specially constructed for
incubus-succubus activities, it does appear that our "angels" and
"spacemen" come from a world, in many cases, with sex -- and very
probably, a world without an organized society; a world in which
each individual is merely a unit in the whole and is totally
controlled by the collective intelligence or energy mass of that
whole. In other words, these beings, or some of them anyway, have
no free will. They are slaves of a very high order. Often they try
to convey this to percipients with their statements, "We are One,"
"We are in bondage."
We face a great task in trying to isolate the UFO phenomenon
from the larger and more important "big picture," the overall
situation of which the UFOs are merely a small part.
Elemental beings are another aspect of the world we live in.
Children see them more than adults, perhaps for the reasons
described before. Historical records certainly indicate that the
little people have always existed all over this planet; that they
possess the power of flight, the power of invisibility, and, to
varying degrees, the power to dominate and control the human mind.
Accounts of little humanoids with supernatural powers can be found
in almost every culture.
The manifestations have remained the same throughout history.
Only our interpretations of those events have changed. It brought
the birth of Spiritualism, which was in its heyday in the 1850s
and 1860s, and was just another form of communication between the
ultraterrestrials and ourselves.
UFO flaps also parallel outbreaks of poltergeist cases. It
all ties in together.
Assuming that each discovered historical report represents a
larger number of unpublished or undiscovered reports, just as
today's UFO reports represent on the average 250 unreported or
unpublished sightings, we can conclude that a flap condition
existed, for example, in the years 1820, 1834, 1844, 1846, and
1849. We also find that there was an outbreak of poltergeists in
1835, 1846, and 1849.
As the 19th century progressed, reporting improved, and we
are able to make more precise correlations. A UFO flap took place
in 1850, and there was also a series of poltergeist cases. A
larger poltergeist outbreak occurred in 1867, following flaps in
1863-64. UFO activity became more intense beginning in 1870, and
there were notable flaps in 1872, 1877, and 1879. The 1880s
produced a major explosion of all kinds of phenomena, including
the sudden disappearance of people. Poltergeist cases were in
abundance in that decade, particularly in the big flap years of
1883 and 1885.
Astrophysicist Morris K. Jessup labeled the years 1877-87 the
"Incredible Decade" after scouring astronomical journals of the
period. Astronomers made some remarkable discoveries during those
years. The previously unobserved satellites of Mars popped into
view in 1877, new craters appeared on the moon, all kinds of
strange objects flitted around the upper atmosphere.
****************************************************************
The trance phenomenon deserves extensive study because so
many aspects of it are directly related to the contactee
phenomenon. In both, you will find the same contradictions. There
seem to be both good and evil forces at work. The good guys latch
onto people with particularly receptive minds and turn them into
trance mediums and the bad guys use the same methods to tamper
with the minds of contactees and even to commit murder indirectly.
Since incidents of these types can be traced throughout history,
it seems probably that these forces have always been here on this
planet. do the ultraterrestrials really care about us? There is
much evidence to suggest that they don't. They care only to the
extent that we can fulfill our enigmatic use to them.
There have been innumerable psychic hoaxes for the past 150
years, and many of these parallel the UFO hoaxes. In ufology we
have to contend with the teenager's hot air balloon, and in
psychic phenomenon we have to worry about youngsters firing rocks
at houses. There are, however, more UFO sightings than there are
plastic balloons, and more poltergeists dumping rocks in living
rooms than there are wild-eyed youngsters with slingshots. There
are also more ultraterrestrial entities than either the occultists
or the UFO researchers can dream of.
Giant winged beings, usually described as headless, are an
integral part of the UFO phenomenon. Winged human forms have been
seen flying over many areas of the world. John A. Keel wrote a
book called the "Mothman Prophecies" and Gray Barker a book called
"The Silver Bridge" that go into some detail. They are usually
described as having blazing red eyes set deep in their shoulders.
****************************************************************
On May 13, 1917, three girls in Portugal were in the meadows
of a place called Cova da Iria outside of Fatima, Portugal, when
they saw a flash of light in the clear sky. They ran for shelter
under a tree, thinking that was lightning. When they reached the
tree, they stopped in amazement, for there hovering just above a
3-foot evergreen nearby, a brilliant globe of light hung
suspended.
Within this globe there was an entity garbed in a luminous
white robe with a face of light which dazzled and hurt the eyes.
The figure stated that it was from heaven, and asked the
girls to come there on the 13th day, for six months in succession.
On October 13, 1917, an estimated 70,000 people had gathered at
the site. Suddenly the crowd screamed, for something came through
the clouds: a huge silver disk which rotated rapidly as it
descended towards the crowd. It seemed to change color, going
through the spectrum. These gyrations continued for ten minutes.
Miles from there, others were also watching the same object.
The incident at Fatima was obviously a carefully planned and
deliberately executed demonstration. The major prophecies of
Fatima had been written down and sealed in an envelope, and turned
over to the Vatican. They were supposed to be revealed to the
world in 1960. The secret of Fatima? One Pope was murdered after
only 30 days in office when the Vatican thought he would reveal
it. It is said to be a prediction of the end of the world. The
demonstration was therefore a failure as far as the
ultraterrestrials were concerned. Such demos proved highly
effective in Biblical times, but times were changing and new
methods were called for.
A similar event such as Fatima took place in Garabandal,
Germany, on July 2, 1961. Even more startling, on the entity's
right side they could see "a square of red fire framing a triangle
with an eye and some writing. The lettering was in an old
Oriental script." The Third Eye. Haven't we heard of that before?
Remember the Nation of the Third Eye -- the MIB. etc?
****************************************************************
ADDENDUM BY THE AUTHOR
Gravitational Propulsion
Well, I have gotten this far in explaining some things to
you. I might as well turn to my favorite subject of all --
gravitational propulsion. The best place to start is with the
efforts of a personal acquaintance of mine who had the good
fortune to meet in England -- Mr. J. R. Searl. His investigations
into gravitational propulsion have proven to be quite revealing --
he's done it, and I want to tell you about it.
In 1949, he was employed by the Midlands Board as an
electronic fitter. He was very enthusiastic about the subject of
electricity, though he had no formal education on the subject
other than was required by his job. Unhindered by conventional
ideas about electricity, he carried out his own investigation into
the subject. During work on electrical motors and generators, he
noticed that a small electromotive force (EMF) was produced by the
spinning metal parts -- the negative toward the outside and the
positive toward the rotational axis.
In 1950, he experimented with rotating slip rings and
measured a small EMF on a conventional meter. He also noticed that
when the rings were spinning freely and no electrical current was
taken, his hair bristled. His conclusions were that free electrons
in the metal were spun out by centrifugal force being produced by
the static field in the metal. He then decided to build a
generator on the same principle.
It had a segmented rotor disc, passing through electromagnets
at its periphery. The electromagnets were energized from the
rotor, and were intended to boost the EMF.
By 1952, the first generator had been constructed and was
about three feet in diameter. It was tested in the open by Searl
and a friend. The armature was set in motion by a small engine.
The device produced the expected electrical power, but at an
unexpectedly high potential. At relatively low armature speeds a
potential of the order of 10^5 volts was produced, as indicated by
static effects on nearby objects.
The really unexpected then occurred. While still speeding up,
the generator lifted and rose to a height of about 50 feet above
the ground, breaking the union between itself and the engine. Here
it stayed for a while, still speeding up and surrounding itself
with a pink glow. This indicated ionization of air at a much
reduced pressure of about 10^-3 mm Hg. More interesting was the
side effect, causing local radio receivers to go on by themselves.
Finally, the whole generator accelerated at a fantastic rate and
is thought to have gone off into space.
Since that day, Searl and others have made some ten or more
small flying craft, some of which have been similarly lost, and
have developed a form of control. Larger craft have been built --
some 12 feet and two 30 feet in diameter.
Once the machine has passed a certain threshold of potential
voltage, the energy output exceeds the input. The energy output
seems to be virtually limitless. We made some measurements when I
was there, and as far as we could see, the estimated output is
somewhere in the vicinity of 10^13 to 10^15 watts. Above what
appears to be the threshold potential, some 10^13 volts, the
generator and attached parts become inertia-free. There is also
some "matter snatch" upon acceleration away from the ground, since
it tends to take a little "turf" with it when it goes.
Analyzing what is happening is fairly easy. What the
generator is doing is placing a "stress" on the ambient space
around it. The space breaks down to provide the magnetism to
relieve the stress, but the energy by-product is absorbed by the
generator, which reinforces the field.
It should be noted at this point that only a very small
amount of space fabric passes through the craft and an even
smaller amount is converted for energy. However, I have noticed
that small changes in etheric forces lead to large physical
effects. It was aptly demonstrated and I was impressed.
Recently, Mr. Searl had (1987) a brush with authorities, when
he began simply generating his own power for his own house. Now he
doesn't have a very large house, but the Utility Board didn't like
the fact that they had lost their monopoly. Now he lives in
Birmingham under an assumed name. Simple, eh?
*****
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS -- 4043771141
<0>


582
textfiles.com/ufo/krills01.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
11
(Part 1 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
JANUARY 1988
BY
O.H. KRILL
ABSTRACT
Throughout the forty year period when UFO have been actively
observed in our civilization, a lot of data has been gathered --
data which has often pointed to aspects of the phenomena that have
been supressed. As a result of the suppression and
compartmentalization of the information, our culture has been
fragmented into several levels of "reality" which both co-exist
and oppose each other. Part of our culture does not or will not
believe in the existence of other species; part of our culture
acknowledges their existence or the probability of their
existence; part of our culture is actually interacting with the
other species. These simultaneous realities contribute to the
condition of extreme confusion in which we find ourselves.
Research into UFO's follows a similar pattern. Some view the
matter in a completely empirical perspective; others search for
patterns and functional relationships in events; still others go
out and ask the right questions at the right time and get answers.
Some of those answers that have appeared are, to some people,
quite disturbing and fantastic.
All in all, we are dealing with new concepts in physics, new
concepts in psychology, and the gradually growing awareness that
we are not only not alone here, but we have never been alone here.
As if that were not enough, it turns out that factions of our
society have known this, and apparently have been interacting with
some of these alien species for quite a while.
The bottom line is that all along, humanity has been led down
a false path, a path that has been plagued by layer upon layer of
conspiracies and disinformation. Technological knowledge and
absolute power have been the motives on the human side. Survival
has been the motive on the alien side, or at least as far as the
predominant alien visitors are concerned.
The intent of this paper is to bring much of the details
regarding this into the open. You are not being asked to believe
it, but to consider it in the light of what has happened, what is
happening, and what may be developing right under our very noses.
If you find that you cannot stomach such thoughts, or that you
cannot deal with it, read no further.
It is quite evident, or it should be, that the UFO situation
is both complex and dangerous. The UFO problem is a multi-
situational and multi-dimensional phenomena. We have established
the following as having a basis in fact:
o Craft from other worlds have crashed on Earth.
o Alien craft are from both ultra-dimensional sources
and sources within this dimension.
o Early U.S. government efforts at acquiring alien
technology were successful.
o The U.S. government has had live alien hostages at
some point in time.
o The government has conducted autopsies on alien
cadavers.
o U.S. intelligence agencies, security agencies, and
public agencies are involved in the coverup of facts
pertaining to the situation.
o People have been and are currently abducted,
mutilated, murdered and kidnapped as a result of the
UFO situation.
o There is a current active alien presence on this
planet among us that controls difference elements of
our society.
o Alien forces maintain bases on Earth and on the Moon.
o The U.S. government has had a working relationship
with alien forces for some time, with the express
purpose of gaining technology in gravitational
propulsion, beam weaponry and mind control.
o Millions of cattle have been killed in the process
of acquiring biological materials.
o Both aliens and the U.S. government are responsible
for mutilations, but for different reasons.
o We live in a multi-dimensional world that is
overlapped and visited by entities from other
dimensions. Many of these entities are hostile.
Many are not hostile.
o The basis of our genetic development and religions
lies in intervention by non-terrestrial and
terrestrial forces.
o Actual technology far exceeds that perceived by
the public.
o The United States space program is a cover operation
that exists for public relations purposes.
o People are being actively killed in order to suppress
the facts about the situation. The CIA and the NSA
are involved so deeply that exposure would cause
collapse of their overt structure.
o Facts indicate alien overt presence within five to
ten years.
o Our civilization is one of many that have existed in
the last billion years.
You will probably have more conclusions. To see, just read on....
Animal Mutilations and UFOs
General Chronology
In the middle of 1963, a series of livestock attacks occurred
in Haskell County, Texas. In a typical case, an Angus bull was
found with its throat slashed and a saucer-sized wound in its
stomach. The citizenry attributed the attacks to a wild beast of
some sort, a "vanishing varmint." As it continued its furtive
forays through the Haskell County outback, the bloodluster assumed
somewhat more mythic proportions and a new name was destined to
endure: The Haskell Rascal.
Throughout the following decade, there would be sporadic
reports of similar attacks on livestock. These attacks were
occasionally described as "mutilations." The most prominent of
these infrequent reports was the mutilation death of "Snippy" the
horse in southern Colorado in 1967, accompanied by area UFO
sightings, a Condon Committee investigation and worldwide press
coverage.
It was in 1973 that the modern animal mutilation wave can be
said to have begun in earnest. That year is generally thought of
as the year of the last concerted UFO flap, although there may be
reason to question that contention, given the events of two years
later.
In 1973 and 1974 the majority of the classic mutilation
reports originated in the central United States.
In 1975, an unprecedented onslaught spread across the western
two-thirds of the United States. Mutilation reports peaked in that
year, accompanied by accounts of UFOs and unidentified
helicopters. In 1978, the attacks increased.
By 1979, numerous livestock mutilations were occurring in
Canada, primarily in Alberta and Saskatchewan. Attacks in the
United States leveled off.
In 1980, there was an increase in activity in the United
States. Mutilations have been reported less frequently since that
year, though this may be due in part to an increased reluctance to
report mutilations on the part of ranchers and farmers. The
mutilations still continue. Over ten thousand animals have died in
the United States; although the mutilations have been occurring
worldwide, the same circumstances are always present.
General Observations
Any investigation which intends to probe the systematic
occurrence of the mutilation attacks upon livestock and other
animals must include within its purview certain factors which may
or may not be directly related to the acts of mutilation
themselves. These mutilations -- the killing and furtive removal
of external or internal parts -- have been directed at literally
thousands of animals (primarily livestock) since the 1960s. The
surgery on these animals is primarily conducted with uncanny
precision, suggesting the use of highly sophisticated implements
and techniques. The numbing and persistent regularity of the
mutilations and the seemingly casual disposal of the useless
carcasses all hint at extreme confidence -- even arrogance -- of
the mutilators. It is an arrogance which appears to be justified
by the freedom and impunity with which these acts have been
carried out.
The pertinence of a specific element of the problem is
shortly revealed in the course of any thorough investigation into
the mutilations. I refer to the appearance of unmarked and
otherwise unidentified helicopters within a spatial and temporal
proximity of animal mutilation sites. The occurrence of the two has
been persistent enough to supercede coincidence.
These mystery helicopters are almost always without
identifying markings, or markings may appear to have been painted
over or covered with something. The helicopters are frequently
reported flying at abnormal, unsafe or illegal altitudes. They may
shy away if witnesses of law officers try to approach.
There are several accounts of aggressive behavior on the part
of the helicopter occupants, with witnesses chased, "buzzed,"
hovered over or even fired upon. At times these choppers appear
very near mutilation sites, even hovering over a pasture where a
mutilated carcass is later found. They may be observed shortly
before or after mutilations occur -- or within days of a
mutilation. The intention here is merely to stress that the
"mystery helicopter" element is a part of the issue which deserves
scrutiny.
The idea of "mystery helicopters" did not develop
concurrently with the animal mutilations themselves. Such
helicopters -- unmarked, flying at low levels, soundless (or
sounding like helicopters) -- have been reported for years, and
have been linked to an even more widespread phenomenon -- the
"phantom" (fixed wing) aircraft. The helicopters themselves have
been seen in area where UFOs were reported, in many countries. In
some of the more interesting accounts, the mystery helicopters
were seen with UFOs, or shortly after the UFOs were sighted.
The most apt case I can think of, but certainly not the most
isolated, is a case described by Virgil Armstrong in his lecture
on "What NASA Didn't Tell Us About the Moon." He discusses
helicopters and UFOs in general.
Armstrong describes a friend of his that had invented a
special camera arrangement with the idea that it would increase
the chances of getting good pictures of UFOs. The camera was
mounted on a gunstock along with a laser. The idea was to fire the
laser at the UFO, if one appeared, and hopefully the UFO would
come to a halt, enabling him to take some quality pictures.
Not too long after they were set up in the desert, a UFO did
in fact appear, and they fired the laser and the disk stopped in a
hovering mode. They took quite a few good pictures of it. Shortly
thereafter, the disk flew away. Within minutes, they heard the
unmistakable sound of helicopters coming their way. The
helicopters landed strategically around their group, and out of
the choppers came a croup of Black Berets, which are strategic Air
Force security forces. The commander of the Berets walked up to
the group and said, "What are you doing here?" "Obviously, we are
photographing flying objects, and we just saw a flying saucer and
we got some very very good pictures of it." The commander then
asked the leader of the group if he knew where he was. The group
leader replied "No." The commander then said, "We suggest you get
out of here right now!" The group leader then asked, "What right
do you have to tell us to get out of here? Is this government
land?" The commander of the Black Berets replied, "Indeed it is.
It is Andrews Air Force Base, and if you are not out of here in
ten minutes, you are under arrest." With that, the Berets removed
the film from the camera, and the group left.
Not only does this illustrate one kind of instance where UFOs
are seen in relationship to helicopters, but it also illustrates
the fact that either some of the disks are ours, or we have a
military/government relationship with those who fly them. The
helicopters mentioned above are not the mystery ones, but were
United States military ones.
Another case of military helicopters and United States-owned
disks comes from the book "UFO Crash at Aztec," by Wendell
Stevens. In the book he relates the incident where an Indian was
backpacking in the mountains in the vicinity of Area 51, Groom
Lake, on the Nellis AFB range north of Las Vegas. He heard
approaching helicopters and hid out of sight. The helicopters were
broadcasting a warning over public address systems for anyone in
the area to show themselves because they were going to conduct a
"dangerous military test." The Indian maintained his hidden
posture, and the helicopters flew overhead and back down toward
the Groom Lake facility. Minutes later, two helicopters were seen
flying up the canyon with a black disk flying between them and
slightly above them. They flew overhead and then the helicopters
turned around and flew back towards the base, followed shortly
afterward by the disk. The individual's name and how to contact
him for further details is given in the book.
The Mystery Choppers
Situations involving the mystery helicopters appear to be a
little more insidious. A good example is an event which occurred
in Madison County, Montana, between June and October of 1976.
Twenty-two confirmed cattle mutilations had occurred during that
period, and they were accompanied by reports throughout the county
of silent, unmarked, jet-black helicopters, flashing or steady
anomalous lights in the air and near the ground, unmarked fixed-
wing aircraft and white vans in remote and previously inaccessible
areas.
Toward the latter part of this period, in early autumn of
1976, a hunter from Bozeman, Montana, was out alone around 3:00pm
one day in the Red Mountain area near Norris. He watched as a
black helicopter without markings flew overhead and disappeared
below a small hill. The curious hunter climbed to the top of the
hill. There was the black chopper (a Bell Jet Ranger, he thought)
on the ground, the engine still running. Seven men had apparently
exited from the craft and were walking up the hill toward the
observer. As the hunter advanced toward the seven, he waved and
shouted congenial greetings. It was then that he realized there
was something about the men -- they were all Oriental. They had
slanted eyes and olive skin and were jabbering among themselves in
some indecipherable language. They wore "everyday" clothes, not
uniforms. Suddenly they began to return to the helicopter. The
hunter, still waving and shouting friendly greetings, started
after them. The Orientals quickened their pace. When the hunter
approached within five or six feet, they broke into a dead run,
crowded into the chopper and took off.
In a documented "mystery helicopter" wave in England,
accounts place Oriental-appearing occupants in an unidentified
chopper. Slant-eyed, olive skinned, Oriental-seeming occupants
have been a staple at the heart and at the periphery of UFO
accounts for years. Significant numbers of the infamous "men-in-
black" (MIB) have a similar appearance, but very often they are
seen as very pale and gaunt men who are sensitive to light.
In STIGMATA No. 5 (Fall-Winter 1978) Tom Adams outlined the
most prominent speculative explanations accounting for the
mutilation/helicopter link, including the following:
o The helicopters are themselves UFOs, disguised to
appear as terrestrial craft.
o The choppers originate from within the U.S.
government/military and are directly involved in
conducting the actual mutilations.
o The helicopters are government/military and are not
involved in the mutilations but are investigating
them.
o The helicopters are government/military, and they
know about the identity and motives of the
mutilators and by their presence, they are trying to
divert attention to the possibility of involvement
by the military.
The answer, as far as Tom Adams is concerned, could be a
combination of the above explanations. There also has been
speculation that they are involved in biological experiments with
chemical or biological warfare or the geobotanical pursuit
of petroleum and mineral deposits. On one occasion, an army
standard-type scalpel was found at a mutilation site. Since the
disks have been mostly involved with the mutilations, it is
thought that this was a diversionary event.
These events, or the discussion of them, is just the
precursor to the actual revelations of what is behind the
mutilations: alien acquisition of biological materials for their
own use. To discuss this in a logical and sequential manner, we
must review what has been really happening right under our noses:
direct interaction with extraterrestrial biological entities
(EBE's). To discuss that, however, we must attempt to start at the
beginning with what we now know to be true.
The Saga Begins
It seemingly all began thousands of years ago, but for the
purposes of this discussion, let's start with some events that we
all are familiar with. In 1947, two years after we set off the
first nuclear explosion that our current civilization detonated,
came the Mantell episode, where we had the first recorded incident
of a military confrontation with extraterrestrials that resulted
in the death of a military pilot. It is quite evident now that our
government did not known quite how to handle the situation. In
1952, the nation's capital was overflown by a series of disks. It
was this event which led to the involvement of United States
security forces (CIA, NSA, DIA, FBI) to try to keep the situation
under control until they could understand what was happening.
During this period, the government established a working group,
known as Majestic Twelve (MJ-12). The original members were:
Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Secretary
James Forrestal, General Nathan P. Twining, General Hoyt S.
Vandenburg, Dr. Detlev Bronk, Dr. Jerome Hunsaker, Mr. Sidney W.
Souers, Mr. Gordon Gray, Dr. Donald Menzel, General Robert M.
Montague, and Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner.
The MJ-12 group has been a continuously existing group since
it was created, with new members replacing others that die. For
example, when Secretary Forrestal was upset at seeing the United
States sold out in World War II, he wound up being sent to a Naval
hospital for emotional strain. Before relatives could get to him,
he "jumped out a 16th story window." Most persons close to him
consider his suicide contrived. When Forrestal died, he was
replaced by General Walter B. Smith.
In December of 1947, Project Sign was created to acquire as
much information as possible about UFOs, their performance
characteristics and their purposes. In order to preserve security,
liaison between Project Sign and MJ-12 was limited to two
individuals within the intelligence division of the Air Materiel
Command whose role it was to pass along certain types of
information through channels. Project Sign evolved into Project
Grudge in December, 1948. Project Grudge had an over civilian
counterpart named Project Bluebook, with which we are all
familiar. Only "safe" reports were passed to Bluebook. In 1949,
MJ-12 evolved an initial plan of contingency called MJ-1949-04P/78
that was to make allowance for public disclosure of some data
should the necessity present itself.
Majestic Twelve was originally organized by General George C.
Marshall in July, 1947, to study the Roswell-Magdalena UFO crash
recovery and debris. Admiral Hillenkoetter, director of the CIA
from May 1, 1947, until September, 1950, decided to activate the
"Robertson Panel," which was designed to monitor civilian UFO
study groups that were appearing all over the country. He also
joined NICAP in 1956 and was chosen as a member of its board of
directors. It was from this position that he was able to act as
the MJ-12 "mole," along with his team of other covert experts.
They were able to steer NICAP in any direction they wanted to go.
With the "Flying Saucer Program" under complete control of MJ-12
and with the physical evidence hidden away, General Marshall felt
more at ease with this very bizarre situation. These men and their
successors have most successfully kept most of the public fooled
for 39 years, including much of the western world, by setting up
false experts and throwing their influence behind them to make
their plan work, with considerable success. Until now.
Within six months of the Roswell crash on 2 July 1947 and the
finding of another crashed UFO at San Augustine Flats near
Magdalena, New Mexico, on 3 July 1947, a great deal of
reorganization of agencies and shuffling of people took place. The
main thrust behind the original "security lid," and the very
reason for its construction, was the analysis and attempted
duplication of the technologies of the disks. That activity is
headed up by the following groups:
o The Research and Development Board (R&DB)
o Air Force Research and Development (AFRD)
o The Office of Naval Research (ONR)
o CIA Office of Scientific Intelligence (CIA-OSI)
o NSA Office Of Scientific Intelligence (NSA-OSI)
No single one of these groups was supposed to know the whole
story. Each group was to know only the parts that MJ-12 allowed
them to know. MJ-12 also operates through the various civilian
intelligence and investigative groups. The CIA and the FBI are
manipulated by MJ-12 to carry out their purposes. The NSA was
created in the first place to protect the secret of the recovered
flying disks, and eventually got complete control over all
communications intelligence.
This control allows the NSA to monitor any individual through
mail, telephone, telexes, telegrams, and now through online
computers, monitoring private and personal communications as they
choose. In fact, the present-day NSA is the current main extension
of MJ-12 pertaining to the "Flying Saucer Program." Vast amounts
of disinformation are spread throughout the UFO research field.
Any witnesses to any aspect of the program have their lives
monitored in every detail, for each has signed a security oath.
For people who have worked in the program, including military
members, breaking that oath could have any on of the following
direct consequences:
o A verbal warning accompanied by a review of the
security oath.
o A stronger warning, sometimes accompanied by a brow-
beating and intimidation.
o Psychologically working on an individual to bring on
depression that will lead to suicide.
o Murder of the person made to appear as a suicide or
accident.
o Strange and sudden accidents, always fatal.
o Confinement in special "detention centers."
o Confinement in "insane asylums" where they are
"treated" by mind-control and deprogramming
techniques. Individuals are released with changed
personalities, identities, and altered memories.
o Bringing the individual into the "inside," where he
is employed and works for "them," and where he can be
watched. This is usually in closed facilities with
little contact with the outside world. Underground
facilities are the usual place for this.
Any individual who they perceive to be "too close to the
truth" will be treated in the same manner. MJ-12 will go to any
length to preserve and protect the ultimate secret. As we will see
later, the characteristics of what this ultimate secret would turn
out to be would change drastically, for it was something even MJ-
12 could not predict -- actual contact with alien groups.
How the actual contact between the government and aliens was
initially made is not known, but the government was made aware
that it could be done by a civilian using the right equipment.
Dr. Paul Bennewitz, civilian scientist, did so using computer
equipment and informed the government he had done so, not
realizing that by then, in 1983, that the government was in truth
as deep into dealing with the aliens as his communications with
them revealed. Dr. Bennewitz lives next to Manzano Weapons Storage
Area in Albuquerque, New Mexico. He observed UFOs constantly over
the area and initially decided that they were a threat to the
installation. He proceeded to figure out a coding system and
attempted and was successful in communicating with the aliens that
were flying over that area.
What he found out is that after initial contacts with the
aliens years ago, we agreed to to provide them with bases
underground in the United States in return for certain
technological secrets which the aliens would reveal to us. The
aliens would also be allowed to carry out certain operations,
abductions, and mutilations without intervention.
The original contact between the government and the
extraterrestrial biological entities, who are grey in color and
about 3.5 to 4.5 feet high (hereafter referred to as the Greys),
was achieved between 1947 and 1951. We knew that the Greys were
instrumental in performing the mutilations of animals (and some
humans) and that they were using the glandular substances derived
from these materials for food (absorbed through the skin) and to
clone more Greys in their underground laboratories. The government
was also aware that the Greys performed some of the abductions to
secure genetic materials. The government insisted that the Greys
provide them with a list that would be presented to the National
Security Council.
Through all this, the government thought that the Greys were
basically tolerable creatures, although a bit distasteful. They
presumed at the time that it was not unreasonable to assume that
the public would and could get used to their presence. Between
1968 and 1969 a plan was formulated to make the public aware of
their existence over the succeeding twenty years. This time period
would culminate with a series of documentaries that would explain
the history and intentions of the Greys.
The Greys assured us that the real purpose of the abductions
was for monitoring of our civilization, and when we learned that
the abductions were a lot more frequent and insidious than we were
led to believe, the government became concerned. Their concern was
also based on additional information regarding the purposes for
the abductions:
o Insertion of a 3mm spherical biological monitoring
device through the nasal cavity into the brain of the
abductee.
o Implementing subliminal post-hypnotic suggestions
that would compel the abductee to perform some
specific act at a time to be within the next two
to five years.
o Genetic crossbreeding between the Greys and human
beings.
o Insertion of discoid monitoring devices into the
muscle tissue of the abductees. Presence of these has
been verified by x-ray.
By the time we had found out the truth about the intentions
of the Greys (they intend to stay here and stay in control of our
world) it was too late. We had already "sold out" humanity. Not
that it would have made any difference, because they were here
doing what they were doing anyway.
In 1983, a story was outlined by government sources that said
that the Greys are responsible for our biological evolution
through manipulation of the DNA of already evolving primates on
this planet. Various time intervals of the DNA manipulation were
specified for 25,000, 15,000, 5,000, and 2,500 years ago.
Originally, the government thought that the Greys meant us no
harm, but today, in 1988, the picture that is emerging is exactly
the opposite. The story now is one of great deception at several
different levels: the Greys Trojan Horse-style manipulation and
lying which allied MJ-12 forces with them four decades ago; the
government's disinformation of the subject of UFOs in order to
perpetuate the agreement with the Greys free of public scrutiny;
the lies to the abductees; the Greys on-going abduction of people
and mutilation of animals in order to harvest enzymes, blood and
other tissues for their own survival needs; and a genetic blend of
the Grey race and a tall Nordic race to enable Grey interface with
humans to be done with greater ease.
Information from a source at a southwest Army base reveals
that these multiple levels of deception are true. It is also
indicated that the goal of SDI (Star Wars) is actually to follow
through with an attack, proposed by the Greys, on the Nordics when
they arrive en masse between now and 1992. This time schedule
seems to match with the post-hypnotic programming of many
abductees for actions between the next two to five years.
This same source sees the world dominated and controlled by
the Greys in a way similar to that portrayed in the "V" television
series -- they are concerned only for their own survival agenda,
and this agenda requires biological substances from other life
forms on our planet.
The apparent reasoning for the Grey preoccupation with this
is due to their lack of a formal digestive tract and the fact that
they absorb nutrients and excrete waste directly through the skin.
The substances that they acquire are mixed with hydrogen peroxide
and "painted" on their skin, allowing absorption of the required
nutrients. It is construed from this that some weaponry against
them might be geared in this direction.
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>
Which G-file (Q=Quit) ?

314
textfiles.com/ufo/krills02.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
2
(Part 2 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
Observations by a Visiting Nordic
In October, 1987, UFO researcher George Andrews was
successfully able to contact one of the Nordics not associated
with the Greys, through a woman in California. What follows are
the comments made by the alien:
"Were you a culture about to invade, you would not do it with
a flourish of ships showing up in the heavens and undergo risk of
being fired upon. That's the type of warfare slightly less evolved
beings get into. You would create intense confusion and
disagreement with only inferences to your presence -- inferences
which would [in turn] cause controversial disagreement.
"The Greys are insidious little fiends. They did exactly [to
us] what they're doing here [to you]. You are not on the verge of
an invasion. You are not in the middle of an invasion. The
invasion has already taken place. It's merely in its final stages.
"What would you invade? [Here he describes the operational
plan of the Greys from the beginning.] You would go to the most
secret of communities within a society. In the case of the United
States, you would go and infiltrate the CIA. You would take over
some of them and you would take over part of the KGB.
"You would create great dissension and disagreement between
factions of the public at large -- some groups saying they have
seen UFOs, others saying 'No, no, this is not possible.' You would
involve two major countries in an on-going idiotic philosophical
disagreement so that while the Soviet Union and the United States
constantly battle back and forth about who has which piece of
territory or whether one invades Iran or whether one invades
Afghanistan or whatever... whether one dismantles one nuclear
warhead or the other dismantles another group of warheads -- you
would sit back and laugh if you had the capacity to laugh.
"You would present yourself indeed to some in a group who
would protect you [CIA or MJ-12] thinking they had a secret more
secret and more perfect knowledge of something than anyone else on
this planet had, and they would covet you and you would trust
their own greed and you would trust their own mass stupidity to
trap them. And you'd do it on both sides.
"You'd show yourself to some of the mass populace to further
involve [factions of] the government in an attempt to shut them
up, to keep them even more busy quieting them and trying to 'stop
more information about UFOs from getting out.' You'd have the mass
populace to a state where they distrusted the government. 'Oh, why
don't they believe us? Why can't they understand that these things
are really happening? We're not crazy!'
"So you would have battles constantly about whether UFOs
exist or they don't exist. You would have the public and the
government at each other's throats. You would set two major
superpowers at each other's throats. And you would have set up
groups like 'haves' -- the wealthy but contented -- and the 'have-
nots.' You would plant the seeds of massive discontent.
"Eventually you might have some show of ships landing in the
1990s. One or two. By the time they have landed, be assured they
will be in complete control. You will start doing crossbreeds and
more crossbreeds, generation after generation.
"You bribe the government with a few tidbits -- a Star Wars
system. You tease and tempt the Soviet Union with a laser system
far finer than any of their own scientists could think of. And you
always have that subtle inference -- just on the borderline of
consciousness so that UFOs don't seem to believable, yet you keep
it couched in secrecy and make it seem quite so insane that no one
would believe them. On top of it, you would unleash forces that
would want to kill them [UFO contactees] if they disclosed that
the CIA is dealing with the exact same things the [contact victim]
is.
"Maybe one or two hundred years from now, some of the Greys
will even physically mingle and you may have some creatures
walking around who are pretty much hybrids between Greys and your
own race. For now, anything that walks around will look much like
yourselves. It's simpler. It holds down on mass panic.
"Everyone who has experiences with them [Greys] will be at
odds with the government. To add to that, we will go into a
complete phased of earthquake after earthquake and upheaval after
upheaval.
"The inner core of the CIA is deeply controlled by the Greys.
The CIA sees interaction with the Greys as a path to greater
scientific achievement.
"One reason you are seeing so many different kinds of UFOs is
that other cultures are watching with extreme interest. Scientists
from other cultures arrive to watch. The Greys have not only taken
over the intelligence agencies, they have also taken over what
those agencies call 'lunatic fringe groups.'"
*****************************************************************
Well, that's what they Nordic had to say. The source of this
also makes the following commentary:
"The ultimate evil is that masked form of psychological
complacency that leads one to adhere to a group philosophy rather
than eke out one's own horizons. As soon as you acquire an
awareness of being a so-called 'chosen special group,' you are on
the way to a fall. That is the seed of destruction in any society
and any culture and it leaves it vulnerable. It will be the
eventual undoing of the Greys as well. They see not their error --
it is the very weakness they seize upon that is their own inherent
weakness. To try and change a Grey, or a cultish type of 'Star
Person,' or a CIA member is futile. It will happen, but all in its
own good time... it is the spirit that makes anyone stand up and
disagree with something that is untrue and incorrect that will be
the thorn in the side of the Greys, and the other forces that have
allied with them."
During the occupation of the Greys, they have established
quite a number of underground bases all over the world, especially
in the United States. One such base (among others in the same
state) is under Archuleta Mesa, which is about 2.5 miles northwest
of Dulce, New Mexico. Details about that base have come across by
way of two sources. The first source is by way of an abduction of
a woman and her son who witnessed the pickup of a calf for
extraction of biological materials.
"In May, 1980, a most interesting case occurred in northern
New Mexico. A mother and her son were driving on a rural highway
near Cimarron when they observed two craft in the process of
abducting a calf. Both of them were then abducted and taken on
separate craft to the underground installation, where the woman
witnessed the mutilation of the calf. It was alleged that she also
observed vats containing cattle body parts floating in a liquid,
and another vat containing the body of a male human. The woman was
subjected to an exam and it was further alleged that small
metallic objects were implanted into her body as well as into her
son's body. More than one source has informed us that catscans
have confirmed the presence of these implants."
The above extract is from a transcript of a conversation
between Jim McCampbell and Dr. Paul Bennewitz on July 13, 1984.
Bennewitz reports that through regressive hypnosis of the mother
and child (required only in about 30% of abduction cases)and his
own follow-up investigation (including communications receive via
his computer terminal, which are ostensibly from a UFO-related
source), he was able to determine the location of the underground
facility: a kilometer underground beneath Archuleta Mesa on the
Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico (since
1976, one of the area of the U.S. hardest hit by mutilations).
Bennewitz' information is that this installation is operated
jointly as part of an on-going program of cooperation between the
U.S. government and EBEs.
There are also underground bases at Kirtland AFB and Holloman
AFB, as well as at scores of other bases around the world,
including Bentwaters, England.
Back to the base under discussion.... After Bennewitz briefed
Air Force officials on what he had found, a trip to the area
revealed the following data:
The base is 2.5 miles northwest of Dulce, and almost
overlooks the town. There is a level highway 36 feet wide going
into the area. It is a government road. One can see telemetry
trailers and buildings that are five-sided with a dome. Net to the
domes, a black limousine was noted -- a CIA vehicle. These limos
will run you off the road if you try to get into the area. To the
north there is a launch site. There are two wrecked ships there;
they are 36 feet long with wings, and one can see oxygen and
hydrogen tanks. The ships that we got out of the trade are atomic-
powered with plutonium pellets. Refueling of the plutonium is
accomplished at Los Alamos. The base has been there since 1948.
Some of the disks are piloted by the NSA. The base is 4,000
feet long and helicopters are going in and out of there all the
time. When it became known that Bennewitz was familiar with this,
the mutilations in the area stopped. In 1979, something happened
and the base was temporarily closed. There was an argument over
weapons and our people were chased out. The aliens killed 66 of
our people, and 44 got away.
One of the people who in fact got away was a CIA agent who,
before leaving, made some notes, photos, and videotapes, and went
into hiding. He has been in hiding ever since, and every six
months he contacts each of five people he left copies of the
material with. His instructions were that if he missed four
successive contacts, the people could do whatever they want with
the material.
This agent calls an individual known to MUFON. Somehow, a
description of the "Dulce Papers" was issued, and was received in
December, 1987, by many researchers. The "Dulce Papers" were
composed of 25 black and white photos, a videotape with no
dialogue and a set of papers that included technical information
regarding the jointly occupied (U.S.-Alien) facility one kilometer
beneath the Archuleta Mesa near Dulce, New Mexico. The facility
still exists and is currently operational. It is believed that
there are four additional facilities of the same type, one being
located a few miles to the southeast of Groom Lake, Nevada.
****************************************************************
"A general description of what these papers contain is that
they contain documents that discuss copper and molybdenum, and
papers that discuss magnesium and potassium, but mostly papers
about copper. Sheets of paper with charts and strange diagrams.
Papers that discuss UV light and gamma rays. These papers tell
what the aliens are after and how the blood (taken from cattle) is
used. The aliens seem to absorb atoms to eat. They put their hands
in blood, sort of like a sponge, for nourishment. It's not just
food they want; the DNA in cattle and humans is being altered. The
'Type One' creature is a lab animal. They know how to change the
atoms to create a temporary 'almost human being.' It is made with
animal tissue and depends on a computer to simulate memory, a
memory the computer has withdrawn from another human. Clones. The
'almost human being' is slow and clumsy. Real humans are used for
training, to experiment with and to breed with these 'almost
humans.' Some humans are kidnapped and used completely. Some are
kept in large tubes, and are kept alive in an amber liquid.
"Some humans are brainwashed and used to distort the truth.
Certain male humans have a high sperm count and are kept alive.
Their sperm is used to alter the DNA and create a non-gender being
called 'Type Two.' That sperm is grown in some way and altered
again, put in wombs. They resemble 'ugly humans' when growing but
look normal when fully grown, which only takes a few months from
fetus-size.
"They have a short life span, less than a year. Some female
humans are used for breeding. Countless women have had a sudden
miscarriage after about three months' pregnancy. Some never know
they were pregnant, others remember contact some way. The fetus is
used to mix the DNA in types one and two. The atomic makeup in
that fetus is half human, half 'almost human,' and would not
survive in the mother's womb. It is taken at three months and
grown elsewhere."
****************************************************************
Well, that's what the "Dulce Papers" review says. There are
some pen and ink reproductions of some of the photos made in the
laboratories (3), an illustration of what one of the wombs looks
like (2' x 4'), an illustration showing one of the tubes where one
of the "almost humans" is grown, a page showing a simple diagram
of crystalline metal, pure gold crystal, and what looks like
either a genetic or metallurgical diagram or chart. Also attached
is what looks like an x-ray diffraction pattern and a diagram of
hexagonal crystals, with a comment that they are best for
electrical conduction.
It would appear that the last half of material in the
"review" applies to the supercrystalline metal used for hull
structure, or something along that line.
****************************************************************
Obviously, this is all rather bizarre from a certain point of
view -- any point of view, in fact. Nevertheless, material that is
supported by years of descriptions and multitudes of
corroborations must mean something, especially when bumped against
what is seen to be going on.
It is apparent from this and other data that has been
accumulated over the years, that there are underground bases and
tunnel complexes all over the world, and that more are being
constructed all the time. Many of you may recall the "Shaver"
mysteries and inner-earth city stories. Well, all that is true.
There are cities down there, amongst other things, and some of
them have nothing to do with the main subject of this paper.
They've been there for a long time.
Let's change direction for a moment. One individual by the
name of Lew Tery has been working on some ideas regarding UFOs and
geomagnetic anomalies. I will go into what he has discovered
(although the concept of the relationship is not new) and let you
judge that for yourself.
After purchasing aeromagnetic and gravitational anomaly maps
from the United States Geological Survey, it becomes evident that
there was indeed a valid connection between these areas and UFOs.
Mr. Tery gave a lecture in Arizona about that relationship, and
was subsequently harassed by the FBI, and told that the
information is "sensitive." Mr. Tery took the hint and declined to
talk publicly about it to the degree that he had been doing.
Both the aeromagnetic and gravitational (Bougier Gravity)
maps indicate basic field strength, as well as areas of high and
low field strength. Interestingly enough, the areas of maximum and
minimum field strength have the following:
o All have frequent UFO sightings.
o All are either on Indian Reservations, government
land, or the government is trying to buy up the land.
o Many of them, especially where several are clustered
together, are suspected bases areas and/or areas
where mutilations and abductions have historically
taken place.
In these observations, Mr. Tery has gone far, but he has gone
a little farther in noting that there are times when the UFOs are
seen in these areas. Through painstaking research, Mr. Tery found
that the sightings, as well as many abductions and mutilations,
occur:
o On the new moon or within two days before the new
moon.
o On the full moon or within two days before the full
moon.
o At the perihelion (moon closest to earth) or within
two days before the perihelion.
A glance at the nearest farmers' almanac will give you the
information you require as far as the days for this year or any
other one. There seems to be no concrete explanation for the
coincidence of the times and the events, but it is true.
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>
Which G-file (Q=Quit) ?

792
textfiles.com/ufo/krills03.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,792 @@
3
(Part 3 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
The Men in Black
All things considered, UFO research has become pretty much of
a circus today, and the most intriguing and controversial sideshow
skirting the edges is the question of the "silencers," or the
mysterious "Men in Black." There is a strong subliminal appeal in
these accounts of visits by mysterious dark-suited figures (I have
been visited myself, as have others I've known) attempting to
silence UFO witnesses. A typical situation would be that a witness
has a UFO sighting or UFO-related experience. Shortly thereafter
he is visited by one or more "odd"-looking men who relate to him
the minutest details of his experience, even though he has as yet
told no one for fear of ridicule or other reasons.
The men warn him about spreading the story of his experience
around and sometimes even threaten him personally, sometimes
obliquely, sometimes directly. Any evidence, if it exists, is
confiscated in one way or another. Sometimes the visit is for some
totally meaningless reason and the subject of UFOs is hardly
mentioned, if at all. But again, the men all seem to look alike.
We actually seem to find ourselves in close proximity to
beings who obviously must be directly connected in some way with
the objects themselves or the source behind them, yet they seem to
be functioning unobtrusively within the framework of our own
everyday existence.
The classic conception of an MIB is a man of indefinite age,
medium height and dressed completely in black. He always has a
black hat and often a black turtleneck sweater. They present an
appearance often described as "strange" or "odd." They speak in a
dull monotone voice, "like a computer," and are dark-complected
with high cheekbones, thin lips, pointed chin, and eyes that are
mildly slanted.
The visitors themselves are often on absurd missions. They
have reportedly posed as salesmen, telephone repairmen or
representatives from official or unofficial organizations. Their
mode of transportation is usually large and expensive cars --
Buicks or Lincolns, sometimes Cadillacs, all black, of course.
I might note at this point that their physical appearance
also has included beings that have pale-greyish skin, and that
some of them have been seen to have blond hair, yet they wear the
clothing and drive the cars previously described.
Their cars often operate with the headlights off, but ghostly
purple or greenish glows illuminate the interior. Unusual insignia
have been seen emblazoned on the doors and the license plates are
always unidentifiable or untraceable.
The fabric of their clothes has been described as strangely
"shiny" or thin, but not silky -- almost as if they have been cut
from a new type of fabric.
Their often mechanical behavior has caused them to be
described by some as being like robots or androids (think back to
the Dulce lab).
A lot of descriptions of some of these "folks" are pretty
bizarre. A businessman's family in Wildwood, New Jersey, was
visited by an unusually large man whose pants legs hiked up when
he sat down, revealing a green wire grafted onto his skin and
running up his leg.
There are other cases of MIB appearing on the other side of a
wet, muddy field after a heavy rain, but having no mud whatever on
their brightly shined shoes and in the bitter cold, out of
nowhere, wearing only a thin coat. Their shoes and wallets all
seem new and hardly broken in.
They are not alone. They seem to have faceless conspirators
in the nation's post offices and phone companies. Researchers and
witnesses often report their mail going astray at an unusually
high rate and being bothered by bizarre phone calls where they are
spoken to by metallic, unhuman-sounding voices.
Unusual noises on the phone, intensifying whenever UFOs are
mentioned, and voices breaking in on conversations, have all led
many people to suspect that their phones are being tapped.
One can't discuss the MIB for long without mentioning the
name of John A. Keel, an author who has written much about them.
Keel has done more than any other writer to publicize this bizarre
aspect of the UFO situation. Keel suggests that the UFO are part
of the environment itself and come from another time-space
continua; that most of the UFO phenomena is psychic and
psychological rather than physical. Well, I personally would not
define it that way, although those two components are certainly
deeply involved in what's going on.
The first noted appearance of the MIB was in 1947, at the
scene of the Maury Island incident, where some debris was ejected
from a disk, and subsequently recovered by officials, who loaded
them on an Army bomber which crashed on takeoff.
To illustrate a little how bizarre some of the incidents are
regarding the MIB, I have assembled a short list of some of the
more interesting factors in some cases:
o An ex-Air Force man is gassed and interrogated by MIB
after he has learned classified NASA secrets.
o Closeup photos of UFOs were seized from a teenager
who is also directly threatened by MIB.
o MIB sighted in the lobby of the U.S. State Department
leave a mysterious artifact.
o MIB pose as Air Force officers to silence witnesses.
o MIB tries to buy before-hours Coke and sings to birds
in trees.
o MIB disintegrates a coin in a witness' hand and tells
him that his heart will do the same if he talks.
****************************************************************
Throughout all this information, I have neglected to mention
some aspects of the psychology of the Greys. Dr. Paul Bennewitz,
in his original report to the government entitled "Project Beta,"
goes into some detail, which I will now discuss:
o The alien, either through evolvement or because the
humanoid types are "made," will exhibit tendencies
for bad logic. They appear to have more frailties
and weaknesses than the normal Homo Sapien.
o They are not to be trusted.
o Because of the aliens' apparent logic system, a key
decision cannot be made without higher clearance.
All are under control of what they call "The Keeper,"
yet it would appear that even this is not the final
authority. Delays as long as 12-15 hours can occur
for a decision.
o Because of this apparent control, individual
instantaneous decision-making by the alien is
limited. If the "plan" goes even slightly out of
balance or context, they become confused. Faced with
this, possibly, the humanoids would be the first to
run.
o Psychologically their morale is near disintegration.
There is pronounced dissension in the ranks -- even
with the humanoids.
o Because of their own internal vulnerability mind-wise
to each other, there is a basic lack of trust between
them.
o They appear to be totally death-oriented, and because
of this, absolutely death-fear oriented. This is a
psychological advantage.
o The prime, and weakest area discovered, probed and
tested is exactly what they have used, thinking it
their key strength -- that being the manipulation of
and control of the mind. Manipulated in reverse-
psychology they face a situation where they have a
vulnerable, integrated weakness.
o They totally respect force.
****************************************************************
Grey Physiology and Anatomy
The approximate height of most specimens is between 3.5 and
4.5 feet. The head, by human standards, is large in comparison
with the body. Facial features show a pair of eyes described as
large, sunken or deeply set, far apart or distended more than the
human, and slightly slanted as Oriental or Mongoloid. No ear lobes
or apertures on the side of the head were seen. The nose is vague.
One or tow holes have been mentioned. The mouth area is described
as a small slit or fissure. In some cases there is no mouth at
all. It appears not to function as a means for communication or
for food. The neck area is described as being thin, in some
instances not being visible at all because of the tightly-knit
garment. Most observers describe these humanoids as being
hairless. Some of the bodies recovered have a slight hair-patch
atop the head. Others have what appears to be like a silver
skullcap. There were no breathing attachments or communications
devices. This suggests telepathy with higher intelligence. In one
instance there was an opening in the right frontal lobe area,
revealing a crystalline network. This network implies the
development of a third brain.
The arms are described as long and thin, reaching down to the
knee section. The hangers each contain four fingers, with no
thumbs. Three fingers are longer than the other. Some are very
long. Some are very long. Others are very short. No description is
available of the legs and feet. Some pathologists indicate that
that section of the body was not developed as we would anticipate,
showing that some of these beings were adapted to life in the
water. There was a webbing effect between the fingers on most of
the specimens.
According to most observers, the skin is grey. Some claim it
is beige, tan or pinkish-grey. No reproductive organs or
capabilities were discovered. No phallus. No womb. Confirms
cloning mentioned by other sources. The humanoids appear to be
from a mold, sharing identical racial and biological
characteristics. There is no blood as we know it, but there is a
fluid which is greyish in color.
****************************************************************
The "Taxonomy of Extra-Terrestrial Humanoids," another
offering by George Andrews, yields some other observations:
o Working under the instructions of the humanoids
from Rigel (the Greys), CIA and former Nazi
scientists have developed and deployed malignant
strains of bacteria and viruses, including AIDS, in
order to exterminate undesirable elements of the
human population.
o The Greys are almost entirely devoid of emotions,
but can obtain a "high" by telepathically tuning in
the different kinds of intense human emotion, such
as ecstasy or agony. (Does that explain why UFOs
have always been seen in regions of war and human
conflict?)
o There are over 1,000 humans in the United States
alone who are the offspring of intergalactic or
extragalactic beings and terrestrial humans. (The
son of an acquaintance of [deleted in original]
is one.)
o Throughout recorded history, as well as during
prehistoric times, there has been constant genetic
manipulation of and interbreeding with humans in
order to breed out the less evolved simian traits.
The Nordic races have participated in this from the
beginning, and we are as much a part of them as we
might suppose.
o Greys have the ability to camouflage themselves as
tall Blonds through mental energy projection. Blonds
never project themselves as Greys. Some Blonds seen
with the Greys are physically real, but are
prisoners of the Greys who have either paralyzed
them or have destroyed their ability to teleport
through time and other dimensions. Note: A lot of
the material obtained by George Andrews has as its
source a Blond that is a time traveler that escaped
the Grey takeover of their system.
o Both Blonds and Greys have the ability to
disintegrate matter into energy and then
reintegrate the energy back into matter. This
ability allows them to pass through walls and to
transport abductees out of their cars with the
doors still locked.
o The original Rigelians were the Blonds until they
were invaded by the Greys, a parasitic race, who
took over and interbred with them. The original
Rigelians were the ones who seeded the earth. It
is because of this common ancestry that terrestrial
humanity is of such interest to both the Blonds and
the Greys.
o Terrestrial human females can be impregnated either
on board ship or while they sleep in their homes.
Males need not be manifested in visible form for
this to occur.
o The Blonds now habitate the Procyon system. The
conflict between the Blonds and the Greys is in a
state of temporary truce, although the conflict
between the Rigelian and the Sirius system is being
fought actively.
o The Blonds with speech abilities will respond
violently if attacked or threatened, but the
telepathic ones will respond peacefully.
o Blonds were sometimes mistaken for angels in
earlier centuries. They do not seem to age, and
consistently appear to be from 27 to 35 human years
old.
****************************************************************
Confused? Well, now you can see why the natural diversity of
the way things are are hard to sort out for the average
researcher. The probability that this information is true or
partially true remains fairly high, based on analysis of what we
know about abductions and general contact between humans and EBEs
that has been documented.
****************************************************************
Real Esoterica -- Sirius and the MIB
Let's regress for a moment back to the MIB. According to John
Keel, the MIB often state that they are representatives of the
"Nation of the Third Eye."
Based on some of the info we have already researched, it is
apparent that Sirius has been in contact with us for a long time.
According to George Hunt Williamson (one of the early contactees)
in his book "Other Tongues, Other Flesh," the earth allies of
Sirius, i.e., the secret societies, use the Eye of Horus as an
insignia. This symbol has also been seen on the MIB. Secret
societies believe that there is a Great White Lodge on earth. They
call it Shamballa -- and consider it to be the spiritual center of
the world. Now, theosophists such as Alice Bailey say that the
Great White Lodge is on Sirius. If the All-Seeing-Eye is a symbol
of Sirius' earth-allies and the MIB wear that symbol, and if
Shamballa represents the Great White Lodge on earth -- then the
MIB are emissaries of Shamballa. Sirius and Shamballa are two
sides of the same coin. This is verified in the book "The
Undiscovered Country," by Stephen Jenkins. Jenkins was told by
Buddhist priests that Shamballa was located in the constellation
of Orion.
The entrance to Shamballa on earth is usually placed in the
trans-Himalayan region. Some assert it is in the heart of the Gobi
Desert (where there have been allegations of crashed disks and
bases). According to the explorer Nicholas Roerich, there are
caves in the Himalayan foothills that have subterranean passages.
In one of the these passages, there is a stone door that has never
been opened, because the time for its opening has not yet arrived.
In 1930, Doreal founded the Brotherhood of the White Temple. He
says that the entrance to Shamballa is far underground. he goes on
to say that space bends around Shamballa, and that there is a warp
which leads into another universe.
****************************************************************
Let's get back to something we can have more of a direct
handle on. Many times psychics have been called upon by
investigative authorities to evaluate situations, and in many
cases what they have contributed has been very helpful.
This was done in the case of animal mutilations back in 1980
by Peter Jordan, who engaged several psychics to render their
impressions from photos and maps of mutilations and mutilation
areas. What follows is a condensation of what was found during
this exercise.
Name of Psychic: Ronald Mangravite
o This animal has been dead a few days.
o Some parts are decaying faster than others.
o There is an overload of electrolytes in the body
possibly due to injection of a citrate.
o Something wrong with blood. Picking up higher
portion of plasma which may be lymphatic fluid.
o Two men working on the animal. Very sharp surgical
knives.
o Men dressed in black. Jumpsuits. Shiny black nylon.
o Winch line coming down from chopper.
o Men are skilled ex-military.
o Something is going to be done with the tissue.
o Flurometry connection. Spectrophotometers.
o Choppers are brown or grey.
o Underground implications.
o Experimentation with different analytical techniques.
Name of Psychic: Elisabeth Lerner
o Paramilitary forces.
o A serious invasion of American privacy.
o Non-American Indians part of secret project.
o The word "Annide."
o The word "Carmine" or "Karmine."
o The symbol "dk."
o A new wave of mutilations will strike near southwest
New Mexico.
o The Hobart Company is involved in this.
(Refrigeration equipment?)
o Three huge, doughnut-shaped objects will be seen in
conjunction with these new mutilations.
o Breakthrough in research.
o Muscle relaxant injections.
o Someone with the name "Empeda."
o This is a Mexican operation.
o Names "Kielman" and "Kelman."
o Institution with many Lincoln Continentals and
Cadillacs.
o Laboratory underground.
o Lilly Pharmaceuticals.
o Roman numerals IVIII [sic].
o Name "Stephano."
o The number "1714."
o Last name "Audler."
o First name "Mase."
o Last name "Audli."
o Jet rocket labs nearby.
o Domes above the ground.
o Vehicle ID # MP 1936. Small jeeps.
o Last name "Plento."
o Initials "C.B.P." heads operation. Wears brown
military shoes. Army.
o Number "1161."
o Around an oil field.
o Place where oil crosses in an "X" pattern.
o Chemical engineering connections.
o Mustard.
o Periscope device on bottom of craft. Chopper called
"The Shark."
o Man with blond hair. English features. High forehead.
Wears square ring. Insignia reads "C.B.P." Has
something to do with ammunition. Colonel.
Name of Psychic: Nancy Fuchs
o Dusk scene. Men talking about some animal's throat.
Something missing.
o Cylindrical object.
o Long thick object inserted into jugular vein.
o Powerful energy flow emanating from device used to
kill cattle.
o Feeling of tremendous anger and hostility.
o Research implication. Minerals needed for research.
o Intimidation of rancher Gomez.
o Embryos.
o Thousands of samples needed for this breeding effect.
o Crossbreeding.
o Animal dies in seconds.
o Jolts of electricity through animal.
o Breeding and genetics involved.
o Army background.
o Liquid-filled shoes leave no prints.
o Marshall. Army. Cap with black rim and gold braid.
Pompous. White-haired. Very influential. Walks into
Pentagon whenever he pleases. Commission given 15-18
years ago for mutilation project when he was
overseas. Grand Marshall. Friend of General
MacArthur. Lives in Dakotas. Money invested. High-
priority issue. Tall. Heavyset. Only 17 people know
of this.
o Project with $2.5 million allocated early in game for
breeding experimentation. Late 1960s through
Pentagon. More and more money invested every year.
o Land wanted. Want to destroy ranchers prime source
of income.
o John Mitchell connected to this.
o Howard Hughes.
o Uranium connection.
o Picture complex. Faction-ridden.
o Interest in speeding up growth of cattle.
o Importance of pancreas.
****************************************************************
Well, there you have that little presentation. I don't know
what exactly to make of it, but there it is. Certainly a non-UFO
implication here, however, it only relates to THREE mutilations.
How about the other 10,000 -- most of which have the UFO
connection? What did I tell you about a multi-level reality?
****************************************************************
At this point, I will put some references and excerpts from
some volumes that I believe are relevant to all the things we've
been talking about. Where I feel it is applicable, I will comment
on them.
"The Goblin Universe"
(p222) The ability to materialize mental constructs is not
unknown. Suppose one creates a field with the mind that is strong
enough to attract supercharged particles. The particles are real
but unstable in their assemblage since the stability depends on
the intermediate mental component.
(p223) Physical aspect of UFOs and other phenomena lie in the
behavior of electromagnetic fields.
(p124) If all UFO incidents were chance encounters, someone
would have obtained a filmed record or a series of stills years
ago. The only way that such episodes can be engineered so that
they remain total mysteries is for the entities to have advance
knowledge of any situation before it occurs.
(p117, referencing John Keel) These entities labor to
cultivate belief in various frames of reference, and then they
create new manifestation which support those beliefs.
(p120) Illness is common after close contact with some
beings.
(p122) Guy Underwood classified primary geomagnetic currents
into three classes: water lines, aquastats, and track lines. Some
magnetic signals appear as spirals, others are linear. Gnats and
flies congregate above magnetic patterns.
****************************************************************
"Extra-Terrestrials Among Us"
(p2-3) On several occasions after UFOs flew over missile
sites, it was found that the targeting of the missiles had
changed, and the warheads had to be replaced.
(p3) On 22 June 1980 a UFO that was 10 miles in diameter was
reported over the Kuwait oil fields.
(p4) On July 30, 1985, a UFO over Mongolia that was 10 km in
diameter was reported heading south. It was sighted by a Chinese
jet and reported in the "Japan Times." The Unites States ignored
this report.
(p8) JANAP-146 specifies up to 10 years in prison and $10,000
in fines for anyone in government service who makes unauthorized
public statements about UFO phenomena. The British Official
Secrets Act makes similar provisions.
(p9) Many routes of UFOs take the form of an isosceles
triangle.
(p16) On September 14, 1978, a UFO as big as an ocean liner
flew over Italy, and over Rome on the 15th and 16th.
Comment: This was two weeks before Pope John Paul I was found
dead under suspicious circumstances. He was killed between
September 28-29. Autopsy was refused. It was rumored he intended
to reveal the Fatima message of 1917.
(p 20) UFOs dart around in daylight at speeds which cannot be
seen.
(p22) An individual having one CE experience usually has
another.
(p24) There is no basis to support psychiatric pathology for
UFO witnesses.
(p24) Dr. Brian T. Clifford (Pentagon) announces on October
5, 1982, that contact between U.S. citizens and extraterrestrials
on their vehicles is illegal. Title 14, Section 1211 of the Code
of Federal Regulations (adopted July 16, 1969, before the first
manned lunar landing) says that anyone guilty of this becomes a
wanted criminal to be jailed for one year and fined $5,000. The
NASA administrator is empowered to determine WITH OR WITHOUT A
HEARING that a person has been "ET-exposed" and impose
INDETERMINATE quarantine under armed guard, which cannot be broken
even by court order.
(p89) Mars has a history of transient phenomena.
(p90) Temporary brilliant spots on Mars were reported by
astronomers in 1890, 1892, 1900, 1911, 1924, 1937, 1952, 1954,
1967, and 1971. The distribution was non-random. Intensely dark
spots, transient in nature, were reported on Mars in 1925, 1952,
and 1954.
(p93) About 33% of abductees are able to remember the
experiences without hypnotic regression. 66% of the abductees were
alone when abducted.
(p94) Some abductees did not return but vanished permanently
or were found dead after a UFO encounter.
(p25) Records of the 687 B.C. battle between the Assyrians
and the Hebrews indicate that "a blast from heaven" reduced the
bodies of 185,000 Assyrians to ashes but left their clothes
intact.
(p145) Morris K. Jessup died under mysterious circumstances
after a copy of his book "Case for the UFO" was sent to the Chief
of the Office of Naval Research (ONR) in Washington.
(p146 -- comments from "Case for the UFO")
o Falls from the sky of flesh, blood, reptiles, etc.,
were due to either spoiled food or cleaning of
holding tanks.
o Comments describe TWO different space races who share
the planet with us without our knowledge. They are
not visitors -- they have been here longer than we
have. They feel more at ease in the ocean.
o The little men were almost wiped out by a serpent
race identified only as the "S-men." S-men are
ravenous for red meat, extremely materialistic, and
are greedy for power. Comment: Sounds like the Deros
of Shavarian fame.
(p147) Thanks to Allen Dulles in partnership with Reinhard
Gehlen, the Gestapo was transplanted intact into the United States
system as the CIA, without the knowledge or consent of American
citizens. Comment: Remember Reagan placing wreaths on graves of SS
stormtroopers at the 40th anniversary of WWII? Roots of that
symbolic gesture go deep.
(p147) Reference the Intelligence Identity Protection Act of
1981: Freedom to speak about anything but the CIA. Some claim that
concentration camps have already been built. Activation was sealed
by Executive Order Rex 84. The next REX exercise in in 1988.
(p148) Jessup: "I believe that space structures of 5-10 miles
in diameter are sufficiently large to produce intelligently
directed storms."
(p150) Alleged alien comment in annotated edition of "Case
for the UFO": "Men frozen helpless make good prey."
(p151) Dr. James E. McDonald thought that the Federal Power
Commission was evading the evidence concerning UFO involvement in
the total power failure that paralyzed New York on July 13, 1965,
and dared to say so in front of a Congressional committee.
(p152) On June 13, 1971, James E. McDonald was found dead
under mysterious circumstances, shot through the head with a
pistol by his side.
(p153) Murder disguised as suicide is one of the well-known
specialties of the CIA.
(p153) There is ample documentation suggesting that among the
highest-priority covert operations of the CIA are those supplying
heroin to the Mafia. The "war on drugs" is in fact a war on the
independent drug dealer who constitutes a threat to the Mafia
monopoly. Comment: Additional ways to subdue the population or
eliminate undesirables?
(p156) Karen Silkwood's murder disguised as auto accident.
(p159) George Adamski, contactee in the 1950s had a special
government passport. Possible CIA disinformation agent.
(p162) Although mutilations were reported in England as early
as 1904-1905, ("Winter of Weirdness"), the large-scale operations
there began in 1973.
(p163) A rancher and his sons saw a UFO as big as a hotel
which was accompanied by four smaller ones. Rectangular in shape,
300-400 feet long, and 60 feet high. A helicopter approached it
and turned into a small UFO.
(p163) Phantom cars appear on roads, follow people, and
disappear.
(p163) A rancher and his wife looked at a UFO 5/8 of a mile
away and reported that two appendages emerged from the egg-shaped
object.
(p164) Apparently UFOs have the capability of invisibility.
(p164) Materialization of a Bigfoot before a witness.
(p164) Dematerialization of Bigfoot before witness who shot
it with a 16-gauge shotgun at point-blank range into its stomach.
(p166) On August 21, 1975, a sheriff was chasing an unmarked
helicopter in his plane in southwestern Nebraska at 0430 when
the lights on the helicopter went out, and the only thing seem on
the ground was a missile silo.
(p166) About the time mutilations began in earnest (1973
wave), a new branch of science was beginning to develop --
biogeochemistry -- analysis of mineral and oil deposits by
analysis of tissues of herbivorous animals.
(p168) An elderly lady in Arkansas in 1979 injured herself
and was cut during a fall. The injuries were repaired by two
aliens, who gave her a piece of metal with pyramids and six-
pointed stars on it. The aliens told her they "consumed juice,"
but not the kind consumed by humans. Six weeks later, she was out
looking for her dog and spotted a horse lying on its side,
unconscious.
Two men in white, dressed like surgeons, were at work on the
horse. There were two Air Force helicopters parked in the
clearing, two men in Air Force uniforms, and the same two aliens
who had helped her after her fall. The lady was spotted by the
group and she was overtaken by a helicopter which flashed a blue
light on her which burned her clothing. Help arrived as the
helicopter retreated, and she was brought to the local hospital.
People having nothing to do with the hospital staff began turning
up to question her. After release she was harassed at all hours by
strangers who insisted on questioning her, repeating the same
questions over and over again. The couple moved to a different
state, only to have it start all over again. MUFON began
investigating this case, but as of 1986 had not yet made public
its conclusions. Research into the case began in 1980.
(p171) Tissue samples taken from a carcass revealed the
presence of chlorpromazine, a tranquilizer.
(p171 comment by Gabe Valdez) "Whoever is doing these
mutilations are highly organized and have a lot of resources."
(p172) The theory of biogeochemical basis for the mutilations
fails to account for the fact that mutilations are worldwide.
(p174) When FBI agent Rommel was given $50K to investigate
the mutilations in one district in New Mexico, all mutilations in
that district stopped during the year.
(p177) The Condon Report, Rommel Report, and the Warren
Report all have a resemblance.
(p177) The human tendency to avoid facing unpleasant facts
may allow parasitic entities to "farm us."
(p178) A seven-year-old heifer was found whose unborn calf
had been removed with breaking the placental bag.
(p181) U.S. Senate lied to by Pentagon in 1968 during Senate
hearings on UFOs.
(p200) In an anonymous letter to a Denver paper on April 8,
1983, it was told that the mutilations are being done by a secret
government group called Delta. Animal parts are used to test
effects of germ warfare and poison (cyanide and dioxin) they are
testing on civilians in America. Testing is associated with black
helicopters. Helicopters are also used to ferry heroin and
cocaine. Delta bases said to be all underground on Indian
Reservations. HQ for operations and where a lot of choppers are
based in 28 miles east of Albuquerque on I-40, then 14 miles north
on a dirt road into the Laguna Indian Reservation. Comment:
Disinformation attempt?
(p204, UPI story, February 2, 1984) Dr. James Womack at
Texas A&M University announced his discovery that humans share
"perfect match" chromosomes with cattle. The perfect match is with
portions of the 21st chromosome pair, a strand known to carry
characteristics of Mongolism or Down's Syndrome, associated with
mental retardation. Dr. Womack says, "We must have more in common
than previously believed."
(p205, 1984 letter) A recent arrival on the nutritional scene
is protomorphogens, or glandulars -- ground up glands of cattle. If
one takes these for a year you get "hooked" on them. Your own
glands stop producing hormones.
Many EBEs have no alimentary canals and no glands.
In some cancer clinics, these glandulars are used to treat
cancer victims, and so are glands from human fetuses.
(p206) What is happening with the mutilations would make
sense in human terms if the location on which the cattle grazed
was important, or the parts taken could be used geobiologically
(which they aren't).
(p208) UFOs are: Extraterrestrial, ultraterrestrial,
interdimensional, and time travelers.
(p208) Some UFOs behave as if the UFO itself was a living
organism. Comment: Refer to Trevor James Constable's book "Sky
Creatures," for a discussion of biological aeroforms, of "Flying
Saucers at Etibi-Raa," by Wendell Stevens for a discussion of just
that subject.
(p208) Entities with cyborg-like traits, having both
mechanical and biological features, turn up quite frequently in
reports.
(p208) It is odd that among the viruses there are some that
look like UFOs, like T. Bacteriophage. Do some UFO have the
ability to operate in the micro-dimension of viruses? Comment: In
the discipline of Yoga is noted the ability to become large or
small.
(p209) Anyone with more access to even one more dimension
than we have access to could evade our most carefully planned
investigations indefinitely.
(p210) Modern brain capacity: 1300cc
Cro-magnon man: 1400cc
Baskop man (megroid [sic] race): 1800cc
The last two appeared quite suddenly.
(p210) Theory of Max H. Flindt attributes paradoxically rapid
development of the human brain to interbreeding between primitive
humanity and ETs.
According to Flindt, schizophrenia is caused by subconscious
racial memory of the ET branch of the family tree, longing for
home. Considerable differences between glandular and nervous
systems between primitive humans and ETs would provide a basis for
traumatic tension associated with regressed memory.
(p210) Our civilization has forgotten the existence of other
intelligent beings in the universe.
(p211) The idea that Homo Sapiens is unique is becoming no
longer tenable.
****************************************************************
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS 4043771141
<0>
Which G-file (Q=Quit) ?

841
textfiles.com/ufo/krills04.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,841 @@
4
(Part 4 of 4)
****************
* CONFIDENTIAL *
****************
A SITUATION REPORT ON OUR ACQUISITION OF ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGY AND INTERACTION WITH ALIEN CULTURES
by O.H. KRILL
Well, as if this weren't enough, let's examine the basic
allegations that were raised by Gary Stollman when he held an
empty BB gun to David Horowitz on KNBC Channel 4, Los Angeles, in
October, 1987. Gary clearly though that he was alone in his
knowledge, and evidently turned to desperation to have the public
become aware of what he knew. For the sake of brevity, I will
simply summarize the allegations, and make comments where I wish
to do so:
o His physical father is in fact a clone created by
the CIA and alien forces.
o Cloning is a part of a plot to overthrow the U.S
government.
o The CIA maintains mental-retraining hospitals.
o Phones were turned off at Rohlman Psychiatric
Hospital in Cincinnati for 48 hours after his
arrival.
o A former CIA official had an interview on KPFK radio
in which he told a college audience that the CIA has
towed barges across New York Harbor that were
disease-ridden.
o The CIA may have created the AIDS virus to wipe out
the gay population. Comment: Hmmm, where have we
heard THAT before?
o The CIA assassinated John F. Kennedy and the 22
material witnesses who died with two years. Comment:
Hmmmm, I have heard that as well.
o He demands that the Air Force release all
information on UFOs.
o He demands that the information about Hanger 18 at
Wright-Patterson [AFB] be released.
o He relates that he spoke to a girl at Florida Junior
College who told him that seven of her friends had
been "replaced."
o The CIA doesn't trust people on computers.
o Individuals at the Optimist Boys School in Pasadena
were recruited by others and given false IDs and
birth certificates.
o There is a secret group led by the President's own
staff.
o There are beings around with the power to teleport
instantly and do the same to others; who can read
and control minds, and transform matter into other
forms and create it at will.
o He asks for a congressional investigation and
federal protection.
o He states that he cannot harm anyone with an empty
BB gun.
****************************************************************
Well, what do you think? [Name deleted in original, replaced
with the word "MUFON"] contacted Mr. Stollman's lawyer in
December, 1987, and told him that some of what Gary had said may
be true. His lawyer promptly made himself scarce.
****************************************************************
For some of you who keep an eye on the news, the President
(Reagan) has said some mighty interesting things in some speeches
of his:
To the students of Fallston High School in Fallston, Maryland, on
December 4, 1985, he said:
"I couldn't but -- one point in our discussions with General
Secretary Gorbachev -- when you stop to think that we're all God's
children, wherever we may live in the world, I couldn't help but
say to him, just think how easy his task and mine might be in
these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this
world from some other species from another planet outside in the
universe. We'd forget all the little local differences that we
have between our countries and we would find out once and for all
that we really are all human beings on this earth together.
"Well, I don't suppose we can wait for some alien race to
come down and threaten us...."
To the 42nd General Assembly of the United Nations, September 21,
1987:
"In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often
forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we
need some outside universal threat to make us recognize this
common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences
worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from
outside this world. And yet, I ask you, is not an alien force
already among us? What could be more alien to the universal
aspirations of our peoples than war and the threat of war?"
Comment: Apparently Mr. Reagan doesn't realize that war is NOT
alien to the aspirations of peace -- it's always been here.
****************************************************************
Does Mr. Reagan know something that we know but the general public
doesn't know about what is happening and what will happen within
the next five years?
General Types of Entities
The Greys are known to be of three types:
o Grey 1: 3.5 feet tall. Large head. Large slanted eyes. Worship
Technology and don't care about us. Type popularized in
"Communion" by Strieber.
o Grey 2: Same general appearance, although has a different
finger arrangement and a slightly different face.
More sophisticated than Grey 1. They possess a degree
of common sense and are somewhat passive. It is not
known if they require the secretions needed by Grey 1.
o Grey 3: Same basic type. Lips thinner. Subservient to other
two types.
Other entities known to frequent this planet:
o Blonds/Swedes/Nordics: Known by any of these names. Similar to
us. Blond hair, blue eyes. Will not break law of non-
interference to help us. Would only intervene if the
Greys' activity would affect other parts of the
universe.
o Interdimensional: Entities that can assume a variety of shapes.
Basically of a peaceful nature.
o Short Humanoids: 1.5 to 2.5 feet tall, skin bluish in color.
Seen quite frequently in Mexico near Chihuahua.
o Hairy Dwarfs: 4 feet tall. Weigh about 35 pounds. Hairy.
Neutral. Respect intelligent life.
o Very Tall Race: Look like us but 7-8 feet tall. United with
the Swedes.
o Nordic Clones: Appear similar to us but with grey tinge to their
skin. These are drones created by the Greys. Child-
like mentality.
o Men-In-Black (MIB): Oriental or olive-skinned. Eyes sensitive to
light. Eyes have vertical pupils. Very pale skin in
some types. Do not conform easily to our social
patterns. Usually wear black clothes, drive black cars,
and wear sunglasses. In groups they all dress alike.
Sometimes time-disoriented. they cannot handle a
psychological "curve-ball" or interruption to their
plan. Often intimidate UFO witnesses and impersonate
government officials. Equivalent of our CIA. From
another galaxy.
Although there are some 40 or more known types of aliens visiting
our world at the present time, these are the most commonly seen
types.
Extract of information from: "UFO Contact from Undersea,"
Sanchez/Stevens
Section 1: Regression session, Filiberto Cardenas (subject)
Event date: 3 January 1979 UFO CEIII
During the regression session(s) the following
information came forth:
1. Subject was taken to one of three pyramid bases. Two pyramid
bases are under ocean, one on land. Subject was taken to base
between Berin and Santiago of the coast of Chile. Other underwater
base is in the Atlantic in an unspecified location. The base was
entered through an underwater tunnel. The aliens stated that they
had been there 36 months at that time.
2. Aliens told the subject that there were six (6) other
individuals whom the aliens had contacted.
3. Subject stated that the aliens voiced that they were eventually
going to make themselves known to the world.
4. Aliens stated that they control the Chinese, and they have
provided the Chinese with a device that can "paralyze cities and
towns completely."
5. Aliens stated that the device will cause a change that "is
going to be something for which the world cannot wait." The
Chinese are to provoke certain unspecified changes, and that in
those changes, "people who are negative will disappear."
6. Subject remembers seeing (future) scenes of people running
disoriented along roads, and that there is a disaster coming.
7. Details of underwater tunnel described as walls of " firmed
water," not rock. The ship evidently generated a force field which
repelled the water around it.
8. Devices were supposedly installed in subject's head by aliens.
Subsequent x-rays revealed nothing.
(Session 3)
1. First contact with these groups of aliens began 4,000 years
ago.
2. It has been thousands of years since this group last descended
to earth.
3. If progress on earth does not continue, aliens will use more
forceful demonstrations to get their point across that we must
have peace and progress.
4. Subject was interrogated for 15 days after the events by US
security and intelligence services.
5. Information from aliens had also to do with "an atrocity in the
plans certain forces on earth had planned."
6. Subject was seven years old when contact with aliens first
occurred.
7. Aliens have ability to dematerialize their craft.
8. Aliens stated that we should beware of other alien groups who
will present themselves in a good light but if they pursue "bad
objectives against us they could do two things. They could destroy
this planet with the same arms that this planet has, or on the
contrary, transport away all our arms in one operation, which
would take no more than 20 minutes of our time. They can be
visible or not, whatever they choose."
8. [sic] Treatise references 81 other crossbreeds from (negative)
aliens who have performed duties on earth. Half alien-half
earthling = Crossbreed
9. Aliens spoke of great portions of land and whole cities will
[sic] disappear. Mexico City and major cities in California.
History and Operations -- Operation Trojan Horse
The amusing little mystery of flying saucers slowly evolves
into a complicated series of coincidences and paradoxes as we
plunge deeper and deeper into the data, excluding nothing, and
considering everything as objectively as possible.
Our skies have been filled with "Trojan Horses" throughout
history, and like the original Trojan Horse, the SEEM to conceal
hostile intent.
Several facts are now apparent:
o The objects have always chosen to operate in a
clandestine manner, furtively choosing the hours of
darkness for their enigmatic activities over thinly-
populated areas, where the possibility of being detected
is slight.
o The hostility factor is further supported by the fact
that the objects chose, most often, to appear in forms
which we can readily accept and explain to our own
satisfaction -- ranging from dirigibles to meteors and
conventional-appearing airplanes.
o The objects of unusual configuration, undoubtedly
constituting a deceptive minority of all the
paraphysical objects flitting about in our atmosphere.
In other words, flying saucers are not at all what we have
hoped they were. They are a part of something else. John A. Keel
called that something else "Operation Trojan Horse."
When one really digs into UFO literature, it readily becomes
clear that the ultraterrestrials deliberately conveyed whatever
impression that would meet the available frame of reference for
that time.
Until 1848, the religious frame of reference was constantly
used by the phenomenon. As man's technology improved many of our
old beliefs were discarded and the "phenomenon" was obliged to
update its manifestations and establish new frames of reference.
No more objects were seen in 1947 than had been seen in 1847. We
were simply seeing them in a new way. A new game was being played
with us.
A new game has emerged: the artifact or hardware game. The
phenomenon has always obliged us by planting false evidence all
over the landscape.
UFO cultists trapped themselves into a hopeless situation
almost from the outset. The apparent purpose of most of the
landings seems to have been to advance belief in the frame of
reference, not to provide absolute proof that the frame of
reference is authentic.
Physical Evidence
All kinds of junk have fallen out of the sky throughout
recorded history. Ivan T. Sanderson has in his files extensive
lists that go back to Roman times. Ridiculous things such as stone
pillars and heavy metal wheels have come crashing out of the blue,
and there are countless cases of ice blocks, some weighing
hundreds of pounds, dropping all over this planet. The flying
saucers have been spewing all kinds of trash all over the
landscape. In nearly every instance, these materials always prove
to be ordinary earthly substances like magnesium, aluminum,
chromium, and even plain old tin. Each of these incidents give the
skeptics new ammunition.
Mysterious hollow spheres have also been dropping out of the
sky all over the world. Three such spheres were found in the
Australian desert in 1963. They were about 14 inches in diameter
and had a shiny polished surface. Efforts to open the spheres
failed, and they were turned over to the USAF. Other metal spheres
have dropped out of the sky in Mexico (1967) and Conway, Arkansas
(1967). The Mexican steel ball was identified as titanium, the one
in Arkansas steel.
Smaller colored spheres were found scattered over the French
countryside in 1966-67, as if it had been raining balls there.
Where is all this stuff coming from? The same place as the stone
pillars and blocks of ice. Innumerable cases of contact and
landings have been flushed down the ufological drain because of
the deliberate "negative factors." Sincere witnesses have actually
been ruined because the amateur UFO investigators have accused
them of being liars and worse.
Another fascinating game which the ufonauts play with a
vengeance is the "repair" gambit. Beginning in 1897, there has
been an endless stream of stories and reports, many from reliable
witnesses, on how they encountered a grounded UFO and observed the
occupants making repairs of some kind. The basic details in all
these stories are so similar that it seems as if the ufonauts are
following a carefully rehearsed procedure.
Generally speaking, there are three (3) types of beings
observed in relation to UFOs:
o Normal-looking people, including females.
o Oriental, dark-skinned beings.
o Unidentifiable creatures, who have made a real effort to
hide from witnesses.
Oddly enough, when all the reports and the data is in, the
scope of the phenomenon and the overwhelming quantity of reports
negates its validity. An analysis of cases indicates that flying
saucers are not, in most cases, stable machines requiring fuel,
maintenance, and logistical support. Most of them are, in all
probability, transmutations of energy from other dimensions and do
not exist in the same way that this paper exists.
The UFO phenomenon seems to be largely subjective: that is,
specific kinds of people become involved and are actually
manipulated by the phenomenon in the same way that it manipulates
matter. These subjective experiences are far more important to our
study that the "random" superficial sightings. We are obliged to
forget about the sightings and concentrate on the claims and
experiences of the contactees.
Thousands of UFO photos have been taken since 1882. There's
just one problem. With very few exceptions, no two UFO photos are
alike. The sightings force two unacceptable answers upon us:
o All the witnesses were mistaken or lying.
o Some tremendous unknown civilization is exerting an all-
out effort to manufacture thousands of different types of
UFOs and is sending them all to our planet.
The governments of the world overtly have maintained
variations of the first proposal. UFO enthusiasts accept the
second. There is a third proposal which merits some attention:
some "hard" objects definitely exist as temporary materializations
from other dimensions. They leave indentations in the ground when
they land. Witnesses have touched them and even been inside them.
These "hard" objects may be decoys to cover the multitudinous
activities of the "soft" objects. The "soft" objects hold one of
the keys of the mystery. There are countless sightings of objects
which changed size and shape in front of witnesses who often get
the impression that it was alive, that it was not behaving like a
mechanical object at all.
There is no question at all that there are intelligences that
can manipulate or materialize any kind of object into our
dimension. Let's take a look, for a second, at the electromagnetic
spectrum. As you know, our visual spectrum makes up a small
portion of the whole. Look at what's involved with UFOs:
Ultraviolet
Blue UFO ENTRY FIELD _________________
Cyan ____________________________________
Green Visible
Yellow
Red __________________ Spectrum
Magenta _________________
Infra-red UFO DEPARTURE
Heat FIELD
Radio
If you will relate this to cases that you are familiar with,
as far as appearance, spectrum shift when in flight, etc., you
will see the applicability of the above diagram.
When UFO stabilize in our dimension they radiate energy on
all frequencies and become glowing white. Radical maneuvers
require a frequency alteration, which produces color changes. It
is interesting to note that in Blue Book Report #14, they replaced
the phrase "Electromagnetic Phenomenon" with the word "Unknown" in
a majority of those cases. Why? There is no doubt that again, a
situation exists where we have multiple realities within the UFO
realm as well. It is clear that we are not dealing with random ET
visitors. It has an extreme element of intention to do with all of
it. Mutilations started in April, 1897, with the abduction of
Alexander Hamilton's calf, witnessed by several people. That is
one of the constants that has been with us that has not changed
frame of reference. How many people give thought to the three
dark-skinned wise men who appeared before the birth of Jesus,
spread the reality of the happening, and disappeared again. All
the dark-skinned men in threes. MIB. It makes you wonder. Hmmmm.
Charting the Enigma
Well, here we are again. Taking a sample of 33% of 10,000 or
so cases, or about 3,330 cases, we find that 730 are so-called
Type I, a low-level object observed and reported by reliable
witnesses. It was found that 2,600 were Type II, high-altitude
objects performing in a controlled manner and distinct from normal
aircraft and natural phenomena. The time of the sightings depends
on where you are. If you are in a rural area, sightings
conveniently begin after 10 p.m. A populated area would have them
between 2 a.m. and 4 a.m. For some reason, in many "flaps,"
Wednesday had about 20.5% of the sightings. Hmmm.
Now, if the UFO phenomenon (and I dislike that word) had a
purely psychic basis then I would think there would be more
sightings on a Saturday, when people are statistically out and
about than on Wednesday. There are notable exceptions to
everything of course, one of which was the "flap" of August 16,
1966, which was on a Tuesday.
Reports seem to cluster within political boundaries of
states, as if there were a methodical exploration of states from
border to border. If the UFO were a natural occurrence, one would
expect otherwise.
Thousands of sightings can be fitted into the "great circle"
route, and often the dates are staggered so that it appears that
the phenomenon moves systematically from point to point.
Every state in the United States has from two to ten
"windows." These are areas where UFOs appear repeatedly year after
year. The objects will appear in these places and pursue courses
confined to sectors with a radius of about 200 miles. The great
circle from Canada (not to be confused with the traditional Great
Circle) in the northwest through the central states and back into
northeast Canada is a major window. Hundreds of smaller windows
lie within that circle. Another major window is centered in the
Gulf of Mexico and encompasses much of Mexico, Texas and the
Southwest.
As mentioned previously, many windows center directly over
area of magnetic deviation.
UFOs seem to congregate about the highest available hills in
these window areas. They become visible in these centers and then
radiate outward, traveling sometimes 100-200 miles before
disappearing again.
****************************************************************
Among the great heaps of neglected and ignored UFO data, we
find hundreds of "minipeople" accounts. These are very rarely
published anywhere because they tend to be so unbelievable. Most of
them are identical to the fairy and gnome stories of yesteryear.
Witnesses to these events can experience conjunctivitis, akinesia
(paralysis), amnesia, and the other effects often noted by
witnesses to more conventional events. One notable event is one
that occurred in Seattle, Washington, in the latter part of
August, 1965. A woman awoke around 2 a.m. and discovered she could
not move a muscle or make a sound. Her window was open, and
suddenly a tiny, football-sized dull-grey object floated through
the window and hovered over the carpet near her bed. Three legs
lowered from the object and it settled to the floor. A small ramp
extended from it and five or six tiny people clambered out and
seemed to work on some kind of repairs on the object. They wore
tight-fitting clothing. When they were finished, they got in and
the object took off and sailed out the window. At that point, she
was able to move. The case was investigated by J. Russell Jenkins
of Seattle.
You can readily see why almost none of these kinds of stories
ever appear in print, except in occult-oriented literature.
Nevertheless, if we hope to assess the true UFO situation, we must
examine all these stories. We can learn nothing by considering
only those incidents which are emotionally and intellectually
acceptable to us.
****************************************************************
TIME is one of the most important aspects of the UFO thing.
It plays a strange but significant role. Part of the answer may
not lie in the stars but in the clock ticking on your fireplace.
Our world exists in three dimensions. We can move in many
directions within these dimensions. Space does not exist except
when we make it exist. To us, the distance between atoms in our
matter is so minute that it can only be calculated with
hypothetical measurements. Yet, if we lived on an atom, and our
size was relative to its size, the distance to the next atom would
seem awesome.
There is another man-made measurement called time. Unlike the
other three dimensions, time has us seemingly trapped. Time
becomes very real to us, and it appears that we couldn't live
without it. Yet time doesn't really exist at all. This moment
exists to us. Does this mean the same moment is being shared by
other planets?
The UFO phenomenon does seem to be controlled. It does follow
intelligent patterns. If the objects themselves are manifestations
of higher energies, then something has to manipulate those
energies somehow and reduce them to the visible frequencies. Not
only do they enter the visible frequencies, but they take forms
which seem physical and real to us, and they carry out actions
which seem to be intelligent.
Thus we arrive at the source. The source has to be a form of
intelligent energy operating at the highest possible point of the
frequency spectrum. If such an energy exists at all, it might
permeate the universe and maintain equal control of each
component part. Because of its very high frequency, so high that
the energy particles are virtually standing still, the source has
no need to replenish itself in any way that would be acceptable to
our environmental sciences. It could actually create and destroy
matter by manipulating the lower energies. It would be timeless,
because it exists beyond all time fields. It would be infinite
because it is not confined by three-dimensional "space."
Children. Children figure neatly into this, and they always
have. The child's mind, especially before the so-called age of
reason when the logic circuits begin to form, is a clear
instrument, open and uninfluenced by opinions and conclusions.
This is an important point in the UFO mystery.
Perhaps if we were in a pure energy state, each particle of
energy would itself serve as a synapse, and information could be
stored by a slight alteration in frequency. All the memory
fragments of a rose, for example, would be recorded at one
frequency, and the whole energy form could tune into that memory
by adjusting frequencies, as we might adjust a radio receiver. In
other words, no complex circuitry would be required. No body would
be necessary. The energy patterns would not need material form. It
would permeate the entire universe. It could surround you
completely at this very moment and be aware of all the feeble
impulses of low energy passing through your brain. If it so
desired, it could control those pulses and thus control your
thoughts. Man has always been aware of this intelligent energy or
force. He has always worshipped it.
Our first conclusion is that the UFOs originate from beyond
our own time frame or time cycle. Our second conclusion is that
the source has total foreknowledge of human events and even of
individual lives. Since time and space are not absolutes, these
two conclusions are compatible.
It is that all human events occur simultaneously when viewed
by a greater intelligence. If a greater intelligence wants to
communicate with a lower form, all kinds of problems are
presented. The communication must be conducted in a manner which
will be meaningful and understandable to the lower life form. An
acceptable frame of reference must be found and utilized.
UFO phenomenon, especially the "soft" ones, are frequently
reflective; that is, the observed manifestations seem to be
deliberately tailored and adjusted to the individual beliefs and
attitudes of the witnesses. Contactees are given information
which, in most cases, conforms to their beliefs. UFO researchers
who concentrate on one particular aspect or theory find themselves
inundated with seemingly reliable reports which seem to
substantiate that theory.
John Keel's extensive experiences with this reflective factor
led him to carry out weird experiments which confirmed that a
large part of the reported data is engineered and deliberately
false. The witnesses are not the perpetrators, but merely the
victims.
The apparent purpose of all this false data is multifold.
Much of it is meant to create confusion and diversion. Some of it
has served to support certain beliefs which were erroneous but
which would serve as stepping-stones to the higher, more complex
truth. Whole generations have come and gone, happily believing in
the false data, unaware that they were mere links in the chain.
If it were all understood too soon, we might crumble under
the weight of the truth. This earth is covered with windows into
those other unseen worlds. If we had the instruments to detect
them, we would find that these windows are the focal points for
super high-frequency waves -- the "rays" of ancient lore. These
rays might come from Orion or the Pleiades as the ancients
claimed, or they might be part of the great force that emanates
throughout the universe. The UFOs have given us the evidence that
such rays exist. Now, slowly, we are being told why.
****************************************************************
It is also apparent that some entities are having a good
laugh at our expense. As mentioned before, literature indicates
that the phenomenon carefully cultivated the religious frame of
reference in early times, just as the modern manifestations have
carefully supported the extraterrestrial frame of reference.
The Devil's emissaries of yesteryear have been replaced by
the mysterious "men in black." A major, but little-explored,
aspect of the UFO phenomenon is therefore theological and
philosophical rather than purely scientific. The UFO problem can
never be untangled by physicists and scientists unless they are
men who also are schooled in the other disciplines.
The earth was occupied before man arrived or was created.
That's an important point to consider. The original occupants were
paraphysical and possessed the power of transmutation of matter.
Man was the interloper. The inevitable conflict arose between
physical man and the paraphysical owners of the planet. Man
accepted the interpretation that this conflict raged between his
creator and the Devil. The religious viewpoint has always been
that the Devil has been attacking man (trying to get rid of him)
by causing havoc upon him. There is historical and modern proof
that this may be so.
It is interesting that parapsychologists have long concluded
that the paralysis that contactees experience is a contributing
cause; that the entity may materialize by utilizing energy from
the percipient himself.
John Keel has in his files hundreds of cases, some of which
have now been investigated by qualified psychiatrists, in which
young men and women obsessed with the UFO phenomenon have suffered
frightening visits from apparitions, followed up by mysterious
black Cadillacs which appeared and disappeared suddenly, and have
been terrified into up their pursuit of the UFOs. The phenomenon
is again reflective in nature; the more frightened the victim
becomes, the more the manifestations are escalated. Think about
it.
****************************************************************
The Other Side of the Coin
There is a balance in nature, and there also seems to be a
balance in the UFO picture. People have actually died after
exposure to the gamma and UV rays from UFOs. But other people have
actually had their ailments cured by similar rays. Occult
literature is filled with accounts of this type.
Except for those who might be specially constructed for
incubus-succubus activities, it does appear that our "angels" and
"spacemen" come from a world, in many cases, with sex -- and very
probably, a world without an organized society; a world in which
each individual is merely a unit in the whole and is totally
controlled by the collective intelligence or energy mass of that
whole. In other words, these beings, or some of them anyway, have
no free will. They are slaves of a very high order. Often they try
to convey this to percipients with their statements, "We are One,"
"We are in bondage."
We face a great task in trying to isolate the UFO phenomenon
from the larger and more important "big picture," the overall
situation of which the UFOs are merely a small part.
Elemental beings are another aspect of the world we live in.
Children see them more than adults, perhaps for the reasons
described before. Historical records certainly indicate that the
little people have always existed all over this planet; that they
possess the power of flight, the power of invisibility, and, to
varying degrees, the power to dominate and control the human mind.
Accounts of little humanoids with supernatural powers can be found
in almost every culture.
The manifestations have remained the same throughout history.
Only our interpretations of those events have changed. It brought
the birth of Spiritualism, which was in its heyday in the 1850s
and 1860s, and was just another form of communication between the
ultraterrestrials and ourselves.
UFO flaps also parallel outbreaks of poltergeist cases. It
all ties in together.
Assuming that each discovered historical report represents a
larger number of unpublished or undiscovered reports, just as
today's UFO reports represent on the average 250 unreported or
unpublished sightings, we can conclude that a flap condition
existed, for example, in the years 1820, 1834, 1844, 1846, and
1849. We also find that there was an outbreak of poltergeists in
1835, 1846, and 1849.
As the 19th century progressed, reporting improved, and we
are able to make more precise correlations. A UFO flap took place
in 1850, and there was also a series of poltergeist cases. A
larger poltergeist outbreak occurred in 1867, following flaps in
1863-64. UFO activity became more intense beginning in 1870, and
there were notable flaps in 1872, 1877, and 1879. The 1880s
produced a major explosion of all kinds of phenomena, including
the sudden disappearance of people. Poltergeist cases were in
abundance in that decade, particularly in the big flap years of
1883 and 1885.
Astrophysicist Morris K. Jessup labeled the years 1877-87 the
"Incredible Decade" after scouring astronomical journals of the
period. Astronomers made some remarkable discoveries during those
years. The previously unobserved satellites of Mars popped into
view in 1877, new craters appeared on the moon, all kinds of
strange objects flitted around the upper atmosphere.
****************************************************************
The trynce p`enomenon deserves extensive study because so
many aspects of it are directly related to the contactee
phenomenon. In both, you will find the same contradictions. There
seem to be both good and evil forces at work. The good guys latch
onto people with particularly receptive minds and turn them into
trance mediums and the bad guys use the same methods to tamper
with the minds of contactees and even to commit murder indirectly.
Since incidents of these types can be traced throughout history,
it seems probably that these forces have always been here on this
planet. do the ultraterrestrials really care about us? There is
much evidence to suggest that they don't. They care only to the
extent that we can fulfill our enigmatic use to them.
There have been innumerable psychic hoaxes for the past 150
years, and many of these parallel the UFO hoaxes. In ufology we
have to contend with the teenager's hot air balloon, and in
psychic phenomenon we have to worry about youngsters firing rocks
at houses. There are, however, more UFO sightings than there are
plastic balloons, and more poltergeists dumping rocks in living
rooms than there are wild-eyed youngsters with slingshots. There
are also more ultraterrestrial entities than either the occultists
or the UFO researchers can dream of.
Giant winged beings, usually described as headless, are an
integral part of the UFO phenomenon. Winged human forms have been
seen flying over many areas of the world. John A. Keel wrote a
book called the "Mothman Prophecies" and Gray Barker a book called
"The Silver Bridge" that go into some detail. They are usually
described as having blazing red eyes set deep in their shoulders.
****************************************************************
On May 13, 1917, three girls in Portugal were in the meadows
of a place called Cova da Iria outside of Fatima, Portugal, when
they saw a flash of light in the clear sky. They ran for shelter
under a tree, thinking that was lightning. When they reached the
tree, they stopped in amazement, for there hovering just above a
3-foot evergreen nearby, a brilliant globe of light hung
suspended.
Within this globe there was an entity garbed in a luminous
white robe with a face of light which dazzled and hurt the eyes.
The figure stated that it was from heaven, and asked the
girls to come there on the 13th day, for six months in succession.
On October 13, 1917, an estimated 70,000 people had gathered at
the site. Suddenly the crowd screamed, for something came through
the clouds: a huge silver disk which rotated rapidly as it
descended towards the crowd. It seemed to change color, going
through the spectrum. These gyrations continued for ten minutes.
Miles from there, others were also watching the same object.
The incident at Fatima was obviously a carefully planned and
deliberately executed demonstration. The major prophecies of
Fatima had been written down and sealed in an envelope, and turned
over to the Vatican. They were supposed to be revealed to the
world in 1960. The secret of Fatima? One Pope was murdered after
only 30 days in office when the Vatican thought he would reveal
it. It is said to be a prediction of the end of the world. The
demonstration was therefore a failure as far as the
ultraterrestrials were concerned. Such demos proved highly
effective in Biblical times, but times were changing and new
methods were called for.
A similar event such as Fatima took place in Garabandal,
Germany, on July 2, 1961. Even more startling, on the entity's
right side they could see "a square of red fire framing a triangle
with an eye and some writing. The lettering was in an old
Oriental script." The Third Eye. Haven't we heard of that before?
Remember the Nation of the Third Eye -- the MIB. etc?
****************************************************************
ADDENDUM BY THE AUTHOR
Gravitational Propulsion
Well, I have gotten this far in explaining some things to
you. I might as well turn to my favorite subject of all --
gravitational propulsion. The best place to start is with the
efforts of a personal acquaintance of mine who had the good
fortune to meet in England -- Mr. J. R. Searl. His investigations
into gravitational propulsion have proven to be quite revealing --
he's done it, and I want to tell you about it.
In 1949, he was employed by the Midlands Board as an
electronic fitter. He was very enthusiastic about the subject of
electricity, though he had no formal education on the subject
other than was required by his job. Unhindered by conventional
ideas about electricity, he carried out his own investigation into
the subject. During work on electrical motors and generators, he
noticed that a small electromotive force (EMF) was produced by the
spinning metal parts -- the negative toward the outside and the
positive toward the rotational axis.
In 1950, he experimented with rotating slip rings and
measured a small EMF on a conventional meter. He also noticed that
when the rings were spinning freely and no electrical current was
taken, his hair bristled. His conclusions were that free electrons
in the metal were spun out by centrifugal force being produced by
the static field in the metal. He then decided to build a
generator on the same principle.
It had a segmented rotor disc, passing through electromagnets
at its periphery. The electromagnets were energized from the
rotor, and were intended to boost the EMF.
By 1952, the first generator had been constructed and was
about three feet in diameter. It was tested in the open by Searl
and a friend. The armature was set in motion by a small engine.
The device produced the expected electrical power, but at an
unexpectedly high potential. At relatively low armature speeds a
potential of the order of 10^5 volts was produced, as indicated by
static effects on nearby objects.
The really unexpected then occurred. While still speeding up,
the generator lifted and rose to a height of about 50 feet above
the ground, breaking the union between itself and the engine. Here
it stayed for a while, still speeding up and surrounding itself
with a pink glow. This indicated ionization of air at a much
reduced pressure of about 10^-3 mm Hg. More interesting was the
side effect, causing local radio receivers to go on by themselves.
Finally, the whole generator accelerated at a fantastic rate and
is thought to have gone off into space.
Since that day, Searl and others have made some ten or more
small flying craft, some of which have been similarly lost, and
have developed a form of control. Larger craft have been built --
some 12 feet and two 30 feet in diameter.
Once the machine has passed a certain threshold of potential
voltage, the energy output exceeds the input. The energy output
seems to be virtually limitless. We made some measurements when I
was there, and as far as we could see, the estimated output is
somewhere in the vicinity of 10^13 to 10^15 watts. Above what
appears to be the threshold potential, some 10^13 volts, the
generator and attached parts become inertia-free. There is also
some "matter snatch" upon acceleration away from the ground, since
it tends to take a little "turf" with it when it goes.
Analyzing what is happening is fairly easy. What the
generator is doing is placing a "stress" on the ambient space
around it. The space breaks down to provide the magnetism to
relieve the stress, but the energy by-product is absorbed by the
generator, which reinforces the field.
It should be noted at this point that only a very small
amount of space fabric passes through the craft and an even
smaller amount is converted for energy. However, I have noticed
that small changes in etheric forces lead to large physical
effects. It was aptly demonstrated and I was impressed.
Recently, Mr. Searl had (1987) a brush with authorities, when
he began simply generating his own power for his own house. Now he
doesn't have a very large house, but the Utility Board didn't like
the fact that they had lost their monopoly. Now he lives in
Birmingham under an assumed name. Simple, eh?
*****
Digitized by, and available from, IllumiNet BBS -- 4043771141
<0>
Which G-file (Q=Quit) ?

77
textfiles.com/ufo/krllorig.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
THE ORIGIN AND MEANING OF:
KRLL
KRYL
O. H. KRLL
O. H. CRIL
O. H. KRILL
The KRILL papers seemingly came out of nowhere and have
stirred up a small hornets nest of speculation. Who is O. H.
Krill? Is the information correct? Are parts of the text
correct and parts incorrect? Where did the papers come from?
I am going to answer SOME of those questions in this file.
When the aliens landed at Holloman AFB in the 60's a basic
communication was established between the United States
Government and the aliens. During this communication a basic
agreement was reached which was the precursor for the formal
treaty and the diplomatic relations which followed.
The aliens left a hostage with the United States as a pledge
of fulfillment of their part of the agreement. The name of
that hostage was KRLL and was sometimes spelled KRYL. I will
refer to him as KRLL as this was the spelling used in the
MAJESTY documents which I saw. This hostage furnished much
information about the aliens which became the foundation of
the "YELLOW BOOK" that was completed from information
obtained from the "GUESTS" at a later date. In order that
this information could be circulated and discussed among the
military and the scientific community a pseudonym was coined
as a code for information which had originated from KRLL.
The code name for KRLL was Cril. The initials O. H. stand
for "ORIGINAL HOSTAGE"
All information thus circulated from the source KRLL was said
to be authored by O. H. Cril. The information was usually of
scientific or seemingly occult nature and was sanitized so
that no inference to an alien race or culture occurred. This
was done so that feedback and recommendations could be
gleaned from those experts who were not privy to the secret.
It was also used to pass technology from the aliens into the
defense contracting community and the U. S. Space program.
KRLL became ill after a few years and almost died but was
nursed by a physician who eventually became the government
expert on alien medicine and pathology. My information is
that KRLL did at some later date die. The pseudonym
continued to be used for the same purpose for many years and
may or may not be in use at this time.
The KRILL papers must have been authored by someone in the
government or military who knew this information because the
author O. H. Krill is an obvious take-off on O. H. Cril and
thus on KRLL. I do not know who the author is and I do not
know if the material is directly from KRLL or not. BUT IT IS
APPARENT THAT WHOEVER O. H. KRILL MAY BE HE DID KNOW THE
STORY OF KRLL. In my opinion the origin of the material will
most probably be the object of much speculation. I cannot
comment on the material which covers information that I have
never seen before, however I can and will say that much of it
is correct and agrees with the information that I have
already released.
I never saw the KRILL papers before in my life until the
Sysop of Paranet RHO called my attention to them in a file on
that board. This occurred only a few days before Christmas
and I uploaded them to Ted Markley as soon as I could. He
informed me however that he had already obtained them from
another source.
Bill Cooper


72
textfiles.com/ufo/langres.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
The text that follows represents my views on Lear.txt and are not
necessarily those of Paranet or any of its other users or staff.
Brad Langton / February 4th, 1988
Msg: #2572 Sec: B - UFOlogy
04-Feb-88 03:27 AM
Subj: Contentions on EBEs (R)
From: Sysop
To: John Lear
First of all, I want to thankyou for taking the time to participate in the
interview of 02/03/88. I do however, feel that its appropriate that I make a
statement of my own regarding the issue at hand.
During the interview, I tried to remain neutral and ask questions that may be
helpful to those users who have clammored for more information. I believe that
I have met this responsibility.
For myself, I'm afraid that I find a great deal of the material wanting in
proof, or even reasonable expectations for such an advanced culture. You have
said that these are the facts, but without proving these facts in some
objective, verifiable way, you must understand that your allegations are
without substance. If you are sincere about establishing the validity of your
claims, you're going to have to go openly public on a nationwide basis with
credible witnesses, dates, times, records, physical evidence, and whatever
means possible to support what you are saying.
I'm not saying that within the framework of your story, there are not elements
of strangeness that have been reported in other media at different times in
the last 40 years. All I'm saying is that the statement without proof is doing
more to harm credible UFO research than it is helping it. I hope this was not
your intention, but lets look at this objectively, the story makes alot of the
material you read in the tabloids pale by comparison..."Insects From Space
Align with US to Harvest Human Enzymes!" You've got to admit, that sounds
pretty silly.
My final point is one that regards my beliefs about intelligence in the
universe and is no more valid than your contentions, but given a civilization
"BILLIONS" of years advanced beyond us, I'm very dubious that they would even
need bodies let alone spaceships... the more primitive instincts would be
barely a race memory. I can't buy the "backside of an evolutionary curve"
theory either. I don't even know what that means! De-evolve?
De-evolve to me is nonsense. Evolution is an adaptive process that moves in
the direction of greatest survivability. We can argue that point untill the
end of time and never meet minds... its like philosophy, you either believe
the contention or you don't.
I'll grant you that the UFO issue has been around a long time and yes, the
government DOES cover thing up very well.. but judging from the initial impact
this story had, gaged against more reasonable inspection after the initial
shock wears off, users that were leaning in the direction of supporting more
active efforts to learn the truth about UFOs are now even laughing at the idea
themselves.
I'm afraid I can't swallow this story John, I've thought about it, I've talked
about it, and I've read other peoples views on it, and it just is too
fantastic to believe.... EVEN IF ITS TRUE!
That last point is important, if you do have something to say, sensationalism
is not the way to garner support.
- More (Y)/N/NS?
I respect your right to express your beliefs, but please respect our rights to
have a high degree of proof before going off half-cocked in a blitz to stop
the aliens!!
Brad Langton Paranet Lambda


98
textfiles.com/ufo/lawyer.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Leslie J. Lott & Associates
PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATION
May 24, 1989
Mr. Willy Smith CERTIFIED MAIL
1200 Murcott Court --------------
Longwood, Florida 32779 RETURN RECEIPT
--------------
Dear Mr. Smith:
I am an attorney representing Mr. Edward Walters of Gulf Breeze,
Florida.
I am advised that you are in possession of certain photographs
which were taken by my client and which are protected under Title
17 of the United States Code (The Copyright Act). These
photographs are the subject of Copyright Registration No. VA 126
238, issued on January 15, 1988.
You are hereby placed on notice that any unauthorized reproduction
or use of these photographs without my client's express written
permission is a violation of his rights under copyright law, and
will be addressed by appropriate action. Please govern yourself
accordingly.
Very truly yours,
(signed) Leslie J. Lott
Leslie J. Lott
LJL/ae
cc: Mr. Edward Walters
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
TRADEMARK, COPYRIGHT, AND PATENT
RELATED MATTERS
338 MINORCA AVENUE
CORAL GABLES, FLORIDA 33134
post marked May 30, 1989 305/448-7089, FAX 305/446-6191
--------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Leslie J. Lott & Associates
PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATION
July 5, 1989
Dr. Willy Smith
UNICAT Project
1200 Murcott Court
Longwood, FL 32779
Dear Dr. Smith:
This office no longer represents Mr. Edward Walters.
Accordingly, your letter of June 29, 1989 has been
referred directly to Mr. Walters himself for response.
Very truly yours,
(signed) Leslie J. Lott
Leslie J. Lott
LJL/sk
cc: Mr. Edward Walters
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
TRADEMARK, COPYRIGHT, AND PATENT
RELATED MATTERS
338 MINORCA AVENUE
CORAL GABLES, FLORIDA 33134
305/448-7089, FAX 305/446-6191
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------


173
textfiles.com/ufo/lear-new.1 Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
To: All Message #: 2196
From: Dali Moyzes Submitted: 20 Nov 91 23:37:00
Subject: Lear Status: Public
Received: No Group: UFO (15)
MSGID: 1:102/943 4ec98f48
ALIEN EXPLORATION
Interplanetary Business Deals by John Lear
I am an airlane captain for a major cargo airlane; I've flown about 160
different types of aircraft in over 50 different countries. I held 17
world speed records in the Lear Jet, and I'm the pilot who holds the
most FAA Certificates issued to a single individual. I have been a com-
mercial pilot for 30 years; I've been flying for 35 years. I hold the
professional Air Traffic Controllers award for Outstanding Airmanship
presented in 1968, and the Symons Wave Memorial. I have flown missions
worldwide for various government agencies, I flew in Southeast Asia
between 1966-73, I have flown both experimental and production test
flights. I have flown for 28 different airlines and have over 16,000
hours of flight time, over 12,000 of which are jet transports. I was
the youngest American to climb the Matterhorn in Switzerland in 1959,
and I am a senior vice commander of the American Legions Post No. 1.
I have four daughters and have lived in Las Vegas for about 20 years.
I grew up mostly in Santa Monica. I studied Industrial Design at the
Art Center College of Los Angeles and was a State Senate candidate in
Nevada in 1980. My father was William P. Lear, Sr. who not only helped
develop the first car radio, the eight track stereo, and automatic
pilot for our first jet fighters, but who developed the Lear Jet, one
of the first and most successful of all business jet transports.
About six years ago I stumbled headlong into the subject of UFO's.
I began to search for the truth, and what I found out was this. We
have recovered over 40 discs belonging to alien civilizations far
beyond our solar system. The U.S. Navy has successfuly flown several
of them under a secret program begun in the middle '50s. The U.S.
Government has in cryogenic storage at least 25, but probably closer
to 100 alien bodies, representing as many as 15 different species.
That at least three of these aliens were captured alive, one of them
is still living at the Nevada Test Site area S-4. That our government
has been in business with little gray aliens for many years, having
been duped into thinking they were making some kind of agreement in
which we traded permission to abduct humans in return for super -
advanced technology. That man was genetically engineered by a vastly
superior alien species over a period of several hundred thousand
years with 64 separate external corrections in what was essentially
an experiment, to make man what he is today, and what he is referred
to in secret government documents is , a container. We are simply
containers. Containers of physical matter, blood, enzymes, hormones,
souls, thoughts, emotions ... all of it engineered, multiplied,
grown, harvested, and processed by a higher entity, and their
licensees.
At the end of the corporeal life of the container, the soul is
extracted and either stored for future use or reintroduced into a
fetal container. To what purpose? It's probably none of our business
anymore that it's a cow's business what they are here for. If you
have wondered why the government has never come clean on the subject
of flying saucers, maybee you should consider why we never take the
trouble to brief cows on the reason for their existence.
The sponsors of these miracles travel between star systems at
speeds far greater than a thousand times the speed of light. To
travel great distances in space without breaking the laws of physics,
which quite properly state that nothing can travel faster than the
speed of life, you first have to understand that gravity is instanta-
neous, and that when you harness gravity you control everything.
You have also to visualize space as a fabric, a substance. What we
think of as empty space can be pulled this way and that by strong
gravitational attraction. If you can exert a strong enough gravita-
tional pull on a small portion of space you can actually pull it
toward you, step inside it so to speak. That portion of space that
you stepped inside will snap back to its original location, with
you inside it, without violating the laws of physics and without
time having even moved.
The way that this strong gravitational force is generated in the
craft is through an anti-matter reactor. The reactor is about the
size and shape of half a basketball and sits on a metal plate.
Inside the half sphere is a receptacle which holds a thin, arrow-
shaped, 233 gram silver of Element 115. As this tinypiece of element
115 is bombarded with protons, it propagates into Element 166 which
instantaneously decays back to 115. The product of this reaction is
antimatter and this antimatter is used for two purposes, the first
of which is to create a strong gravitational field which is then
channeled and amplified to generate almost inconceivable quantities
of gravitational attraction. The second purpose for anti-matter is
to generate positive voltage through the use of a thermionic
generator to power other equipment in the craft.
The gravity that is generated is focused through a save guide and
and then channeled and amplified through three gravity amplifiers
which, when swiveled and focused on the desired destination,
whether to be 100 miles or 100 light years away, draws a portion
of the fabric of space from the destination to the departure point.
When the gravity is then turned off and the attraction no longer
exists, whatever was enveloped by that portion drawn from the
destination, is now at the destination. THis concept is about as
difficult to explain as television would have been to a caveman.
The U.S. does have secret bases on the moon. The NASA projects
of Mercury, Gemini, Apollo, Spacelab and the Shuttle are all just
cover for what's really going on. The US also has secret bases
on Mars. And there are Martians. They look just about like us and
are a little more advanced. After a climatic disaster many years
ago on Mars, the Martians moved underground.
Contemplate something closer to home. There are at least 70
different species of aliens here on an infinite variety of
missions. And there are a number of secret underground bases
operated jointly between us and the aliens. One of the largest
is at Dulce, New Mexico. And yes, there is a secret US test
facility for extraterrestrial disks at Area 51 in Nevada. If you
want to see it for yourself they still test at sunset on
Wednesday nights; the last time I saw it was April 3rd, 1991.
Take I-15 to a few miles north of Las Vegas and then go north
on highway 93. Just after Ash Springs take the left fork in the
road which will be highway 357, and after you come down from
Hancock Pass into the valley you will see a straight dirt road
about 10 miles long. That's the northeast entrance to Groom Lake.
Turn off a few hundred feet, and look to the south at sunset or
a little after. You're going to have to have a powerful telescope
or binoculars to see the disc shape, but you woll be able to see
the craft with the naked eye, about 12 miles away. Don't proceed
further than about 5 miles down that road, as it is an unmarked
but highly restricted area. And there are a number of secret
underground bases in the Antelope Valley. If you are interested
in seeing any of this drive around the Tehachapi mountains, east
of Lancaster, or around El Mirage Dry Lake on a weeknight.
And yes, Aids was developed by the US Navy between 1969 and
1972. Credit for the perfection of the virus and its cure was
given to R.M. Donner. The virus was first released in Africa in
1975 with laced doses of the small pox vaccine. Africa is now
almost 100% infected. The AIDS virus was introduced into the
United States in 1978 in New York, San Francisco and Los Angeles
with laced doses of the Hepatitis B vaccine distributed by the
Center for Disease Control, who specifically targeted the white,
male homosexual group. This was done so that AIDS would spread
rapidly wothout anyone being too concerned, as they would dismiss
the disease as only a concern to homosexuals or drug addicts.
The population has been led to believe that the AIDS virus can
be prevented through judicious use if prophylactics and/or
rubber gloves, when in fact HTLV 1, one form of AIDS, has been
airborne in Southeast Asia for a number of years. The stated
goal of the US Navy for the AIDS virus was infection of 75 %
of the world's population before 1995. If this sounds unbelie-
vable, this is because there are a number of things you don't
understand about world population growth versus food
consumption. The reason you don't understand these things is
you have not been fed this type of information because it's
none of your business. And if you still think you have a
government by the people and for the people, you are as ignorant
as you are misinformed. Your attention has been directed towards
tying up yellow ribbons for our returning troops of a government
that spent 75 billion dollars drilling 100,000 barefoot Iraquis,
most of whom had no beef with the US., but happened to be in the
wrong place at the wrong time. We liberated one of the most
opressive sheikdoms of the 20th century and effectively preven-
ted Iraq from getting their 200 billion barrels of oil reserves
to the world market, which would have cut the price of oil in
half. We spent eight or nine months vilifying the butcher of
Baghdad and teaching him that the most powerful nation on earth
is still incapable of searching out and destroying a single
individual. (Exception to the rule: Willie Nelson, Pee Wee
Herman, JFK, John Lennon, Charlie Chaplin, Marylin Monroe,
and all destroyed or killed by CIA).
And what about government people who are involved? How come
nothing leaks? Well, if you truly believe that the government
can't keep a secret when it wants to, then you are worse than
terminally ignorant. You are willfuly ignorant.
I know this stuff is true but you don't. You don't have
access to the proper information. And only if you dig for and
find the information yourself are you going to believe it!
Find a friend in an aerospace related government project.
Ask him this question that will not in any way compromise his
oath of security. Ask him, "Would you bet your life that
John Lear is wrong?"---
* Origin: Mysteria * Home of the Tesla Echo * 818-353-8891 (1:102/943.0)
=-=-=-=-=

468
textfiles.com/ufo/lear1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
John Lear has requested that the following file be published on
ParaNet. It is our philosophy to encourage debate on paranormal
issues, no matter how controversial, and we welcome his input. The
information contained in this file has not been verified by ParaNet,
nor do the opinions expressed herein necessarily reflect those of the
Administrator or other ParaNet staff members.
We can state, however, that John is who he says he is, and has
numerous contacts in sensitive positions that could conceivably allow
him access to information of this type.
-------------------------
Statement Released By:
John Lear
December 29, 1987
John Lear, a captain for a major US Airline has flown over 160
different types of aircraft in over 50 different countries. He holds
17 world speed records in the Lear Jet and is the only pilot ever to
hold every airline certificate issued by the Federal Aviation
Administration. Mr. Lear has flown missions worldwide for the CIA and
other government agencies. A former Nevada State Senator candidate,
he is the son of William P. Lear, designer of the Lear Jet executive
airplane, the 8-track stereo, and founder of Lear Siegler Corporation.
Lear became interested in the subject of UFO's 13 months ago after
talking with United States Air Force Personnel who had witnessed a UFO
landing at Bentwaters AFB, near London, England, and three small
aliens walking up to the Wing Commander.
Note to the Press:
The government of the United States continues to rely on your
personal and professional gullibility to suppress the information
contained herein. Your cooperation over the past 40 years has
exceeded our wildest expectations and we salute you.
"The sun does not revolve around the Earth"
"The United States Government has been in business with little gray
extraterrestrials for about 20 years"
The first truth stated here got Giordano Bruno burned at the stake in
AD 1600 for daring to propose that it was real. The second truth has
gotten far more people killed trying to state it publicly than will
ever be known.
But the truth must be told. The fact that the Earth revolves around
the sun was successfully suppressed by the church for over 200 years.
It eventually caused a major upheaval in the church, government, and
thought. A realignment of social and traditional values. That was in
the 1800's.
Now, about 400 years after the first truth was pronounced we must
again face the shocking facts. The "horrible truth" the government
has been hiding from us over 40 years. Unfortunately, the "horrible
truth" is far more horrible than the government ever imagined.
In its effort to protect democracy, our government sold us to the
aliens. And here is how it happened. But before I begin, I'd like to
offer a word in the defense of those who bargained us away. They had
the best of intentions.
Germany may have recovered a flying saucer as early as 1939. General
James H. Doolittle went to Sweden in 1946 to inspect a flying saucer
that had crashed there in Spitzbergen.
The "horrible truth" was known by only a very few persons: They were
indeed ugly little creatures, shaped like praying mantises and who
were more advanced than us by perhaps a billion years. Of the
original group that were the first to learn the "horrible truth",
several committed suicide, the most prominent of which was General
James V. Forrestal who jumped to his death from a 16th story hospital
window. General Forrestal's medical records are sealed to this day.
President Truman quickly put a lid on the secret and turned the screws
so tight that the general public still thinks that flying saucers are
a joke. Have I ever got a surprise for them.
In 1947, President Truman established a group of 12 of the top
military scientific personnel of their time. They were known as MJ-
12. Although the group exists today, none of the original members are
still alive. The last one to die was Gordon Gray, former Secretary of
the Army, in 1984. As each member passed away, the group itself
appointed a new member to fill the position. There is some
speculation that the group known as MJ-12 expanded to at least several
more members.
There were several more saucer crashes in the late 1940's, one in
Roswell, New Mexico, one in Aztec, New Mexico, and one near Laredo,
Texas, about 30 miles inside the Mexican border.
Consider, if you will, the position of the United States Government at
that time. They proudly thought of themselves as the most powerful
nation on Earth, having recently produced the atomic bomb, an
achievement so stupendous, it would take Russia 4 years to catch up,
and only with the help of traitors to Democracy. They had built a jet
aircraft that had exceeded the speed of sound in flight. They had
built jet bombers with intercontinental range that could carry weapons
of enormous destruction. The post war era, and the future seemed
bright. Now imagine what it was like for those same leaders, all of
whom had witnessed the panic of Orson Wells' radio broadcast, "The War
of the Worlds", in 1938. Thousands of Americans panicked at a
realistically presented invasion of Earth by beings from another
planet. Imagine their horror as they actually viewed the dead bodies
of these frightening looking little creatures with enormous eyes,
reptilian skin and claw like fingers. Imagine their shock as they
attempted to determine how these strange "saucers" were powered and
could discover no part even remotely similar to components they were
familiar with: no cylinders or pistons, no vacuum tubes or turbines or
hydraulic actuators. It is only when you fully understand the
overwhelming helplessness the government was faced with in the late
40's that you can comprehend their perceived need for a total,
thorough, and sweeping cover up, to include the use of "deadly force".
The cover-up was so successful that as late as 1985 a senior scientist
with the Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California, Dr. Al
Hibbs, would look at a video tape of an enormous flying saucer and
state the record, "I'm not going to assign anything to that (UFO)
phenomena without a lot more data". Dr. Hibbs was looking at the
naked emperor and saying, "He certainly looks naked, but that doesn't
prove he's naked."
In July of 1952, a panicked government watched helplessly as squadron
of "flying saucers" flew over Washington, D.C., and buzzed the White
House, the Capitol Building, and the Pentagon. It took all the
imagination and intimidation the government could muster to force that
incident out of the memory of the public.
Thousands of sightings occurred during the Korean war and several more
saucers were retrieved by the Air Force. Some were stored at Wright-
Patterson Air Force Base, some were stored at Air Force bases near the
location of the crash sight.
One saucer was so enormous and the logistic problems in transportation
so enormous that it was buried at the crash sight and remains there
today. The stories are legendary on transporting crashed saucers over
long distances, moving only at night, purchasing complete farms,
slashing through forests, blocking major highways, sometimes driving 2
and 3 lo-boys in tandem with and extraterrestrial load a hundred feet
in diameter.
On April 30, 1964, the first communication between these aliens and
the U.S. Government took place at Holloman Air Force Base in New
Mexico. 3 saucers landed at a prearranged area and a meeting was held
between the aliens and intelligence officers of the U.S. Government.
During the period of 1969-1971, MJ-12 representing the U.S. Government
made a deal with these creatures, called EBE's (Extraterrestrial
Biological Entities, named by Detley Bronk, original MJ-12 member and
6th President of Johns Hopkins University). The "deal" was that in
exchange for "technology" that they would provide to us, we agreed to
"ignore" the abductions that were going on and suppress information on
the cattle mutilations. The EBE's assured MJ-12 that the abductions
(usually lasting about 2 hours) were merely the ongoing monitoring of
developing civilizations.
In fact, the purposes for the abductions turned out to be:
(1) The insertion of a 3mm spherical device through the nasal cavity
of the abductee into the brain. the device is used for the biological
monitoring, tracking, and control of the abductee.
(2) Implementation of Posthypnotic Suggestion to carry out a specific
activity during a specific time period, the actuation of which will
occur within the next 2 to 5 years.
(3) Termination of some people so that they could function as living
sources for biological material and substances.
(4) Termination of individuals who represent a threat to the
continuation of their activity.
(5) Effect genetic engineering experiments.
(6) Impregnation of human females and early termination of
pregnancies to secure the crossbreed infant.
The U.S. Government was not initially aware of the far reaching
consequences of their "deal". They were led to believe that the
abductions were essentially benign and since they figured the
abductions would probably go on anyway whether they agreed or not,
they merely insisted that a current list of abductees be submitted, on
a periodic basis, to MJ-12 and the National Security Council. Does
this sound incredible? An actual list of abductees sent to the
National Security Council? Read on, because I have news for you.
The EBE's have a genetic disorder in that their digestive system is
atrophied and not functional. Some speculate that they were involved
in some type of accident or nuclear war, or possibly on the back side
of an evolutionary genetic curve. In order to sustain themselves they
use an enzyme or hormonal secretion obtained from the tissue that they
extract from humans and animals. (Note: Cows and Humans are
genetically similar. In the event of a national disaster, cow's blood
can be used by humans.)
The secretions obtained are then mixed with hydrogen peroxide and
applied on the skin by spreading or dipping parts of their bodies in
the solution. The body absorbs the solution, then excretes the waste
back through the skin. The cattle mutilations that were prevalent
throughout the period from 1973 to 1983 and publicly noted through
newspaper and magazine stories and included a documentary produced by
Linda Howe for the Denver CBS affiliate KMGH-TV, were for the
collection of these tissues by the aliens. The mutilations included
genitals taken, rectums cored out to the colon, eyes, tongue, and
throat all surgically removed with extreme precision. In some cases
the incisions were made by cutting between the cells, a process we are
not yet capable of performing in the field. In many of the
mutilations there was no blood found at all in the carcass, yet there
was no vascular collapse of the internal organs. This has been also
noted in the human mutilations, one of the first of which was Sgt.
Jonathan P. Louette at the White Sands Missile Test Range in 1956, who
was found three days after an Air Force Major had witnessed his
abduction by a "disk shaped" object at 0300 while on a search for
missile debris downrange. His genitals had been removed, rectum cored
out in a surgically precise "plug" up to the colon, eyes removed and
all blood removed with, again, no vascular collapse. From some of the
evidence it is apparent that this surgery is accomplished, in most
cases, while the victim, animal or human, is still alive.
The various parts of the body are taken to various underground
laboratories, one of which is known to be near the small New Mexico
town of Dulce. This jointly occupied (CIA-Alien) facility has been
described as enormous, with huge tiled walls that "go on forever".
Witnesses have reported huge vats filled with amber liquid with parts
of human bodies being stirred inside.
After the initial agreement, Groom Lake, one of this nations most
secret test centers, was closed for a period of about a year, sometime
between about 1972 and 1974, and a huge underground facility was
constructed for and with the help of the EBE's. The "bargained for"
technology was set in place but could only be operated by the EBE's
themselves. Needless to say, the advanced technology could not be
used against the EBE's themselves, even if needed.
During the period between 1979 and 1983 it became increasingly obvious
to MJ-12 that things were not going as planned. It became known that
many more people (in the thousands) were being abducted than were
listed on the official abduction lists. In addition it became obvious
that some, not all, but some of the nation's missing children had been
used for secretions and other parts required by the aliens.
In 1979 there was an altercation of sorts at the Dulce laboratory. A
special armed forces unit was called in to try and free a number of
our people trapped in the facility, who had become aware of what was
really going on. According to one source, 66 of the soldiers were
killed and our people were not freed.
By 1984, MJ-12 must have been in stark terror at the mistake they had
made in dealing with the EBE's. They had subtly promoted "Close
Encounters of the Third Kind" and "E.T." to get the public used to
"odd looking" aliens that were compassionate, benevolent and very much
our "space brothers". MJ-12 "sold" the EBE's to the public, and were
now faced with the fact that quite the opposite was true. In
addition, a plan was formulated in 1968 to make the public aware of
the existence of aliens on earth over the next 20 years to be
culminated with several documentaries to be released during 1985-1987
period of time. These documentaries would explain the history and
intentions of the EBE's. The discovery of the "Grand Deception" put
the entire plans, hopes and dreams of MJ-12 into utter confusion and
panic.
Meeting at the "Country Club", a remote lodge with private golf
course, comfortable sleeping and working quarters, and its own private
airstrip built by and exclusively for the members of MJ-12, it was a
factional fight of what to do now. Part of MJ-12 wanted to confess
the whole scheme and shambles it had become to the public, beg their
forgiveness and ask for their support. The other part (and majority)
of MJ-12 argued that there was no way they could do that, that the
situation was untenable and there was no use in exciting the public
with the "horrible truth" and that the best plan was to continue the
development of a weapon that could be used against the EBE's under the
guise of "SDI", the Strategic Defense Initiative, which had nothing
whatsoever to do with a defense for inbound Russian nuclear missiles.
As these words are being written, Dr. Edward Teller, "father" of the
H-Bomb is personally in the test tunnels of the Nevada Test Site,
driving his workers and associates in the words of one, "like a man
possessed". And well he should, for Dr. Teller is a member of MJ-12
along with Dr. Kissenger, Admiral Bobby Inman, and possibly Admiral
Poindexter, to name a few of the current members of MJ-12.
Before the "Grand Deception" was discovered and according to a
meticulous plan of metered release of information to the public,
several documentaries and video tapes were made. William Moore, a
Burbank, California, based UFO researcher who wrote "The Roswell
Incident", a book published in 1980 that detailed the crash, recovery
and subsequent cover-up of a UFO with 4 alien bodies, has a video tape
of 2 newsmen interviewing a military officer associated with MJ-12.
This military officer answers questions relating to the history of MJ-
12 and the cover-up, the recovery of a number of flying saucers and
the existence of a live alien (one of 3 living aliens captured and
designated, or named, EBE-1, EBE-2, and EBE-3, being held in a
facility designated as YY-II at Los Alamos, New Mexico. The only
other facility of this type, which is electromagnetically secure, is
at Edwards Air Force Base in Mojave, California). The officer names
those previously mentioned plus a few others: Harold Brown, Richard
Helms, Gen. Vernon Walters, JPL's Dr. Lew Allen and Dr. Theodore von
Karman, to name a few of the current and past members of MJ-12.
The officer also relates the fact that the EBE's claim to have created
Christ. The EBE's have a type of recording device that has recorded
all of Earth's history and can display it in the form of a hologram.
This hologram can be filmed but because of the way holograms work does
not come out very clear on movie film or video tape. The crucifixion
of Christ on the Mount of Olives has allegedly been put on film to
show the public. The EBE's claim to have created Christ, which, in
view of the "Grand Deception", could be an effort to disrupt
traditional values for undetermined reasons.
Another video tape allegedly in existence is an interview with an EBE.
Since EBE's communicate telepathically, an Air Force Colonel serves as
an interpreter. Just before the recent stock market correction in
October of 1987, several newsmen, including Bill Moore, had been
invited to Washington, D.C., to personally film the EBE in a similar
type interview, and distribute the film to the public. Apparently,
because of the correction in the market, it was felt the timing was
not propitious. In any case, it certainly seems like an odd method to
inform the public of extraterrestrials, but it would be in keeping
with the actions of a panicked organization who at this point in time
doesn't know which way to turn.
Moore is also in possession of more Aquarius documents, a few pages of
which leaked out several years ago and detailed the supersecret NSA
project which had been denied by them until just recently. In a
letter to Senator John Glenn, NSA's Director of Policy, Julia B.
Wetzel, wrote, "Apparently there is or was an Air Force project with
that name (Aquarius) which dealt with UFO's. Coincidently, there is
also an NSA project by that name." NSA's project Aquarius deals
specifically with the "communications with the aliens" (the EBE's).
Within the Aquarius program was project "Snowbird", a project to test-
fly a recovered alien aircraft at Groom Lake, Nevada. This project
continues today at that location. In the words of an individual who
works at Groom Lake, "Our people are much better at taking things
apart than they are at putting them back together."
Moore, who claims he has a contact with MJ-12, feels that they have
been stringing him along, slipping him documents and providing him
leads, promising to go public with some of the information on
extraterrestrials by the end of 1987.
Certain of Moore's statements lead one to believe that Moore himself
is a government agent working for MJ-12, not to be strung along, but
string along ever hopeful UFOlogists that the truth is just around the
corner. Consider:
1. Moore states emphatically that he is not a government agent,
although when Lee Graham (a Southern California based UFOlogist) was
investigated by DIS (Defense Investigative Service) for possession of
classified documents received from Moore, Moore himself was not.
2. Moore states emphatically that the cattle mutilations of 1973-
1983 were a hoax by Linda Howe (producer of "A Strange Harvest") to
create publicity for herself. He cites the book "Mute Evidence" as
the bottom line of the hoax. "Mute Evidence" was a government
sponsored book to explain the mutilations in conventional terms.
3. Moore states that the U.S.A.F. Academy physics book,
"Introductory Space Science", vol. II chapter 13, entitled
"Unidentified Flying Objects", which describes four of the most
commonly seen aliens (one of which is the EBE) was written by Lt. Col.
Edward R. Therkelson and Major Donald B. Carpenter, Air Force
personnel who did not know what they were talking about and were
merely siting "crackpot" references. He, Moore, states that the book
was withdrawn to excise the chapter.
If the government felt they were being forced to acknowledge the
existence of aliens on Earth because of the overwhelming evidence such
as the October and November sightings in Wytheville, Va., and recently
released books such as "Night Siege" (Hynek, J. Allen;Imbrogno,
Phillip J.;Pratt, Bob:Night Siege, Ballantine Books, Random House, New
York), and taking into consideration the "grand deception" and
obviously hostile intentions of the EBE's, it might be expedient for
MJ-12 to admit the EBE's but conceal the information on the
mutilations and abductions. If MJ-12 and Moore were in some kind of
agreement then it would be beneficial to Moore to toe the party line.
For example, MJ-12 would say... "here are some more genuine
documents... but remember... no talking about the mutilations or
abductions". This would be beneficial to Moore as it would supply the
evidence to support his theory that E.T.'s exist but deny the truths
about the E.T.'s. However, if Moore was indeed working for MJ-12, he
would follow the party line anyway... admitting the E.T.'s but pooh
poohing the mutilations and abductions. If working alone, Moore might
not even be aware of the "grand deception".
Time will tell. It is possible that Moore will go ahead and release
the video interview with the military officer around the first of the
year, as he has promised. From MJ-12's point of view, the public
would be exposed to the information without really having to believe
it because Moore is essentially not as credible a source as, say, the
President of the United States. After a few months of digestion and
discussion, a more credible source could emerge with a statement that,
"yes, in fact the interview was essentially factual". This scenario
would cushion somewhat the blow to the public. If, however, Moore
does not release the tape by, say, February 1 of 1988, but comes
instead with a story similar to: "MJ-12 has informed me that they are
definitely planning a release of all information by October of 88. I
have seen the plan and have seen the guarantee that this will happen,
so I have decided to withhold the release of my video tape at this
time as it may cause some problems with MJ-12's plans." This would in
effect buy more time for MJ-12 and time is what they desperately need.
Now you ask, "Why haven't I heard about any of this?" Who do you think
you would hear it from? Dan Rather? Tom Brokaw? Sam Donaldson?
Wrong. These people just read the news, they don't find it. They
have ladies who call and interview witnesses and verify statements on
stories coming over the wire (either AP or UPI). It's not like Dan
Rather would go down to Wytheville, Virginia, and dig into why there
were 4 THOUSAND reported sightings in October and November of 1987.
Better that Tom Brokaw or someone else should risk their credibility
on this type of story. Tom Brokaw? Tom wants Sam Donaldson to risk
his credibility. No one, but no one, is going to risk their neck on
such outlandish ideas, regardless of how many people report sightings
of 900 foot objects running them off the road. In the case of the
Wytheville sightings, dozens of vans with NASA lettered on the side
failed to interest newsmen. And those that asked questions were
informed that NASA was doing a weather survey.
Well then, you ask, what about our scientists? What about Carl Sagan?
Isaac Asimov? Arthur C. Clarke? Wouldn't they have known? If Carl
Sagan knows then he is committing a great fraud through the
solicitation of memberships in the Planetary Society, "to search for
extraterrestrial intelligence". Another charade into which the U.S.
Government dumps million of dollar every year is the radio telescope
in Arecibo, Puerto Rico, operated by Cornell University with - guess
who? - Carl Sagan. Cornell is ostensibly searching for signals from
Outer Space, a sign maybe, that somebody is out there. It is hard to
believe that relatively intelligent astronomers like Sagan could be so
ignorant.
What about Isaac Asimov? Surely the most prolific science fiction
writer of all time would have guessed by now that there must be an
enormous cover-up? Maybe, but if he knows he's not saying. Perhaps
he's afraid that "Foundation" and "Empire" will turn out to be
inaccurate.
What about Arthur C. Clarke? Surely the most technically accurate of
Science Fiction writers with very close ties to NASA would have at
least a hint of what's really going on. Again, if so he isn't
talking. In a recent Science Fiction survey, Clarke estimates that
contact with extraterrestrial intelligent life would not occur before
the 21st Century.
If the government won't tell us the truth and the major networks won't
even give it serious consideration, then what is the big picture,
anyway? Are the EBE's, having done a hundred thousand or more
abductions (possibly millions worldwide), built an untold number of
secret underground bases (Groom Lake, Nevada; Sunspot, Datil, Roswell,
and Pine Town, New Mexico, just to name a few) getting ready to return
to wherever they came from? Or, form the obvious preparations are we
to assume that they are getting ready for a big move? Or is the more
sinister and most probable situation that the invasion is essentially
complete and it is all over but the screaming?
A well planned invasion of Earth for it's resources and benefits would
not begin with mass landings of ray-gun equipped aliens. A properly
planned and executed invasion by a civilization thousands and probably
hundreds of thousands of years in advance of us would most likely be
complete before even a handful of people (say 12?) realized what was
happening. No fuss, no muss. The best advice I can give you is this:
Next time you see a flying saucer and are awed by its obvious display
of technology and gorgeous lights of pure color - RUN LIKE HELL!
-- end --


BIN
textfiles.com/ufo/lear2.txt Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

231
textfiles.com/ufo/lear3.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
What follows is a direct transcript used with permission, of an
interview I conducted with John Lear, author of Lear.txt in the files
section. Hopefully, this interview will answer some of your questions
as well as some of mine.
Brad Langton 02-Feb-88 approx. 1:30AM to 3:30AM
<LANGTON> Ok, we're "live" so to speak... you just mentioned that
there were 70 other species in contact with this world... of which 4
others were overt...are they aware of the EBE's?
<LEAR> Yes they are. The types I will mention are listed in a USAF
Academy Physics book called Introductory Space Science Volume 2. I
refer to Chapter 13 about page 8 which lists the ones that are most
seen. They are the EBE's the "blondes". (also called the Nordics).
They look just like us but are invariably blonde haired and blue eyed.
Don't know where they come from but they do not interact with us
except for a few abductions now and then.
<LEAR> We also have a species that is similar to us in appearance but
they are about 7 ft tall and the main difference is that their eyes
wrap around the head a little more than ours. Another type listed is
a small species about 4 ft. tall, very hairy and extremely strong for
their size. We don't know where these guys come from either. All
this was in the aforementioned text which was withdrawn by the Air
Force in the early 70's from the book. But there are several people
that have the original book. The EBE's are about the only ones where
we are pretty sure where they come from and that is Zeta Reticuli 1 &
2, a binary star system visible only from the southern hemisphere,
spectral class of G 2 and 38 light years from here. It is possible
that they use some form of the Einstein Rosen Bridge theory (wormholes
in space) to get here. We know all this from the work that Marjorie
Fish did in the in the early 70's. There is a good article about it
in Astronomy Magazine Dec 1974. There was also a reprint of this
article in 1976 which had all the comments and rebuttals and rebuttals
to rebuttals by Carl Sagan, Bob Schaefer etc etc.
<LANGTON> I remember reading about the characterizations of ET's that
you have described about 25 years ago. I also recall a book by a
George Adamski or Adamson... not sure which, regarding these golden
haired aliens. In the Interrupted Journey, I believe it was Betty
Hill that under hypnosis revealed many of the invasive techniques used
on abductees. Also, Perhaps it was in the article on the Zeti
Reticuli Incident that a woman under hypnosis reconstructed a 3D model
of the Zeta Star system with the relative positions of the other stars
as they would have appeared as established by computer modeling. I
guess one of the primary questions is, if there are other forms
visiting and/or interacting with humans, are they completely
insensitive to these "arrangements" put out by the EBE's with the
government?
<LEAR> This may be hard to swallow but its my information from
government sources that the blondes adhere to a universal law of non-
interference and even though the EBE's are not doing us any favors
that they, the Blondes will not do anything about it unless the EBE's
do something that will affect another part of the universe. Back to
Adamski. He has been labeled as a fraud however like all things
nothing is all black or all white. Some of his stuff was true. But
its hard to separate which stuff. He claimed that the Blondes came
from Venus or Mars which is highly, highly unlikely. As far as the
map it was drawn by Betty Hill under hypnosis in 2 D. It was Majorie
Fish that did the interpretation to bring it into 3 D.
<LANGTON> I was uncertain about who exactly was the originator of the
map, so I gather that the map must necessarily be a matter of
speculation regarding its veracity as well. I'm curious also as to
the government's plans, if any, to deal with an uprising of EBEs
should that eventuality occur... or would the technological gap make
such an attempt untenable.
<LEAR> It's my understanding that we have already lost the battle.
This is the reason why MJ-12 is in such a panic. They had a lot of
well laid plans to inform us etc. etc. and when the deception was
confirmed about 1984 it was all out the window. Back to Betty Hill
for a minute...under hypnosis she recalled being given a pregnancy
test...a needle was inserted in her stomach. She recalls saying that
this was no pregnancy test here on earth (1962)
<LEAR> Amniocentesis was developed around 1972-1973 and uses the exact
same procedures. In 1986 a British doctor had given an amniocentesis
to a woman and was looking at the fluid under a microscope. He saw a
tiny speck and started enlarging it. When he got it big enough to see
what he found was what looked like a computer chip attached to one of
the chromosomes. This doctor and 6 others wrote an open letter in
Nature Magazine, one of Britains' most respected scientific journals,
along with a picture of the chip, and asked any doctor or scientist
anywhere that could held explain what they were seeing. If you do not
have a copy of this page, I can send it to you.
<LANGTON> That would be helpful. Also the Vol, issue, date etc.
Recently in the INF treaty negotiations, Gorbachev indicated that
despite prior claims, they too were working on an SDI program... Is
there any connection between our program and theirs and if the battle
is lost, why are these attempts being made?
<LEAR> I wish I knew the answer to that. Several rumors have come out
of the test site recently and one of them was that every test shot
this year has been to make a giant room. The shots are very clean and
as soon as everything subsides they move in equipment to make walls,
ceiling, floors and various levels.
<LANGTON> Several critics have highlighted the apparent discrepancies
between our medical technology and that of the EBEs as to synthesizing
plasma material. Also, technological gaps between our cultures
suggest that solicitation of indigenous humans for their undertakings
seems akin to asking help from chimpanzees... my analogy... what about
these concerns?
<LEAR> All of these questions are valid and show a lot of thought.
All I know is what I wrote. Its very hard to speculate the reasons
why or why not a species almost a billion years older than us would do
anything. This is not a cop-out...I just don't know and don't want to
guess.
<LANGTON> Given that material that you have access to is ambiguous on
some of these issue and that there may be a hidden agenda on the part
of the EBEs regarding the purposes for their being here, is it not
also possible that, assuming there is a "truth" here, which I'm sure
you understand, must remain unsubstantiated in the absence of hard
data, that the government may also, unknown to you or perhaps others
"in the know," a failsafe mechanism to undermine this whole EBE
project if the need should arise?
<LEAR> Its my understanding from those 'in the know;' (and as late as
one week ago) that the situation is 'ominous'.
<<< LONG PAUSE >>>
<LANGTON> Please understand my pauses... have to consider the next
question...
<LEAR> Ok, meantime looking for the date and issue of Nature.
<LANGTON> I recall now, one of my users requested information on the
"Roswell Incident" and if it were in any way tied to any of this?
<LEAR> Yes, the Roswell crash was the first recovered flying saucer
crash in the U.S. Bill Moore located 90 material witnesses to the
crash. It was near Corona, N.M. and a few months ago I interviewed
Mrs. Procter near whose ranch this thing crashed. 4 bodies were
recovered. There is one person still alive at this moment who helped
Mac Brazel drag some of the wreckage to the shed. He and Brazel were
approached at that time by (I know its hard to believe but the guy is
going to come forward soon) an alien who told them both to keep their
mouths shut. He is the last guy alive that was directly connected
with that retrieval.
<LANGTON> Are you saying that the others involved were murdered?
<LEAR> No. No. They have just passed away. That was a long time
ago. The last guy to die was Maj. Jesse Marcel, The intelligence
officer at Roswell who went out and helped pick up the wreckage.
Before he died a few years ago he went public with his account which
was that the crash was not a balloon or a radar reflector or an
airplane. He didn't state what it was, but said it was not of this
earth. I have a transcript of the cassette tape of his memories of
picking up the wreckage, its only a page long if you would like me to
send that.
<LANGTON> Of course, any information you have will be helpful... What
of yourself, why are you coming forward now, particularly placing the
spotlight on yourself... aren't you concerned that there may be some
sort of repercussions from the government regarding the stir this is
and will continue to cause?
<LEAR> Hopefully the spotlight will be on the information and not on
myself. No there is not too much worry because, well let me say that
5 years ago I wouldn't have gotten away with this but things are so
screwed up now that one voice talking to...what 50? 100? people
can't make any possible difference. Also if something was going to
happen it would have happened a few weeks ago. I wrote Dr. Lew Allen,
Director of JPL and MJ-12 member that I was going to do a story on his
participation in MJ-12 particularly because JPL employed 8000 people
in the Southern California area. I also enclosed a copy of my
hypothesis and told him it was on ParaNet and CompuServe. Dr. Allen
has a reputation of responding to all mail in a very prompt manner.
But me? I didn't hear anything. Not even a "John Lear you must be
crazy." He wrote a letter to Max Fiebleman of Los Angeles on the 18th
of December. Max had sent him a copy of the Hudson Valley video and
asked Dr. Allen to look at it. Dr. Allen responded that he had taken
a quick glance but did not have the time for anything more and on the
basis of what he saw determined that it was a blimp. He also wished
Max a Merry Christmas. Now......this is one of the worlds greatest
scientists? Not interested in that Hudson Valley video tape?
Gimme a break.
<LANGTON> There are certainly a lot of inconsistencies seemingly from
everywhere on this issue. As you know, Jim Speiser and ParaNet are
often published in some form, usually a quote from Jim, in the major
UFOlogy magazines... I would suspect that this matter will be reaching
a lot more people than just those of us here in the BBS community.
What of the future...can we expect more information, hard or soft
evidence that will help align the apparent inconsistencies or at best,
give a more cohesive picture of some of the answers to questions that
your original release has raised?
<LEAR> I would be very surprised if some kind of statement from the
government is not forthcoming within the year, more probably within 6
months possibly much sooner... That's about all I can speculate from
the information I am getting.
<LANGTON> Well, you can be assured that we will be continuing to watch
these developments should they occur. Last year there was a similar
promise of major information by year's end... you got in just under
the wire but the other information was not this information, at least
not necessarily as coming from you. Time is running short for me here
and I want to thank you for incurring the phone bill for this
interview but I think it is important that we try to get as many
answers on this as possible. Do you have any closing statements that
you would like to make at this time?
<LEAR> Just to thank you for your time and I will be sending you the
aforementioned documents etc.
<LANGTON> Thank you very much John, your participation will no doubt
add a level of credibility to your desire to spare little expense in
helping us find the truth about all this.
<LEAR> Thanks again, and talk to you later.
<<>>
Copyright @1988 National Fringe Sciences Information Service. All
Rights Reserved.


490
textfiles.com/ufo/leinterv.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
INTERVIEW OF WITNESSES TO EASTLAKE UFO
Copyright 1988, Richard P. Dell'Aquila and Dale B. Wedge
On March 26, 1988, two civilian witnesses to the Eastlake UFOs
(W1 and her husband W2) who were on the beach with the Coast Guard March
4, 1988 were interviewed. The following is a partial transcript of that
interview, conducted by Dale Wedge (DW) and Rick Dell'Aquila (RD).
Several other witnesses have also been interviewd and photographic
evidence has been obtained. To date, however , the Coast Guard has
refused further information or interviews of its personnel concerning
the UFO sighting that night near the CEI electric power plant. The
investigation continues.
RD ...Please tell us what happened in your own words.
W1 We were coming home (on March 4, 1988) and I saw something over
the lake...and it wasn't moving and I had my husband go down the street
and I said, "Go down to the beach because I'm telling you there is
something out there." He kept laughing at me. I said I was serious and
we went down there. We got out of the car and walked to the beach. I
had left the kids in the car and you could see it. It looked almost
like the shape of a blimp and had lights on both sides. One end was
brighter and the other end was a little bit dimmer, but one end flashed.
It wasn't a constant light that was on. It seemed to rock a little
bit--you could just see it rocking back and forth. It hovered and
didn't mak e any noise. The ice was cracking really bad and the ice down
here doesn't crack like that. It was making like--it was rumbling and
cracking it was real, real loud. There were no animals barking or
nothing. Around here we have a lot of dogs and that was surprising
beacuse you always hear the dogs out. There were no animals--just the
real loud noise out of the lake. We were standing on the beach and my
husband and I were looking at this thing. It started to turn and I
thought--you know how you get really eerie feelings? I said to myself
there i s something up there. You could see it was a ship or something
bacause you could see there was a gray line like a football kind of
thing in the middle, but you couldn't really see it. You could just see
it was there. Do you understand what I'm saying?
RD We are going to ask you to draw a sketch in a while.
W1 You could see the whole thing, but not real well. You could see
there was a middle to it. We stayed and we watched it for a
while...(interview interrup ted by phone call).
DW Okay, we are back o n. We had a phone call interruption.
W1 ...Okay, we sat down at the beach and while we were watching this
I had the kids in the car and I was getting kind of "weirded-out" you
know, because you hear about these things, but you never really believe
it until you see them. It started to turn toward us. It was coming in
closer to land and beacuse my kids were in the car, I didn't want to
stay down at the beach, beacuse you never know whats going to happen or
if it was going to come down to get us or wha tever.
RD In other words, you were concerned for your safety?
W1 Yeah, because it was coming closer to us. You could see...it
seemed like it knew we were there. We were the only ones down there at
the time and I was getting really nervous. I told my husband, "You
know, we've got two kids in the car. Let's get them home and safe so we
don't have to worry about anything." He said okay, so we got the kids
back to the house and I put them in their room and I locked the door
beacuse I had a real e erie feeling, you know after we left there. We
were down there a while looking at it and we came home to watch it from
our living room.
RD When you say "we"--who else was there with you?
W1 My husband and my kids. So I was looking at it from here and I
said to my husband, "Well, maybe I'm nuts, I don't know, but let's call
Sue," who lives across the street, "and see if she sees the same thing
that we do." So I did, I called he r and her and her son went outside
and they saw the same thing and we kept hearing this noise at the lake
and that really scared us because, like I said, the lake doesn't make
noises like that. We watched it most of the evening and when it started
to come down, we all got real curious and we all went back down. Sue
drove down to the beach and she saw it with her son and her husband
thinks she's totally "cracked-up." (Laughter.) But they all did.
Everybody thinks, you know, we didn't see what we did. So now we get
down there and the thing's starting to land. You co uld see like red
and blue lights and they said they were planets and gasses and nonsense
like that, but they were actual lights starting to flutter. But before
this, while it was still in the sky, there were like little triangle
"planes", about, there were, we counted about five--we weren't sure if
there were five or six, but we counted five of them that were running
back and forth. They were going up and down, like hovering. They
didn't make any noise, but they were going REALLY fast across the sky
and by this time the Coast Guard was down there. I had called the Coast
Guard, I would say at least twelve times and they kept telling me,
"Well, your crazy and nothing's wrong...(Phone call interrruption).
DW Pause for phone call.
DW Okay, we're back on.
W1 So now what had happened was these planes were like, looked like
they had come out of it, because they came out of nowhere. We saw them
come out...I don't know if it was on the side or on the front of it, but
you could tell they ca me out of it because they were real litte. They
looked like little yellow triangles. They were real bright and went
super, super fast.
They went up and down like this, instead of, you know how a plane goes
this way? Well, they were going up and down and like diagonally at it
and they were hovering around it and then they started shooting out
toward the lake and this time the Coast Guard saw all this because
that's when they sent their people out when these little planes started
appearing. And w hen they g ot down here, they saw these things and
they were coming real close to the coastline. That's when these kids
were getting scared.
RD When you say "kids," do you mean Coast Guard personnel?
W1 Yeah, they were young boys. They were real scared and we got
REALLY scared beacuse we were right down on the beach there and we
figured the coastline that would be it. We were afraid they would attack
their truck, because their truck had lights on it. So w e told them,
"Turn off your lights." Because the more they kept coming closer and
closer to the lights of the truck, because the truck was parked on the
hill. There's like a little hill over there. They could see the lights,
because they seemed to be coming at the lights. And so we had them shut
their lights off because we were scared. You never know what was going
to go on. We didn't know what was in these ships or planes or whatever
they were because we couldn't tell, but I've never seen a yellow
triangle fly around the sky.
RD It was yellow?
W 1 Yeah. Bright, REAL BRIGHT. It looked like a light. That's what
it looked like. It looked like a bright light. You know how a car
light you'd have? It looked just like that, but it glowed. It was
yellow.
RD Was there any portion of it that was brighter than any other portion
of it?
W1 No. It ws all real bright.
RD Just one solid, bright light?
W1 Yeah, little bright triangles. You know like the little glider
models you get for your kids? There in triangles. You make paper a
irplanes...Like that shape? That's exactly what they were, and they
were solid. They weren't...it didn't have wings or anything else.
RD Was it even-sided? All three sides of equal length?
W1 No, no, it was more pointed like that (gesturing).
RD Okay.
W1 It was exactly like that (forming triangle with her fingers).
The front was more pointy. How's that? I flunked geometry by the way.
RD Okay.
W1 But it was more pointy, almost like the tip of an arroww.
R D Okay, so i n other words, the two sides were longer...
W1 Were longer than the base...I was wondering why you were laughing
at me.
RD We're not laughing at you.
DW No. We're not.
(Wedge and Dell'Aquila had reacted to the fact that the triangular
objects described by W1 were identical to those described by other
independent witnesses that night and identical to the bright yellow
triangular object one witness photographed.)
W1 Okay. They were all solid bright light. There was no part of it
that wa s darker than others. We saw it real close down at the
shoreline. But when they started coming at this thing and they went
back into it, too, we thought maybe it disapeared over the lake. Well,
here they had gone, shooting out over the lake and coming, then all of a
sudden we saw tham about an hour later, coming back REALLY fast, and
they came right into that ship.
RD Did you see anything open up on the ship, a door or anything like
that?
W1 No, but they went righ t into it because they went rig ht between
the lights, so it had to be an opening on the side of it, beacuse they
went right into it. They came up and then they went right into it.
RD Were you able to observe which direction they left.
W1 They went out that way, toward Canada...they went east too, this
way. But none of them went that way, toward Cleveland. They all went
this way.
RD Did any of them go south or southeast?
W1 No. They stayed over the lake...they went east and n orth toward
Canada, and that's where basi cally they stayed. When you saw them
shooting out, it was just almost right over land and we had seen them
come out and said to my husband," What in the world is that?" He was
just laughing. He said, "You're just..." and he got, you know, he goes,
"Yeah, sure, I'm going to tell my mother we were sitting home watching
UFOs tonight." But, that's what happened. They were there and then we
saw them like I said, about an hour later, come back in the sa me
direction they came in, and they all went right back into the thing,
one at a time, too. It wasn't like they all swooped down on it and went
back into it. They went back in it one at a time, and then the ship
seemed to land in the lake. It was about maybe an hour difference, an
hour lapse. The ship started setting down on Lake Erie. That's when
all these colored lights started coming on when it sat down. You could
see the lights as it sat down on the lake, because it was all ice. As
soon as it landed, about five minutes later after it landed, you coul d
still see it, the red and the yellow lights and the blue lights, running
around the bottom on the lake, because it was a clear night, it was
beautiful. Then as soon as all the lights went out on it, the lake
stopped cracking. Everything got dead silent. There wasn't
animals--nothing. Everything got totally quiet. That was it.
DW Can you give us a time, approximate time?
RD When did you first see it?
W1 About six. I think it was about six. My husband said it w as
later but I don't thin k so, because it was just getting dark.
DW It doesn't get dark until about 6:30
W1 Okay, then maybe it was a little later, about 6:30 or 7:00 P.M.
It wasn't exactly dark, but it wasn't light out. It was like dusk,
almost, where it's just starting to get dark.
RD When did you last observe it?
W1 I'd say about 11:30 P.M.
RD You were down there for 4-1/2 to 5 hours?
W1 No. We came back up to the house and watched it. When it
started to set, we went back down.
RD I see. At the same time, were you able to observe any of the
ojects in the sky that you would recognize?
W1 Oh, yeah, absolutely because we were there, we kept looking at
them and looking at them to see, you know, we were curious. Even from
the house, when it started moving in-land, you could see, you know, what
it was if you looked real close.
RD Where was the moon for example?
W1 The moon?
RD Yeah. Was it out?
W1 Yeah, the re were moon, the stars were beautiful. All the stars
were ou t.
RD Was it a clear night?
W1 Yeah. it was real clear.
RD Did you notice where the planets were?
W1 The planets that they told me this was?
RD Well, the planets.
W1 I didn't really...we weren't looking for the planets, but they
would have been behind it, and farther off.
RD Is there any question in your mind that what you were looking at
was something that you should have recognized, like the planets or...?
W1 No. It was definitely a ship, because y ou could see that there
was a center of it. You could also see planes coming out of it, or
little vehicles or whatever they are that came out of it and we saw them
go back in it. We were almost right directly underneath it...The more
we stayed down at the beach, it was turning toward us to come toward us
and I got scared, thinking well, maybe someone would come out or get us
or something will happen...If we could see it, I knew it could see us,
because we were right out in the open on fla t land looking at it...
T he interview continued for several more minutes and W1 drew
some sketches.
W1 (Drawing) The (light) on the left hand side of the object
blinked constantly.
RD Was there a regular pattern to the blinking?
W1 It was almost like if you looked out the lake, you know how they
have those (lights) when you come in from the lake? Almost like that.
(Phone interrruption)
DW We are going to pause for another phone call.
RD What color was the object between the lights?
W1 ...gunmetal gray .
RD Did it seem solid?
W1 Yes.
RD Did it seem to have a three-dimensional shape?
W1 You could tell it was almost rounded. It was like a
football...It was all the same color and you could definitely see the
outline of it. We were standing SO close, that you could see the
outline. It was totally dark in the center of it and at the top, but
you could tell the difference between the sky and the shape.
RD Did it seem to have hard e dges or fuzzy edges?
W1 No, they were very cle ar edges...
The interview continued and W1's husband (W2) arrived home.
W2 ...Boy, I'll tell you you ought to see this thing, I watched this
thing down at the beach with the Coast Guard guys. It was the strangest
thing I've ever seen in my life. It had these guys running, they were
so scared. It was strange. As it got lower to the water, all these
little, what we thought were jets, came and hovered right above this
thing. We assumed they were those Harrier jets that can just hover.
Whe n t hey got closer, these jets came about forty or fifty feet above
the ice and they were going back and forth across the lake unbelievably
fast. They were covering a fifty mile stretch, like that (Snapping his
fingers).
RD What shape were they?
W2 We thought that they looked like little jets. That's what we
assumed. Then when they got closer, they were so little, they were
smaller than a one-seated Cessna. They didn't make any noise.
DW What about shape?
W2 We co uldn't tell. All I coul d see was lights. I could tell
you that it looked like a triangle. That's what it looked like. It
just looked lik a plain triangle. We couldn't tell a tail fin or
anything like that. It looked like a triangle because it was lights
down the wings and on the tip of it.
RD You mean at the top of the triangle there was a light?
W2 Yeah. There was a light.
W1 Now see, I didn't see that. I saw just a plain light.
DW Do you know what color it w as?
W2 One was white and one was bright white...you could tell they were
definitely connected, because if the nose dropped, the tail went up
exactly. But anyhow, when the thing got closer to the water, the one
bright light started twirling like all different colors: red, green,
blue, yellow, and then it just sunk into the water and one end was
white and one end was red. Then it just sat in the water for about a
half hour and then it was gone. While it was sitting on the ice, those
planes were hovering above it. You could see tha t they were fl ashing
lights down on it. It was like five jets within maybe a quarter mile
area of each other, and all of a sudden they were just gone. They just
went up in the air and out, just out.
RD About what time did they leave like that?
W2 9:30 or a quarter to ten...
DW Did you talk with the Coast Guard guys?
W2 Yeah, we sat and talked to them for a half hour. We watched the
thing for an hour.
DW What were they saying?
W2 They couldn't believe it . They said they never saw nothing l ike it
in the world. The guy said he's been in the service for years and he
said he knows that a Harrier jet can't take off and fly that fast from a
start. This thing got up so high in the air and was gone so fast, it
was seconds and it was gone out of view. The night was so clear that we
could see for miles and miles and miles...These two guys were so scared.
They thought, first our assumption was it was a satellite, maybe from
Canada, that went bad and it was coming down over the lake. They told me
th at they believed it was Canadian air maneuvers. But then when they
saw these planes, they came about five miles off shore and they were
going about fifty feet above the ice. You could just see the ice and
stuff rippling behind them. They got nervous because they didn't want
their truck to be seen...they were afraid maybe a missle would be shot
at them or something.
RD Is there any confusion in your mind that it was maybe the moon or
the stars...?
W2 No. No, not the first night. T he second night it was much, much
much higher in the air. Miles and miles. But the second night, it
appeared at the same time and dropped down in the lake at the same
time...But the first night, no way. We went and saw that thing. That
thing was no more than three miles in the air.
RD You're aware that the newspaper accouunts are that it was the
planets?
W2 Planets, right. No that's BULL****, because I went and stood out
on the lake and looked up at them and I saw the thi ng moving. You
could see it pivo ting like this (gesturing in a rocking motion like a
teeter-totter). When it got way out over the lake, that thing just
started spinning around, it was all different kinds of lights...
The interview continued and more sketches were made by W1. In being
asked to draw the small objects, she drew a triangle.
RD When it landed on the ice, did it seem like it went under the
surface of the water, or did it rest on the ice for a period of time.
W1 I don't know. Sue saw it too from her back yar d. You could see it
sit down though. It didn't look like it sunk. We went down the next
day to see if we could see anything. All you could see was ice broken
everywhere. Huge, huge chunks of ice...
DW Which Coast Guard Station?
W2 & W1 Fairport Harbor.
DW Did they come up, did they drive up? That's quite a way down
isn't it?
W2 They drove this way. They said they could see the lights from
their Coast Guard station.
W1 Right. They were watching it and observing it f rom the Coast
Guard station itself and didn't know what to make out of the little
lights.
DW Did they tell you why they decided to come up here?
W2 Yeah, beacuse they got so many calls that they wanted to come and
investigate it. They had even called us back a few times that night.
W1 They said it was totally out of their league. They didn't know
what it was or what it could be. They didn't want to speculate. They
also said to us, even on the next day, that the Army and I guess, NASA
did not want them to investigate any further. They did not want them to
go out on the ice, because they have a cutter. They could have gone out
to see where it landed, because their men made a report too. Somewhere
along the line...and they could not get an answer from NASA, they
couldn't get an answer from anybody. And they were told NOT to do
anything about it, that it was out of their league, it was
RD They were told it was out of their league?
W1 Uh- huh.
RD That' a quote?
W1 Yes. It was ou t of their league and out of their hands. That's
exactly what they told us. I talked to...a person in command there and
he got on the phone with me and that's exactly what he told me also.
That they had to forward all their information to Wright-Patterson Air
Force Base and a place in Detroit, which I don't know where in Detroit
they were going to send something, but they said the were NOT ALLOWED to
investigate it any further, that that's what they we re told and to stay
out of it...I wrote down their nam es because I was so upset that they
called the police on me.
DW Did they ever tell you not to talk about it?
W1 They told me that it was just more or less, that it was out of their
league and no one would, more or less, believe me and I think that's
what they were getting at when they talked to me...I mean, they sent the
police to my house, and that was more a harrassment than anything else.
You could tell they didn't want to talk about it either, because I
called them back th e next day and they were real snotty to me on the
phone.
Investigation forms were then completed, and the photograph taken
on the same night in a location several miles to the southeast was shown
to the witnesses. They confirmed that the triangular object shown in
the photograph was identical to the triangular objects they had observed
on the same night. Clearly, these witnesses, the Coast Guard, other
independent witnesses who have been interviewed, and the photographic e
vidence all confirm that the Venus/Jupi ter hypothesis offered by the
skeptical "experts" as the ultimate solution to this case has no merit
or validity. The responses of these experts are invited.
Rick Dell'Aquila and Dale Wedge
Copyright 1988, Richard P. Dell'Aquila and Dale B. Wedge


53
textfiles.com/ufo/letdix.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE
_th Security Police Squadron
APO San Francisco 96239
SUBJECT: Response for request of Information in Relation to UFO Contact and
Other Related Information
TO: Len Stringfield
1. In January of 1978, I was station at McGuire AFB, NJ.. One evening ,
during the time frame of 0300hrs. and 0500hrs., there were a number of UFO
sightins in the area over the air field and Ft. DIX Army camp. I am a
security policeman and was on routine patrol at the time. N.J. State
Police, and Ft. Dix MP's were runnig code in the direction of Brownsville
N.J.. A state trooper then entered Gate #5 at the rear of the base
requesting assistance and permission to enter. I was dispatched and the
trooper wanted access to the runway area which led to the very back of the
air field and connected with a heavily wooded area which is part of the Dix
training area. He informed me that a Ft. Dix MP was pursueing a low flying
object which then hovered over his car. He described it as oval shaped,
with no details, and glowing with a blueish green color. His radio
transmission was cut off. At that time in front of his police car, appeared
a thing, about 4ft. tall, greyish brown, fat head, long arms, and slender
body. The MP panicked and fired five rounds from his .45 Cal into the
thing, and one round into the object above. The object then fled straight
up and joined with eleven others high in the sky. This we all saw but
didn't know the details at the time. Anyway, the ting ran into the woods
towards our fenceline and they wanted to look for it. By this time several
patrols were involved.
2. We found the body of the thing near the runway. It had apparently
climbed the fence and died while running. It was all of a sudden hush-hush
and no one was allowed near the area. We roped off the area and AF OSI came
out and took over. That was the last I saw of it. There was a bad stench
coming from it too. Like ammonia smelling but it wasn't constent in the
air. That day, a team from Wright-Patterson AFB came in a C141 and went
into the area. They crated it in a wooden box, sprayed something over it,
and then put it into a bigger metal container. They loaded it in the plane
and took off. That was it, nothing more said, no report made and we were
all told not to have anything to say about it or we would be court
martialed.
3. I will be getting out of the air force in about two months. Do Not
disclose my name as I could get into trouble. I am interested in pursuing
this and other matters if you need help. Forgive me for not signing this
but I can't take any chances. Please reply to the above address and my
parents will forward it to me or I will be home already. Don't send it here
because they monitor all mail closely and I again don't want to take any
chances.


162
textfiles.com/ufo/light.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
Another Look at Events and Reports
Don F Ecker ParaNet RHO/COL 1-208-338-9187
The much awaited broadcast of UFO Coverup/Live is now history and what we
are seeing is the fallout. It has been quite awhile since I have witnessed
this amount of turmoil in the UFO community. Just what did we see, and more
importantly, what does it all mean? The following text are some observations
I have made, and some ( what I hope are educated guesses ) about this whole
affair.
Much CRITICISM has been leveled at the broadcast because of the live format,
the canned speeches, the glitz, and some of Mike Farrels patter. First, what
must be realized is that this program was not geared to the serious UFO
investigator. The majority of the viewing public that viewed the broadcast
has no backround in the subject, and as a rule, is limited in information to
the tabloids, and public library. On the pro side, the broadcast presented
information that has neve r before been available to the general public on a
national forum. An apparent air of respectability was given to the subject,
with testimony from "government intelligence operatives", reports from airline
pilots, former Air Force officers, and general citizens that have experienced
uncommon events that defy apparent explanation. Reported abductions, "deals"
made in secret with the US government, earth bound "alien" bases in the United
States. So much as to make your head swim. But, beside all of that, I found
the Soviet hookup incredible. Regardless of what is said about the US
governments reaction to all of this, the fact that the Russian government had
to approve this makes it even more incredible. Any US citizen that watched
this program, and was capable of thought, had to asked what is really going
on? There simply can't be this much smoke, and not have a fire somewhere.
The only problem with that statement however, is that sometimes fires create
much more heat than light.
In the UFO communi ty however, some very disturbing things are now very
apparent. Increasing cases of namecalling, pointed fingers, charges, counter
charges, and turmoil plague all involved. Much of this is directed to John
Lear and William Cooper. Lear, as most of you know, wrote the very
controversial and very disturbing LEAR.TXT. From the beginning Lear drew
fire on his hypothesis, and
events show that the fire does not appear to be stopping. C ooper, who
apparently has, as he claimed, an intelligence backround, ha s posted texts
that support Lear in his proposition. This has drawn even more fire, which
have resulted in behavior that is not conducive to solving this enigma. As
more charges and counter charges flew about, Lear and Cooper were terminated
from a number of boards. It is my contention that at this time events such as
this were not warrented, and as a result, I made ParaNet RHO available to
these men. Now, just what drew this lightning?
Back in January, when the LEAR.TXT was released on ParaNet A lpha, Lear
stated that he believed that an alien race had entered into an agreement using
duplicative means, with the US government, to exchange technology for
permission to "study" an advancing civilization ( which according to Lear, the
aliens would have done anyway ) by "abductions" and mutilation of domestic
animals. Also stated was Lears belief that the aliens had received from the
government an area in New Mexico among others for a "joint CIA/Alien Base".
It was only later that the US government re alized that there was much more to
the agreement than first met the eye, and in a "panic", attempted to covertly
meet this threat with new weapons, SDI, and
reaproachment with the Soviet government, in our mutual self interest. Wow,
this would have been enough to upset anyone and the effect among the UFO
community should have been anticipated by Mr. Lear. First, the serious
investigator should ask if any of this would even be possible let alo ne
conceivable?
To first address the abduction phenomeno n of abductions, Hopkins two
recent publications, "Intruders" and then "Missing Time" should be read, and
much information on hundreds of abduction cases can be studied. Budd was
certainly not shy about relaying information about "genetic experiments" and
what appears as an alien attempt at "cross breeding". In "Coverup", I was
upset at Hopkins failure to mention any of this on the broadcast, but then I
realized that he might not have had a choic e about relaying this
information. It "could" have been th e producers, and not him. However, this
part of Lears paper has apparently been proven possible by Hopkins, not to
mention Phil Imbrognos "Night Siege". Imbrogno has recently come forward
with information that there have been many abductions in the Hudson Valley
sightings. None of this surfaced until after Dr. Hyneks death, apparently
Hynek didn't want to muddy the water with such sensational and frightening
information. According to Imbrogno, the reports became so numerous, that it
became c ounterproduct ive to dismiss them any longer. The next apparent
vindication of Lear was when "Falcon and Condor" admitted on national TV that
the US government DID enter into a "deal" with the aliens, that, according to
Bill Moores informants, stated that the government would not disclose the
aliens if they did not interfere with our society and culture. Somewhere
along the line, it was stated that the government also ended up with alien
craf t, and after the Cash/Landrum testimony, Lears paper looked better and
bette r. John stated
that along the way, the Military had captured three of the "EBE's" and were
holding them in a very secure military base. Low and behold, basically, Bill
Moore and Shandera said the same thing! We had entertained alien "guests",
and there was still one being entertained somewhere. There was testimony and
references to the Roswell crash, the Mantell incident, the Iran chase, and as
the program proceeded, the Lear.TXT
became more and more believable to me. Could this be what was occurin g? As
anyone who read my AGENT.TXT, you will know that I received some information
that would seem to verify various aspects of this. However, as even John Lear
states, nothing is Black and White. There are numerous shades of grey
however.
As I studied more and more of the information, and became more and more
frustrated, it suddenly struck me. What I, or anyone to whom ever hopes to
get an answer must do, is treat this as I w ould have treated any criminal
case I investigated. Where there is smo ke, it follows that there must be
fire. Now the trick is to discover the light and ignore the heat of this
situation. I began to look for a common denominator and I believe that this
is the only way to pursue it. Is it possible that there is a common
denominator? Yes, but at this point, I really can't say with any assurance
what it is. If a hoax is being executed, then this would be an excellent
reason for all concerned with getting to the tr uth of the matter, and
dropping the petty differences, forget ting the fragile egos, work together
to solve this enigma that is firmly wrapped in a riddle. Otherwise, I believe
that this will go on for another 40 years and we all will be no closer to the
answer.
So, what is the short term solution, and is there one? Yes, I feel much
more comfortable with that one. The real problem is not finding a short term
solution, but to get the principles together to agree to it. So here is what
I propose. I extend an open invita tion to Mr. William Moore, Jamie Shandera,
Stanton Friedman, John Lear, William Cooper, Jim Speiser, Dale Wedge, Phil
Imbrogno, Budd Hopkins, Walt Andrus, Vickie Cooper, Dale Goudie, and any of
the ParaNet Sysops to meet here in Boise, and if any interest is generated, I
will make all arrangements for this meeting. Among the rank and file, it is
felt that some of the principles are only concerned with their pocketbook,
and have no real interest in solving this riddle. Now is an excellent time
to lay asi de our differences, and do the only thing th at is really
important, and that is WORK TOGETHER, pool the available information, settle
our differences, and solve the riddle. It is fine to sell a book or film
rights, but what is more important, when it is possible that the entire human
race could be at a crossroad? The only thing that I have left to say is
this, let each individual conscience be your guide, and if any of the
mentioned are interested I can be reached one of several ways. First I can
be reache d at ParaNet RHO at 1-208-338-9187, my CIS number is 74270,3360 for
EasyPlex mail, and Ted Markley, Jim Speiser, and Dale Wedge have my home phone
number for a personal chat. So lets find out if the UFO community is more
concerned with the heat or light aspects of this situation.
Don F. Ecker 74270,3360 ParaNet RHO 1-208-338-9187


394
textfiles.com/ufo/lightsthd.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
Msg: #2383 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
29-OCT-87 04:05 PM
Subj: #2369 - UFO SFO
From: Jim Delton
To: Jim Rush (X)
You make it sound so simple!!!! You would take all the fun and mystery out of
it!!!!YOu must keep in mind that one of the basic underlying premises of these
visitors is that they do not do anything logical by our definitions of logic.
Makes you wonder how such illogical beings ever found there way here, much
less out of a paper bag.
Msg: #2384 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
29-OCT-87 04:12 PM
Subj: #2369 - UFO SFO
From: Sysop
To: Jim Rush (X)
Alien Commander: I want you to run a routine survey of rural Virginia. Limit
your operation to nighttime only.
Alien grunt: OK. Should I use lights?
Alien commander: Of course, why not? You know their part of our communications
system.
Alien grunt: Well, I thought to avoid detection....
Alien Commander: Detection??? Hell, we've been doing this for forty earth
years, and half the population still doesn't even believe we're here!
Msg: #2401 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
30-OCT-87 04:23 AM
Subj: #2381 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Nick Ianuzzi
To: Jim Delton (X)
I'm not going to enter into a discussion over numerical issues. I would like
to point out, however, that we did not land on the lunar surface with the same
craft that we used to transport us to orbit. It is simply inefficient.
I think you are losing sight of the original discussion. My intent was to show
that a race of aliens may be advanced to the point of possessing the
capability of interstellar travel (the question of the duration of the voyage
is really not an issue here), yet still require lights for observational
convenience.
Msg: #2414 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
30-OCT-87 03:36 PM
Subj: #2401 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Jim Delton
To: Nick Ianuzzi (X)
Well, just to belabor the point further, in my mind at least, there is a whale
of a differeence between travel to the moon, or anywhere in our solar system,
and interstellar travel. My point about lights was that given our own current
abilities at electronic collision avoidance, we don't really need the lights
ourselves if we should choose to pay for the necessary electonic systems. Any
race traveling thru interstellar space would problbly want to have a better
collision avoidance system tehn lights, and certainly would want an active
system, not a passive one; they would want a system that would alert them to
all outside dangers,they certainly would not want to depend on someone, or
something seeing their lights.
Msg: #2423 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
31-OCT-87 04:11 AM
Subj: #2414 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Nick Ianuzzi
To: Jim Delton (X)
True, we have the technology for collision avoidance systems, but as I said,
we have not implemented such systems because they are seldom necessary.
Anyway, any scouting being done by the crew of a spacecraft is likely being
done manually, and I maintain that no matter how advanced the beings, it would
simply make more sense to look around using lights, rather than fancy
image-enhancing gear. Plenty of UFOs are sighted in the daytime, so obviously
the missions are not terribly covert.
Msg: #2433 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
31-OCT-87 07:08 PM
Subj: #2423 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Jim Delton
To: Nick Ianuzzi (X)
I wouldn't doubt they would use searchlight type lights in order to "look
around"; the lights I don't think they would use are the red white and green
navagation lights common to our aircraft but often "seen" on UFO's.
Msg: #2439 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
31-OCT-87 10:03 PM
Subj: #2433 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Sysop
To: Jim Delton (X)
For an example of protracted use of just such red, white, and green lights on
something that is very definitely a UFO, please read the newly released "Night
Siege" by Phil Imbrogno and J. Allen Hynek (soon to be reviewed here).
Msg: #2566 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
07-NOV-87 06:15 PM
Subj: #2439 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Jim Delton
To: Sysop (X)
I am not saying UFO's don't have red, white, and green lights. I am
expressing a belief that the UFO's with those colors are extremely unlikely to
be extraterrestrial. There is no doubt that they are UFO's. I remain amazed
that there is such apparently widespread belief that these UFO's are from
"outer space" rather then some more mundane source.
Msg: #2597 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
08-NOV-87 12:20 PM
Subj: #2566 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Sysop
To: Jim Delton (X)
Jim: A lot of us are looking in that direction, not because we "wish it to be
so", but because of a process of elimination. We have all but eliminated all
earthly sources that we can think of, and that doesn't leave much else BESIDES
extra terrestrial technology.
Msg: #2608 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
08-NOV-87 05:17 PM
Subj: #2597 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Steve Gresser
To: Sysop (X)
Don't forget the bottom of the sea, Jim. There have been a substantial number
of sightings of objects entering and leaving the seas, if I am not mistaken.
Or, am I?
Msg: #2630 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
09-NOV-87 10:35 AM
Subj: #2608 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Jim Delton
To: Steve Gresser (X)
Just for the record, I entered my comments on UFO's from the ocean, prior to
reading your message on same. Perhaps this proves I have ESP or at least
LSMFT.
Msg: #2635 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
09-NOV-87 05:00 PM
Subj: #2630 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Steve Gresser
To: Jim Delton (X)
Perhaps, also, because it is still one of the (if not THE only) major
contendor left in the question. After all, we can now map the entire globe
and almost all of the sea, and read a Russian score card on the USSR's one
golf course.
Msg: #2658 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
10-NOV-87 12:45 PM
Subj: #2635 - UFO SFO
From: Jim Delton
To: Steve Gresser
Just to take your claim at face value, it is hard to imagine that if we are
able to r<>{<7B><>map the entire globe, almost all the sea, etc etc, we cannot come
up with some of the evidence of the extraterrestials having been here. <20><>
There are tremendous "plot" inconsistencies in the extraterrestial UFO theory.
The lack of physical proof seems to revolve around the government conspiracy
to withhold the evidence.<2E>Ƭ<EFBFBD><C6AC><EFBFBD> It seems to be a never ending circle, due in
large part to the almost total lack of evidence for anyone to examine.
Msg: #2629 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
09-NOV-87 10:20 AM
Subj: #2597 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Jim Delton
To: Sysop (X)
I personally cannot see how one can realistically claim to have eliminated all
earthly sources, which are the easiest source to study, and then say that
therefore it lmust be extraterrestial, a source that is obviously much harder
to study. I can see where one could not 100% rule out extraterrestial, but
one cannot 100% rule out that UFO's are from hidden cities buried at the
deepest darkest parts of the ocean. By the same process of elimination that
"you" might say "you" have all but eliminated earthy sources, a process that
is presumably based on the fact that no earthly source can be found, also
would apply to extraterrestial sources, that is, no extraterrestial source has
ever been found either so that by a process of elimination, that too is ruled
out. All one is really left with is the silngle fact that there are UFO's.
THe source is as elusive now as it ever was.
Msg: #2642 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
09-NOV-87 05:37 PM
Subj: #2629 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Sysop
To: Jim Delton (X)
Let's put it this way, Jim: Have you got a better idea?
Msg: #2659 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
10-NOV-87 01:03 PM
Subj: #2642 - UFO SFO
From: Jim Delton
To: Sysop (X)
I don't have any better theory then anyone else's. THe main distinction as I
see<EFBFBD><EFBFBD> it between my position and some others is that in the absence of proof
of any of the theories, I am not selecting on of the unlikely and then giving
it the most credibility. I think the "better idea" was essentially what the
Air Force did, ie Project BLue Book. Putting aside all the coverup and
conspiricy business, the way to approach the UFO phenomenon was to do what
they did; investigate the reports, assemble the data, and see what picture
emerges. After doing that, there just was much in the way of evidnece to
proove the premise that we are being visited by UFO's<><73>. Since that was not
the fi<66><69>nding that UFO buffs wanted, they went on to develop the conspiricy
and coverup senerios that are supposedly hiding the truth. Many UFO buffs
continue to try and follow along the same sort oinvestigative line, ie,
collect and analyze data, but it seems to me that they have found pretty much
what the airforce did. Lots of smoke and no fire. Sometimes where there's
smoke there's fire, but sometimes where there's smoke there's just smoke.
After decades, all there is is smoke and it is still the same old smoke! In
the time period where we have gone from <20><>no flight to missions to the moon
and beyond, our UFO visitors have apparently made no progress at all.<2E>,dU<64>{\9
THey continue to do the same old juvenile pranks, buzzing a care here,
abducting a person there, flitting in and out of sight, hoovering motionly
motionless for minute to hoursa<73>f<EFBFBD>!<21>. THey never crash, they never land in
areas like downtown Phoenix where there apperance would be absolutly
positively verified. I sure seems to me that the explanation is obvious,
whenever UFO do what is nescessary to "show" themselves; ie, crash, land in a
populated area, take a jet while it is taking off instead of snatching it
while it is at 33,000 feet, then we all see what the UFO really is and it is
never a "UFO". (Cont)
Msg: #2660 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
10-NOV-87 01:14 PM
Subj: #2642 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Jim Delton
To: Sysop (X)
That doesn't prove that there aren't UFOs, but ther sure isn't much evidence
that there is.<2E>ի<EFBFBD>
I find the subject fascinating, but I really don't think there is much truth
to the ideas that we are being visited by them. I would be more then happy to
be proven wrong (unless they aren't friendly) Neither side <20><>"wins"<22><>
anything by being right. The best course of action I can see is to press on,
but as long as Utڡ<74> FOlogists are percieved a a bunch of nuts I doubt lmuch
progress will be lmade. And untill UFOlogists stop promoting such things as,
for example, totally unprovable theories like abductions, I don't think they
will be taken seriouly enough to get much in the way of good coverage from the
lmedia. If the media doesn't take them seriously, they have a tough rode to
travel. If there is a government coverup and conspiricy, <20><>only intense
lmedia coverage is likely to break it, I don't think anyone else has the
resources./
Msg: #2664 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
10-NOV-87 05:41 PM
Subj: #2660 - UFO SFO
From: Sysop
To: Jim Delton
Jim:
Believe it or not, I agree with most of your comments, and most
responsible Ufologists ACKNOWLEDGE the inconsistencies, the mysteriously
elusive nature of the evidence, the unfathomable activities of the alleged
"UFOnauts," etc. But there are a couple of errors in your message which could
add up to a major difference:
1) Project Blue Book WAS a crock. It was poorly financed, and carried out
very little in the way of actual, on-site investigation. At its best, it was
no more than a public relations outlet for the Air Force "line." True, they
allegedly found nothing to prove that UFOs are interstellar vehicles, but
then, the way they carried out their work, its almost inconceivable that they
would have, even if one hit them in the face. Sometime, you really should read
"The UFO Controversy in America," by Prof. David M. Jacobs, available at the
Scottsdale Public Library.
2) I know you will find this hard to believe, but most of the people I
deal with, while they may be 99% convinced on a gut-level that we are dealing
with ET's, WILL ACCEPT WHATEVER THE EVIDENCE ULTIMATELY SHOWS. They are, for
the most part, able to separate their gut-level beliefs from their
higher-order intellectual findings, and will not hesitate to repudiate a
belief if it is proven wrong. In other words, they are not "True Believers,"
as defined by Hoffer. So far, the door has NOT been closed on the ET
hypothesis, and in my opinion, based on the best evidence available, it
remains HIGHLY possible. Perhaps not probable, but possible. Its a possibility
too important to ignore. We are simply advocating taking a good long hard look
before abandoning it.
3) The ETH Advocates have not "constructed" a government cover-up; it
exists. That much is provable. What is not provable is whether the information
that is being hidden indicates anything extraordinary or out of this world,
but we can find no other reason for such a cover-up.
4) There IS solid proof that UFOs exist, and there does exist hard
evidence that their nature and activities are not duplicatable by earth
technology. I refer you to the Delphos landing trace, the Brewster videotape,
the Canadian photograph explored by Dr. Richard Haines of NASA, and others.
Again, not proof of extraterrestrial origin, just strong indications of same.
5) re the Media: RIGHT ON! Nothing I can add to what you say, except to
ask you whether you think the media is being reasonable in its wholesale
repudiation of the ET Hypothesis (in more serious discussions). Why should we
have to do the media's work for it? Woodward and Bernstein didn't have proof
of Nixon's complicity in Watergate when they first started dogging the White
House. They had strong indications. Well, that's what we have. What's the
difference?
Jim
Msg: #2465 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
02-NOV-87 11:31 AM
Subj: #2401 - UFO SFO (R)
From: John Grace
To: Nick Ianuzzi (X)
Interstellar travel is a function of alteration of space-time, not just a
matter of always pressing on in a specific direction....
Some do, some dont....
Msg: #2475 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
02-NOV-87 08:37 PM
Subj: #2465 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Craig Kraft
To: John Grace
I wouldnt call it an alteration but perhaps using the curvature of
space-time.....
-Craig
Msg: #2481 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
03-NOV-87 03:50 AM
Subj: #2475 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Nick Ianuzzi
To: Craig Kraft (X)
No, no, no! Your brain is stuck in sub-light mode. I suggest you do some
reading on warp drive technology. To get you started, I'll lend you my Star
Trek blueprints.
Msg: #2482 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
03-NOV-87 11:44 AM
Subj: #2481 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Craig Kraft
To: Nick Ianuzzi (X)
What is wrong with the curvature sling-shot theory? Warp drive is star I am
talking Asimov's luxon wall theory and the curvature theory. The theory is
something like: The closer you go towards a schwartzchild radius the more
WARPED space-time becomes so you go almost to the radius and calculate
trajectory etc. and sling-shot yourself past the luxon wall into light speed.
The only problem is the time curvature, I dont rember if I the formulas to
calculate the time coordanates on the curve. Regardless the sling-shot using a
black hloe seems more feasible to me than some light speed theorys. Who do you
think is more plausible, Roddenberry or Asimov?
BEAM ME UP SCOTTY,
-Craig
Msg: #2501 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
04-NOV-87 02:25 AM
Subj: #2482 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Nick Ianuzzi
To: Craig Kraft (X)
Interesting. Are you certain that this is a controllable process? It would
seem difficult to calculate exactly where you might end up in space/time.
Msg: #2516 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
05-NOV-87 01:12 AM
Subj: #2501 - UFO SFO (R)
From: Craig Kraft
To: Nick Ianuzzi (X)
Yes that is the problem with the theory but I am confident that sooner or
later that the formula will be discovered. You have to admit that it might
just work for a one way trip....... Kinda like Dr. Who never knowing where you
will wind up........
-Craig


112
textfiles.com/ufo/longisle.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
UFOs Here and Now
Conference at the MacArthur Holiday Inn Long Island, New York
March 20, 1988
The conference was a good first start by Leanne Wilson of Long Island's,
"Moon Creations." It was well organized and well executed. If this is
Leanne's first conference then she deserves double the credit. The two guest
speakers, Phil Imbrogno and Ellen Crystal will be dealt with separately.
Phil Imbrogno speaking on the Hudson Valley Ufo Phenomenon.
Phil's presentation was broken into two segments. The first segment dealt
with material that is, for the most part, in his book "Night Siege". For
those who may not have read it "Night Siege" is a well written report on the
investigation of perhaps one of the most viewed series of incidents in
history. Phil told a story complete with its litany of highly creditable
witnesses, traffic stopping freeway appearances, and it's overwhelming size.
(Two vessels 300' and 900' in length have been sighted.) The sheer size of
the craft, it's slow moving nature (15 minute viewing times) and its
relentless and unceasing appearances over a period of years add to the
mystery.
The second half was an update of happenings since the publication of "Night
Siege". Before beginning the update, Phil made note that just prior to the
start of all the Hudson Valley episodes, that area of New York and
neighboring Connecticut experienced a rash of Animal mutilations. In this
case the subject of the "surgical dissections" were sheep.
"Night Siege" reports ended in 1986. What has happened since borders on the
bizarre and Phil classified the happenings as "high strangeness." First, as
time progresses, there appears to be a growing number of abduction cases
creeping out of the woodwork. Phil reported that Budd Hopkins is distressed
with the amount of "Missing Time" cases and is involved and has conducted
several hypnotic regressions. In addition there seem to be psychic occurrences
in the area. Mostly in the form of Poltergeists.
The abductions contain all the classic "Grey Guy" symptoms. Large pear shaped
heads, huge compelling eyes, telepathic communications, and medical exams on
board a craft.
Phil reported on a couple of abduction cases:
* Three people (including a police office) were abducted and told by the
"visitors" that they (the visitors) were from a distant galaxy doing a kind of
survey.
* A couple driving down the proverbial lonely road. Car dies. Four small
figure seen in the road. They approach the car. He "knows" they want his
wife. Tells wife to hide in back under a blanket. Locks door. Face appears
in the window - large eyes, grey skin, pear shaped head. Tells him to open
door - they won't hurt his wife. First try to make him think that the doors
are unlocked and that he must pull up on the button to lock them. He doesn't
fall for this. Next he thinks the windows are melting. Finally he "thinks"
to the creatures that his wife is of no use to them - there is a problem with
her ovaries. They tell him they want to find out for themselves. The next
thing he knows he is outside the car and the missing time begins.
In a discussion with Budd Hopkins, Budd asked Phil if Phil had any idea what
the ET's were doing or wanted. Phil said, "I don't really know Budd." To
which Budd replied, "They're taking people, that's what they're doing! Just
wait, you'll see. It will all come out sooner or later." Chalk one up for
Hopkins.
At the end of Phil talk he related an experience that he personally had with
the Hudson Valley UFO. While it was interesting in that Phil finally got a
chance to see one in person, the encounter was no different from the thousands
of reports of others.
One last and important note. Apparently, according to Phil, more and more
daylight sighting are now occurring. Phil claims it's too early to report
on.
Finally Phil announced that he has no immediate plans to publish a sequel. In
response to this announcement there were many groans from the audience.
Ellen Crystal speaking on.... Whatever she happened to think of
Ellen was announced as well as her soon-to-be-released book, "Invasion: They
Come in Silence."
I had a problem right from the start. In a sense it is unfair to Ellen. Her
rather unpolished manner and at times poor use of the English language gives
her an unfair disadvantage when it comes to her credibility.
Most of her talk was anecdotal ramblings. Listening to her you would think she
was a veritable UFO magnet. It seems she can encounter UFOs almost at will
and has over 600 photos to prove it. In fact she mentioned that if anyone
would like to join her in "going up the mountain" they can get her business
card. (I don't know if she charges for these excursions but there are no
guarantees). Most if not all of her excursions are to Pine Bush, New York.
Ellen claims to have seen aliens on two occasions. One in particular, she
claims, that the alien seemed to be running from something and was startled to
see her. (Now THAT I can understand!)
Ellen appears to be not so much of an UFO "investigator" as a UFO
"experiencer."
As a side comment Ellen claims that UFOs are releasing Lemurs into the New
York area. She did not speculate as the the purpose of such an
Extraterrestrial project. Ellen also recounted that she is very much into
metaphysics and has three astral guides.
Unfortunately I was unable to stay for the showing of the actual slide (having
seen some before, I didn't think I was missing too much.)
As I walked from the conference room I chanced to think "Gee, this is one
time, and perhaps the only time, that I miss Phil Klass!"


55
textfiles.com/ufo/lyears.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
The Sysop's Bookshelf
---------------------
TITLE: Light Years, An Investigation into the Extraterrestrial Experiences of
Eduard Meier.
AUTHOR: Gary Kinder
PUBLISHED BY: Atlantic Monthly Press
AT: New York, NY 1987
VIEWPOINT: Zetetic
---------------------
Reviewed by Bob Howard
---------------------
"Light Years" by Gary Kinder, Copyright 1987 by Gary Kinder and
Intercep, published by The Atlantic Monthly Press, A Morgan Entrekin
Book. An investigation into the extraterrestrial experiences of
Eduard Meier.
A readable book and one suggesting a lot of information, but as-
serting little. There is no hypothesis for continuing the investiga-
tion. There is no suggestion of someone else initiating contact with
the Pleidians, and of course there is the existing evidence that some
of the pictures were taken of models, which is glibly explained away.
The long and the short of this investigation is that, indepen-
dently of Mr. Kinder's journalistic research, other UFOlogists feel
the case is weak for Mr. Meier's contacts. What then of Mr. Kinder's
book, apparently underwritten in part by Intercep.
I don't have access to Mr. Kinder's notes, but I do wonder about
some of the assertions. For instance, on Pp 205-207, his quotes of
authorities lead one to believe that the 'beam ship' sounds are analog
or natural sounds as opposed to the sounds made by a digital
synthesizer. The inference being that all synthesizers are digital.
The contrary, however, is the case. Digital synthesizers are only
four - five years old. Analog synthesizers have existed since Bob
Moog invented the first commercially available unit in 1949. In fact
many companies are still manufacturing analog synthesizers.
I may be unduly picky but "... it's one thing to make something
that sounds like it and has those consistent and random oscillations
in it." smacks of an incomplete quote. Consistent and random are
diametrically opposed and I do wonder about their juxtaposition.
I am uncomfortable with the Author's Note on the last page of the
book where he tells the reader that although he said one thing in the
text of the book, actually something else is true.
The book is comfortably entertaining, lots of characters parade
through the manuscript, and we leave a solitary 'Billy' in his farm-
house at the conclusion, or should I say ending of the book.
As entertainment, "Light Years" is dandy, but as a document of
investigative reporting on UFO phenomena it does a disservice to the
serious UFO researcher and investigator, and isn't a definitive source
of information on the Meier case.
Bob Howard
(Note the opinions expressed in this book review are solely the
reviewers and do not necessarily reflect the opinion of the Sysop or
this bulletin board.)


60
textfiles.com/ufo/marge.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
>> Marge Christensen is the National Public Relations Director of the
Mutual UFO Network. A very important post, the PR Director is charged with
"getting the word out" about UFOs, and for the past several years, Ms.
Christensen has been doing that through her MUFON Newsletter. The last
issue took on a rather dour tone, as she lamented the current state of af-
fairs in Ufology, and seriously considered resigning her post. This arti-
cle from the latest issue, however, sets a new, upbeat tone for the new
year, the 41st of the UFO era.
----------------------------------
A FUNNY THING HAPPENED ON THE WAY TO THE DOLDRUMS
by Marge Christenson
The reader will no doubt note a strong contrast between the tone of
the last newsletter and the tone of this one. That is because "a funny
thing happened on the way to the doldrums!"
Over the past several months, Ufology had become pretty discouraging
from my vantage point. Media coverage popularized the UFO subject as a
type of folklore; abduction hysteria was rampant; bookstore shelves pre-
viously devoid of UFO books were suddenly copiously stocked, including re-
prints of some of the least credible books on the subject; respected UFO
researchers engaged in bitter battles over the authenticity of the MJ-12
documents, with egos and personalities often taking priority over facts
and objectivity. None of this spoke well for Ufology as a profession.
Concurrently, inactivity and apathy appeared to dominate many of the
persons in leadership positions in Ufology, namely our MUFON State Direct-
ors. Coordinating any type of programs or projects nationally was virtual-
ly impossible.
Several Ufologists urged me to disassociate myself from MUFON, which,
they felt, is not a scientific, credible organization, and would thus e-
rode my own credibility if I remained involved. I was depressed and was
seriously considering resigning as MUFON's PR Director.
One day, I decided to clean out my files. In browsing through the
data contained in those files, I realized that the UFO subject remains one
of the most significant enigmas of the 20th Century, regardless of the cur-
rent state of affairs in Ufology. I also realized that there are still
some very impressive, top caliber persons involved with the field, and
with MUFON, in spite of the fact that some good people have recently re-
signed.
The intent of this commentary is not to be melodramatic, but rather
to caution those of you who may begin to feel discouraged with the subject
or feel that you are getting "burned out" to first sit back and try to
take a look at the larger scope of things, rather than to give in too
quickly to your frustrations. Chances are that you will come to the same
conclusions I did, and will decide to hang in there and give it another
shot.
The UFO phenomenon is one of the most important enigmas of our time,
and if we don't continue to gather data related to it, and to research the
subject, no one else will do so, and mankind will be oblivious to a sub-
ject that is someday going to have an impact on just about every aspect of
life as we know it on this planet.


60
textfiles.com/ufo/mars.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
13-Feb-88 01:53 MST
Sb: APn 02/03 1227 Mars Mania
Copyright, 1988. The Associated Press. All rights reserved.
By RICHARD COLE Associated Press Writer
MIAMI (AP) -- This year, Mars makes its closest approach to Earth in a
generation, and astronomers say the red planet's appearance in the night sky
may be the astronomical event of 1988.
As if to demonstrate the heavens have a sense of humor, the height of the
show comes in September, just shy of the 50th anniversary of Orson Welles' 1938
"War of the Worlds" broadcast that panicked the nation with fictional reports
of invaders from Mars.
"I see 1988 as a great Martian adventure," said Jack Horkheimer, the aptly
named "Star Hustler" of the Public Broadcasting System and executive director
of Miami's Space Transit Planetarium. "I'm like a kid in a candy store."
When Mars is at its closest on Sept. 21 -- just over 36 million miles away
-- it will rival Jupiter as the brightest object in the sky after the Moon and
Venus.
"It won't be this close again until 2003," says Horkheimer. "And there are a
lot of kids out there who have never seen it this bright."
Unlike the comets Halley and Kohoutek, Mars will not disappoint viewers,
because its brightness is more predictable and the planet will be easily
visible from almost everywhere.
He expects a spate of UFO sightings to accompany Mars' visit as people
unaccustomed to the unblinking reddish-orange light in the night sky mistake it
for more exotic extraterrestrial visitors.
Like planetarium directors around the nation, Horkheimer is preparing a
series of Mars shows he promises will "knock your socks off."
One involves a snazzy computerized simulation of a flight through the
planet's gigantic 2,500-mile-long version of the Grand Canyon. Another centers
around an 18-mile-high mountain -- three times higher than Mount Everest --
capped by a crater the size of Georgia.
He also is bringing to the planetarium a new telescope nicknamed "Awesome
Orson" in honor of the late Welles' broadcast and girth.
Although Earth passes Mars every two years, it is only every 15 to 17 years
that the orbits of the third and fourth planets bring them as close together as
in 1988. The year began with Earth and Mars separated by 200 million miles.
The close encounter comes four years before a scheduled Mars probe by the
Soviet Union.
The Soviet plan to have the probes bring back Martian soil, and perhaps,
Horkheimer said, settle the most intriguing question about Earth's neighbor --
whether life once existed on the now cold and arid desert planet.
U.S. Mars landers in the 1970s tried to answer that question, but the
chemical soil test results beamed back to Earth were inconclusive.
"I really hope that they find fossilized signs of life," he said. "We know
that there was water on Mars."
Horkheimer said he also hopes the Soviet probes will spur the United States
to revive its own space program, with a manned landing on Mars.
"We could be on Mars easily within a decade or so," he said. "The technology
already exisits. What is missing is the money." And the funds will be available
only when the public once again supports spending the billions of dollars in
funding a Martian landing would require.
If the political situation allows it, a joint U.S.-Soviet mission to Mars
could ease the financial burden on both countries, he said.
It also could promote peace between the two rivals -- an ironic benefit from
a planet named after the Roman god of war.


52
textfiles.com/ufo/marsface.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
July 8, 1988
SOME SEE GLIMPSE OF LIFE IN 'FACE' OF MARS
AP and UPI
WASHINGTON - Unusual formations on the surface of Mars - including a
mile-long rock shaped like a human face - may have been carved by a lost
civilization, four scientists said yesterday.
The scientists, including a former astronaut, said at a news conference
that the chances are better than 50-50 that the structures were made by
intelligent beings.
The scientists said that a photograph taken of the Martian surface in
1976 by NASA's Viking spacecraft clearly shows a face that could have been
carved out of a Martian mountain a half-million years ago.
The sphinx-like image that stares outward from the planet may be part of
a complex of buildings, as evidenced by other unusual formations nearby, the
scientists said.
Brian T. O'Leary, a former astronaut and an expert on Mars, said there
is sufficient uncertainty about the origin of the rock face that it should
be a major target for future spacecraft sent to Mars.
O'Leary said last January he asked Soviet space scientists who were
preparing to send probes to Mars to examine the area where the face appears.
He said the Soviets were interested, but replied that their spacecraft was
not technically designed to study the Cydonia region of Mars, where the
sight is located.
The Soviets launched a probe toward Mars yesterday and plan to launch a
second one later this month.
The news conference yesterday was prompted by a recent study of the
Viking photographs conducted by Mark Carlotto, an optical engineering
expert.
In an article published in Applied Optics, Carlotto said that a computer
enhancement of the Viking photographs shows that the face and various other
nearby features appear to have been carved by "intelligent design."
Yesterday, Carlotto told reporters that a sophisticated statistical study of
the shapes clearly shows that "the face is not natural."
Richard Hoagland, founder of a private organization of scientists called
"The Mars Project," said that in addition to the face there is "a complex of
unusual objects" at the Cydonia site. The complex includes a five-sided
mountain that resembles a pyramid and a massif he believes could have been
part of an astronomical marker.
Hoagland said that a line drawn from the center of the city, across the
face to the massif, or cliff, would line up exactly with the Sun at the
moment of Mars' summer solstice, as it would have occured 500,000 years ago
- an alignment it is extremely unlikely could occur naturally.
(Source: The San Diego Union - July 8, 1988)


57
textfiles.com/ufo/marslifeasc.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
=START= XMT: 18:48 Fri Oct 26 EXP: 19:00 Fri Nov 02
MARS EXPERTS GATHER TO DEBATE THE QUESTION, "ARE WE ALONE?"
CAPE CANAVERAL, FL (OCT. 26) REUTER - Scientists from the
United States, the Soviet Union and Europe will gather at
the weekend to explore the possibilities, or dismiss the
theories, of life on the ''angry red planet,'' Mars.
Experts are divided into three camps -- those who think Mars
never could have supported life, those who suspect some type
of microscopic bacteria do live on the planet, and those who
believe that life did exist on Mars but is now extinct.
''We expect some fireworks because of the widely differing
opinions about the existence of life on Mars,'' said Dr Imre
Friedmann, organiser of the conference at Florida State
University. Friedmann has published research raising the
possibility that primitive Martian life forms lived and
died, similar to lichens found thriving in Antarctic rocks.
Finding an answer to the question ''Are we alone?'' is
essential before humans can set foot on Mars, scientists
say, to protect both human explorers and the Martian
environment from alien intrusions.
President George Bush set a goal of 2019 for US astronauts
to land on Mars. The Soviets want to get cosmonauts there
nine years sooner. Both plan unmanned life-seeking
preparatory missions in the next few years.
Most knowledge about Mars has come from the US National
Aeronautics and Space Administration's two Viking probes
launched in 1975.
From orbit, the spacecraft photographed polar ice caps and
dry lake beds and stream channels. Automated life-seeking
landers analysed the atmosphere and surface composition but
turned up only inconclusive evidence of biochemical
reactions in the soil.
That knowledge is not enough for scientists who want to know
why Earth and Mars evolved so differently in spite of their
relatively close size and position in the solar system.
Exobiologists, specialists in the hunt for life beyond
Earth, say water -- the necessary element to sustain life --
is frozen at the poles and flowed across the red planet
three to four billion years ago.
They say Mars had a more Earth-like climate and active
volcanoes then, too. But the planet's interior cooled
quickly and its crust stopped moving. Unlike Earth, Mars is
seismically dead and without heat to power plate tectonics,
it cannot recycle life-sustaining elements.
=END=

109
textfiles.com/ufo/marsmsg.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
Date: 08-20-88 09:19
From: Jerry Lewis
To: All
Subj: Mars, again
EID:b4f4 11144a6b
(Sorry to all sick of the Mars face. I'm sick of the B-2 discussion.)
.
Now that I've had a chance to take a close look at Mark Carlotto's article
("Digital Imagery Analysis of Unusual Martian Surface Features," Applied
Optics, Vol. 27, No. 10, 15 May 1988, pp. 1926-1933), I'd like to comment on
it.
.
In spite of his title, Carlotto makes the elementary mistake of assuming
what he is supposed to prove. Instead of discussing the "object, the
"anomaly," or whatever, he begins by talking about "the face." Later, he
identifies "teeth" in the "face."
.
There are not enough data for a conclusion as sweeping as the author makes
in this paper. It's a case of making meaning out of background noise. As
Martin Gardner notes, "If you search any kind of chaotic data, it is easy to
find combinations that seem remarkable."
.
There are only 4 images of the object from the Viking photos, and 2 of
those do not have sufficient resolution to be useful. Of the 2
high-resolution pictures, 35A72 and 70A13 are both in afternoon light with a
sun zenith angle difference of only 17 degrees. It's unfortunate that we
don't have hi-res photos of the area taken at other times of day. They would
undoubtedly settle this once and for all.
.
Figure 3 on p. 1928, a local contrast enhancement of the object by Carlotto
(from 70A13) is an interesting picture. Turn it upside down so that your mind
doesn't see a "face" so easily. Now you can see that the object looks more
like an unusual - but probably natural - geological formation. The tendency
for humans (even humans with Ph.D.'s) to find patterns where there are no
patterns is certainly powerful, particularly where faces are concerned.
Date: 08-20-88 09:20
From: Jerry Lewis
To: All
Subj: Part 2
EID:b4f4 11144a97
The author concludes that "the close proximity of unusual objects...to the
face increases the likelihood that this collection of objects is not
natural." I don't see anything terribly unusual in anything southwest of the
object at all. All I see are natural wind-sculpted formations. Typical
Martian terrain.
.
Even if one of the objects does turn out to be a pyramid, it proves
nothing. It looks much cruder than the many pyramids found in natural rock
formations in Arizona.
.
Finally, I was extremely surprised that Carlotto cites "The Face on Mars"
(Pozos) and "The Monuments of Mars" (Hoagland). Scientific papers don't
normally cite flim-flam. It's like finding a reference to a Shirley MacLaine
book in a scholarly paper on geology.
.
I find it significant that Carlotto cites none of the experts who actually
work with the Viking photos. Pietro and Molenaar, who Carlotto does cite,
have no expertise in Martian geology or in photo-interpretatio (according to
Conway Snyder who was a key figure in the Viking project at JPL).
.
I'd like to see the referees' report on this paper. Perhaps they were so
facinated by the computer enhancement techniques (which are state of the art)
that they ignored the ridiculousness of what was being enhanced. So far, in
the latest issues of Applied Optics I could find, there have been no
rebuttals.
.
I wish Dr. Carlotto would now use his image enhancement techniques on my
two other favorite Martian formations: the 5-mile wide Happy Face and the
Kermit the Frog formation.
---
* Origin: Verbose Ink * WOC'n with Words * Big D * (Opus 1:124/125)


100
textfiles.com/ufo/marsobver.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
. RCA ASTRO RECEIVES CONTRACT FOR MARS OBSERVER
.
.
.
.
. The Jet Propulsion Laboratory has selected the Astro-Electronics
Division of RCA, located in Princeton, New Jersey as spacecraft contractor
for the Mars Observer mission. This is the first of the Planetary Observers,
a series of low cost missions for the exploration of the inner solar system.
.
. In order to achieve the requisite economies, a new procurement
philosophy is being utilized. Rather than "reinvent the wheel" by designing
a new vehicle from scratch for each mission, JPL's approach emphasizes use
of existing, production line spacecraft designs and technology, particularly
platforms originally designed as Earth-orbiting communication or weather
satellites. These will be refitted for the contemplated mission by the
addition of scientific instruments, chosen to fit within the constraints of
the existing spacecraft design, and whatever engineering modifications may be
appropriate to transform an Earth-orbital satellite into a spacecraft capable
of traveling to and conducting experiments at other bodies in the inner solar
system. In the case of the Mars Observer, the spacecraft selected after a
competitive procurement process will be based on RCA Astro's SATCOM
communications satellite. The electronic subsystems will use proven designs
from the TIROS and DMSP series of meterological satellites.
.
. Present plans call for the spacecraft to be launched on an August 1990
Space Shuttle mission. An upper stage will then be used to inject it into an
interplanetary transfer orbit. The upper stage which has been selected for
the mission is the Transfer Orbit Stage (TOS) which has been developed by
Orbital Sciences Corporation of Vienna, Virginia as a privately financed
venture. After approximately a one year transit flight, the spacecraft will
arrive in the Martian vicinity and go into orbit around the planet. The
initial orbit will be adjusted into a nearly circular, sun-synchronous, low
altitude polar orbit. The probe's mission is to last for one Martian year,
slightly less than two Earth years. Scientific objectives are modest and
well defined. The principal purpose of the Mars Observer mission is to flesh
out knowledge gained by the Mariner and Viking missions of the 1960's and
70's. The spacecraft will gather geoscience date by repetitive mapping of
the Martian surface and climatological data by observation of the seasonal
variation of the planet's atmosphere. It is hoped that this will resolve
still unanswered questions about the Martian surface and atmosphere and how
they interact.
.
. Mission operations for the Mars Observer as well as future planetary
observer missions will be conducted from a new multimission operations
facility at JPL called the Space Flight Operations Center.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. AN EXCURSION INTO HISTORY
.
.
.
.
. The Mars Observer program is in way a reminder of just how far we've
come in a relatively short period of time. Mars makes its closest approach
to the Earth, about thirty-five million miles, once every seventeen years.
(The last such event occurred in 1971, and the next will be two years from
now in 1988.) These used to be eagerly anticipated by astronomers who, on
each such occasion hoped to unravel some of the mysteries of the Red Planet.
.
. The excitement began in the Nineteenth Century when the Italian
astronomer Giovanni Schiaparelli reported he had observed some dark lines on
the Martian surface which he called "canali." In Italian this simply means
"channels." However, the coincidence with the English word "canal"
immediately fueled speculation that Mars supported not only intelligent life
but an advanced civilization capable of undertaking a planet-wide engineering
project, the construction of a vast irrigation system to bring water from the
planets polar caps to its arid desert regions. (Today it is theorized that
what Schiaparelli actually saw may have been chains of craters on the Martian
surface. In his relatively small telescope these appeared to be linked
together to form a continuous line.)
.
. The possibility that Mars might be inhabited inspired, among other
things, H. G. Well's classic story The War of the Worlds, which depicted a
Martian invasion of the Earth. When produced as a radio program by Orson
Wells in 1938, this created panic among listeners who thought they had tuned
into a newscast instead of a drama. On a more serious scientific level, some
reports say that during Mars 1937 approach the Navy ordered its ships to
confine their radio traffic to essential messages so as to enhance the
likelihood of picking up possible Martian transmissions. Not to be outdone,
the Army had team of cryptoanalysts headed by William Friedman (who on the
eve of the Second World War would break the Japanese PURPLE code) standing by
to decipher any messages received.
.
. The 1954 event was likewise eagerly awaited. This would be the first
occasion on which Mars could be observed through the 200 inch Mount Palomar
telescope. It was hoped that this instrument could not only confirm the
existence of the "canali" but determine if they followed great circle
tracks, which would be evidence of artificial construction. One writer
looked beyond 1954 to the 1971 apparition and stated that it was not too
much to expect that there might be a telescope outside the Earth's
atmosphere by that point, although even he did not venture to predict that
by then spacecraft from Earth would have flown by the planet.


135
textfiles.com/ufo/marsthd.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
Date: 09-01-88 07:59
From: Jerry Lewis
To: Jim Speiser
Subj: Reply 1
Thanks for relaying the reply, Jim. Here are a few comments that I'd
appreciate your passing on to Dan Drasin, Ufologist.
.
I meant my comments as notes by a skeptic. My training is in stellar
astronomy; I am not a specialist in planetary geology. The principle I'm
using here is: "Extraordinary claims demand extraordinary proof." The only
"proof" available is a set of 4 photos that have already been examined and
investigated by working planetary geologists at JPL. They found no evidence
of non-natural formations in the photos.
.
Now, your allegations:
.
> a mature scientist would be unlikely to say "It's a case of making
> meaning out of background noise". He would, rather, say "It *may* be
> a case of making meaning out of background noise. Let us look into
> this further."
.
I should have said this plainer: Like so many other pseudoscientific
"investigations," it's a case of making meaning out of background noise.
Nothing in Carlotto's article justifies second-guessing the opinions of the
planetary geologists at JPL.
> The 2 lower-resolution photos of Cydonia taken at radically
> different sun-incidence angles are of more than sufficient resolution
> to provide confirmation of Carlotto's shape-from-shading algorithms.
.
No, on page 1927 Carlotto specifically says "only the first two scenes have
sufficient relsolution ... for our analysis." Actually, if 673B56 and 753A33
were of sufficent resolution the "face" problem could be resolved one way or
the other.
.
> What's the point of turning the face upside-down so it looks less
> like a face?
.
The point is that you are less likely to see a "face" that isn't there.
There's a whole literature on the psychology of perception. I suggest you
read some of it.
.
> (eyelid, "teeth", "turban folds" etc.) visible most strongly on the
> left side.
.
"Turban" folds?? Give me a break! (This is like the Shroud, with people
seeing all sorts of stuff in a few smudges.)
> Our best guess is that the "Face" weas never completely finished.
.
My best guess is that the "face" was never started.
.
> The 5-sided so-called "D&M Pyramid" (not part of the "City" complex) is a
> different story. It's shaped like a human figure with outstretched arms.
> It's "head" points directly at the large "Face". That sightline forms the
> hypotenuse of a right triangle, etc., etc., etc., etc.
.
Gee, I don't see any of this stuff. I suspect that I could take about any
of the Mars photos that show a lot of fuzzy terrain and you could find lots
of interesting objects.
.
> In what *sense* does Carlotto cite the Pozos and Hoagland books?
.
He cites the books both in the body of the paper and the endnotes (pp.
1926; 1928; 1933). He uses them as examples of previous interest in the
"face," as if the books were legitimate scientific publications.
> It is only the great scientists, not the hacks, who seem to have the
> courage to re-examine the very fabric of their own assumptions.
.
A classic pseudoscientific statement. With a belief like this you could
justify any lunacy you wanted to.
.
> To equate legitimate "expertise" with specialization in *geology* is
> lamentably circular, to say nothing of narrow.
.
Viking planetary geologists have examined hundreds of pictures of Mars and
other planets. Their analysis of the Viking photos has been published in
refereed journals and is backed up by geolgists world-wide. None of the
planetary geologists have any difficulty telling the difference between
artificial and natural formations.
.
> Now, I challenge you to name even one NASA anthropologist, or one person
> on the Viking team who's ever studied and understood the work of
> Paolo Soleri.
.
They don't study or understand the work of Velikovsky, either. It's just
not relevant.
> But *cynics* need not apply --they are mostly on ego-trips and
> tend to waste people's time. Almost without exception they generate
> much heat and very little light.
.
This is the pot calling the kettle black. Much heat has been generated by
UFO believers about the "face" on Mars, and none of it is based on solid
evidence. My advice: either put up or shut up.
.
> If you put no conditions on it, i.e., explore with an open mind, you will
> collect a great richness of data
.
Yep, and the more open the mind, the richer the data will be. Ask Shirley
MacLaine.
.
> Don't believe me; read Thomas Kuhn's *The Structure of Scientific
> Revolutions*.
.
Poor Tom Kuhn. Every recent pseudoscientist, including creationist Henry
Morris, has cited Kuhn as evidence that they are right and the scientific
establishment is wrong. As Phillip Kitcher wrote, "Thomas Kuhn's book has
probably been more widely read -- and more widely misinterpreted -- than any
other book in the recent philosophy of science." (Abusing Science, p. 168)
.
> Mr. Lewis' phrase, "the ridiculousness of what was being enhanced"
> brings to mind a favorite phrase of Dr. Hynek: "Ridicule is not part
> of scientific method."
.
"Ridiculousness" was used in the secondary meaning of "something
preposterous," *not* in the sense of "deserving ridicule." My point was that
the "Applied Optics" was evidently more interested in the techniques Carlotto
was using on the images than the images themselves.
.
Note: Sarcasm has no place in scientific papers, but I don't consider this
forum exactly on the level of "Nature." It's part of my style; ignore it if
that'll make you feel better.
---
* Origin: Verbose Ink * WOC'n with Words * Big D * (Opus 1:124/125)


743
textfiles.com/ufo/matrix.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,743 @@
===========================================================================
THE CRUCIBLE <<UFONET I>> 416-237-1204 - 24hrs - 12/24/96 *HST* (1:250/440)
===========================================================================
Brief Listing of Contents of:
T H E M A T R I X
----- -----------
Understanding Aspects of Covert Interaction
------------- ------- -- ------ -----------
With Alien Culture, Technology and Planetary Power Structures
---- ----- ------- ---------- --- --------- ----- ----------
by
Valdamar Valerian (John Grace)
[ Copyright 1988 by Nevada Aerial Research ]
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
** What I propose to do in this file is to give people a sampling of
** some of the material contained within the 1988, 361 page, "The Matrix".
**
** The vast majority of "The Matrix" is composed of reprints and
** photo-copies of existing material, much of it of a highly controversial
** and esoteric nature. Of the portion of text written by John Grace (who
** is reputed to live in Las Vegas), much of it has already been reproduced
** by way of the "Krill" files. These files are already available on-line
** here on <<UFONET I>>, and can be viewed or downloaded accordingly.
**
** "The Matrix" is published by:
**
** Arcturus Book Service
** P.O. Box 831383
** Stone Mountain, GA 30083-0023
**
** At last check, there have been two printings of "The Matrix" by
** Arcturus, and both have been sold out. Each printing was only of 100
** copies each. I have been told that there will be no more. However, if
** you are interested in obtaining a copy for yourself, you can check with
** Arcturus for yourself as to availability.
**
** One other note, my own comments will be preceded by the double
** asterisk "**", so as to distinguish them from the comments of John Grace,
** and those of the other contributors who appear here by way of reprints.
**
** -Tom Mickus 3/11/89
** Note: Word has it that a "Matrix #2" may be in the works.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
NOTE FROM THE AUTHOR
--------------------
This project is the distillation of over fifteen years of research.
Out of those fifteen years, the last year has been most significant. Most
of the controversial data has appeared in the last year. Although some of
it may seem a bit "far out", much of it has been corroborated from so many
sources that it is no longer a question of coincidence.
I am convinced that the following basic items are true:
o The Government has and is interacting with alien cultures.
o The Government has captured alien technology and has inter-
acted with them to ensure a similar development of our
technology along the same lines.
o The Government maintains underground facilities, some of
which are jointly occupied by alien entities.
o Different alien species are interacting with human beings.
Some of the alien species maintain underground facilities.
Humans are being manipulated in these facilities.
o Manipulation of the human species extends to very deep levels;
levels of alien manipulation affect human evolution, genetics,
and planetary power structures.
o Various entities that have a non-terrestrial origin walk
freely among us.
o MJ-12/PI-40/54-12 organizations do (and did) exist.
o Animal and human mutilations are being performed.
o Abduction of human beings occurs on a regular basis.
o Alien interaction with the human community will soon have
increased impact on society.
o A minimum of 70 species are interacting with our planet; four
or five alien species are doing the most interaction.
o Star Wars, SDI, and the "space program" are superficial public
constructs that are "fronts" for funding other "black projects".
o The United States and the Soviet Union are not adversaries at
all, especially in terms of interaction with alien species.
o The project loosely known as "Alternative Three" is at least
60% true.
o Aliens have affected the human religious systems.
o Some of the most outspoken UFOLOGISTS work for and with the
(U.S.) Government.
o The public is being acclimated through the media to the
following information:
* Reinforcement of the "One World" concept.
* Aliens do exist and are among us.
* Alien motives may not be pleasant.
* Acceptance of the dehumanization of man.
o Mind Control is actively being used by alien entities insofar
as their ability to manipulate the human mind is being used
to subdue human beings for their own purposes.
o The CIA and other Government agencies have used Mind Control
Techniques to perform assassinations and to further negative
operations that are counterproductive to human progress.
o World domination groups are interwoven with alien control
groups. The Illuminati, Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign
Relations, Trilateral Commission, CIA, FBI, NSA, NRO, the
military, Federal Reserve and other groups have areas within
them that have conspired to rule the world under a domination
based system. This system is committed to the dehumanization
of man and the "One World" concept. Society is maintained in
a static state of disarray, fostered by ego-oriented
activities that focus on security, sensation, and power.
There are many more areas to cover, and I am sure that you will
reach some conclusions yourself. These conclusions may not be comfortable,
but they will appear. You will think very hard after reviewing this book.
That's the purpose of it. To stimulate thought and change within the
consciousness of those who read it.
We're all after peace in our lives. We all want and need the same
kind of things out of life (in the end). Someday, we may see a bette world
and a better life for all beings, no matter where they come from. This
book is intended to be part of the start of that process. Read it, reflect
on it, and do a little checking on your own. You'll be glad you did.
- V. Valerian
Notice: All information and data for this work were obtained
through various sources in the public domain.
This report is a CONFIDENTIAL work that is intended for review by
the serious researcher, and assumes a basic familiarity with the general
subject matter in the field. It was not produced specifically for the]
general public.
Many thanks go to the following researchers who have made a real
contribution to the store of knowledge we have about these subjects:
Gray Barker Linda Moulton Howe
Ralph Epperson Leonard Stringfield
Budd Hopkins Whitley Strieber
Jozaa Buist Jacques Vallee
John A. Keel Ivan Sanderson
John Lear Trevor J. Constable
Wendelle Stevens William Steinman
Bruce Cathie Riley J. Crabb
Alson Fry D. Hatcher Childress
Ted Holiday Michael Smith
Barry Greenwood Lawrence Fawcett
George Andrews John Andrews
Tom Adams Tom Bearden
Lew Tery Nikola Tesla
Joseph Cater C.W. Leadbeater
Shakti Gawain William Moore
Clifford Stone Helena P. Blavatsky
Lyall Watson J. Havelock Fidler
Rho Sigma Aileen Edwards
Don Wilson John Moray
Wilhelm Reich Rudolph Steiner
Ray Stanford Jerome Eden
D. Scott Rogo Andrija Puharich
Cherrie Hinkle Marge Blakely
The writer also wishes to thank the following authors for
permission to draw from their works for inclusion in THE MATRIX:
Tom Adams, for permission to quote "GRUDGE 13: CANARD OR
REALITY?" from 'Stigmata' No. 14'.
George Andrews, for permission to quote "A TENTATIVE
TAXONOMY OF EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL HUMANOIDS" from his forthcoming book:
"EXTRATERRESTRIAL FRIENDS AND FOES", to be published by Llewellyn
Publishing Co.
John A. Keel, for permission to quote from "UFOs: OPERATION
TROJAN HORSE".
ORIGINAL COVER ART by Mark Hunziker.
This book was compiled from many different sources of
material originating from many places and in different times. While
sincere effort was made to obtain permission and to acknowledge the
help generously given by many individuals, there may be an instance
or two in which we have inadvertantly failed to acknowledge a
contribution. To anyone who has suffered such a fate here, the author
apologizes in advance.
* * * * * * * * *
** Here is a list of the Table of Contents from "The Matrix" in order
** to give you an idea of some of the content contained within, the
** vast majority of which IS NOT reproduced here in this file.
Table of Contents
------------------
Description Page(s)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreword ................................................... 1
Justice for Military Personnel-Request for Executive Order . 2
HUMAN PERCEPTION AND ALIEN PRESENCE ........................ 6
The Media Connection ....................................... 6
Public Acclimation through Television ...................... 7
Subliminal Messages to the Public .......................... 7
The Local Scene ............................................ 8
Sorting the Mess ........................................... 10
Brief Role of the CIA ...................................... 10
The Saga Begins ............................................ 10
Air Force Regulation 200-2, 1954 on UFO Reporting .......... 15
Press Remarks on UFOs by General Brown, Oct 16, 1973 ....... 19
General George Marshall Memorandum on UFOs, February 1942 .. 20
General Twinings UFO Report, Sept 23, 1947 ................. 21
National Academy of Sciences Support Statement, 1972 ....... 24
Joint Chiefs of Staff Message, Sept 1976, UFOs in Iran ..... 25
NASA Statement on UFOs, Number 78-1, 8 Feb 1978 ............ 28
The Warren Smith Report on CIA Interaction with UFOs ....... 29
MUTILATION OF LIFEFORMS .................................... 32
A General Chronology of Mutilations ........................ 32
General Observations regarding Mutilations ................. 33
Mystery Helicopters and Orientals .......................... 35
Some Conclusions ........................................... 36
Individuals Witness Alien Pickup of Cattle ................. 37
Psychic Interpretations of Mutilation Phenomena ............ 38
A Human Mutilation Case .................................... 40
Additional Observations Related to Mutilations ............. 41
Article on 10-year Mutilation Probe, 1979 .................. 43
ABDUCTION OF TERRESTRIALS BY ALIEN ENTITIES ................ 44
Early Abductions ........................................... 45
Later Abductions ........................................... 46
Patterns ................................................... 46
Statistics ................................................. 47
Abduction Time of Day ...................................... 47
Memory Loss ................................................ 47
EBE Disinformation ......................................... 48
Archtypal Situational Theories ............................. 48
Who is Abducted? ........................................... 48
Helping the Abductee ....................................... 49
Organizational Help ........................................ 49
Defense Strategies ......................................... 49
Other Thoughts about Abductions ............................ 49
Details Regarding Abductions - Three Species of Greys ...... 50
Symbols and Logos seen by Contactees - Plate 1 ............. 51
Grey Species 2 - The Reticulans ............................ 53
Symbols and Logos seen by Contactees - Plate 2 ............. 54
Some Alien Anatomical Features - One type of Hand .......... 55
Alleged Alien Body Photo #1 ................................ 56
Alleged Alien Body Photo #2 ................................ 57
Grey Species 3 - The Rigelians ............................. 58
Acquistion of Beam Weaponry ................................ 59
Inclucation and Programming Methods - Alien Technology ..... 60
Grey Species 3 - Additional Discussions .................... 61
Human Chakra Systems - Chart ............................... 62
Extra-Systemics from Reticulum, A Drawing .................. 65
Selected Results of Autopsies on Alien Bodies .............. 66
Review of Taxonomy of Extra-terrestrial Humanoids .......... 68
Life, Intelligence, Time and Space - Thoughts .............. 69
A Tentative Taxonomy of ET Humanoids - George Andrews ...... 71
Head Models from the Aztec Crash ........................... 81
Crystalline Biological Structures .......................... 82
Light-Based Technologies ................................... 83
Reticulum Entity, A Drawing ................................ 84
THE DULCE PAPERS, Joint CIA-Alien Laboratory ............... 85
Event Characteristics of the Four Corners Area ............. 86
Dulce Papers - Scene of Alien Breeding Chambers ............ 87
Dulce Papers - Scene of Tissue Processing Vats ............. 88
Dulce Papers - Scene of Surveillance Cameras near Vats ..... 89
Dulce Papers - Scene of Alien Womb-Bladder ................. 90
Dulce Papers - Scene of Alien in Incubator Tube ............ 91
Dulce Papers - Drawing of Metal Structures ................. 92
Dulce Papers - Drawing Yet Undefined ....................... 93
Dulce Papers - Drawing of Hexagonal Structure for Metal .... 94
Dulce Papers - Drawings of Alien Infants ................... 95
The Case of Paul Bennewitz, Albuquerque, New Mexico ........ 96
The Kirtland Documents - Investigation on Bennewitz ........ 97
14 Aug 1980 AFOSI Message - Hostile Intel Intercept ........ 98
09 Sep 1980 AFOSI Message - UFO Sightings on Test Range .... 99
20 Nov 1980 AFOSI Message - Test Range and Bennewitz ....... 101
30 Jul 1981 AFOSI Message - Bennewitz & Congressional Inq .. 103
Photo of UFO in Flight ..................................... 104
The Cash Landrum Incident - Cash & Landrum Sue U.S. Govt ... 105
Project Beta - Report on UFOs at Manzano Weapons Storage ... 107
Transcript of Conversation with Paul Bennewitz ............. 123
Nevada US-Alien Facility Briefing .......................... 142
Nevada Test Site Electromagnetic Confinement Zone .......... 143
The Southwest Triangle of Alien Activity ................... 143A
Secret Base at Nellis AFB, NV - Dreamland Area 51 .......... 144
Detail of Restricted Area - Map - Groom Lake Facility, NV .. 146
Topographic Detail - Groom Lake Facility, NV ............... 147
Underground Tunnel Plan .................................... 148
Underground Tunnel Plan, Groom Lake ........................ 149
Las Vegas Area ET Event CR44/MJ12/PENTAGON Message ......... 150
Las Vegas Area ET Event Map ................................ 151
Blue Diamond Vortex Map, Nevada ............................ 152
Nellis AFB - Alien Technology Division Article, Gung Ho .... 153
A Contactee Story in Nevada ................................ 154
Technological Agency Information (DARPA,DIA,NSA,SDIO,AFOTEC) 159
United States Army Research Facilities ..................... 160
United States Navy and Air Force Research Facilities ....... 161
Bullet Thoughts - Cash Landrum and Alien Base Areas ........ 163
Aerial Vehicles and Cloud Generation ....................... 163
EBE Sensitivity to Left-Hand Atomic Spin Structures ........ 163
Details about a 1964 US-Alien meeting ...................... 164
Recall of CIA Personnel, December 1987 ..................... 164
Alleged Alien Help Offered, 1976 ........................... 164
Sources of Alien Presence .................................. 165
Rationale for Interactions ................................. 167
Motivation for Interactions ................................ 167
Alien Interaction with Terrestrials ........................ 167
Evolution of Consciousness ................................. 168
An Analysis of Alien Physiologies .......................... 169
Mystery Object Amid the Chromosones ........................ 170
University of New Mexico Response to Mystery Article ....... 171
Alternative Solutions Proposed for Mystery Object .......... 172
Mystery Object is "Solved" ................................. 173
The Other Side of the Coin - Flaps and Patterns ............ 174
A Drawing - Construction Details of Flying Disk ............ 175
Photos of Searl Disk (UK) and Military Inferences .......... 176
Details Regarding a Magnetic Field Detector ................ 177
A BRIEF REVIEW OF SOME ASPECTS OF MIND CONTROL PHILOSOPHIES. 178
Mind Control Efforts in the United States .................. 180
The Myth of "National Security" ............................ 180
Drug Related Mind Control Projects ......................... 180
Electronic Dissolution of Memory - RHIC - EDOM File ........ 181
Biological Radio Effects on Human Physiology ............... 181
Other Ultrasonics Research Efforts ......................... 181
Early Mind Control Projects - Project MKULTRA/MKDELTA ...... 181
An Interview with an ex-CIA Employee on Mind Control ....... 182
High Points in the Development of Mind Control ............. 184
MIND CONTROL RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................. 185
Size and Cost of US Intelligence Community and the CIA ..... 186
Structure of the United States Intelligence Community ...... 187
Organization of the Central Intelligence Agency ............ 188
National Security Intelligence Directives (NSCIDS) ......... 189
CIA Mind Control Project Data .............................. 190
CIA Memorandum: Soviet Human Behaviour Control Research .... 197
Example of Government Mind Control on UFO Witness .......... 200
A Drawing. Details of National Security Agency (NSA) Ship .. 200
Central Intelligence Agency Letter, 1954, on Soviet MC Tech. 201
Article: VP Bush proposes converting disused bases to prison 202
Article: FBI Probes into Individual Reading Habits ......... 203
Article: Birth Control and Subversion of Autonomy .......... 204
Article: Abductions and Alternative Three .................. 205
Blueprint for Tyranny, The DSM-III ......................... 206
Final Comments on Mind Control ............................. 208
THE REALITY HOAX ........................................... 209
THE GRUDGE 13 REPORT ....................................... 215
The Grudge 13 Narrative .................................... 223
The Story of Gary Stollman ................................. 231
A Statement by John Lear - Revised March 25, 1988 .......... 234
Briefing Document: Operation Majestic 12, 18 Nov 1952 ...... 241
Forrestal Memo, Sep 24, 1947 on MJ-12 ...................... 248
NSA Central Security Service Letter to Senator Glenn, 1987 . 249
CIA Letter from MJ5 regarding Executive Briefing ........... 251
Letter by Ltc Charles Halt on Bentwaters Incident .......... 253
Transcript of Halt Tape on Bentwaters Incident ............. 263
New York Supreme Court Statement on UFOs ................... 264
Memorandum to General Twining from Robert Cutler, 1954 ..... 266
The President's Appointments, July 16, 1954 ................ 267
USDAO Message June 1980, UFO in Peru ....................... 268
USDAO Message August 1979, UFO in Bolivia .................. 270
Remarks about Object Found and Moon Dust ................... 270
USDAO Message, 1986, Object in Brazil ...................... 274
Memorandum on Projects Sigma and Snowbird (Original) ....... 275
Memorandum on Projects Sigma and Snowbird (Translation) .... 276
HQ AFOSI Message 17 Nov 80 on Photo Interp of UFO .......... 277
National Military Command Center (NMCC) Letter on UFO ...... 278
Observations on Blue Diamond, Nevada Vortex Zone ........... 279
Exemptions to Freedom of Information Act (10) .............. 280
ESOTERIC INVESTIGATIONS .................................... 281
Anomaly and Earthquake Predictions for 1988 ................ 282
MAP OF VORTEX LOCATIONS AND UFO BASE LOCATIONS - USA ....... 284
Sentient Being Density Level Notes ......................... 285
Some Terrestrial Comments .................................. 286
Interaction Patterns and Time-Track Theory ................. 287
Channeled Diagram - Distribution of Cultures from Lyrae .... 290
Alien Interaction, Evolution and Theosophy ................. 291
Races with the Third Eye ................................... 293
The Fifth Race ............................................. 294
The Elohim and Human Evolution ............................. 295
Harmonic Unified Field Equations - Space, Time, Matter ..... 296
Planetary Energy Grid Systems Coordinate Data .............. 297
MAP - The Planetary Energy Grid Network .................... 299
Bell Helicopter Corporation - Secrecy and the US Army ...... 300
Project Bluebook Disk Analysis and Photo - Excerpt ......... 301
Discussions on Nazi Flying Saucers ......................... 302
Expressions of Gravitation and Radiation: The Univesal 1 ... 303
Crystallization Chart from the Universal One ............... 304
Proposed design for Interdimensional Portal ................ 305
Crystal Energy Tripod - Proposed Design .................... 306
Quotations from the Bhagavad-Gita, or "As It Is" ........... 307
Gravitational Propulsion Review - The Searle Disk & Effect . 309
A Discussion: Mass, Energy and Consciousness ............... 310
Some Conclusions regarding the Alien Situation ............. 311
MAP - Inner Earth Access Points, United States ............. 312
Information Letter - U.S. Psychotronics Association ........ 313
Information Letter - Energy Unlimited ...................... 315
Final Choices Open to Earth Species - by Alson Fry ......... 317
1987 High Desert Mysteries and Encounters - by Alson Fry ... 318
Big Brother Surveillance Technology - by Alson Fry ......... 319
Article: Sexual Encounters with Alien Lifeforms ............ 320
Article: Astrologer warns Reagan about UFO invasion ........ 322
Extract from Reagan's 1985 Speech - Mentions Aliens ........ 323
Extract from Reagan's 1987 Speech - Mentions Aliens ........ 325
Article about 1988 Comment on Aliens by Reagan ............. 327
TABLOID NEWS ARTICLE DISPLAY .......Intro .................. 328
Soviet Establishes Telepathic Link with Space Entity & Dies. 329
Soviet Genetic Experiments Merge Plant and Animal Tissue ... 330
Genetic Study Links humans to being 200,000 years ago ...... 331
Female child passes through dimensional doorway - witnessed. 332
Brazilian Jungle site for Atomic Detonations 10,000 yrs ago. 333
Space Aliens Cure Teen's Disease ........................... 334
Space Alien Kills Soviet Scientist ......................... 335
Children abducted and given "joyride" by Aliens ............ 336
Crashed Starship and Six Aliens on Mountain in Nepal ....... 337
AIDS Virus suspected of having Alien Origin ................ 338
Implanted Electronics in Children's Head -Mind Control 1988. 339
Alien Distress Call beamed to Earth ........................ 340
United States Covers up South Pole UFO Base ................ 341
Couple Claim to be UFO Ambassadors ......................... 342
Undersea ET Base ........................................... 343
Man kills people with Psychic Projections from his Mind .... 344
Four Bodies Recovered from UFO Wreck in 1947 ............... 345
Time: Will it run backward in 1989? ........................ 346
COSMIC AWARENESS COMMUNICATIONS ......Intro ................ 347
UFO Aliens Enslavement of the Earth ........................ 348
Historical Data on Space Societies ......................... 350
25% of Government Controlled by Aliens ..................... 351
Synthetics being manufactured in mountains above Las Vegas . 351
How to Identify Synthetics ................................. 352
Details about Synthetics ................................... 352
The Shadow of Death and the Vril Stick ..................... 352
Entities Intent to Conquer ................................. 353
C.A.C. Data ................................................ 354
Organic Robotoids Data ..................................... 354
Execution of Doubles ....................................... 356
Dark Forces and Defeat ..................................... 357
VIP's and C.A.C. Replacement Theories ...................... 358
FINAL COMMENTS ............................................. 361
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -


125
textfiles.com/ufo/meier.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
HOW TO DEBUNK JUST ABOUT ANYTHING
1) Take one element of a case completely out of context.
2) Find something prosaic that _could_ conceivably explain that one element.
3) Declare that therefore that one element has _been_ explained.
4) Call a press conference and announce to the world that the _entire
case_ has been explained.
NOW YOU DON'T SEE IT, NOW YOU DO
Imagination can be positive or negative; it can see what's not there,
or contrive buffers against seeing what is. It all depends upon one's
predispositions and assumptions, and the amount of care one is willing
to give to the process of observing -- and to testing one's
observations honestly. Most fundamental scientific discovery and
innovation has hinged upon noticing what, according to the conventional
wisdom, "wasn't there."
INVISIBLE FORCES? WOOOOO-WOOOOOOO...
Cynics seem to take pleasure in ridiculing the idea of "invisible
forces" or "extrasensory realities," forgetting that science has
always inquired into the invisible and the extrasensory. If everything
presented itself to our senses, what need would we have for science?
IN A KLASS BY THEMSELVES
Phil Klass and the sci-cops views it as their duty to "come up with
prosaic explanations." Funny -- I always thought science was supposed
to come up with _honest_ explanations, some of which _may_ of course
turn out to be prosaic.
CALL IN THE EXPERTS
Scientistic fundamentalists, like their religious couterparts, seem to
be the resident experts on evil.
ACCEPT NO SUBSTITUTES
The great scientist, like the great spiritual sage, is concerned only
with Truth, which is open and dynamic, and elicits wonder, curiosity
and a desire for expanded understanding. To the scientist-sage, all
knowledge is provisional.
The pseudoscientist or cynic, like the religious zealot or
fundamentalist, is concerned only with _certainty_, which is closed,
static and lifeless. To the charlatan-debunker, all knowledge is
final.
Truth lives in the Universe at Large, and operates beyond the sphere
of human ego and petty personal fears, where the desire for certainty,
Truth's ersatz counterpart, holds sway. Certainty, like all
substitutes for wisdom, ultimately fails to satisfy.
NO STRINGS ATTACHED. HOW ABOUT MIRRORS AND SMOKE?
I can't prove or disprove the infamous Meier case, but I'm interested
in how we arrive at our beliefs. I do know there are plenty of people
who believe that "everyone knows thew case has been completely
discredited." The funny thing is that I can find almost no one who has
actually seen the negative evidence, and fewer still who have studied
it carefully.
As far as I can determine, the negative evidence was developed by
Kal K. Korff around 1980, and consisted of digital high-pass
processing and other enhancements of several of the Meier photos. The
published version I have read seems to contain much subjective
commentary to the effect that small saucer models were employed. As
objective proof, we are offered one frame that shows a fine line above
the craft which we are told is a supporting string.
But wait a minute.
- The vertical line extending upward from the craft is visible in many
of the original frames. It is an antenna-like structure.
- There is a very fine line that seems to be attached to the tip of
this "antenna," however a) it intersects the "antenna" at a point
_below_ its tip, b) it does not extend vertically, but at an angle, c)
it is precisely parallel to, and indistinguishable from, many other
fine lines found elsewhere in the frame, which appear to be noise
artifacts in the digital scan lines.
- Finally, the enhanced "frame" as published is not the full frame,
but is cropped tightly; how far above the craft does this fine line
extend? We are not shown or told.
In my opinion the preponderance of the remainder of Korff's
commentaries are so subjective and highly charged as to provide little
in the way of useful insight. He cites various techniques
("pixelization", etc.) as capable of measuring distances from the
camera, etc., but fails to explain how this is accomplished; we are
apparently to take it on faith. As his source of official information
on the case he cites one of the two Intercep "coffee table" books,
which are superficial and of questionable value. He seems to have
based his knowledge of the case entirely on second-hand sources, and
to have done no firsthand research. He also offers as supporting
evidence the subjective views of others who are themselves not well-
informed about many details of the case.
To settle the issue in a more satisfactory way, or at least to better
understand it, I believe one has to carefully compare Korff's work
with that of Jim Dilettoso, whose analysis of the Meier photos was
extensive, rigorous, quantitative, and carefully distinguishes
subjective from objective factors. His overview of the photogrametric
analysis runs 21 published pages and, in my opinion, makes fascinating
reading whatever your views may be about this particular case. It
should be read by anyone interested in the anaysis of UFO photographs.
There's only one thing wrong with Dilettoso's work. It is reproduced
in Wendelle Stevens' 540-page Preliminary Report on the Meier case.
And "everyone knows" that Stevens' work has been thoroughly
discredited.


125
textfiles.com/ufo/meirflm.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
ParaNet Alpha
Review of Meier Films
Available from Genesis ]I[ in Phoenix
Available now from Genesis ]I[, in Phoenix, is a film called the
Meier Chronicles. It is a film of interviews with Nippon Television,
reviewing photos and film brought back from Switzerland. In this
film, Genesis ]I[ has condensed two other films available from them.
These are "Beamship: The Movie Footage" and "Beamship: The Metal".
Undoubtedly, some have heard of the amazing metals supposedly
brought back from the alien space ships that Billy Meier saw and had
contact with. These were the same metals that strangely disappeared
while in the hands of one Marcel Vogel, now of "Crystal Power" fame.
I have viewed the Meier Chronicles film, and have had as much
contact as possible with both the books available on the subject, and
any news or rumors that have come about as a result of this matter.
Despite all this, I tried to view these films with as much true
skepticism as possible, to avoid unjustly judging them as true or
false.
The first of these films that I viewed was "Beamship: The Movie
Footage". Amazing as its proclamations were, they were quite hard to
understand as the conversations were between not-too-educated Billy
Meier, and a nodding buffoon from Nippon Television, neither of whom
had an over abundance of the English language at their command.
Next in line was "Beamship: The Metal". I am not presently
placing any kind of judgement on this film, as there is quite a load
of technical phrases and potentially false claims, and I am no
metallurgist. Further investigation of this movie is necessary, and
will hopefully be forthcoming.
The last of these movies was a conglomeration of the first two,
but with a lot more information, and some updating of available data.
In this film, Genesis ]I[ has finally taken to a studio of some kind,
and used a higher quality of video tape. Also involved with the movie
were Nippon Television Network of Japan, and Intercep, an unknown group
apparently involved with Genesis. This film was made (or at least
copyrighted) in 1986, and seemed to ignore the then-growing
controversy surrounding the Meier case.
According to this film, Nippon's publicizing of this media event
on Japanese television was such a major success that their man with
the nodding head was asked to return to Switzerland and follow up.
Meier was now claiming threats on his life, and had visibly aged. He
showed the film crews bullet holes in the side of his farmhouse and he
feared that he was being constantly shadowed. A large group of people
was available to the movement, and had claimed to be witness to
several sightings with Billy, during his contacts. Some of these
people had taken film, at night, of these sightings. The small,
fuzzy, red balls of light showed nothing too extraordinary at face
value, but taken with the story behind them, they were indeed almost
too good to believe. This, coupled with the photographs taken at the
same time, led me to believe that Meier is NOT working alone, and that
his contacts could as easily be human as Pleadian. As an example, one
of the witnesses (it is worthy to note that she was later committed
for mental problems) described the sighting as a red ship moving
upward from the "contact" sight where Billy had gone. It then began
to turn and moved away. This was supposed to be a Pleadian
demonstration of the ships ability to fly. As the ship turned, this
lady described the sound of an airplane, one which seemed ever-present
during the later follow up films of Nippon, and one that was described
as belonging to some government agency that was following Meier.
On to the films taken by Billy. Granted, Meier is a one-armed
man, and is therefore not capable of taking 8mm film while holding up
a pole with a model on the end. One of these films in particular
shows a beamship disappearing and reappearing. Nippon took the
liberty of analyzing this film. To describe it, there is a small
disk-shaped object "hovering" with a wobbly movement, above a valley
in front of it. The ship disappears three frames after what appears
to be a cloud moves into the frame (thus a darkening effect). Nippon
TV seemed to be more than anxious to attribute this and the same
darkening effect three frames after the reappearance to the "shock"
Meier says he felt when the craft disappeared. They also seemed to
think that the fact the ship vanished from one frame to the next as
proof that there was no fraud. They neglected to mention that not
only is this how a film would be most easily faked, but that the
branch that was swaying in the breeze stopped too suddenly when the
vanish happened. Admittedly, the ship was moving up and down when the
film was taken and did not seem affected by the wind, but if it was
being "levitated" by a helicopter off in the distance and out of the
camera eye, it would be more affected by that downward wind than by
the local surface breezes. Other analysis were done on other films,
and one of these concluded, by computer counting of pixels, that the
object viewed was at least as far away as the known-size objects
around it. From the films and photos available to them, professional
analysts were unable to prove fraud. The most impressive of these
films was one that involved a Mirage fighter entering into the
picture. This was the most impressive for many reasons. One of those
was that while the UFO managed to jump about the film when the fighter
approached, the fighter's movement was smooth and continuous. Further
analysis of this film showed (by someone who was looking for strings
and the like) that there was some kind of irregular energy field
surrounding the ship, and that this field extended recognizably around
the Mirage. The fighter was, as far as this pilot can tell, real, and
this film would have been noticeable as faked by the person doing the
analysis (aka, if it had been a double-exposure, if there were strings
holding up the object, and the like).
There was much more film and photographic material than shown,
and some mildly dramatic proof of prowlers and "shadowing" by someone
not visible in the film. This could have been staged, and that
possibility must never be dismissed. Furthermore, Billy Meier and
Genesis continually showed the famed "Pleadian Picture", and obvious
cutout from an old Sears Catalog. Meier now claims that this was
taken aboard one of the beamships.
After viewing the "extended" film, and after seeing some of the
film and photo evidence shown only in the third film, I must come to
the conclusion that either Meier is on to the biggest thing in the
history of man, or he is the head perpetrator of a large, elaborate and
very expensive hoax. It isn't that easy, any way you look at it, to
summarily dismiss this entire field of thought as fraud. Some of it
is proven beyond my ability to argue for it, or anyone else either.
But there is another possibility - that Meier had something, something
small and insignificant by itself, and he took it beyond all possible
reality. More evidence was then provided by anxious and willing
followers, and Meier was more than willing to accept and warp it. As
the lie grew, Meier was unable to control, to stop, it. This is, most
admittedly, an extremely optimistic idea. This is giving Meier quite
a lot, and allowing him more than his share of compassion. Yet, this
is the only thing that I can truly offer as a possibility that some of
Billy's excitingly unreal evidence is as real as we want it to be.


27
textfiles.com/ufo/memetwin.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
July 14, 1954
_TOP SECRET RESTRICTED_
_SECURITY INFORMATION_
MEMORANDUM FOR GENERAL TWINING
SUBJECT: NSC/MJ-12 Special Studies Project
The President has decided that the MJ-12 SSP briefing
should take place _during_ the already scheduled White House
meeting of July 16, rather than following it as previously
intended. More precise arrangements will be explained to
you upon arrival. Please alter your plans accordingly.
Your concurrence in the above change of arrangements
is assumed.
ROBERT CULTER
Special Assistant
to the President

61
textfiles.com/ufo/mibmaine.asc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
M.I.B. EXPERIENCE - 1976 *
----------------------------
In 1976 the journal "Flying Saucer Review" published a series of
articles about a UFO case in Maine. A physician, Dr. Herbert Hopkins,
had been one of the primary investigators in the case. Hopkins had
accumulated tapes and other documentation on the case and had performed
extensive hypnotic regression on the witnesses.
On Saturday, September 11, 1976, at 8:00 p.m. Hopkins received a
telephone call from a man asking if he could come over and discuss the
UFO case with him. The man said he was associated with a UFO group in
new jersey. The man asked Hopkins if he was home alone. Hopkins
responded he was. Despite concerns about drug-related robbery, Hopkins
found himself agreeing to the request.
Although Hopkins was a bit confused by his positive reply to the man,
he walked to the back door to turn on the porch light. When he got to
the door, the man was coming up the steps. This concerned Dr. Hopkins,
he could not figure out where the man could have called from and arrive
so quickly at his doorstep. Still, Hopkins opened the door and let the
man in without even asking the man who he was or what he wanted.
The man's appearance was strange; he was about 5'8" tall, no hair -
completely bald, had no eyelashes, no eyebrows. He was dressed in a
neatly pressed black suit with a black derby and black shoes. Hopkins
noticed the man was extremely pale, but had ruby red lips. Hopkins
noticed the man was wearing lipstick and grey gloves.
The man asked a number of questions about the Maine UFO case, speaking
in a monotone voice and did not emphasize words in his sentences.
Suddenly, the man told Hopkins that he had two coins in his pocket and
to take one out and put it in his hand. Hopkins only had two coins in
his pocket and he pulled a penny out.
The man told Hopkins to stare at the penny. As he watched the penny
became blurry and disappeared. The man then asked Hopkins what he knew
of Barney Hill. Hopkins said Barney died after a long illness. The man
told him he died because he knew too much.
Hopkins was taken by fear at this point. The man told Hopkins to
destroy all his notes, tapes messages he had concerning the
investigation immediately. The man stood up, and began talking much
slower. each word dragged as the man slowly walked to the door. Hopkins
opened the door for the man, and he walked down the steps very slowly.
Hopkins saw a light at the end of the driveway, and thought it was from
the man's car, but the man walked in the opposite direction. Hopkins
ran to a window to see where the man was going, but he was not there.
He ran to the door, looked out, but the man and the light were gone.
When his family returned, he and his son looked in their driveway, and
they found a series of four-inch wide tracks about eighteen inches
long. They were deep into the driveway and resembled tracks from a
tractor. The marks disappeared the next day. that evening, Hopkins
destroyed his UFO records.
[From "People of The Web", by Gregory L. Little, copyright 1990]

409
textfiles.com/ufo/mibs-hst.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
FILE: MIBS-HST.TXT
AUTHOR: Linda Murphy
DATE: Unknown
SUBJECT: Short History of MIB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A REVIEW OF MIBS (Men In Black): A HISTORY
Submitted by Linda Murphy
" A lot of people of heard of "something" about MIBS without really knowing
any of the details."
"MONSTERS: Giants and Little Men From Mars"
DELL Publications (paperback) (C) 1975
Written by: Daniel Cohen
The purpose of this file is to acquaint users with MIBs history, how they are
related to the cover-up allegations, along with associated reference material
and names of files which contain more current thoughts on the subject. Sysops
are encouraged to add in the files contained on their systems at the bottom of
the file, and any other additional reference material which would be useful in
helping others in their personal research.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chapter 10 "The Men in Black and Other Terrors"
When the Condon Committee was sampling public attitudes toward UFOs they gave
this statement to a cross section of the American Public: A government agency
maintains a Top Secret file of UFO reports that are deliberately withheld from
the public." The respondents were supposed to answer TRUE or FALSE. A
substantial majority, sixty-one percent, thought that the statement was true
while only thirty-one percent said it was false. Among teenagers, the
credibility gap was even wider -- 73 percent believed the statement to be
true.
General opinion studies conducted by the Condon Committee, and other surveys
about UFO's came up with the rather paradoxal fact that there were more people
who believed in a conspiracy of silence about UFOs than believed in UFOs in the
first place.
It has often been said that we Americans today are a bit paranoid; that we
always tend to believe that something is out to get us, or something is being
kept from us. It certainly seems that we were a bit paranoid about UFOs.
Most people thought vaguely in terms of an Air Force conspiracy or a CIA
conspiracy or even of a world-wide scientific conspiracy. It was generally
acknowledged that the reason behind such a conspiracy was a desire on the part
of those in power to hide the "truth" fro the public because people would panic
if they knew that we really were being visit by superior creatures from another
world. Conspiracy theorists constantly harkened back to the old "War of the
Worlds" broadcast, and the panic it started.
Such a belief, however, is rather too simple for the true connoisseur of
conspiracies. He has long ago rejected the simple, straightforward Air Force -
CIA - science establishment - cover-up as too obvious, and really rather
ridiculous. The conspiracy connoisseur pointed out quite correctly that no
government or group, no matter how powerful, could possibly suppress so much
sensational information for so long -- no earthly group that is.
If the extraterrestrials WANTED to make themselves known then they would land
in a central place, and all the feeble earthly cover-up would simply be blown
away. It is out of this sort of background that the legend of the Men in Black
arose. It concerns strange little men in dark suits who drive around in big
shiny cars and harass people who claimed to have seen a UFO.
The origin of the Men in Black legend can be pin-pointed fairly exactly. Back
in 1953 a man by the name of Albert K. Bender was running an organization
called the International Flying Saucer Bureau (IFSB) and editing a little
publication called "Space Review" that was dedicated to news of flying
saucers.
The IFSB had a small membership despite its rather grandiose title, and "Space
Review" reached at best, no more than a few hundred readers. But they were all
deeply devoted to the idea that flying saucers were craft from outer space. In
common with other true believers, these saucer buffs were convinced that they
were in possession of a great truth, while most of the rest of the world
remained in darkness and ignorance. They felt very important , and thus it was
with a sense of surprise, even shock, that they opened up the October 1953
issue of "Space Review" and found two unexpected announcements:
"LATE BULLETIN. A source which the IFSB considers very reliable has informed
us that the investigation of the flying saucer mystery and the solution is
approaching its final stages."
"This same source to whom we had referred data, which had come into our
possession, suggested that it was not the proper method and time to publish the
data in 'Space Review'."
The second and more shocking item read:
"STATEMENT OF IMPORTANCE: The mystery of the flying saucers is no longer a
mystery. The source is already known, but any information about this is being
withheld by order from a higher source. We would like to print the full story
in "Space Review", but because of the nature of the information we are very
sorry that we have been advised in the negative."
The statement ended with the ominous sentence, "We advice those engaged in
saucer work to please be very cautious." Bender then suspended the publication
of "Space Review", and dissolved the IFSB.
The tone of the announcements would have been familiar to anyone who had much
experience with occult organizations. Occultists often claim they are in the
possession of some great secret which, for equally secret reasons, they cannot
reveal. Even the appeal, "please be very cautious" was not unique. It made
those engaged in "saucer work" feel more important . After all, who is going to
bother to persecute you if you are just wasting your time?
Shortly after Bender closed down his magazine and organization he gave an
interview to a local paper which he asserted the he had been visited by "three
men wearing dark suits" who had order him "emphatically" to stop publishing
material about flying saucers. Bender said that he had been "scared to death"
and that he "actually couldn't eat for a couple of days." Some of Bender's
former associates tried to press for a more satisfactory explanation, but to
all questions he replied either cryptically or not at all.
This state of affairs created considerable confusions among the flying saucer
buffs. What were they to think about such a strange story> Some were openly
skeptical of Bender's tale. They said that his publication and organization
were losing money and the tale of the three visitors who "ordered" him to stop
publishing was just a face-saving gesture. Yet, as the years went by the "three
Men in Black" began to sound more respectable and they took on a life of their
own. Some' were Bender's friends first thought that the Men in Black were from
Air Force or the CIA, and indeed Bender's original statements do seem to sound
like government agents. But after a while the Men in Black begun to assume a
more extraterrestrial, even supernatural air.
Finally in 1963, a full decade after he first told of his mysterious visitors,
Alber Bender elaborated further in a book called "Flying Saucers and the Three
Men in Black." It was a strange, confused and virtually unreadable book that
revealed very little in the way of hard facts, but did significantly enhance
the reputation of the Men in Black as extraterrestrials. The book also
introduced into the lore "three beautiful women, dressed in tight white
uniforms." Like their male counterparts in black, the women in white had
"glowing eyes."
But even before the publication of Bender's book in 1963, the Men in Black (or
MIBSs as they are know to insiders) had already been reported to be vising
others besides Albert Bender. By now they have been reported so often that they
have become an established part of the UFO history. The Men in Black, naturally
enough, wear black suits. They also usually wear sunglasses, presumably to
disguise their "glowing eyes". Most of them are reported to be short and
delicately built with olive complexions and dark, straight hair. They are often
described as "Gypsies" or "Orientals". Most MIBS are reported to travel in
groups of three and usually ride around in shiny new black cars -- often
Cadillacs. These cars are even supposed to "smell new." Sometimes the MIBs pose
as investigators from the CIA or some other government agency. They may flash
official-looking credentials, but these can never be checked out. Occasionally
the MIBs display badges with strange emblems on them, or have unrecognizable
symbols painted on their cars. The purpose of the visits seems to be to get
people who have seen UFOs to stop talking about them, or somehow to confuse and
frighten the witnesses.
People who worry about MIBs tend to lump all sorts of mysterious visitors into
the category, even if they don't wear black, have glowing eyes or show any of
the familiar MIB characteristics. The primary qualification for the Men in
Black is that they be of unknown origin, and that they appear to act oddly and
vaguely menacing.
Some of those who write about UFO's and other strange phenomena rather casually
mention "countless" cases where people have been visited by Men in Black. In
reality these "countless" cases are difficult to pin down. In fact, there
really seems to be a rather small number of MIB cases where there are any
details available at all.
The impression given by the writers is that the publicized cases represent only
"the tip of the iceberg." Beyond these, say the writers, are many "more
sensational" cases, the details of which cannot be revealed for a variety of
reasons. In any event solid evidence for a vast number of MIB cases is lacking.
But we are, after all, dealing with beliefs as much as with reality, and
impression is an important one.
Often the MIB cases that we know of are not quite as sensational as Albert
Bender's three visitors, but they are unsettling nevertheless. Take the case of
California highway inspector Rex Heflin. On August 3, 1965, Heflin claimed to
have taken a series of Polaroid photos of a UFO from his car while parked near
the Santa Ana Freeway. The pictures were quite clear and they showed an object
shaped rather like a straw hat apparently floating above the ground. These
pictures got a great deal of publicity, and are still among the most recently
reprinted UFO photos. Heflin's story was investigated by the Air Force shortly
after it became known. It was also looked into by investigators for the Condon
Committee during their inquiry. (The committee investigator produced a pretty
fair imitation of the photos by suspending the lens cap of his camera in front
of his car with a thread and photograph it through the car window). In
addition, a host of unofficial UFO groups tackled the case in their own way.
There was considerable suspicion on the part of official investigators that the
photos had been faked, but this was difficult to prove or disprove without the
original prints. Being Polaroid photos there were no negative.
Heflin said that he had turned over three of the four originals to a man (or
two men, the stories differ) who claimed that he represented the North American
Air Defense Command (NORAD). NORAD denied that they had ever sent out an
investigator or indeed that they had the slightest interest in the photos. The
mysterious person who is alleged to have taken the photos has never been
identified.
On October 11, 1967, over two years after Heflin's original sighting, but while
the Condon investigation was going on, Heflin reported another encounter with
mysterious visitors. A man who said that he was Captain C. H. Edmonds of the
Space Systems Division, Systems Command, a unit of the Air Force that had been
involved in the first investigation of his UFO photos, came to his home. During
the interview the man who called himself Captain Edmonds asked Heflin if he
wanted his original photos back. When Heflin said no, the man was "visibly
relieved." Inexplicably, the man then began discussing the Bermuda Triangle.
This is an area near the island of Bermuda where a number of mysterious
disappearances of airplanes and shops have been reported. These disappearances
have been linked by some to UFOs, though the connection does not seem very
convincing.
While this strange interview was going on Heflin said that he saw a car parked
in the street. It had some sort of lettering on the front door but he could not
make it out. To quote the Condon Report description of the incident, "In the
back seat could be seen a figure and a violet (not blue) glow, which the
witness attributed to instrument dials. He believed he was being photographed
or recorded. In the meantime his FM multiplex radio was playing in the living
room and during the questioning it made several loud audible pops." All
attempts by the Air Force, various civilian researchers and the Condon
Committee itself to find "Captain C. H. Edmonds" failed. As far as can be
determined, no such person has ever existed.
A much more bizarre story was supposedly told by an unnamed family who had
sighted a UFO. Sometime after the sighting they said that they were visited by
a very strange individual. Ivan Sanderson, who reported the incident in his
book "Uninvited Visitors", described the individual thus:
"almost seven feet tall, with a small head, dead white skin, enormous frame,
but pipe stem limbs." This oddity said he was an insurance investigator and
that he was looking for someone who had the same name as the husband of this
family. He indicated that the man he was looking for had inherited a great deal
of money. Continued Sanderson, "This weird individual just appeared out of the
night wearing a strange fur hat with a vizor and only a light jacket. He
flashed an official-looking card on entry but put it away immediately. Late on
when he removed his jacket he disclosed an official looking gold shield on his
shirt which he instantly covered with his hand and removed."
The strange visitor asked some personal questions about the family, but nothing
at all about the UFOs. The creepiest part of the whole affair came when the
eldest daughter of the family notices that the "investigator's" tight pants had
ridden up his skinny leg, and she saw a green wire running out of his sock, up
his leg and into his flesh at two points. After the interview the
"investigator" got into a large black car which contained at least two other
persons, and seemed to appear on an old dirt road that led from the woods. The
car drove off into the night with its headlights off.
In addition to scaring and intimidating people, visits of MIBs are also
supposed to produce a variety of unpleasant physical symptoms. Bender said he
suffered from headaches, lapses of memory and was plagued by strange odors
following the first visit of the Men in Black. Others who say they have had
similar visitations have made similar complaints.
Another eerie thing attributed to MIB types, it the ability to look like anyone
they want to. Some UFO researchers claim that MIBs have bee posing as THEM in
order to silence potential witnesses. John Keel, who has written a number of
UFO books, said that he had encountered people who refused to believe that he
was who he said he was. "Later contactees (those who say the are somehow or
another in contact with the space people) began to whisper to local UFO
investigators that the real John Keel had been kidnaped by a flying saucer and
that a cunning android who looked just like me had been substituted in my
place. Incredible though it may sound, this was taken very seriously, and later
even some of my more rational correspondents admitted that they carefully
compared the signatures on my current letters with pre-rumor letters they had
received."
As we said earlier, each era tries to explain strange encounters in terms of
its own system of beliefs. I have been struck by the similarity of some of
these MIB cases with medieval tales of encounters with the devil or some of his
demons. The devil, for example, was very often described as a man dressed in
black. The ability to change shape and appear in any form was commonly
attributed to demons, who were able to take the shape of a victim's friends and
neighbors and even assume the likeness of angels and saints. Many of those who
said that they had met the devil complained of the same range of physical
symptoms reported by those who encountered the MIBs.
The shiny new cars associated with MIBs is reminiscent of the Haitian belief in
an evil society of sorcerers called "zobops". Haitians say that if you see a
big new car going along the road without a driver is under control of the
"zobops", and you had better not try to interfere with it.
Now, I am not trying to imply that the MIBS are agents of the devil, or vice
versa, anymore then I would try to say that the little green men from Mars were
really the fairy folk of past generations. It is just that our visions and
fears often remain the same over the ages, and only our explanations for them
change.
Of course, encounters with the devil during the Middle Ages were generally more
frightening and overpowering experiences than current experiences with MIBs.
Everybody believed in the devil, while today everybody does not believe in the
creatures from outer space. Medieval society took devil stories in dead
earnest, and anyone who made such a report might find himself facing a painful
death at the stake. The worst one can expect from reporting an MIB encounter is
a certain amount of disbelief and ridicule. In general, MIB tales are
considered too bizarre even to be reported in local newspapers. They are
published only in magazines and books put out for and by UFO enthusiasts.
Usually such publications are privately printed and are read by only a few
hundred. A few book, however, have been issued by major publishers and have
reached a far wider audience. These cases are also occasionally discussed on
radio and TV talk shows, so the information gets around more widely than one
might think. A lot of people of heard of "something" about MIBS without really
knowing any of the details.
There is one incident which bared certain similarities to the traditional MIB
case that did receive very wide publicity. This is the story of the "kidnaping"
of Betty and Barney Hill. While most of the MIB cases do not appear directly to
involve a UFO, this one does. The couple was driving to their home in
Portsmouth, New Hampshire, from Canada on the night of September 19, 1961. They
were on an isolated stretch of road when they spotted what they thought was a
flying saucer above them. The followed two completely blank hours in their
lives. They could remember nothing from the time they saw the UFO until a time
two hours later when they found themselves in their car several miles down the
road from where they had seen the UFO. For months after this experience both of
the Hills suffered from severe psychological distress. Finally they consulted a
psychiatrist, who hypnotized them, and under hypnosis the Hills revealed a
strange story of being kidnaped and taken aboard a flying saucer.
The Hills didn't rush out and try to get publicity about their experience or
write a book about it. In fact, they were remarkably quiet. But the incident
did ultimately come to the attention of author John Fuller, who had already
written an extremely popular UFO book. With the co-operation of the Hills and
of their psychiatrist, Fuller produced another best seller, "The Interrupted
Journey", which was first serialized in the now defunct Look magazine.
Though the book is carefully hedged with qualifications that the experience
described might be a hallucination or a dream rather than a "totally real and
true experience," the distinct impression left by "The Interrupted Journey" on
thousands of readers was that the experience was a "totally real and true" one.
The people or entities that were supposed to be controlling the spaceship that
kidnaped the Hills can be squeezed into the Men in Black lore. Barney Hill
described on of his captors as looking like "a red-headed Irishman," hardly an
MIB type. But another wore "a shiny black coat," with a black scarf thrown
about his neck.
Under hypnosis Hill drew a picture of "the leader" of his abductors. It is a
strange insect-like face with a wide, thin mouth and huge slanting eyes that
seem to go halfway around the creature's head. The eyes were the most
frightening part of the saucer inhabitant's strange physiognomy. Once during a
hypnotic session with the psychiatrist Barney Hill cried out in terror, "Oh,
those eyes! They're in my brain!" Glowing eyes, you will recall, are considered
one of the key characteristics of the typical Man in Black.
Unlike many of the books written by or about people who say that they had
encountered the inhabitants of UFOs, "The Interrupted Journey" carries real
conviction. One gets the feeling that the Hills and Fuller are intelligent,
sincere and sane people who really believe that what they described is what
actually did happen.
So this idea was planted in the minds of thousands of readers of "the
Interrupted Journey": UFO's can land, the extraterrestrials can kidnap ordinary
people, subject them to a degrading and almost brutal examination and then wipe
all memory of the incident from their minds, leaving behind only an unexplained
sense of anxiety bordering on panic.
Well, what does all of this mean? Are we being invaded by some weird bunch of
extraterrestrials who have, in the words of the old "Shadow" radio show, "the
power to cloud men's minds"? Frankly the evidence does not support such an
alarming conclusion.
Are all the stories hoaxes and hallucinations? Psychiatrists could certainly
have a field day with many of these accounts. Symptoms such as loss of memory,
severe anxiety and other unpleasant reactions strongly suggest that many of
those who report such experiences are in a disturbed psychological state,
though they would claim the disturbance was caused by the encounter with the
strange visitor. In any event they do not make the most reliable of witnesses.
Some of the other stories are almost certainly sheer fiction, made up either by
some practical joker or by a writer of sensational books.
Whether all the stories are real or unreal is not a question that we can answer
conclusively here. The point is that we Americans are building a mythology for
ourselves, just as the Europeans did with their tales of dragons, ogres and
elves, and just as all people have done in all parts of the world in all ages.
We have often prided ourselves on being a practical hardheaded, no-nonsense
sort of people who were immune to the irrational fears an superstitious notions
of less clear-sighted and realistic folk. This proposition is demonstrably
untrue. And perhaps we are better off for it. Our monsters, our space people,
even if they don't exist, if indeed they are rather silly, also make life more
interesting and exciting.
-------------------------------
Additional notes:
Please take into consideration the above was written in 1975 prior to the
cavalcade of reported abductions and sightings which are occurring today. To
view the progress of this "myth", the following material may be of interest.
"Excalibur Briefing"
Thomas E. Bearden
Strawberry Hill Press (C) 1980
MIBS from a paranormal point of view.
----------------
"UFO's and Their Mission Impossible"
Dr. Clifford Wilson
Signet Press (C)
MIBS and abductions in contrast to medieval possessions and early occult
phenomena in the 1800's.
"Flying Saucers on The Attack"
Harold T. Wilkins
Ace Books (C) 195?
A good account of the Albert K. Bender incident including views towards the
MIBs during the era it all started.
-- Linda Murphy

205
textfiles.com/ufo/mibunix.msg Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
Counter Measures for Men In Black Encounters
After reading various reports of people who have had encounters with
Men In Black after a UFO related siting or happening, It has brought to
my attention that common, average people without any previous military
tactical orplaning training are defenseless to the tactics that have
been reported to frighten and intimidate these people to be silent or
change their minds about reporting or turning over any information or
evidence to UFO Investigators. I have decided that this would be a good
application of some of my U.S. Army (Over Training) that I have
acquired in my younger days. This should not deal with weapons or
combat, but more of a counter physiological warfare approach. Although
weapons training and hand to hand combat training greatly enhance
confidence of an individuals ability to cope with anabnormal encounter
situation. It gives you a power platform to relate from. The so called
(EDGE). But knowledge and reasoning is a greater power and can and
should be used first to avoid any physical conflict. The key to winning
any conflict either mental or physical is to turn the enemies forces
exerted against himself or to use it for your advantage and to exploit
his weaknesses. Remembering and working from some of the Men In Black
document files I have read, I will try to recreate some reported
situations of Men In Black encounters and give the reader my responses
to repel, stop or eliminate the Men In Black threat. First, we will
start off with the hypothesis that you have witnessed an unusual aerial
craft and you have reported what you have seen to the press or radio or
television reporters.That your story was printed or told on radio or
television by reporters. And then a big new black car arrives at your
address with two men dressed in black show up on your front porch or
doorstep. They knock, ring your door bell and you go to the door and
there they are! The Men In Black! You spot the big knew black car!
1. They announce that they are from such and such and flash a I.D. at
you and quickly put it away.
a. State, you to wish to verify their credentials. Tell them that
you want each of them one at a time to remove the Badge or I.D.
Card plus a drivers licence and one major credit card for your
examination for proof of identification.
b. State, that otherwise you will refuse to speak to them and report
them to the police for trying to impersonate an official.
2. This is a common security procedure. Ever try to cash a check or use
a credit card at store?
a. They are trying to cash a check with you using a badge or I.D.
Card. The payment is to gain information.
b. The payment also may include intimating you to keep silent by the
power of their office.
c. Know who you are dealing with.
3. You want to provoke a response from them to judge their reaction.
Remember that you are judging them in the same manner as store clerk
would to decide to cash a strangers check or approve credit card
use.
a. If they are truly who they say they are, they wont have a problem
with complying.
b. If they refuse, State that, "this conversation has ended". This
is a standard verbal stiff arm. Ask them to leave and state that
you are calling the police if they don't and that they can
explain who they are to the police.
c. Retreat and lock your door. Call the police anyway, whether or
not you see them leaving and file a report of the incident.
4. If they comply with presenting identification, remember anything can
be replicated. Apparent age the item in relation to it's printed
date of issue, use and ware are harder to fake.
a. Check for the same names used on all items from the same
individual.
b. Check for use of a middle initial or the lack of it.
4.b.1.
If the printed name has a middle initial then the signed name in
hand writing should have it.
4.b.2
If the printed name doesn't then the signed name should not have
it.
c. Check for the individuals date of birth compared to his physical
appearance.
d. Ask each for his/her social security card number. Use the palm of
your hand it write it down on if you don't have paper but have a
ball point pin or ask them to wait OUTSIDE while you get it.
Never invite them in while you locate paper and pin!
4.d.1.
All current police computers can I.D. Make anyone by running a
social security number check.
4.d.2.
Military types will know and remember their military serial
number but have a problem with recalling their social security
number.
4.d.3.
A social security number is this BEST thing to use to run a
computer tracer on an individual to see if him/her is who they
say they are, date of birth, where the live and who they work
for, valid drivers license and so forth.
4.c.4.
As per the above, a social security number is better to have in
hand from a suspect individual than his/her badge or I.D. card
number!
5. While looking down at the indentification look at their shoes.
a. Most military types were only certain types of dress shoes.
b. Most federal employee types were only certain styles and types of
shoes.
c. Undercover Police will copy each other and wind up waring the
same styles of shoes. Foot care is just as important to policemen
as it is to the military or postmen.
d. Civilians, non military, non federal and non police will were
anything that strikes their fancy. This means with no thought as
to even the proper style for the clothes they are waring or
(uniformity, ease of care, durability or comfort) when walking
long distances or standing around for hours.
e. Check to see if the shoes fit the clothes, the right shoe on the
right foot and matched socks. Someone not familiar with earth
dress may have got it wrong.
6. Don't let them lead you into any conversation and let them do all of
talking. Do not elaborate on anything.
a. Uh-haw, Yes, to respond true answers
b. Un-haw, No, to respond to false or no answers
c. Never try to hold a conversation or get any useful information
with someone that only says uh-haw and un-hah?
7. Do not invite them into you home, house or apartment! Do all the
talking at the door or porch and in the open were others may see
you, them or both you and them.
a. You don't really know who they are and they are no friends of
yours.
b. You don't know what action they may take when they are sure that
no one else could witness it.
8. Offer them a cigarette if you smoke. If they accept a cigarette,
offer them your lighter. Hand it to them before they can get their
own.
a. Try to wipe the sides of the front and back clean on the inside
of your pocket and remove it from your pocket holding the side or
edges only.
b. When they return the lighter to you let them drop it in your palm
and then let it slide it back into your pocket.
c. You now have a sample of their finger prints if they had any so
use a soft cloth to remove it later and grasp it with at the top
and bottom only and place it in a plastic zip lock bag.
9. If they don't accept a cigarette, light up one yourself.
a. If you smoke this will calm your nerves and put you at ease and
possibly offend them at the subliminal level. This makes none
smokers uneasy when placed in close proximity to a smoker. This
gives you another small piece of the advantage.
b. If the air currents are right for it you can slyly blow a little
smoke their way to judge their reaction to the cigarette gases in
the smoke.
c. You can observe their reaction to consumed cigarette gases.
10. If they don't accept a cigarette, offer them a beer or any liquid
refreshment you have on hand. Even a glass of water. But ask them to
wait while you go and get it! The object is to get a finger print
sample if possible, not to let them into your home!
11. If they really bug you and you get a strange feeling of uneasiness
buy their presence at your home, standing their looking weird, trust
your feelings! Excuse yourself for a moment, get your car keys and
walk out right past them to your car, get in, lock the doors and
drive straight to the nearest police station and park in the open
right in front of it and ask the first policeman you see to help you
to file a report of following and harassment and file a complaint
report!
Robert Parish

138
textfiles.com/ufo/micro.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
MUFONET-BBS network - Mutual UFO network
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Contributed by: New Jersey MUFON
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
MICROWAVES AND VEHICLE INTERFERENCE
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
By Robert J. Durant [Note: Robert Durant is a member of New Jersey MUFON and a
contributing writer for "The New Jersey Chronicle", the monthly newsletter of
New Jersey MUFON, which this article is from.]
A persistent and puzzling aspect of close encounters is the effect on
automobiles. Mark Rodeghier of the Center for UFO Studies analyzed 441 cases
in which "...the car, truck, or other motor vehicle in which a witness was
either riding or in near proximity to, was seemingly affected by the presence
of a UFO."
Headlights, radios and even flashlights were also affected, and on occasion the
witnesses reported psychological symptoms such as a prickly, pins-and-needles
feeling, hair standing on end, and unusual sudden heat.
Rodeghier lists a few of the possible means by which an internal combustion
engine may be affected or halted:
(1) An increased resistance in the secondary coil of the ignition coil, which
will severely decrease current flow to the spark plugs.
(2) The capacitor in the distributor might not charge because of a large
electrostatic field surrounding the vehicle.
(3) A high magnetic field might saturate the ignition coil and reduce voltage
to the spark plugs.
(4) Through unknown mechanisms, fuel might be prevented from entering or
leaving the carburetor
(5) Resistance could be increased through the spark plugs, sufficient to
prevent sparking.
(6) Ionization of the air will also reduce or prevent sparking (though there
should be effects upon the witnesses not always reported).
(7) Destruction of connections in the electrical system by excessive heat would
prevent operation.
Rodeghier summarizes what is apparently the only known controlled attempt to
disable an automobile engine using electromagnetic energy:
"An experiment was done by Watts in England of interest to this subject. He
found that only an alternating magnetic field (50 cps) produced loss of engine
power in his test vehicle. A static magnetic field produced no change in
engine operation. The induced field was on the order of 500 gauss at the coil,
which was placed directly over the engine. While inexact, the experiment makes
plausible the supposition that an alternating field could cause some EM
effects."
James McCampbell, an engineer and specialist in the "physics" of UFOs, is cited
as follows:
"James McCampbell has demonstrated how microwave radiation, focused onto a
headlight filament by the parabolic design of the reflector, will cause an
increase in filament resistivity. This increase will be sufficient, given
intense radiation, to stop current flow, thereby causing the headlight to cease
to be illuminated."
Now it appears that the U.S. Government, in a covert research program at Los
Alamos National Laboratory, has perfected the technology to stop cars at a
distance!
In a nationally syndicated article published on November 6, 1989, a Los Angeles
Times reporter recounted the proposals made by Los Alamos scientists to the
Senate Intelligence Committee. The object was to obtain funding for "Buck
Rogers" projects that might help the "War on drugs." With defense spending
being slashed, it seems the Los Alamos folks are eager to continue work, and
the anti-drug efforts are an obvious source.
After telling about several exotic ideas that fell flat in practice, the LA
Times states:
Those and other failures in drug detection have convinced many technologists
that the prospects for breakthroughs lie in more aggressive approaches. One is
called "Soft Kill."
Further: "That idea, included in the Los Alamos White Paper, proposed to
disable traffickers or terrorists by bombarding their vehicles with microwaves
or gases. Even in low concentrations, the paper says, such weapons directed at
internal combustion engines could leave cars and airplanes powerless."
The part about gases draws a blank. But the statement about microwaves rings a
very loud bell.
In an effort to get more details, I wrote to Senator Bradley (D-NJ, member of
Senate Intelligence Committee) asking for a copy of the Las Alomos report,
citing the title, authors, date and the Committee to which it was presented.
After a long delay, one of the Senator's aides called me with the news that the
Senate Intelligence Committee denied ever having seen or heard of the document.
I was asked for more details on the document, which I sent, along with a copy
of the newspaper article. Ten weeks later the Senator's staff sent me a
pamphlet that appears to be a highly sanitized version, without a word about
microwaves and/or stopping cars. This document had a different author, was
addressed to the Judiciary Committee, was 25% shorter than the one seen by the
reporter, and was dated eight months later than the "real" one.
I have once again asked Senator Bradley to obtain for me a copy of the "real"
report, but have little hope of ever seeing it. The Senator, it seems, is
doing his own version of a "soft kill" on me and my apparently embarrassing
request.
There is no doubt that the "real" report talks about using microwaves to
disable internal combustion engines. By now there is also little doubt that it
was shown to the reporter in error, and that at least the portion about
microwaves is highly sensitive.
It may also be that the connection between the Los Alomos White paper microwave
technology and UFOs is more than just a coincidence.
Did the Los Alomos researchers deliberately try to duplicate the UFO EM effect?
Did they have something more specific and substantial than the Rodeghier report
upon which to base their successful efforts? Or does this tale indicate that
UFOs are terrestrial hardware, "made in the U.S.A."?
For those of you who wish to pursue this intrigue, perhaps with the Freedom of
Information Act, the title of the document is "Role of Technology", the authors
are Terry D. Bearce and John D. Immele, both with the Los Alomos National
Laboratory, it is dated 24 June 1989, it was sent with a cover letter dated 3
August 1989, to the Senate Intelligence Committee and "at least four other
agencies", and it is 16 pages long. If your luck is anything like mine, what
you will get, after a very long wait, is a sanitized version directed to the
Senate Judiciary Committee, 13 pages long, signed by Immele alone.
My original request to Senator Bradley was dated April 1990, their reply with
the phony document was mailed August 7th, and my request for the "real"
document was sent August 11th. As of this writing, February 1991, I have not
received a response. Nor do I expect one.
The Rodeghier paper is entitled "UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference",
published by the Center for UFO Studies, 2457 West Peterson Avenue, Chicago,
Illinois, 60659. A copy should be in every serious UFOlogist's library. I am
certain that a well worn copy rests at this moment in the inner sanctum of the
Los Alomos lab.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

78
textfiles.com/ufo/midwest.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
#: 91 S0/EasyPlex
18-Dec-87 18:53 MST
Sb: APky 12/14 0155 Strange Lights
Fm: Executive News Svc. [72135,424]
By The Associated Press
People from Montana to Mississippi reported vivid streaks of light in the
night sky when a disintegrating rocket used to launch a Soviet satellite burned
up in the atmosphere, putting on a fireworks show with "spectacular, beautiful
colors."
Scores of startled people called police, the news media and air traffic
controllers to report the phenomenon late Saturday.
"We weren't really scared. If it had landed, it would have been a different
story," said Joe Beverly, a policeman at Marion, Ky., who saw reddish-orange
lights while driving with his family.
The light show was caused by the re-entry of a Soviet rocket body that had
been used to launch the Raduga 21 communications satellite on Thursday, said
Maj. Alex Mondragon of the U.S. Space Command in Colorado Springs, Colo.
"Something re-entering like that can be mistaken for a missile coming in"
but the space command knew it wasn't because it had tracked the object since
launch, Mondragon said. The agency uses a network of radar, telescopes and
sensors to track about 7,000 man-made objects in orbit, he said.
Trackers spotted the falling rocket over the coast of western Canada and
followed its southeastward course across the United States past the Florida
Gulf Coast, Mondragon said.
"There were some initial indications that debris may have landed, but nobody
has found anything," Mondragon said Sunday. "Realistically, we would have
received a report by now if anything had hit the Earth."
He said the likelihood of finding any debris is "fairly remote. Only 5
percent or less of a space object typically survives re-entry."
"I've never seen anything like it. It was spectacular, beautiful colors,"
said Paul Kellenbarger of Pea Ridge, Ark., who ran outside with his wife to
watch. "It looked like a helicopter, with red and green lights."
Some callers to WPSD-TV in Paducah, Ky., reported blue lights while others
reported reddish-orange hues and white lights. Sam Burrage, executive producer
and anchorman at WPSD, said the station received 25 to 35 calls about the
lights from viewers in western Kentucky, southeastern Missouri and northern
Tennessee.
Some callers reported seeing more than one object flaming across the sky.
"They say it was two main lights, a reddish orange color," said Bart Ryan of
KBLT radio near Galena, Kan.
"I've had about 30 calls up here about it," said Todd Glaese, an air traffic
controller at the Fayetteville, Ark., airport. "It was something to see, and I
had a good view."
"They had tails of fire, traveling from west to east ... they lit up part of
the ground," said Steve Matt, an Arkansas Game and Fish Commission officer.
Tom DeMont of Siloam Springs, Ark., said he saw two sets of lights, "maybe
100 feet long, twin sets of light."
"We had about 30 people out Christmas caroling and we saw these lights going
across the sky. ... I thought they were three jet planes flying in formation
with their lights on but there was no sound," said Lincoln-Lancaster County
(Neb.) Planning director Garner Stoll.
Mark Brockeveldt was working at the Lincoln, Neb., airport when he saw four
immense lights approach. He said the lights were elongated and bathed in a
white and gold light with reddish-gold tails like comets. As the objects
crossed the airport, one dropped below the other three and its light went out,
he said.
"I've worked out here for nine years and have never seen anything like it,"
said crew chief Mark Shoemaker at the Lincoln airport. "It was freaky."
The National UFO Reporting Center in Seattle got calls from "almost every
state east of the Rocky Mountains" to Indiana and Mississippi, said spokesman
Robert Gribble.
In October, a display of lights over the West was attributed to a Soviet
rocket re-entering the atmosphere and pieces fell to earth in California.
Weld County, Colo., sheriff's dispatchers were deluged with calls by people
who thought they had seen a plane going down in flames.
In Paducah, Burrage said a woman from Charleston, Mo., reported seeing
objects that seemed to be 100 to 200 feet above her.
"She was in her car and just sat there dumbfounded," Burrage said. "She said
the lights were unlike anything she'd seen before. She said it had an oval
shape to it and there were lights beaming from it.
"She said she just sat there and froze."
Copyright 1987 by the Associated Press. All rights reserved.


2834
textfiles.com/ufo/mindcan.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

691
textfiles.com/ufo/mj.12 Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
THE SECRET GOVERNMENT
The Origin, Identity, and Purpose of MJ-12
A Hypothesis
By Milton William Cooper
May 23, 1989
(C) COPYRIGHT 1989 - All rights reserved.
No part of this manuscript may be copied by
any method, electronic, computer, or by any
other means without written permission of
the author.
*************************************************************
NOTE....Many sources of information were used to research
this paper. Most of this knowledge comes directly from or is
a result of my own research into the TOP SECRET/MAJIC
material which I personally saw and read between the years
1970 and 1973 as a member of the Intelligence Briefing Team
of the Commander in Chief of the Pacific Fleet. Since some
of this information was derived from sources that I cannot
divulge for obvious reasons, and from published sources which
I personally cannot vouch for, this paper must be treated as
a hypothesis. Although, I firmly believe that this is the
true nature of the Beast. It is the only scenario that has
been able to cohesively bind all the diverse elements which
have been driving researchers to tears in their quest for
answers. It is the only scenario that answers all the
questions and places the various fundamental mysteries in an
arena that makes sense. It is the only explanation which
shows the chronology of events and shows that the different
chronologies when assembled together match perfectly. The
bulk of this I know to be true. As for the rest I do not
know and that is why this paper must be termed a hypothesis
*************************************************************
During the years following World War II the government of the
United States was confronted with a series of events which
were to change beyond prediction its future and with it the
future of humanity. These events were so incredible that
they defied belief. A stunned President Truman and his top
Military Commanders found themselves virtually impotent after
having just won the most devastating and costly war in
history. The United States had developed, used, and was the
only nation on earth in possession of the Atomic Bomb which
alone had the potential to destroy any enemy, and even the
Earth itself. At that time the United States had the best
economy, the most advanced technology, the highest standard
of living, exerted the most influence, and fielded the
largest and most powerful military forces in history. We can
only imagine the confusion and concern when the informed
elite of the United States Government discovered that an
alien spacecraft piloted by insect-like beings from a totally
incomprehensible culture had crashed in the desert of New
Mexico.
Between January 1947 and December 1952 at least 16 crashed or
downed alien craft, 65 alien bodies, and 1 live alien were
recovered. An additional alien craft had exploded and
nothing was recovered from that incident. Of these
incidents, 13 occurred within the borders of the United
States not including the craft which disintegrated in the
air. Of these 13, 1 was in Arizona, 11 were in New Mexico,
and 1 was in Nevada. Three occurred in foreign countries.
Of those 1 was in Norway, and the last 2 were in Mexico.
Sightings of UFOS were so numerous that serious investigation
and debunking of each report became impossible utilizing the
existing intelligence assets.
An alien craft was found on February 13, 1948 on a Mesa near
Aztec New Mexico. Another craft was located on March 25,
1948 in Hart Canyon near Aztec New Mexico. It was 100 feet
in diameter. A total of 17 alien bodies were recovered from
those two craft. Of even greater significance was the
discovery of a large number of human body parts stored within
both of these vehicles. A demon had reared its ugly head and
paranoia quickly took hold of everyone then 'in the know'.
The Secret lid immediately became an Above Top Secret lid and
was screwed down tight. The security blanket was even
tighter than that imposed upon the Manhattan Project. In the
coming years these events were to become the most closely
guarded secrets in the history of the world.
A special group of America's top scientists were organized
under the name Project Sign in December of 1947 to study the
phenomenon. The whole nasty business was contained within
the shroud of secrecy. Project Sign evolved into Project
Grudge in December of 1948. A low level collection and
disinformation project named Blue Book was formed under
Grudge. 16 volumes were to come out of Grudge including the
controversial "Grudge 13" which I and Bill English saw, read,
and revealed to the public. "Blue Teams" were put together
to recover the crashed discs and dead or alive aliens. The
Blue Teams were later to evolve into Alpha Teams under
Project Pounce.
During these early years the United States Air Force and the
Central Intelligence Agency exercised complete control over
the Alien Secret. In fact the CIA was formed by Presidential
Executive Order first as the Central Intelligence Group for
the express purpose of dealing with the alien presence.
Later the National Security Act was passed establishing it as
the Central Intelligence Agency. The National Security
Council was established to oversee the intelligence community
and especially the alien endeavor. A series of National
Security Council Memos and Executive Orders removed the CIA
from the sole task of gathering foreign intelligence and
slowly but thoroughly 'legalized' direct action in the form
of covert activities at home and abroad.
On December 9, 1947 Truman approved issuance of NSC-4,
entitled "Coordination of Foreign Intelligence Information
Measures" at the urging of Secretaries Marshall, Forrestal,
Patterson, and the director of the State Department's Policy
Planning Staff, Kennan.
The Foreign and Military Intelligence, Book 1, "Final Report
of the Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with
Respect to Intelligence Activities." United States Senate,
94th Congress, 2nd Session, Report No. 94-755, April 26,
1976, p. 49 states: "This directive empowered the secretary
of state to coordinate overseas information activities
designed to counter communism. A top secret annex to NSC-4,
NSC-4A, instructed the director of Central Intelligence to
undertake covert psychological activities in pursuit of the
aims set forth in NSC-4. The initial authority given the CIA
for covert operations under NSC-4A did not establish formal
procedures for either coordinating or approving these
operations. It simply directed the DCI to "undertake covert
actions and to ensure, through liaison with State and
Defense, that the resulting operations were consistent with
American policy."
Later NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2 were to supersede NSC-4 and NSC-
4A and expand the covert abilities even further. The Office
of Policy Coordination (OPC) was chartered to carry out an
expanded program of covert activities. NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2
validated illegal and extra-legal practices and procedures as
being agreeable to the national security leadership. The
reaction was swift. In the eyes of the intelligence
community "no holds were barred". Under NSC-10/1 an
Executive Coordination Group, was established to review, but
not approve, covert project proposals. The ECG was secretly
tasked to coordinate the alien projects. NSC-10/1 & /2 were
interpreted to mean that no one at the top wanted to know
about anything until it was over and successful. These
actions established a buffer between the President and the
information. It was intended that this buffer serve as a
means for the President to deny knowledge if leaks divulged
the true state of affairs. This buffer was used in later
years for the purpose of effectively isolating succeeding
Presidents from any knowledge of the alien presence other
than what the Secret Government and the intelligence
community wanted them to know. NSC-10/2 established a study
panel which met secretly and was made up of the scientific
minds of the day. The study panel was not called MJ-12.
Another NSC memo, NSC-10/5 further outlined the duties of the
study panel. these NSC memos and secret Executive Orders set
the stage for the creation of MJ-12 only 4 years later.
Secretary of Defense James Forrestal began to object to the
secrecy. He was a very idealistic and religious man who
believed that the public should be told. When he began to
talk to leaders of the opposition party and leaders of the
Congress about the alien problem he was asked to resign by
Truman. He expressed his fears to many people and rightfully
believed that he was being watched. This was interpreted by
those who were ignorant of the facts as paranoia. Forrestal
later was said to have suffered a mental breakdown and was
admitted to Bethesda Naval Hospital. In fact it was feared
that Forrestal would begin to talk again and he had to be
isolated and discredited. Sometime in the early morning of
May 22, 1949 agents of the CIA tied a sheet around his neck,
fastened the other end to a fixture in his room and threw
James Forrestal out the window. The sheet tore and he
plummeted to his death. He became one of the first victims
of the cover-up.
The live alien that had been taken from the 1949 Roswell
crash was named EBE. The name had been suggested by Dr.
Vannever Bush and was short for Extraterrestrial Biological
Entity. EBE had a tendency to lie and for over a year would
give only the desired answer to questions asked. Those
questions which would have resulted in an undesirable answer
went unanswered. At some point during the second year of
captivity he began to open up and the information derived
from EBE was startling to say the least. This compilation of
his revelations became the foundation of what would later be
called the "Yellow Book". Photographs were taken of EBE
which, among others, I and Bill English were to view years
later in GRUDGE 13.
In late 1951 EBE became ill. Medical personnel had been
unable to determine the cause of EBE's illness and had no
background from which to draw. EBE's system was chlorophyll
based and he processed food into energy much the same as
plants. Waste material was excreted the same as plants. It
was decided that an expert in botany was called for. A
botanist, Dr. Guillermo Mendoza, was brought in to try and
help him recover. Dr. Mendoza worked to save EBE until until
mid 1952 when EBE died. Dr. Mendoza became the expert on
alien biology.
In a futile attempt to save EBE and to gain favor with this
technologically superior alien race the United States began
broadcasting a call for help early in 1952 into the vast
regions of space. The call went unanswered but the project
continued as an effort of good faith.
President Truman created the super secret National Security
Agency by secret Executive Order on November 4, 1952. Its
primary purpose was to decipher the alien communications and
language and establish a dialog with the aliens. This most
urgent task was a continuation of the earlier effort and was
code named SIGMA. The secondary purpose of the NSA was to
monitor all communications and emissions from any and all
devices worldwide for the purpose of gathering intelligence,
both human and alien, and to contain the secret of the alien
presence. Project Sigma was successful. The NSA also
maintains communications with the Luna base and other Secret
Space Programs. By Executive Order The NSA is exempt from
all laws which do not specifically name the NSA in the text
of the law as being subject to that law. That means that if
the agency is not spelled out in the text of any and every
law passed by the Congress it is not subject to that or those
laws. The NSA now performs many other duties and in fact is
the premier agency within the intelligence community. Today
the NSA receives 75% of the moneys allotted to the
intelligence community. The old saying "where the money goes
therein the power resides is true. The DCI today is a
figurehead maintained as a public ruse. The primary task of
the NSA is still alien communications but now includes other
Alien projects as well.
President Truman had been keeping our allies, including the
Soviet Union, informed of the developing alien problem since
the Roswell recovery. This had been done in case the aliens
turned out to be a threat to the human race. Plans were
formulated to defend the Earth in case of invasion. Great
difficulty was encountered in maintaining international
secrecy. It was decided that an outside group was necessary
to coordinate and control international efforts in order to
hide the secret from the normal scrutiny of governments by
the press. The result was the formation of a secret society
which became known as the "Bilderburgers". The headquarters
of this group is Geneva, Switzerland. The Bilderburgers
evolved into a secret world government that now controls
everything. The United Nations was then, and is now, an
international joke.
In 1953 a new president occupied the White House. He was a
man used to a structured staff organization with a chain of
command. His method was to delegate authority and rule by
committee. He made major decisions but only when his
advisors were unable to come to consensus. His normal method
was to read through or listen to several alternatives and
then approve one. Those who worked closely with him have
stated that his favorite comment was, "just do whatever it
takes". He spent a lot of time on the golf course. This was
not at all unusual for a man who had been career Army with
the ultimate position of Supreme Allied Commander during the
war. A post which carried 5 stars along with it. This
President was General of the Army Dwight David Eisenhower.
During his first year in office, 1953, at least 10 more
crashed discs were recovered along with 26 dead and 4 live
aliens. Of the 10, 4 were found in Arizona, 2 in Texas, 1 in
New Mexico, 1 in Louisiana, 1 in Montana, and 1 in South
Africa. There were hundreds of sightings.
Eisenhower knew that he had to wrestle and beat the alien
problem. He knew that he could not do it by revealing the
secret to the Congress. Early in 1953 the new President
turned to his friend and fellow member of the Council on
Foreign Relations Nelson Rockefeller for help with the alien
problem. Eisenhower and Rockefeller began planning the
secret structure of alien task supervision which was to
become a reality within 1 year. The idea for MJ-12 was thus
born. It was Nelson's Uncle Winthrop Aldrich who had been
crucial in convincing Eisenhower to run for President. The
whole Rockefeller family and with them the Rockefeller empire
had solidly backed Ike. Asking Rockefeller for help with the
alien problem was to be the biggest mistake Eisenhower ever
made for the future of the United States and most probably
all of humanity.
Within 1 week of Eisenhower's election he had appointed
Nelson Rockefeller chairman of a Presidential Advisory
Committee on Government Organization. Rockefeller was
responsible for planning the reorganization of the
government. New Deal programs went into 1 single Cabinet
position called the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare. When the Congress approved the new Cabinet position
in April of 1953, Nelson was named to the post of
Undersecretary to Oveta Culp Hobby.
In 1953 Astronomers discovered large objects in space which
were moving toward the Earth. It was first believed that
they were asteroids. Later evidence proved that the objects
could only be Spaceships. Project Sigma intercepted alien
radio communications. When the objects reached the Earth
they took up a very high orbit around the Equator. There
were several huge ships, and their actual intent was unknown.
Project Sigma, and a new project, Plato, through radio
communications using the computer binary language, was able
to arrange a landing that resulted in face to face contact
with alien beings from another planet. Project Plato was
tasked with establishing diplomatic relations with this race
of space aliens.
In the meantime a race of human looking aliens contacted the
U.S. Government. This alien group warned us against the
aliens that were orbiting the Equator and offered to help us
with our spiritual development. They demanded that we
dismantle and destroy our nuclear weapons as the major
condition. They refused to exchange technology citing that
we were spiritually unable to handle the technology which we
then possessed. They believed that we would use any new
technology to destroy each other. This race stated that we
were on a path of self destruction and we must stop killing
each other, stop polluting the Earth, stop raping the Earth's
natural resources, and learn to live in harmony. These terms
were met with extreme suspicion, especially the major
condition of nuclear disarmament. It was believed that
meeting that condition would leave us helpless in the face of
an obvious alien threat. We also had nothing in history to
help with the decision. Nuclear disarmament was not
considered to be within the best interest of the United
States. The overtures were rejected.
Later in 1954 the race of large nosed Gray Aliens which had
been orbiting the Earth landed at Holloman Air Force Base. A
basic agreement was reached. This race identified themselves
as originating from a Planet around a red star in the
Constellation of Orion which we called Betelgeuse. They
stated that their planet was dying and that at some unknown
future time they would no longer be able to survive there.
This led to a second landing at Edwards Air Force Base. The
historical event had been planned in advance and details of
the treaty had been agreed upon. Eisenhower arranged to be
in Palm Springs on vacation. On the appointed day the
President was spirited away to the base and the excuse was
given to the press that he was visiting a dentist.
President Eisenhower met with the aliens and a formal treaty
between the Alien Nation and the United States of America was
signed. We then received our first Alien Ambassador from
outer space. His name and title was His "Omnipotent Highness
Krlll", pronounced Krill. In the American tradition of
distain for royal titles he was secretely called "Original
Hostage Krlll". You should know that the Alien flag is known
as the "Trilateral Insignia" and is displayed on their craft
and worn on their uniforms. Both of these landings and the
second meeting were filmed. These films exist today.
The treaty stated: The aliens would not interfere in our
affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We would keep
their presence on earth a secret. They would furnish us with
advanced technology and would help us in our technological
development. They would not make any treaty with any other
earth nation. They could abduct humans on a limited and
periodic basis for the purpose of medical examination and
monitoring of our development with the stipulation that the
humans would not be harmed, would be returned to their point
of abduction, that the humans would have no memory of the
event, and that the Alien nation would furnish MJ-12 with a
list of all human contacts and abductees on a regularly
scheduled basis. It was agreed that each nation would
receive the Ambassador of the other for as long as the treaty
remained in force. It was further agreed that the Alien
nation and the United States would exchange 16 personnel each
to the other with the purpose of learning, each of the other.
The Alien "Guests" would remain on earth and the human
"Guests" would travel to the Alien point of origin for a
specified period of time then return, at which point a
reverse exchange would be made. It was also agreed that
bases would be constructed underground for the use of the
Alien nation and that 2 bases would be constructed for the
joint use of the Alien nation and the United States
Government. Exchange of technology would take place in the
jointly occupied bases. These Alien bases would be
constructed under Indian reservations in the 4 corners of
Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona, and 1 would be
constructed in Nevada in the area known as S-4 located
approximately 7 miles south of the western border of Area 51,
known as Dreamland. All alien areas are under complete
control of the Naval Department and all personnel who work in
these complexes receive their checks from the Navy.
Construction of the bases began immediately but progress was
slow until large amounts of money were made available in
1957. Work continued on the "Yellow Book".
Project REDLIGHT was formed and experimentation in test
flying alien craft was begun in earnest. A super TOP SECRET
facility was built at Groom Lake in Nevada in the midst of
the weapons test range. It was code named DREAMLAND. The
installation was placed under the Department of the Navy and
clearance of all personnel required a "Q" clearance as well
as Executive (Presidential) approval. This is ironic due to
the fact that the President of the United States does not
have clearance to visit the site. The alien base and
exchange of technology actually took place in an Area known
as S-4. Area S-4 was code named "The Dark Side of the Moon".
The Army was tasked to form a super secret organization to
furnish security for all alien tasked projects. This
organization became the National Reconnaissance Organization
based at Fort Carson, Colorado. The specific teams trained
to secure the projects were called Delta.
A second project code named SNOWBIRD was promulgated to
explain away any sightings of the REDLIGHT crafts as being
Air Force experiments. The SNOWBIRD crafts were manufactured
using conventional technology and were flown for the press on
several occasions. Project SNOWBIRD was also used to debunk
legitimate public sightings of alien craft (UFOS). Project
SNOWBIRD was very successful and reports from the public
declined steadily until recent years.
A multimillion-dollar SECRET fund was organized and kept by
the Military Office of the White House. This fund was used
to build over 75 deep underground facilities. Presidents who
asked were told the fund was used to build Deep Underground
Shelters for the President in case of war. Only a few were
built for the President. Millions of dollars were funnelled
through this office to MJ-12 and then out to the contractors
and was used to build TOP SECRET alien bases as well as TOP
SECRET DUMB (Deep Underground Military Bases), and the
facilities promulgated by "Alternative 2", throughout the
nation. President Johnson used this fund to build a movie
theater and pave the road on his ranch. He had no idea of
its true purpose.
The secret White House underground construction fund was set
up in 1957 by President Eisenhower. The funding was obtained
from Congress under the guise of "construction and
maintenance of secret sites where the President could be
taken in case of military attack: Presidential Emergency
Sites". The sites are literally holes in the ground, deep
enough to withstand a nuclear blast and are outfitted with
state of the art communications equipment. To date there are
more than seventy-five sites spread around the country which
were built using money from this fund. The Atomic Energy
Commission has built at least an additional 22 underground
sites.
The location and everything to do with these sites were and
are considered and treated as TOP SECRET. The money was and
is in control of the Military Office of the White House, and
was and is laundered through a circuitous web that even the
most knowledgeable spy or accountant can not follow. As of
1980 only a few at the beginning and end of this web knew
what the money was for. At the beginning were Representative
George Mahon, of Texas, the chairman of the House
Appropriations Committee and of its Defense Subcommittee; and
Representative Robert Sikes, of Florida, chairman of the
House Appropriations Military Construction Subcommittee.
Today it is rumored that House Speaker Jim Wright controls
the money in Congress and that a power struggle is underway
to remove him. At the end of the line were the President,
MJ-12, the director of the Military Office and a commander at
the Washington Navy Yard.
The money was authorized by the Appropriations Committee who
allocated it to the Department of Defense as a TOP SECRET
item in the Army construction program. The Army, however
could not spend it and in fact did not even know what it was
for. Authorization to spend the money was in reality given
to the Navy. The money was channeled to the Chesapeake
Division of the Navy Engineers who did not know what it was
for either. Not even the Commanding Officer, who was an
Admiral, knew what the fund was to be used for. Only one
man, a Navy Commander, who was assigned to the Chesapeake
Division but in reality was responsible only to the Military
Office of the White House knew of the actual purpose, amount,
and ultimate destination of the TOP SECRET fund. The total
secrecy surrounding the fund meant that almost every trace of
it could be made to disappear by the very few people who
controlled it. There has never been and most likely never
will be an audit of this secret money.
Large amounts of money were transferred from the TOP SECRET
fund to a location at Palm Beach, Florida that belongs to the
Coast Guard called Peanut Island. The island is adjacent to
property which was owned by Joseph Kennedy. The money was
said to have been used for landscaping and general
beautification. Some time ago a TV news special on the
Kennedy assassination told of a Coast Guard Officer
transferring money in a briefcase to a Kennedy employee
across this property line. Could this have been a secret
payment to the Kennedy family for the loss of their son John
F. Kennedy? The payments continued through the year 1967
and then stopped. The total amount transferred is unknown
and the actual use of the money is unknown.
Meanwhile, Nelson Rockefeller changed positions again. This
time he was to take C. D. Jackson's old position which had
been called the Special Assistant for Psychological Strategy.
With Nelson's appointment the name was changed to the Special
Assistant for Cold War Strategy. This position would evolve
over the years into the same position Henry Kissinger was
ultimately to hold under President Nixon. Officially he was
to give "Advice and assistance in the development of
increased understanding and cooperation among all peoples".
The official description was a smoke screen for secretly he
was the Presidential Coordinator for the Intelligence
Community. In his new post Rockefeller reported directly,
and only, to the President. He attended meetings of the
Cabinet, the Council on Foreign Economic Policy, and the
National Security Council which was the highest policy-making
body in the government.
Nelson Rockefeller was also given a second important job as
the head of the secret unit called the Planning Coordination
Group which was formed under NSC 5412/1 in March of 1955.
The group consisted of different ad hoc members depending on
the subject on the agenda. The basic members were
Rockefeller, A representative of the Department of Defense, A
representative of the Department of State, and the Director
of Central Intelligence. It was soon called the "5412
Committee" or the "Special Group". NSC 5412/1 established
the rule that covert operations were subject to approval by
an executive committee, whereas in the past these operations
were initiated solely on the authority of the Director of
Central Intelligence.
By secret Executive Memorandum, NSC 5410, Eisenhower had
preceeded NSC 5412/1 in 1954 to establish a permanent
committee (not ad hoc) to be known as Majority Twelve (MJ-12)
to oversee and conduct all covert activities concerned with
the alien question. NSC 5412/1 was created to explain the
purpose of these meetings when Congress and the Press became
curious. Majority Twelve was made up of Nelson Rockefeller,
the Director of Central Intelligence Allen Welsh Dulles, the
Secretary of State John Foster Dulles, the Secretary of
Defense Charles E. Wilson, the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs
of Staff Admiral Arthur W. Radford, the Director of the
Federal Bureau of Investigation J. Edgar Hoover, and six men
from the executive committee of the Council on Foreign
Relations known as the "Wise Men". These men were all
members of a secret society of scholars that called
themselves "The Jason Society", or "The Jason Scholars" who
recruited their members from the "Skull and Bones" and the
"Scroll and Key" societies of Harvard and Yale.
The "Wise Men" were key members of the Council on Foreign
Relations. There were 12 members including the first 6 from
Government positions thus Majority Twelve. This group was
made up over the years of the top officers and directors of
the Council on Foreign Relations and later the Trilateral
Commission. Gordon Dean, George Bush and Zbigniew Brzezinski
were among them. The most important and influential of the
"Wise Men" who served on MJ-12 were John McCloy, Robert
Lovett, Averell Harriman, Charles Bohlen, George Kennan, and
Dean Acheson. Their policies were to last well into the
decade of the 70s. It is significant that President
Eisenhower as well as the first 6 MJ-12 members from the
Government were also members of the Council on Foreign
Relations.
Thorough researchers will soon discover that not all of the
"Wise Men" attended Harvard or Yale and not all of them were
chosen for "Skull and Bones" or "Scroll and Key" membership
during their college years. You will be able to quickly
clear up this mystery by obtaining the book "The Wise Men" by
Walter Isaacson & Evan thomas, Simon and Schuster, New York.
Under illustration #9 in the center of the book you will find
the caption; "Lovett with the Yale Unit, above far right, and
on the beach: His initiation into Skull and Bones came at an
air base near Dunkirk". I have found that members were
chosen on an ongoing basis by invitation based upon merit
post college and was not confined to only Harvard or Yale
attendees.
A chosen few were later initiated into the Jason Society.
They are all members of the Council on Foreign Relations and
at that time were known as the "Eastern Establishment". This
should give you a clue to the far reaching and serious nature
of these most secret college societies. The society is alive
and well today but now includes members of the Trilateral
Commission as well. The Trilateralists existed secretly
several years BEFORE 1973. The name of the Trilateral
Commission was taken from the alien flag known as the
Trilateral Insignia.
Majority Twelve was to survive right up to the present day.
Under Eisenhower and Kennedy it was erroniously called the
"5412 Committee" or more correctly the "Special Group". In
the Johnson Administration it became the "303 Committee"
because the name 5412 had been compromised in the book "The
Secret Government". Actually NSC 5412/1 was leaked to the
author to hide the existence of NSC 5410. Under Nixon, Ford,
and Carter it was called the "40 Committee", and under Reagan
it became the "PI-40 Committee". Over all those years only
the name changed.
By 1955 it became obvious that the aliens had deceived
Eisenhower and had broken the treaty. Mutilated humans were
being found along with mutilated animals all across the
United States. It was suspected that the aliens were not
submitting a complete list of human contacts and abductees to
MJ-12 and it was suspected that not all abductees had been
returned. The Soviet Union was suspected of interacting with
them and this proved to be true. It was learned that the
aliens had been and were then manipulating masses of people
through secret societies, witchcraft, magic, the occult, and
religion. After several Air Force combat air engagements
with alien craft it also became apparent that our weapons
were no match against them.
In November of 1955 NSC-5412/2 was issued establishing a
study committee to explore "all factors which are involved in
the making and implementing of foreign policy in the nuclear
age". This was only a blanket of snow that covered the real
subject of study, the alien question.
By secret Executive Memorandum, NSC 5411 in 1954, President
Eisenhower had commissioned the study group to "examine all
the facts, evidence, lies, and deception and discover the
truth of the alien question". NSC 5412/2 was only a cover
that had become necessary when the press began inquiring as
to the purpose of regular meetings of such important men.
The first meetings began in 1954 and were called the Quantico
meetings because they met at the Quantico Marine Base. The
study group was made up solely of 35 members of the Council
on Foreign Relations' secret scholars known as "The Jason
Society" or "The Jason Scholars". Dr. Edward Teller was
invited to participate. Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski was the
Study Director for the first 18 months. Dr. Henry Kissinger
was chosen as the groups Study Director for the second 18
months beginning in November of 1955. Nelson Rockefeller was
a frequent visitor during the study.
THE STUDY GROUP MEMBERS
Gordon Dean, Chairman
Dr. Henry Kissinger, Study Director
Dr. Edward Teller Frank Altschul
Maj. Gen. Richard C. Lindsay Hamilton Fish Armstrong
Hanson W. Baldwin Maj. Gen. James McCormack, Jr.
Lloyd V. Berkner Robert R. Bowie
Frank C. Nash McGeorge Bundy
Paul H. Nitze William A. M. Burden
Charles P. Noyes John C. Campbell
Frank Pace, Jr. Thomas K. Finletter
James A. Perkins George S. Franklin, Jr.
Don K. Price I. I. Rabi
David Rockefeller Roswell L. Gilpatric
Oscar M. Ruebhausen N. E. Halaby
Lt. Gen. James M. Gavin Gen. Walter Bedell Smith
Caryl P. haskins Henry DeWolf Smyth
James T. Hill, Jr. Shields Warren
Joseph E. Johnson Carroll L Wilson
Mervin J. Kelly Arnold Wolfers

176
textfiles.com/ufo/mj12euro.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
MJ12EURO.TXT - "MJ-12 - THE EUROPEAN CONNECTIONS"
- by Henry Azadehdel, Ph.D. 'Yerevan' 24 Prestwood Dr.
Aspley Park, Nottingham
NG8 3LY, ENGLAND
Telephone: 0602-292187
======================================================================
NOTE: Spelling errors below have not been corrected. The file you
see is how I have received it.
- Tom Mickus 11/2/89
======================================================================
MJ-12 - THE EUROPEAN CONNECTIONS
----------------------------------
Initially the MJ12 papers were sent to Mr. Shandera in an envelope,
post marked Albuquerquee, as undeveloped 35mm film. Later on Moore
published them. Their publication caused a great deal of surprise
mixed with doubts and anxiety in UFO circles worldwide. Some admitted
them without any questions to be authentic, some did not. There was
some preliminary work done with regards to their authenticity and the
saga still continues today. What is important in this event is that
Mr. Moore's ex-colleague or colleague, Stanton Friedman is commissioned
to carry out further research on these documents. The funds are provided
to him by the Fund For UFO Research and MUFON, so I am told. The role
of the funding organizations in itself is raising some questions. One
might ask why? For example, at the time when Moore was busy discrediting
Paul Bennewitz for obvious reasons, Bruce Maccabee was following similar
track, suggesting indirectly, thru his own so called independent inquiry,
more or less what Moore was implying. This is quite obvious in Maccabee's
correspondence with MacCampell. (Some copies of these correspondence are
in my possession).
Bill Cooper and few others had openly expressed their suspicion about
Mr. Moore's conducts. Cooper's invitation from the last MUFON symposium
was withdrawn and Moore allowed in. I would be surprised if anything but
a smoke screen would come out from this so called investigation into the
authenticity and origin of MJ12 papers from this current research. This
is yet another close-shop approach by two American UFO groups who work
very closely with each other and hardly ever allow any other even volunteer
organization to participate in their operations. This I can say with
absolute certainty and reason. At the time when the Gulf Breeze case
surfaced and again these two organizations were involved to the degree of
monopolization of the case, CUFOS's effort was responded with utmost
venom. My own inquiry at that time as one of their own consultants
(MUFON) to have some of these photographs analysed was severely rejected
by Walt Andrus. And even today I am not aware of anybody else who
managed to study those Gulf Breeze photographs but Bruce Maccabee from
FUFOR, who was recently awarded I think 5000 US Dollars by MUFON. I
might be carrying some poison in my pen but please do not forget what
is mentioned here is actually happened and is not a hypothecy. It is
like foxes mediating the wolf for devouring the lamb.
But, even more important is the European connection of this entire
bizarre affair. What I am about to say is what I am told in person by
the person concerned, and the confirmation is also documented on video
tape in another occasion in relation to this topic. Mr. Tim Good has
said to me personally and in a recent UFO conference, held by the
Yorkshire UFO Society in September this year (1989), where he was a guest
speaker that, he received his MJ12 papers from a CIA source independently
in US. He went on saying that he is pleased to say that he was the first
person to publish them. When I questioned him personally in another
occasion prior to this conference few months ago, he said that his source
is still an active CIA member, middle aged. Was he referring to Mr. Moore
then? Did he know THEN, that Mr. Moore is an active agent and yet despite
all his claims to reveal the COVER UPS he was actually covering him up?
If this is the case why, what interest does he have in all this? Or, he
was talking to me about yet another CIA agent? At some stage prior to
publishing his MJ12 papers in his book 'Above Top Secret', Mr. Good
travelled to USA to see Moore and compare his documents of MJ12 with
Moore's. Yet, what is more intriguing is that Good's published papers,
whilst taking into consideration his claim to be the first to publish,
and Moore's are the same. Moore apparently admitted to have tampered
the MJ12 documents for reasons unknown. The next question is, what is
Mr. Good's role in all this?
When I put this question to Mr. Good, he replied that, Moore published
his papers initially as I did, later on he decided to make some alterations.
(Private conversation, the author and Mr. Good, Sep.23, 1989). This I
can not accept because once a so called document/s published, the latter
altered or shortened version could easily be spotted and compared with the
initial publication. There are two important points which would underline
my reasoning. One, we should not forget that Mr. Good's 'Above Top Secret'
book had a world wide distribution, hence if there were any differences
with Moore's version, both parties would have been subjected to inquiries
about their anomalies. Two, only recently Moore admitted tampering the
documents, and before that no one had noticed any differences. If Mr.
Good was aware of this tampering, as a conscincious researcher, why he
never mentioned anything about it to UFO community to safeguard the public's
interest? Or, was it that he was influenced by Mr. Moore in his facts
finding trip? Or, was it a joint decision by both parties to publish
the documents as they were published in Mr. Good's book and by Mr. Moore,
after, may be they both tampered the papers?
In a written letter to me by CIA, dated 07 MAR 1989, in connection to
my inquiry about MJ12, they say "CIA review of a 'Majestic 12', Majic 12'
or MJ 12 - there are variations among the requesters, package has been
requested by a number of persons worldwide. Only one part of that
package as submitted to us was purported to be a CIA document; it was a
poorly done photocopied fabrication. We cannot identify any CIA equities
in any of the other material, and it is not our function to determine
who does have equities therein" it goes on saying "Unfortunately, as you
may know, there have been numerous hoaxes perpetrated over the years in
the field of UFO investigation; photocopiers and carbon copies make this
process relatively simple."
Bearing CIA's reply in mind, if Mr. Good claims that his papers were sent
to him by an active CIA agent, then I think, his so called agent has some
answering to make, and it is a bad time to divert part of this inquiry
towards Mr. Good. Surely, if he knows his source, as he has admitted to
me, he should be able to get some questions answered with regards to the
validity or invalidity of these documents and save the ufologists part of
this sixteen thousand dollars. And if he does not trust his source, again
he should be able to help the line of the inquiry by adding that point
that, these documents might have been fakes and dis-information. Although,
this would be rather difficult for him now, but still it is not too late.
He should have had this assurity from his source before the publication,
and somehow I think he received that from Mr. Moore. But, of course we
now know who Moore was and is. Other important point is that if Mr. Good's
source has provided him with disinformation, which in return Mr. Good has
passed on to ufologists, by the same agent? This we do not know. Assuming
that Mr. Good's source IS reliable, again Mr. Good would be the best person
to go to in order to find out the 'ORIGINAL SOURCE' of the MJ12 documents,
in seeking his assistance, that I am sure he should be glad to offer.
How? In the same quiet way that his source provided him with this documents,
this agent should be able to give him the supporting evidence. There are
various options and methods open to the ufologists to further this
investigations.
Of course, all these options are dependent on the assumption that Mr. Good
has told us the truth. But, if what he has said in some stage is proven
to be not the truth, then the honest ufologists are faced yet with another
'Unofficial' MAJESTIC 12 group in their own community which upon their
will and well established stance in UFO circles, give us any time they wish
bunch of gubbly googs and expect us to swallow. I am not putting any
comments about Mr. Good's close ties and links with the elite, official/
unofficial information-emitting circles here. Neither I am passing any
judgement about the comments he has made couple of times to one of his
close UFO colleagues that 'If I put infront of you solid, concrete evidence
to prove to you that UFOs do constitute a serious threat to the national
security of U.K., what would you do?' and his fellow colleague's answer
that "I would publish it", and Mr. Good's final comment 'Therefore, I can
not give you that evidence!' In other words this/these possible evidence
is for 'The Eyes Only'. (Bearing in mind that the official stance of
Ministry of Defence in U.K. is that UFOs DO NOT constitute any threat to
the national security). How has Mr. Good come upon this evidence that
so many in UK as yet have failed, is a mystery.
I am beginning to believe that for sometimes now the UFO community has been
taken for a ride by a bunch of self acclaimed giants of ufology. Some of
these inturn are infilterated by official agencies, some others act as
double agents. I firmly believe that Moore is not the last and we might
see few more heads to roll. Although, I do hope I am wrong.
Henry Azadehdel.
================================= EOF =======================================
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


147
textfiles.com/ufo/mj12ss.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
THE "MJ-12" FILE: ANOTHER EXCLUSIVE "SMEAR" REPORT:
It has, unfortunately, been over two months since our last issue of
"Smear", and in that period of time MUCH has happened regarding the now-
famous "Majestic-12" or "MJ-12" documents released by Bill Moore and friends
earlier this year.
Before we move on to a summary of new information, let us mention some-
thing we neglected to state in our earlier ravings: Apparently long deceased
Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter was the most important member of this group
of twelve, because his name comes first on the list (he is referred to as "MJ-
1") and because he was allegedly the briefing officer who presented this
startling information to president-elect Dwight Eisenhower on or about Nov.
18th, 1952. Hillenkoetter, after retirement from his position as first dir-
ector of the CIA, became a member of the board of directors of NICAP, circa
1957. Can anyone seriously believe he would have dared to OPENLY join a pro-
UFO organization if he had the KNOWLEDGE of UFO reality that the "MJ-12"
briefing document leads us to assume???
We have already published our exclusive information from Dr. Ernest
Taves, a very close friend of Dr. Donald Menzel, who apparently was "MJ-10".
Taves, like others who knew Menzel well, cannot believe that the long-de-
ceased former director of Harvard Observatory could have had this above-men-
tioned knowledge of UFO reality and still have written 3 anti-saucer books,
and still have debunked UFOs emotionally at every opportunity. Yet Moore and
Friedman see nothing amiss here, and have in fact written long, detailed re-
buttals re the "Menzel Connection" and all other negative evidence that has
been brought up in regard to "MJ-12". They do seem to believe what they are
saying!
CUFOS, in an editorial by Jerry Clark in the May-June issue of the "In-
ternational UFO Reporter", and in a more recent press release, seems general-
ly supportive of "MJ-12", and claims that the "verdict is still open."
MUFON has expressed various opinions, swaying pro and con. They used our
Taves material in a recent issue of their Journal, and in the August issue of
their Newsletter, edited by MUFON's Massachusetts director James Melesciuc,
they state: "The results of the MJ-12 circus created by Moore, Shandera and
Friedman could be detrimental to the future of document research. The hunger
for publicity or for financial gain by any type of self-styled expert can be
as damaging to the subject as the crackpots and fanatics. Moore and Friedman,
of all people, should realize that by promoting evidence loaded with loop-
holes, will cause people to question the quality of their research and would
be disastrous to their reputations...."
Needless to say, CSICOP, as personified by Phil Klass, issued a totally
negative press release, based on insufficient information, in our opinion.
Much more interesting than the CSICOP release is the September issue of "Just
Cause", published by Lawrence Fawcett and Barry Greenwood. In an article en-
titled "The MJ-12 Fiasco," they give a vast amount of detailed negative data
that no student of this matter should overlook. (Address: P. O. Box 218,
Coventry, CT., 16238). To this Bill Moore's only comment (to us, by phone)
is: "Sour Grapes."
"Just Cause" introduces into the fray the name of a present or former
intelligence officer named Richard Doty, assigned to Kirtland Air Force Base,
New Mexico. The magazine alleges that Doty may very likely be Moore's source.
Alas, when we said in our last "Smear" that "we believe we have the name of
the probably perpetrator", it was Doty to whom we were referring. We have
thus been "scooped", but never mind: Moore admits knowing Doty, but denies
that Doty is his source. So the mystery deepens!
Phil Klass, relying largely on information from British researcher Chris-
topher Allan, has made a big deal out of the fact that the "MJ-12" briefing
paper uses an unusual format in writing the dates, which happens to be ex-
actly the same unusual format that Bill Moore uses in writing HIS dates. Our
comment is: Whereas the notorious Straith Letter Hoax of 1957 DID reflect
Gray Barkers' stylistic peculiarities, since it was written late one drunken
night with no forethought, Moore would have to be remarkably stupid or insane
to make such a naive mistake. If the dating similarity means anything, it
more likely means that the REAL hoaxter was trying deliberately to frame
Moore!
So, to get to the point: It appears that most thoughtful Ufologists be-
lieve "MJ-12" is possibly or probably a hoax, and some Ufologists, plus all
of the debunkers, believe that Moore & Co. are behind it. Our position is
that, although "MJ-12" is a hoax in all probability, Moore's group is NOT
behind it. On to our exclusive information:
Your humble "Smear" editor spent large parts of three days with Moore
and Shandera recently (Sept. 23-25), in Burbank, California, discussing "MJ-
12" and related topics. We were left with the strong impression that they
are, if anything VICTIMS of a complex sophisticated hoax that has engulfed
them for several years - a DISINFORMATION campaign of some sort, for what
purpose we do not know.
Ufologists don't seem to realize that Moore has been involved since 1980
in the receipt of supposed "inside" government information from first one in-
formant, and eventually several, on a more or less continuing basis. Like
"Deep Throat" in the Watergate Scandal, these informants do not always hand
him answers, but they tell him where to look. As a result, Moore has given up
his literary career, which looked very promising after the publication of
"The Roswell Incident" (with Charles Berlitz) in 1980, and has devoted all of
his spare time to research related to these ufological matters. He earns a
bare living by selling UFO books and his own tracts by mail order.
Shandera joined Moore in the quest in 1982. He too has largely given up
his career, which was in film and broadcasting. His financial situation is
better than Moore's however, as his wife has a very good job in the TV in-
dustry.
Friedman is, it seems, a more passive partner, in that he is merely kept
informed of information received by the other two. He continues to work at a
normal science-related job in his home town in Canada.
Another thing that Ufologists don't seem to realize is that Moore's evi-
dence consists of a great deal more than what he has released so far. (Appar-
ently his sources tell him what he can release, and were he to disobey, he
would blow the whole ongoing relationship.) There are other documents, includ-
ing one he claims was given to him for exactly 20 minutes to do what he want-
ed with, and then was taken back. He photographed it and read it into a tape
recorder, in the presence of the agent who lent it to him.
There are also several videotapes. We were allowed to see one 20-minute
tape and most of another. These consist of a supposed agent talking in a tot-
ally disguised voice, answering a list of questions from a supposed newsman.
The agent is disguised, and the newsman has his back to the camera. The prov-
en identities of these two are known to Moore and Shandera, they say. No one
was present at the tapings except these two, plus Moore, Shandera, and the
producer.
The contents of the tapes are Way Out - literally and figuratively. We
have been asked not to print anything about the contents, so we will merely
comment that we find the material literally incredible without further evi-
dence to back it up. Moore & Co. apparently have such evidence and expect to
get more.
The scenario is that by the end of this year, Moore's informants will
either come forth with more information and public disclosures, or else Moore
will give up on his informants and go public, himself, with all the inform-
ation he has obtained so far. In either case, we are in for some interesting
times!
There is much more to all this, but Space prevents us from rambling fur-
ther in this issue. Re our continuing "MJ-12" quest: Our sincere thanks to,
among others, Tommy Roy Blann (who now says he has suddenly withdrawn from
the UFO field!); to Jim Speiser of ParaNet; to Antonio Huneeus for material
on the deeply mysterious "Humo Papers" which he has not yet sent (See Next
Issue!); and to the alleged Space People for making all this madness pos-
sible.
Also a tip of the "Smear" sombrero to the various zines that have seen
fit to reprint or condense some of our "MJ-12" material in earlier issues:
"California UFO"; "Would You Believe?"; "The MUFON Journal"; and (ugh!)
"Skeptical Inquirer".


1335
textfiles.com/ufo/mogul.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

364
textfiles.com/ufo/moon1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
This is a report prepared by a geologist and paleontologist named Dr.
Bruce Cornet who provides his interpretation of the anomalous structures
on the moon.
This report was prepared on the basis of data which was obtained from
NASA's own archive, and is available to the public. Unfortunately, NASA
has kept this information under wraps from the public for many years by
publishing a catalog with the pictures blanked out, or very badly
overexposed images of the pictures. Sometime soon, perhaps I will be able
to publish copies of some of these pictures on the internet in GIF format
so that you can decide for yourself what these pictures are like.
This report, and soon the pictures, are clear evidence of the immense
data NASA has been hiding from the public for over 30 years. This
evidence is not going to be easy to explain away since the evidence has
been known to NASA's own scientists for many years. However, it is "too
devasting" to admit that NASA may have hard evidence of artifacts on the
surface of the moon of proof of ET origins of life, and refused to admit
to the American people, and the scientific community that it exists. It
is unfortunate that people who have access to this information have been
for many years part of a carefully archestrated campaign to disinform and
deceive the public.
Marc Whitford
Flames will be ignored. Serious dialog is encouraged.
_______________________________________________________________________
~Title: Interpretation of Anomalous Structures on the Moon
Author of report:
Dr. Bruce Cornet
geologist and paleontologist
27 Tower Hill Ave.
Red Bank, NJ 07701
(908) 747-9244
RE: Interpretation of anomalous structures on the moon, based on
evidence shown to me by Richard C. Hoagland on 24 April, 28 April,
7 May, and 11 May, 1994, and discussions of said evidence with
Hoagland.
Areas of interest: Central area and southwestern area of Sinus Medii,
center of moon disk; Mare Crisium, northwest area of moon disk.
DATA: All photographs at same scale.
Lunar Orbiter, February 1967
Original negative from National Space Science Data Center (NSSDC) at
Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt, MD: III-84M of "Shard" and
"Tower" on southwest side of Sinus Medii from 30 miles altitude, taken
by 3" camera objective (film developed on board satellite; scanned
with 6.5 mu dot scanner; images transmitted, reconstructed, and
reassembled at NASA). Horizon at 256 miles; "Shard" and "Tower" about
230 and 200 miles distance from camera, respectively; resolution of
Shard and Tower calculated at about 70 and 60 meters, respectively.
Orientation of this photograph 45 degrees to south of Apollo 10
photographs AS10-32-4854, AS10-32-4855, and AS10-32-4856.
Surveyor 6, November 1967
One of seven photographs published in NASA Technical Report 32-1262
(NAS7-100), entitled: Surveyor 6 Mission Report, Part III, television
data; published by JPL at Cal. Tech., August 15, 1968. View angle of
photograph west from western part of Sinus Medii, showing refraction
of intense light from Sun (beads are image of photosphere) by surface
material on horizon.
Apollo 10, May 1969
NASA catalog SP-232: AS10-32-4822, AS10-32-4854, AS10-32-4855, and
AS10-32-4856 of Sinus Medii from 70 miles in orbit, taken by hand held
Hasselblad camera. Photographs 4854-56 looking west at terminator
(lunar surface sunrise line) from above eastern side of Sinus Medii;
photograph 4822 looking northeast across Ukert crater in the most
intensively photographed northern edge of Sinus Medii (this photograph
intentionally blacked out in catalog).
The Lunar Orbiter photograph and the three sequential photographs
(AS10-32-4854-56) taken from the Apollo spacecraft all show the
"Tower" (and "Shard") in the southwestern area of Sinus Medii from
different angles and different perspectives. The Surveyor 6
photograph shows anomalous geometric structures above the ground, like
those associated with the tower extending to the north of the "Tower"
for about a hundred miles. The censored Apollo 10 photograph near
Ukert crater shows anomalous geometric structures extending on the
ground for tens of miles over an area the size of the Los Angeles
basin. All of these unnatural structures appear to have sustained
varying degrees of damage from meteorite and micrometeorite impact.
Small impact craters (1-2 miles), for example, exist within the
anomalous area near Ukert, and clearly post-date the anomalies.
Recognition of such damage is important in understanding and
interpreting the nature and time sequence in the origin of these
structures.
Apollo 16, June 1972
NASA photograph AS16-121-19438, looking northwest from above the
eastern edge of Mare Crisium and across Mare Tranquilitatus from 70
miles altitude.
UKERT
Ukert is a crater-like feature that displays a circumscribed
equilateral triangle at full Moon (Noon local time) in its center. I
agree with Hoagland's interpretation that this triangle is not
natural, because the sides of the "crater" are much brighter only
opposite the sides of this triangle. The apices or angles of the
triangle intersect the darkest three areas of the "crater" rim, while
the brightest three areas of the rim are opposite the sides of the
triangle. In addition, the brightest parts of the rim are midway
between the apices of the triangle, and are at 120 degrees orientation
from one another. If a line is drawn from the centers of each bright
area across the triange to the opposing angle, the lines will exactly
bisect each angle. Such regular geometry is not a natural feature of
any terrain, either on Earth or on the Moon. Furthermore, the
symbolism of an equilateral triangle within a circle is a two
dimensional representation of a tetrahedral pyramid within a sphere.
Tetrahedral geometry is hypothesized to be the primary message encoded
in the geometry of the Cydonia complex on Mars (Hoagland, 1992;
McDaniel, 1993).
THE SHARD
The Shard is an obvious structure which rises above the Moon's
surface by more than a mile. Its overall irregular spindly shape
(containing a regular geometric pattern) with constricted nodes and
swollen internodes, if natural, has got to be a wonder of the
Universe. No known natural process can explain such a structure.
Computer enhancement with about 190 feet (60 meters) resolution shows
an irregular outline with more reflective and less reflective
surfaces. The amount of sunlight reflecting from parts of the Shard
indicate a composition inconsistent with that of most natural
substances. Only crystal facets and glass can reflect that much light
(polished metallic surfaces are unnatural). Single crystals the size
of city blocks are currently unknown. I concur with Hoagland that the
Shard may be a highly eroded remnant of some sort of artificial
structure made of glass-like material. Other larger structures and
their reflectivity in the area support this theory.
THE TOWER
The Tower represents an enigma of the highest magnitude, because
it rises more than five miles above the surface of the Moon, and has
been photographed from five different angles and two different
altitudes (from 30 miles altitude, and from 70 miles altitude at three
different distances). In all four photographs the same structure is
visible, and can be viewed from two different sides. The Tower exists
in front of and to the left of the Shard in the Lunar Orbiter III-84M
photograph. The distance from the Tower and the camera is estimated
at about 200 miles, while the distance of the Shard beyond the Tower
is estimated at about 230 miles. The top of the Tower has a very
ordered cubic geometry, and appears to be composed of regular cubes
(similar in size) joined together to form a very large cube with an
estimated width of over one mile! There is apparent damage to the
outline and surface of this megacube, because many cubic spaces or
indentations occur over its surface (these spaces are 50-60 times
larger than pixel size, and their shapes are not controlled by the
rectangular shape of the pixel). A narrow columnar structure connects
this cube with the surface of the Moon. The columnar support is at
least three miles tall, and tapers towards its base. The taper may be
in part due to perspective, if the Tower is oriented at an angle and
is leaning towards the camera. The leaning Tower may be part of a
larger more transparent structure, which is also inclined.
Surrounding the Tower are faint indications of additional light-
reflective material. The amount of light coming from this material is
very small compared with the amount of light reflected off the lunar
surface. In order to make it visible, the surface of the Moon has to
be over-exposed on the photograph. The pattern that becomes visible
above the Moon's surface is not caused by the scan lines that make up
the Lunar Orbiter photography. The scan lines can be seen clearly, and
are oriented at different angles from the orientation of patterns in
the sky. The regular cubic and/or rectangular nature of this pattern,
and indications of radiating structures that connect the Tower with
the surface indicate that material of low light reflectivity exists
above the Moon's surface over a large area measured in hundreds of
miles. The irregular splotchy reflection from some of this aerial
material may be due to meteorite and projectile damage over millions
of years. Its highly transparent nature (bright stars can be seen
behind and through this material) indicates either an open grid with
cubic spaces or glass-like material held together by some sort of
structural grid or a combination of both. Other photographs described
below confirm the size and extent of this grid-like construction.
THE SKY GRID
The Surveyor 6 photograph of the Sun's corona at the horizon
(Photograph published in NASA Technical Report 32-1262) is a view just
to the north of the Tower (less than 100 miles). Total image was
recorded in primary data, and variations in image reproduction are due
to processing differences. Two major anomalies are apparent in this
photograph: 1) sunlight at the surface of the Moon is refracted
towards the camera and appears as elongate beads of bright light on
top of the horizon (JPL measurements indicate light saturation for the
camera was reached in these beads); 2) a regular cubic pattern of
horizontal benches appears above the surface, and extends nearly as
high as the view in the photograph to an altitude of several miles.
Due to the angle of incidence of backlit sunlight from the Sun, which
was located below the horizon, the visibility of the pattern above the
surface decreases with increasing angular reflection from the center
of the Sun. This means that whatever was causing the reflection and
refraction above the Moon's surface is geometrically dependent on the
Sun's position below the Moon's horizon, and is therefore not likely
an artifact of imaging, reproduction, or processing. Six additional
pictures of this horizon were taken within 90 minutes, and if
available (obtainable) will provide additional data for further
analysis.
The bright beads of light on the surface decrease or become more
non-continuous laterally along the horizon. This anomalous beading
was explained by NASA as diffraction by fine dust suspended above the
surface. No such suspended dust was found by the Apollo astronauts,
and an alternative hypothesis is warranted. I agree with Hoagland's
interpretation that a) the light is refraction, and b) the intense
concentration of light is likely caused by glass imaging the Sun from
beyond the horizon. It is unlikely that the material causing this
phenomenon is natural dust or glass tectites on the surface, which are
largely opaque to only partly transparent. The glass refracting the
light has to be nearly transparent to transmit so much light to such a
height above the surface, particularly if the refracting material has
any depth to it. It may represent the basal more intact part of a
superstructure that is apparent above the surface. Because of less
damage, and more massive glass support structures at the base (visible
in some photographs as a hierarchy of stacked glass arches, each with
expanded bases), more light is conducted and focused there like a
series of glass lenses. Simple reflection can be ruled out as an
explanation for the beads because of the position of the Sun below the
horizon.
The three Apollo 10 photographs showing the Tower in the distance
also show the grid structure from above. These photographs were taken
at three different distances from the Tower as the Apollo spacecraft
moved towards the Tower. Within the sky above the horizon and around
the Tower a regular grid pattern emerges with proper contrast control.
This grid pattern appears to be three-dimensional, and is expressed as
dark lines with random points of reflection around those lines. The
grid appears to be some sort of support structure, perhaps formed from
a metallic rebar. The reflective material associated with it is cubic
and hexagonal in design, but incomplete. With different attitudes or
angles of sight, different areas of the grid structure become
illuminated or reflective, implying that angle of incidence is
important. I agree with Hoagland's interpretation of this material as
remnant portions of the glass structure, which still remains attached
and suspended above the Moon's surface on a metallic cross support
structure. The Tower, by contrast, is visible in all three
photographs, because there is much more glass remaining than on the
suspended grid structure around the Tower. Even from different angles
and distances in these photographs, the top of the Tower appears as a
giant cube made up of smaller cubic and hexagonal objects.
There is no way to get around this evidence once it becomes
apparent. Altering the contrast of the Moon's surface can make this
faint structure seem to disappear, but such photographic manipulation
(cf. NASA catalogs) will not invalidate it. The evidence that
Hoagland has brought to light may assail one's sensibilities because
of its magnitude and artificial implication, but it cannot be
dismissed or ignored. It is there and it must be explained.
THE CITY COMPLEX NEAR UKERT
Photograph AS10-32-4822 in NASA catalog SP-232 is blacked out,
along with several other photographs. When it was ordered, the image
was of high quality, contrary to what was implied by it being blacked
out in the catalog. Instead of a poor photograph, the image shows
features near Ukert crater that defy conventional explanation. A
linear dome-shaped hill runs diagonally across the photograph. To the
north of that hill a large area exists with regularly aligned rows of
structure. Within this anomalous area more than a dozen small craters
can be seen that modify the landscape. From a distance the regular
rows appear like benches. On Earth such a feature would be
interpreted as the pattern produced by the eroded edges of layered
rocks that dip below the surface. But on the Moon there have been no
physical processes that can account for such a regular geologic
structure. Furthermore, rills and wrinkles on the surface of a
cooling magma outflow do not form such a regular pattern, as is
evident in so many mare on the Moon. And this anomalous pattern has
definite boundaries beyond which it is absent.
Upon magnification, this anomalous pattern begins to take on a
different character: Rectangular features exist along the rows, with
many having gaps between them. In addition, thin spires project up
from the surface in several places along some rows. Upon further
magnification some of the rectangular structures take on a form like
buildings and skyscrapers. Resolution at high magnification (for the
image I saw) is not good enough to resolve more than the outlines of
possible buildings. The whole area resembles what one might expect
for a city the size of Los Angeles that had been abandoned and left to
decay for centuries. The crater impacts and constant barrage from
micrometeorites over millions of years would have provided an abrasive
force as damaging as our weather and earthquakes on Earth over
centuries or even decades.
I agree with Hoagland that someone or some group within NASA
deliberately concealed this picture in the catalog because of its
content, and that this area may contain one of several city complexes
that were built under an enormous glass dome within Sinus Medii. The
sheer implications of such massive structures on the Moon, if verified
by an open and honest visit by astronauts to the Moon, would cause Man
to rethink many ideas and question many beliefs about other
intelligent life in the Universe. Clearly, such structures are well
beyond our current technologies, and rank with the Pyramids and Sphinx
on Earth, and with the Cydonia complex and its humanoid face on Mars,
as major mysteries of our Solar System.
THE DOME OVER MARE CRISIUM
Further evidence for such massive constructs on the Moon can be
found in Mare Crisium. The photograph that Hoagland showed me of that
area (NASA photograph AS16-121-19438) has a strange set of large,
concentric, circular light patterns within the mare. To one side an
emormous spire or tower rises from the surface within the perimeter
of these light circles. Magnification of the area around this spire
shows cubic patterns like those around the Tower in Sinus Medii.
Numerous holes of varying size can be detected within this cubic
pattern, probably caused by meteorites. Around the edges of these
holes I can see layers of light-reflecting cubic glass-like material
and suggestions of strands of rebar support. Below this cover on the
ground there is more structure, which can be detected under some
of the holes. There is an unusual interference pattern below the
cubic pattern as well. None of these patterns can be explained as
normal or natural. I interpret the major cubic pattern as
reflections off rebar and micrometeorite-frosted glass of the dome
that covers most of Mare Crisium. I interpret the pattern below the
dome as possibly caused by artificial structures on the surface of
the Moon, such as the city-like construct near Ukert, and the
concentric circles of light over the surface of Mare Crisium as
light reflection and refraction through the remaining portions of
the glass dome.
I support Hoagland's interpretation that the anomalous patterns
in photographs from Sinus Medii and Mare Crisium cannot be explained
as natural. I further support his interpretation that these patterns
above the surface are caused by enormous structures of artificial
origin, structures that may represent the remains of glass domes that
were built to cover, protect, and provide a life-support environment
for habitable structures on the surface.
Clearly, further independent investigation and analysis by
experts is warranted. There is also a relevant need to press the
Pentagon into releasing all 1.5 million Clementine photographs
immediately and without censorship.
_______________________
Dr. Bruce Cornet
May 15, 1994

507
textfiles.com/ufo/moonbase.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
STRATEGIES FOR A PERMANENT LUNAR BASE
Michael B. Duke, Wendell W. Mendell, and Barney B. Roberts
NASA-Johnson Space Center, Houston, TX 77058
Abstract
Planned activities at a manned lunar base can be categorized as
supporting one or more of three possible objectives: scientific research,
exploration of lunar resources for use in building a space infrastructure,
or attainment of self-sufficiency in the lunar environment as a first step
in planetary habitation. Scenarios constructed around each of the three
goals have many common elements, particularly in the early phases. The
cost and the complexity of the base, as well as the structure of the Space
Transportation System, are functions of the chosen long-term strategy. A
real lunar base will manifest some combination of characteristics from
these idealized end members.
A MOON IN AMERICA'S FUTURE
The Earth is unique in the solar system, not only for harboring life,
but also for its relatively massive satellite. It is speculative that the
two attributes are somehow related, but certainly the Earth's companion
has left cultural and biological imprints on humanity. As cumulative
application of the scientific method has increased our understanding and
awareness of the physical universe, fascination with the habitability of
the Moon has blossomed. As late as the late century, newspaper stories
reported telescopic observations of the daily lives of lunar creatures.
The manned lunar landings of the last decade have dispelled such
romanticism forever but in turn have provided the technology and the
information necessary to fulfill a greater dream - the transport of
civilization beyond the confines of the Earth.
Cultural expansion is a recurring theme in human affairs. Motivations
for exploration or conquest vary from resource limitations (Mongol
invasions) to religion (Turkish probings of medieval Europe) to commerce
(global circumnavigations of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries).
American history especially is permeated by the doctrine of manifest
destiny. The concept of the frontier has come to symbolize for Americans
the exercise of individual freedom, which in collective expression leads
to social renewal. Contemporary popular writers cater to this mythos by
describing for an overpopulated and confused world the "high frontier" of
space. So far, the promise of space has been a reality for a few and only
a vicarious experience for most. However, humanity, and the United States
particularly, stands today at the threshold of a truly new world - the
Moon.
The promise of the Moon is not immediately evident from examination of
the current American space program. However, the space shuttle and the
proposed space station can be viewed as building blocks in a general
purpose space transportation infrastructure (fig. 1). To service
geosynchronous orbit, an upper stage is needed in addition to the shuttle.
If that upper stage is provided in the form of a reusable orbit-to-orbit
transfer vehicle docked at the space station, the transportation system
can be multipurpose. In particular, a rudimentary lunar transportation
system then will exist because the propulsion requirements for attaining
geosynchronous orbit and lunar orbit are essentially identical. A lunar
landing vehicle is required to place payloads on the lunar surface, but
its design can be a straightforward adaptation of the orbital transfer
vehicle (OTV). The space station and the reusable OTV constitute a natural
evolutionary path that, when achieved, will make accessible all near-Earth
space including the Moon. This "enabling technology" is a NASA target for
the mid 1990's.
When the requisite technology exists, the American political process
inevitably will include lunar surface activities as a major space
objective. In fact, some sort of declaration may well precede the actual
establishment of the space station. It is therefore prudent to consider
the nature of a permanent manned presence on the Moon and its potential
impact on the evolution of the Space Transportation System (STS).
Although the lunar base program is one in which the United States can
assert its leadership in space, it is inherently international in scope
and should involve as much participation as possible from other countries.
Opportunities for international cooperation exist in the planning stages,
in the science and technology development, and in operations at the lunar
base. A legal framework will be needed to guarantee that potentially
profit-making ventures adequately consider the concerns of the
international community.
USES OF THE MOON
A manned lunar base can be discussed in terms of three distinct
functions. The first involves the scientific investigation of the Moon and
its environment and the application of special properties of the Moon to
research problems. The second produces the capability to utilize the
materials of the Moon for beneficial purposes throughout the Earth-Moon
system. The last, and perhaps the most intriguing, is to conduct research
and development leading to a self-sufficient and self-supporting lunar
base, the first extraterrestrial human colony. Although these activities
take place on the Moon, the developed technology and the established
capability will benefit society on Earth as well as the growing
industrialization of near-Earth space.
Scientific Research
A lunar base will create new opportunities for investigating the Moon
and its environment and for using the Moon as a platform for scientific
investigations. Analogous to the function of McMurdo Base in Antarctica,
the lunar base will provide logistical and supporting laboratory
capability to rapidly expand knowledge of lunar geology, geophysics,
environmental science, and resource potential through wide-ranging field
investigations, sampling, and placement of instrumentation. Access to
large, free vacuum volumes may enable new experimental facilities such as
macroparticle accelerators. The firm, fixed platform will enable new
astronomical interferometric measurements to be obtained (fig. 2). The
challenge of long-term, self-sufficient operations on the Moon can spur
scientific and technological advances in materials science, bioprocessing,
physics and chemistry based on lunar materials, and reprocessing systems.
These concepts are explored by other papers in this volume.
Exploitation of Lunar Resources
It has been argued that major industrialization of space cannot occur
without access to the resources of the Moon. Studies of immense projects
such as solar power satellites have demonstrated that at a sufficiently
large scale, it is reasonable to develop the resource potential of the
Moon to offset the high Earth-to-orbit transportation costs (Hearth,
1976). The lower gravitational field of the Moon and the absence of an
atmosphere that retards objects accelerated from the surface provides a
potential 20 to 30-fold advantage for launching from the Moon instead of
Earth. For example, at liftoff, about 1.5% of the space shuttle's mass is
payload. Most of the mass is propellant. From the Moon, approximately 50%
of the mass can be payload.
The commodity currently envisioned to be most in demand in Earth-Moon
space over the next three decades is liquid oxygen, which makes up 6/7 of
the mass of propellant utilized by cryogenic (hydrogen-oxygen) rockets,
such as the Centaur or postulated OTV's. Although it would appear unlikely
than an atmosphereless body is a source for oxygen, it is actually an
abundant element on the Moon (Arnold and Duke, 1978). It must be
extracted, however, from silicate and oxide minerals into its liquid form
for use as a propellant. Several processes have been suggested (Criswell,
1980) for accomplishing this, including reduction of raw soil by fluorine
(which is recovered) or reduction or iron-titanium oxide (ilmenite)
hydrogen (also recovered). Preliminary laboratory studies have verified
the concepts behind some of these processes.
Systems studies (e.g., Carrol et al., 1983) show that oxygen
production on the Moon could benefit STS in the early years of the next
century, even if the hydrogen component of the propellant needed to be
brought from Earth (fig. 3-5). Finding concentrations of water at the
lunar poles (Arnold, 1979) or extracting the dispersed solar wind-derived
hydrogen in the lunar regolith would greatly improve the economics of the
transportation system.
Other commodities also could be produced. Metals, such as iron or
titanium, can be extracted from the lunar soil or from specific rocks or
minerals with differing degrees of difficulty. For example, small
quantities of metal (primarily iron) from meteorites can be concentrated
with a magnetic device from large amounts of lunar soil, or, with much
larger energy inputs, titanium can be obtained from ilmenite. These
products could find applications in large space structures. Lunar titania
or alumina might be used to produce aerobrakes (heat shields) used in
OTV's. In the long term, at relatively high levels of development,
production of components for solar electric power generation in space
(e.g., solar power satellites) could be made feasible (Bock, 1979).
Lunar Autarky
A self-sufficient lunar base is a possible long-term objective that
creates new challenges in planning and development. In the near term,
emplacement of a controlled environment capsule on the Moon involves known
technology. The initial concept for a lunar habitat module is simply an
extension of the design experience from Apollo, Skylab, the space shuttle,
and space station (fig. 6). A different perspective is required to plan
systems that can utilize the Moon's native materials and energy sources to
produce a self-sufficient capability.
Most of the generic technologies for an advanced system are similar to
those employed in general space operations (life support, power, thermal
control, communications, logistics, and transportation, etc.), but they
must be modified to utilize lunar materials for growth and extension.
Ultimately, the desire to minimize or to eliminate the resupply link from
Earth required a host of applications, new to the space program, carried
to new levels of system reliability. Exploration of technologies such as
lunar metallurgy, ceramics, manufacturing processes, power systems, and
others, will reveal whether autarky is a realistic objective and can
prepare the way for achieving it an operational base. Perhaps this is the
most compelling rationale for a lunar system, as it promises eventual
self-sufficiency elsewhere in the solar system.
PHASED EVOLUTION OF A LUNAR BASE
We loosely define three scenarios, each based on one of the long-term
rationales described above: scientific research, production, and
self-sufficiency (Tables 1-3). Each scenario passes through several
phases, some of which are common to the other scenarios. The distinction
among the three views lies with the culminating phase of each.
Precursor Exploration. Because the scientific data base is incomplete,
particularly in the polar regions, the first step in Phase I is global
mapping of the Moon, both with relatively high resolution imagery and with
remote-sensing measurements to determine the chemical variability. This
task can be accomplished with an unmanned satellite, a Lunar Geochemical
Orbiter or LGO (Minear et al., 1977), which is a proposed mission in
NASA's planetary program and could be flown in the 1990-1992 time frame.
The LGO is in the Planetary Observer mission class, a low-cost approach to
planetary exploration recommended by the report of the Solar System
Exploration Committee (1983). Secondly, Phase I should include research on
technologies necessary to exploit lunar surfaces. Technology development
in resource problems on Earth is typically a long lead time process. At
the conclusion of Phase I, the initial site for a base will have been
defined and planned activities understood in some detail. Concurrently
with this preliminary phase in the lunar program, development of a space
station and on OTV capable of supporting a lunar base would be carried out
in NASA's STS program.
Research Output. At Phase II, an initial surface facility would
establish limited research capability for science, materials processing,
or lunar surface operations. Depending on the long-term objectives of the
lunar base program, the detailed studies and the experimental plans start
to diverge at this phase for the different scenarios. A focus on lunar
science and astronomy would result in local geological exploration, the
establishment of a small astronomical laboratory, and emplacement of
automated instruments. If production were to be the focus, a pilot plant
for lunar oxygen extractions could be set up instead, and study of the
fabrication of aerobrakes from lunar material could be initiated. If the
program goal pointed to achieving self-sufficiency, the emphasis at this
stage could be agricultural experiments utilizing lunar soil as substrate
and recycling water, oxygen, and carbon dioxide.
To accomplish Phase II in any of the scenarios, the STS must have the
capability of landing and taking off from the Moon, transporting manned
capsules (about 10,000 kg) to and from the lunar surface, and delivering
payloads of about 20,000 kg to the lunar surface. This involves delivering
approximately 40,000 kg into lunar orbit using OTV's. The requirement for
storage of the return vehicle on the Moon for extended periods (14 days to
3 months) may require new high-performance, storable propellent systems at
this phase of development.
Permanent Occupancy. At Phase III, permanent occupancy is the
objective. The surface infrastructure would include greater access to
power, better mobility in and away from the base, and more diversified
research capability. Still, depending on the long-term objectives, the
nature of the base can vary. A science base might emphasize long-range
traverses for planetological studies or extension of observational
capability with larger telescopes. A production base will incorporate
highly automated systems to produce and transfer liquid oxygen for use in
the transportation system. Advanced research for a self-sufficient base
would be making first extensions of the base utilizing indigenous
materials. The production and the self-sufficiency scenarios require a
small cousin to the Earth-orbit space station in lunar space (lunar orbit
or an Earth-Moon libration point) to provide for transfer, refueling and
maintenance of the lunar lander and the OTV's.
Advanced Base. The advanced base, Phase IV, is even more specialized.
Depending on the long-term plan, it produces more types or a greater range
of scientific investigations, adds products to the growing lunar
industrial base, or enters a phase of significant expansion of
capabilities using lunar materials as the majority of the feedstock. This
is the terminal phase for the science and production scenarios. Future
growth may occur by enlarging the number of experiments or products
produced on the Moon, but a self-sustaining capability is not included.
The production base might even develop toward a highly automated state
where permanent occupancy was unnecessary. For the production and
independence scenarios, the base should begin paying its own operational
costs. In the self-sufficiency scenario, research and development of pilot
plants aimed at a broad range of indigenous ;lunar technologies would be
pursued. The final phase of the self-sufficiency scenario is a truly
autarkic settlement, a lunar colony, in which the link to Earth can be
discretionary.
EVOLUTION OF THE PROGRAM
Figure 7 ties the possible development of a lunar base to the growth
of lunar resource support of the transportation system. Initially, the
base is totally dependent on terrestrial supply where 7 kg in low-Earth
orbit is required to place 1 kg on the lunar surface. With the
introduction of lunar oxygen first into near-Moon operations and then into
the return leg of the transportation system, the slope of the curve
changes from 7:1 to 3.5:1. As the lunar manufacturing capability increases
to the point where aerobrakes can be manufactured, the slope decreases to
somewhat slightly greater than 1:1. Further growth of lunar capability
allows expansion of base mass to be more or less independent of the
quantity of imported terrestrial mass. At the point of self-sufficiency,
only trace minerals and crew changeout are chargeable weight to lunar
operations; the slope of the curve in fig. 7 is essentially flat.
Another consideration in the growth of lunar activities is the
economic "balance of trade" between Earth orbit and the lunar surface. The
value of lunar products may support lunar operations before a true mass
balance is achieved. It is difficult to calculate the economic value of
lunar oxygen and other products in low-Earth orbit. However these "lunar
credits" are shown qualitatively in fig. 7 at the point where a closed
ecological life support system (CELSS) and a significant manufacturing
capability are available. The slope of the "credits" line will be a
function of many things, such as the amount of oxygen required to support
non-lunar activities, the value of science and research enabled by the
lunar base. Finally, the dashed line of constant slope indicates the
continued total dependency that would exist if these technologies are not
pursued on the Moon, that is, if a self-sufficiency element is not
included in the lunar base program.
The real lunar base will evolve as some combination of the above
scenarios. Determination of the right mix requires research, development,
and debate. Even if a program is started now, several years should be
devoted to study of the detailed lunar base scenario. The time is
available because the development of the space transportation
infrastructure and the completion of the orbital science survey will take
7-10 years. Proper preparation will make it possible to decide on a
specific lunar base design in the early 1990's. That time frame is
consistent with the development of the infrastructure that will enable the
lunar base program to be carried out to its full potential. The first
manned landings could occur early in the first decade of the next century;
permanent occupancy could be achieved by the year 2007, the fiftieth
anniversary of the Space Age.
There are potential technological problems that may slow the
development of the lunar base, and at each phase there will be serious
questions as to whether to proceed and how and when to proceed. A
commitment need not be made now to the whole plan. Nevertheless, the
long-term objective is one of immense significance in human history and
should not be casually discarded. It is inevitable that humankind will
settle the Moon and other bodies in the Solar System. We live in a
generation that has already taken very significant steps along that path.
With careful planning, we can nuture the capability to move from the
planet, to provide benefits to Earth, and to satisfy humanity's spirit of
adventure.
REFERENCES
Arnold, James R. (1979) Ice in the lunar polar regions, J. Geophys.
Res., 84, 5659-5668.
Arnold, James R. and Duke, Michael B. (1978) Summer Workshop On
Near-Earth Resources, NASA CP-2031, NASA, Washington, DC, 1-7 pp.
Bock, Edward H. (1979) Lunar Resources Utilization for Space
Construction, Final Report for Contract NAS9-15560, General Dynamics
Convair Div., Advanced Space Programs, San Diego, CA.
Carroll, W. F., Steurer, W. H., Frisbee, R. H., and Jones, R. M.
(1983) Extraterrestrial materials - Their role in future space
operations, Astronaut, Aeronaut, 21, 80-85.
Criswell, David R. (1980) Extraterrestrial materials processing and
construction, Final Report Contr. NSR 09-051-001, Lunar and Planetary
Institute, Houston, TX.
Hearth, Donald P. (1976) Outlook for Space, NASA SP-386, NASA, Wash., DC,
237 pp.
Minear, J. W., Hubbard, N., Johnson, T.V., and Clarke, V. C., Jr. (1977)
Mission Summary for Lunar Polar Orbiter, JPL Document 660-41, Rev. A., Jet
Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena, CA.,36 pp
Solar System Exploration Committee (1983) Planetary Exploration Through
Year 2000: A Core Program, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
DC, 167 pp.
Figure Titles
Figure 1. The Space Transportation System of the future may service a
station in geosynchronous orbit as well as a lunar base via a station in
lunar space. The lift capacity of the Shuttle fleet may be augmented by an
unmanned heavy lift vehicle, designed to ship fuel and consumables to
space.
Figure 2. A radio telescope located on the farside of the Moon would be
shielded from background noises generated by terrestrial sources. Although
depicted here with a parabolic dish in a convenient crater, an initial
lunar instrument may well be a phased array of dipole antennas.
Figure 3. Liquid oxygen fuel (LOX), manufactured on the Moon and delivered
to low-Earth orbit may become a profitable export for a lunar base. A
critical parameter in analyses of the system is the mass payback ratio,
defined as the ratio of the excess lunar LOX in LEO to the liquid hydrogen
fuel delivered from Earth to LEO.
Figure 4. The mass payback ratio for lunar LOX delivered to LEO is
sensitive to the design characteristics of the OTV used as a lunar
freighter. The fractional mass of the OTV aerobrake and the oxidizer to
fuel ratio are key parameters. Manufacture of aerobrakes on the Moon would
enhance system performance.
Figure 5. A simple cost-benefit analysis assumes that a lunar oxygen
production facility has its capital costs amortized solely by "profits" on
delivery of LOX to LEO. While lunar oxygen is competitive with shuttle
delivery in all cases, introduction of a cost-efficient heavy lift vehicle
reduces the advantage under more conservative cost estimates for the lunar
operation. If costs of lunar LOX are shared with other activities, the
advantage is restored.
Figure 6. The first lunar base habitats and laboratories could be space
station modules, buried in the lunar regolith for protection from solar
flare radiation. Interface modules not only interconnect the buries
structures but also can be stacked to create exits to the surface.
Figure 7. Initially, almost 7 kg must be lifted into LEO for every kg
landed on the Moon. As lunar oxygen is introduced into the transportation
system, the ratio improves as a unit mass goes from Earth to Moon with
only little overhead in the system. In a Phase IV advanced base, the
growth of lunar surface infrastructure becomes only weakly dependent on
imports from Earth. A favorable balance of trade is ultimately
conceivable.
Table 1. Lunar Base Growth Phases: Sciences Base Scenario
A growing capability to do lunar science and to use the Moon as a research
base for other disciplines, using lunar resources to a limited extent to
support operations.
Phase I: Preparatory exploration
. Lunar orbiter explorer and mapper
. Instrument and experiment definition
. Site selection
. Automated site preparation
Phase II: Research Outpost
. Minimum base, temporarily occupied, totally resupplied from Earth
. Small telescope/Geoscience module
. Short range science sorties
. Instrument package emplacement
Phase III: Operational Base
. Permanently occupied facility
. Consumable production/Recycling pilot plant
. Longer range science sorties
. Geoscience/Biomedical laboratory
. Experimental lunar telescope
. Extended surface science experimental packages
Phase IV: Advanced Base
. Advanced consumable production
. Satellite outposts
. Advanced geoscience laboratory
. Plant research laboratory
. Advanced astronomical observatory
. Long-range surface exploration
Table 2. Lunar Base Growth Phases Production Base Scenario
A lunar base that is intended to develop one or more products for
commercial use. Manned activity may be continuous, but a high degree of
automation is expected.
Phase I: Preparatory exploration
. Lunar orbiter explorer and mapper
. Lunar pilot plant definition
. Site selection
. Automated site preparation
Phase II: Research outpost
. Minimum base, temporarily occupied, totally resupplied from Earth
. Surface mining pilot operation
. Lunar oxygen pilot plant
. Lunar materials utilization research module
Phase III: Operational base
. Permanently occupied base
. Expanded mining facility
. Consumables supplied locally
. Oxygen production plant
. Lunar materials processing pilot plant(s)
Phase IV: Advanced base
. Large scale oxygen production
. Ceramics/Metals production facility
. Locally derived consumables for industrial use
. Industrial research facility
Table 3. Lunar Growth Phases: Lunar Self-Sufficiency Research Base
Scenario
A lunar base that grows in its capacity to support itself and expand its
capabilities utilizing the indigenous resources of the Moon, with the
ultimate objective of becoming independent of Earth.
Phase I: Preparatory exploration
. Lunar orbiter explorer and mapper
. Process definition
. Site selection
. Automated site preparation
Phase II: Research Outpost
. Minimum base, temporarily occupied, totally resupplied from Earth
. Surface mining, pilot operation
. Lunar oxygen production pilot plant
. Closed systems research module
Phase III: Operational base
. Permanently occupied facility
. Expanded mining facility
. Lunar agriculture research laboratory
. Lunar materials processing pilot plant(s)
Phase IV: Advanced base
. Lunar ecology research laboratory
. Lunar power station-90% lunar materials-derived
. Agriculture production pilot plant
. Lunar manufacturing facility
. Oxygen production plant
. Lunar volatile extraction pilot plant
Phase V: Self-sufficient colony
. Full-scale production of exportable oxygen
. Volatile production for agriculture, Moon-orbit transportation
. Closed ecological life support system
. Lunar manufacturing facility: tools, containment systems, fabricated
assemblies. etc.
. Lunar power station - 100% lunar materials - derived
. Expanding population base


203
textfiles.com/ufo/moondome.asc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
This file was prepared at:
The Wrong Number BBS
201-451-3063 300/1200/2400 24 hrs.
The article was originally published
in FATE Magazine, March 1991
CAN MOON ILLUSIONS MOVE?
By Felix A. Bach
What could be more galling than spotting still further changes in
the monstrous moon objects I've been viewing and telling folks about
lately, especially after all the effort our vaunted "space experts"
keep expending to convince us that _nothing_ is up there?
Despite their sneering claims that moon objects can only be
"illusions," new ones continue to make surprise appearances, put on
spectacular displays of activity, and then just blithely disappear! A
good example was the original "See Through Bags" object at Crater
Rost, a sketch of which was published in FATE (July 1986). In all the
sightings prior to that sketch, it showed seven puffy, gossamer bags
draped from the hooked end of a very shiny, jet-black (a significant
feature of many major objects) mast about 20 _miles tall!_ Sometime
between mid-August and September of 1986, though, the mast was rotated
halfway around, and the "bags" were strung out on a line stretching
some 35 miles over to Crater Schiller, reminiscent of laundry hanging
on a clothesline.
After a dozen or so sightings of this object I naturally assumed
it was a permanent fixture that would stay there forever, just
changing appearance every now and then to do whatever job it does. I
described and sketched the new changes in a later article for the July
1987 issue of _The Gate._ Even before that article reached its
readers, astounding changes had already taken place. Sometime before
May 1987, the mast had acquired a new crossbar near its hooked end.
There was also a new fabric-like skirt running down most of the shaft
to the surface (making that part look like a very tall "tepee").
_WEATHER PROTECTION?_
A new ribbon of shiny material several miles wide was also draped
from the crossbar swooping down to the surface like a waterfall.
Where it landed, it transformed into a long, tubelike form a mile or
so wide, which subsequently ran across the same 35 miles of surface
over to Crater Schiller that was covered by its former aerial route.
(The whole scene was reminiscent of the familiar plastic sheets we see
draped around our earthly construction sites nowadays for weather
protection.) There is very little chance of error about this since I
studied the condition at length and under optimal conditions for three
nights in a row, beginning the 10th night after the Full Moon (May 8,
9, and 10) at high resolution powers up to 500x, (which according to
my "Celestron" manufacturer allows viewing of lunar details as small
across as a football stadium.)
Upon looking just one month later I was very surprised to find
that everything described here was _gone._ Apparently, whatever
purpose this contraption served was completed and it was quickly
dismantled and removed (or maybe just retracted?).
_THE BEADED ARCH_
Another of my original sightings published in that same 1986
sketch in FATE was the "Spectacular Beaded Arch," parts of which were
first seen with my old 60mm starter telescope as early as 1983. As
shown here again in the sketch accompanying this article, it runs
south roughly 175 miles from near Mt. Hadley toward Mt. Bradley.
Regardless that viewing conditions were good back then it didn't
matter much because I was still to naive at the time to grasp the
enormity of what I was viewing, anyway (and would not have believed it
possible).
Then I got a view of more aspects of this arch the next summer
while looking through an 8-inch Meade (S/C) telescope of a neighbor on
the eighth night. He was set for 600x. There were excellent viewing
conditions at the time, which yielded better than twice the
magnification at better clarity than I had ever experienced before.
Even so, I was still unable to connect the various parts seen
into a recognizable whole object yet. I did note that a mysterious
bright bead seemed to be sitting atop Mr. Hadley though, unexplainably
moved from its prior-year location seen somewhere to the east.
_I SEE IT ALL_
It all came together when the arch became gloriously visible once
again in 1985 on the seventh night (November 19th), while I was
viewing with my own new SPC 8-inch telescope. Because of a different
_libration_ (viewing angle), I was able to see the whole arch from end
to end at a single whack! When I saw that jet black shaft vaulting
about 50 miles above the surface with five bright "beads" spaced along
its length (all verified by great shadows, incidentally), I finally
realized that I was looking at a stupendous object. I had no idea
that still more arches were concealed in the terminator darkness
heading southwest, so I sketched as much as I had seen up to that time
for the first publication.
When the moon got in another favorable libration again in July
1986, a second beaded arch became visible -- a virtual twin sister of
the earlier one, running another 175 miles southward from near Mr.
Bradley almost to Crater Eratosthenes.
As though this second arch wasn't mind-boggling enough, still a
third little brother arch, about 50 miles long, became visible
snuggled under the twin sister just two months later (in September
1986). At that time, all three arches were visible together similar
to the condition as shown in the sketch on the next page.
_U.S. AND SOVIET INVESTIGATIONS?_
Please note the relative position of the Apollo 15 landing site
shown at the announced coordinates of 24N, 2E. If you can see the
fortuitous location as roughly central between the ends of the two
larger arches, then you may suspect that some other very knowledgeable
people know a whole lot about these arches, too.
Incidentally, the Soviets also showed great interest in them
earlier, when their Luna 2 space probe landed just 80 miles away at
31N, 1E, (they say) a bit off the mark but still a very respectable
position for reconnaissance.
_WHERE DID THEY GO?_
Once again, all arches shown in the sketch were gone by the time
I viewed the area just one month later (in October 1986). Untimely
bad weather has hindered follow-up viewing ever since, so I can't say
if they have been visible lately or not. You can see parts of them
pictured in a legitimate 1956 Mt. Wilson photo on plate 7-1 in
Dinsmore Alter's _Pictorial Guide to the Moon_, (3rd Revised Edition
1973), as well as on page 9 of _The Questar Moon_ (published since
1981).
Since we have these various sightings, plus independent
photographic evidence of their sporadic reappearances, viewers should
keep watching for these arches because it is most likely they will be
visible again as soon as conditions warrant. Some special mention is
deserved by the crane boom shown above Crater Eratosthenes.
Unfortunately, it may show up only faintly at times, no doubt
depending on where it was "parked" after its last use.
When position, lighting, libration, and perigee (i.e. lunar
nearness) are favorable, it is a joy to see. Due to its 12 or so mile
height, it gets lit several hours before the surface below, so it
gleams with a metallic brilliance that makes it look like a tiny bar
of light floating magically above that whole sea of darkness. Several
hours later, though, viewings will show its distinctive shadows
running across the crater floor and curling around its western rim.
The object shows up with sparkling clarity (with shadow) in at
least a half dozen places in _The Questar Moon_, and a bit less clear
but in more places in _Pictorial Guide to the Moon_. Artists disguise
it as a rock or rill in most of the "official" published photos (as
well as those that appear in many textbooks and encyclopedia sets).
_CHECK IT OUT FOR YOURSELF_
Several hundred known objects are now visible on the Moon, with
surprising new ones still popping up on occasion. That is not an
exaggerated number, for on a good, clear night (especially around the
5th to 9th), a hundred or more objects can be seen in one evening
alone. Many of these are nondescript "post" and "pole" type things
that proliferate in certain areas though, and are not especially
photogenic (or even sketchable). It is not necessary to view them all
to realize something is dreadfully wrong with the "official" lunar
photos and explanations foisted off on us.
Just _one good sighting_ should convince you that these things
are not the illusions that our space gurus and their many cronies
piously claim and urgently insist that we believe without question.
Check these images out with your own eyes by viewing them on a
systematic basis right in your own backyard. You must use a minimum
60mm telescope though, yielding a mid-range power of 140x or more.
Dark sites on remote mountaintops are not needed for this
activity (regardless of popular myths invented to discourage the
public from wholesale viewing). The Moon is so big and bright that
even city lights can hardly hinder your effort. Viewing is relatively
inexpensive, great fun, and a constant source of wild and awesome
excitement!
_DISINFORMATION_
After your first unmistakable sighting, you will know that a lot
of very prominent people have conspired to disinform us. That
realization may disappoint you, make you angry about the concerted
dishonesty involved, and cause a deep concern over this abuse of our
trust, rights, and privileges. On the bright side, you will be immune
from further hero worship, skeptical about much of the cunning
propaganda still piled on us, and saved from much of the futility
forced into our lives.
Best of all, knowing the truth dispels myths and bridges many of
the gaps that were so painstakingly programmed into our thinking,
allowing us to share the knowledge gained from firsthand viewing.

230
textfiles.com/ufo/moondust.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER 8 JUST CAUSE JUNE 1986
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROJECT MOON DUST
(In our last issue, we alluded to one of those many project code names
which turn up from time to time in released government documents. Few
of these are ever identified in more than brief detail. However,
Project Moon Dust, as named in recently-released DIA files is an ex-
ception. We have several documents which do seem to link UFOs with
this colorfully named project. Our thanks to Robert Todd for providing
us with the backround information on his several-years-old research
into Moon Dust.)
We have heard of stories, or more accurately -- rumors, of crashed UFOs
and alien bodies recovered. Dozens of them are presently on file. Often in
these accounts, military personnel respond quickly to a developing situation,
enact a carefully-planned set of procedures (like photography, mapping,
interviews, etc.); then, usually, the evidence is carted away to an unknown
location for further study. That's what the rumors tell us.
You must have thought at times, while digesting these rumors, that such
step-by-step action must have been scripted; that there muct have been guide-
lines to follow for everuthing to have been done so thoroughly and properly
that not a stick of residue was left. You know how the military does everything
by the book, as they tell us! If all this is so, then these procedures must be
available for consultation when needed.
It's possible that we now have been pointed in the right direction to
verify whether or not these procedures are on the record.
Salted through out some recent document releases, mainly from the Defense
Intelligence Agency (DIA) and State Department, are references to "Project Moon
Dust." The context of this codename to the rest of the published data was
unclear, but the fact that it repeatedly turned up in documents dealing with
UFOs told us that is was worth checking. A feeler was put into the March 1986
issue of Just Cause, requesting that anyone who had knowledge of Project Moon
Dust to please contact us.
Not long afterwards, Robert Todd, a well-known CAUS researcher, informed
us that he had researched Moon Dust in the late l970's. What he had found was
quite revealing.
As a result of inquiries by Todd about Moon Dust, and other matters, the
Air Force released a letter on August 20, 1979. It was identified as "AFCIN-1E-
O", dated 3 November 1961. The letter was partly deleted, but enough was left
to open the door on Moon Dust: (emphasis added where necessary--ed.)
Extract, page 1: "c. In addition to their staff duty assignments,
intelligence team personnel have peacetime duty functions in support of such
Air Force projects as Moondust, Bluefly, and UFO, and other AFCIN directed
quick reaction projects which require intelligence team operational
capabilitied (see Definitions)."
Extract, page 2: "f. Blue Fly: Operation Blue Fly has been established
to facilitate expeditious delivery to FTD of Moon Dust or other items of great
technical intelligence interest. ACIN SOP for Blue Fly operations, February
1960 provides for 1127th participation."
"g. Moon Dust: As a specialized aspect of it's
over-all material exploitation program, Headquarters USAF has established
Project Moon Dust to locate, recover and deliver descended foreign space
vehicles. ICGL #4, 25 April, l961, delineates collection responsibilities."
Extract, page 3: "c. Peacetime employment of AFCIN intelligence team
capability is provided for in UFO investigation (AFR 200-2) and in support of
Air Force Systems Command (AFCS) Foreign Technology Division (FTD) Projects
Moon Dust and Blue Fly. These three peacetime ptojects all involve a poten-
tial for employment of qualified field intelligence personnel on a quick
reaction basis to recover or perform field exploitation of unidentified flying
objects, or known Soviet/Bloc aerospace vehicles, weapons sustems, and/or
residual components of such equipment. The intelligence team capability to
gain rapid access, regardless of location, to recover or perform field
exploita- tion, to communicate and provide intelligence reports is the only
such collec- tion capability available to AFCIN, and it is vitally necessary
in view of current intelligence gaps concerning Soviet/Bloc technological
capabilities."
Let's pause a moment to absorb this.
The letter immediately indicates that Moon Dust, "Blue Fly", and "UFO"
are among A.F. Intelligence's quick reaction projects. It is probable here that
"UFO" refers to Blue Book.
We have pointed out in CLEAR INTENT (pg. 9) that often the prefix word
"Blue" has been used in connection with high-altitude vehicles, and it appears
in several fact, and rumor, UFO projects. Here we see it again in "Blue Fly,"
which provided for transportation of Moon Dust material. And what did Moon
Dust material include? Among other things, it included things acquired from
the recovery and/or field exploitation of UFOs! Note how UFOs are set apart
from Soviet/Bloc aerospace vehicles. Since the Soviets were the only other
real space power in the world at the time, besides the U.S., what could have
been meant by setting off UFOs as a separate subject of investigation? If they
were British, or another nation's space vehicle, why not say this, as it was
said for the Soviets?
Note that Moon Dust and "other items of great technical intelligence
interest" were sent to the Foreign Technology Division at Wright-Patterson
AFB in Ohio, under Project Blue Fly. FTD was the parent group for Project
Blue Book. Coincidence?
Originally, Blue Book's investigative functions were partly aided by
personnel of the 4602nd Air Intelligence Service Squadron (AISS). Part of it's
mission during WW2, and later in peacetime, was to "exploit downed people,
paper and hardware" for intelligence information. The 4602nd's operations were
trans- ferred to AFCIN in July 1957, which then assigned the 1006th AISS most
of the 4602nd's operations. The 1006th was re-designated the 1127th Field
Activities Group in 1960. These units all performed UFO investigations for
Blue Book, but were trained for and capable of additional activities in the
event that one of these UFOs had crashed somewhere.
We discuss the operations of a possible "quick response unit" in CLEAR
INTENT, pg 111. Our point in that discussion was that such a unit would come
under the highest security classification. Any admission that a UFO phenomenon
was real and unexplainable would not be in the government's best interest to
state, considering the still-existent debunking policy. Certainly here we see
UFO investigation linked to the highest levels of the U.S. Air Force.
When did Moon Dust begin? We aren't sure but it likely dates from the
beginnings of Blue Book at least, i.e. the early 1950s. It's entirely possible
that the 1952 crashed disc incident reported in letters by Rear Admiral
Herbert Knowles (see Just Cause, March 1986) could have been investigated
under Moon Dust, if it were called that then. It certainly fits the criteria
for attention, as described in the Air Force's 1961 letter.
Compelling evidence for the Moon Dust/ crash retrieval link and its
early origins appears in Donald Keyhoe's 1955 book, THE FLYING SAUCER CONSPIR-
ACY. Note these extracts:
[Pages 214-15]
Two days after this Lou Corbin called me to report another develop-
ment.
"Do you know anything about a `crashed-object' program?" he asked me.
"No. Whose project is it?"
"It's an Air Force deal, unless somebody's trying to trick me. You've
heard of the 4602nd Air Intelligence Service Squadron, of course?"
"Yes. It's a hush-hush unit. They have investigators in all Air
Defense Squadrons."
"Well, I've been contacted by one of them. First I thought it might
be some kind of hoax. But I've double-checked, He actually is with the
4602nd."
"Sounds queer, Lou. They're not supposed to talk to anyone outside of
intelligence."
"I know. But he may be under special orders. Anyway, he's against the
secrecy policy. He told me the 4602nd has a special program called the
`investigation of unidentified crashed objects.'"
"If it's true, that IS big." I said. "It could mean theyve actually
got their hands on some flying saucers."
"He wouldn't admit that," said Corbin. "But I got the impression they'
they'd recovered some kind of `objects'--probably something dropped from
a saucer."
At 2:00 P.M. on November 30 [1954?] a mysterious bright flash in the
sky was reported simultaneously in Atlanta, Newman, and Columbus,
Georgia; in Sylacauga and Birmingham, Alabama; and as far away as
Greenville, Mississippi. This brilliant light was immediately followed
by a series of strange explosions, apparently centered high in the sky
above Sylacauga.
Moments later a black object, six inches in diameter, crashed into
the home of Mrs. Hewlett Hodges.
Smashing a three-foot-wide hole in the roof, the shining black object
tore through the living-room ceiling. Striking the radio, it bounced
off and gashed Mrs. Hodges' arm.
Meanwhile, the mysterious explosions had caused a hurried Air Defense
alert. A three-state search for fallen objects was immediately begun by
squadrons of Air Force planes.
When word of the "Sylacauga object" reached the Air Force, Intelli-
gence officers flew to the scene from Maxwell Air Force Base at Mont-
gomery . Explaining that "the Air Force is required to examine such
strange objects," they whisked it away to Maxwell Field, from which it
was flown immediately to ATIC.
An hour or two later the object was labeled a meteorite.
As soon as this appeared in the papers, I received a call from Lou
Corbin. "It's plain that this is part of the Air Force `unidentified
crashed-objects' investigation. They must believe the thing is linked
with the saucers."
"It doesn't look like a coincidence," I said, "that this object fell
fell just after those explosions. If it had been a meteor exploding, it
wouldn't have made such a bright flash in the daytime."
"In the first news story," Corbin told me, "it was called an uniden-
tified flying ovject. At least that's the way the Maxwell Field
officers explained why they had started the search."
"This reminds me of that East New Haven signboard case," I commented.
"On that occasion the object wasn't recovered. Judging from the size of
the hole it made, however, it was probably about the same size."
Later FOIA requests have indicated that the DIA is currently the res-
ponsible agency for Moon Dust documentation. However, access is not being
allowed because such access would reveal intelligence methods and are thus
exempt from FOIA.
NASA has been involved as wall, as this extract from a Jan. 13, 1969,
memo indicates:
"The undersigned {Richard M. Schulherr} visited the Foreign Technology
Division of the Air Force Systems Command, Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio,
9 Jan. 1969. The purpose of this trip was to identify specific items of
space debris which had been forwarded to NASA and to re-establish per-
sonal liason with newly-assigned FTD Moondust personnel."
The Air Force's Moon Dust activity, as well as Blue Fly, is, in their
words "no longer active." Perhaps the projects no longer go by these names but
surely the procedures have not become obsolete. There is still a need to react
to unknown vehicles landing on our soil. At the very least, national defense is
served by such reaction.
One last thought. Could an MJ12-type committee have begun Moon Dust as
a reaction to early UFO events like Roswell? It would be of interest to see
exactly when Moon Dust began its operations.
The Editor


670
textfiles.com/ufo/moonmars.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
======================================================================
- N O T E F O R U F O N E T
Lyndon LaRouche is, without a doubt, the most controversial figure
ever produced since, for instance, Mussolini. He has been called
"a small time Hitler" by Irwin Suall, who was later sued by LaRouche
for this remark and was found innocent by a jury of LaRouche's peers.
In the past 20 years Lyndon LaRouche is, perhaps, the person who
has singlehandedly set back civilization's progress decades, via
racial hate, religious ignorance, and civil terrorism, through a
large private information-gathering service and political mechanations.
He is also extreamly bright (perhaps even brilliant), and when not
in manic, paranoidal, delusional savior mode, can be quite lucid.
The following article concerns a futuristic colonization of Mars.
For more information of the LaRouchite Cult, contact The Astro-Net.
-d rice.
======================================================================
MARS COLONIZATION BY 2027 A.D.
by Lyndon H. LaRouche
"What I am about to present to you are the highlights of
present U.S. plans for establishing a permanent colony on Mars by
approximately the year 2027 A.D. The plans to be outlined here
are based on the two somewhat similar, but slightly differing
versions of the plan as developed by various U.S. specialists.
One plan is that first presented at a July 1985 conference in
honor of the space pioneer, Krafft Ehricke, who died at the end
of 1984. The second plan, is one drafted by the U.S. Space
Commission, and presented approximately a year after the Krafft
Ehricke conference. This presentation will emphasize the
approach laid out at the Krafft Ehricke memorial conference, but
it will also make use of important features of the proposals by
the U.S. Space Commission.
"For this purpose, I ask you to come with me, in your
imagination, to a Wednesday in September, in the year 2036
A.D., nine years after the Mars colony has been founded.
Starting from an imaginary television broadcast to Earth on 1800
hours London time, that day, let us look from that day and
year, back to the time of the United States' adoption of the
Mars colonization project, and trace each major step of the
project from the year 1989, up to the year 2027, the year the
first permanent colony on Mars is finally established.
"Those who have worked to prepare this presentation, have
thought that we must use our powers of imagination in this way.
It is thought, that we must focus attention on our destination
as we outline each step of a journey. It seems to us, that
that is the only way this project, and its importance for all
mankind, can be properly understood.
"To present the project in this way, it is necessary to
include some imaginary political figures and political events,
so that we might present this as a story. However, the
technical facts we use here represent the scientific and related
facts of the Mars colonization plan as those facts exist today."
----------------------------------------------------------------
THE WOMAN ON MARS
=================
The BBC television studio's clock says that it is 1600 hours
in London, on Wednesday, September **, 2036 A.D. From **
millions miles away, on Mars, a televised image travels **
minutes across space, to be picked up by the giant geostationary
receiver hovering over the South Atlantic, from where the signal
is relayed to other satelites, reaching waiting disk-antennas
around the world. A woman's face appears on the BBC screen.
The woman on the screen is in her late thirties. The sight
of her familiar features brings expressions of admiration to the
viewing audiences now receiving this live broadcast around most
of the world. She is Dr. Ellen Jones, chief executive of the
Mars colony, and the daughter of the famous space pioneer, Dr.
Walter Jones, who headed the U.S.A.'s Mars-colonization program
from 2008 until his retirement in 2027.
"I bring you greetings from your 683,648 relatives and
friends living here on Mars, and some very good news," she
begins. "Our astrophysicists agree, that with our latest
series of observations at our Cyclops III radiotelescope, we
have solved at least a good part of the mystery of what you know
as black holes. We are convinced that we are at the verge of
fundamentally new ideas about how our universe works."
The TV audience followed her five-minute televised report
with a scientific interest which would have been unimaginable
when the Mars-colonization mission was first launched by the
U.S., back in March 1989.
The 1990s flights of transatmospheric craft up to stations
in low Earth orbit, had revived the spirit of the popularity of
space-exploration from the Apollo-project period of the 1960s.
After Earth's first geostationery space-terminal had been
completed near the end of the 1990s, manned flights to the Moon
had sson become routine. Over the 1990s, the point was reached
that every school-child, not only in the U.S., Europe, and
Japan, but throughout the world. demanded to know everything
possible about space.
Beginning the 1990s, fewer and fewer university students
attended courses in the social sciences, as the physical
sciences, including space biology, took over the classrooms
almost completely. Even at pre-school ages, more and more
children, asked what gift they wished for Christmas, would
answer, "a telescope." As the industrialization of the Moon
began near the end of the Twenty-First Century's first decade, to
look up was to express optimism about the human race's future.
Space and the spirit of adventure became one and the same.
There had been a deeper quality of changes in attitudes.
What had been the most popular competitive sports of the
Twentieth Century became less popular, and achievement in
swimming, track and field, and mountain-climbing the most
popular features of physical education programs. "Keeping in
shape for space-travel," was the value which more and more
attached to physical education.
Twentieth-Century man would be astonished to know the new
way in which "spirit of adventure" was translated during the
early decades of the Twenty-First. Some things Twentieth
Century man would have recognized. Being the first to set foot
on some planetary body, was of course a commonplace fantasy
among children and youth. The difference was, most teen-agers,
and some much younger, already knew the real purpose of space-
exloration. That purpose was, to acquire knowledge which the
human race needed, and could not gain without scientific
exploration of our universe in a way which could not be done
without travelling far beyond Earth's orbit. The idea of
adventure, was not a matter of simply getting to some strange
place out there. Exciting adventure, was to participate in
making some exciting new discovery in space, which would be
useful to the majority of the human race remaining back here on
Earth.
So, those children and youth gobbled up every bit of
information they could, with the purpose being to understand
what kind of knowledge mankind was seeking out there.
The last two years, 2025-2026, just before the building of
the first permanent colony on Mars, had seen the most rapid
transformation in popular values here on Earth.
The TV screens had been filled often with images of those
giant spacecraft, each much larger than a Twentieth Century
ocean liner, taking off from the vicinity of Earth's
Geostationery space-terminal, in flotillas of five or more,
each seeming to thunder silently in the near-vacuum under one-
gravity acceleration. By then, a permanent space-terminal was
being constantly manned in Mars orbit. The televised broadcasts
from that terminal showed the monstrous space-craft arriving.
Earth's television screens showed the gradual accumulation of
that vast amount of material in Mars orbit, waiting for the day
it would descend to Mars surface. TV viewers on Earth saw the
first craft, designed to descend and rise through the thin
atmosphere of Mars, and saw views of approaching Mars surface
from the cockpit, through the eyes of the cameras.
A great anticipation built up throughout Earth's population
during those last two preparatory years. Then, Earth went
through what was afterward described as the "sleepless year," as
the first city was assembled on Mars, during 2027, Audiences
on Earth demanded to see every step of the construction relayed
back here. Nearly everyone on Earth became thus a "sidewalk
superintendent" for as many available hours as his or her sleep-
starved eyes could be kept open. On waking, it was the same.
The daily successes reported from Mars were discussed as widely
and in as much detail as Twentieth Century sports fans debated
the details of a weekend's football play.
By then, holographic projections had become as economical
and commonplace as personal computers had been during the 1980s.
Building a synthetic holographic model of the solar system, and
constructing a powered-flight trajectory, such as one between
Earth and Mars, became quite literally child's play. A child's
parent could purchase a packaged program at a local store, and
the child often insisted that this be done. Turning on one's
system, and updating the positions of the planets and the course
of a space-flotilla flight in progress, became a habit with
many. The same was done with various stages of the construction
of the first permanent colony. Whatever was seen on the TV
screen, was something one wished to reconstruct. The passive
TV watching of the Twentieth Century had come to an end.
The first large-aperture radiotelescopes had been
constructed a millions or so miles from Mars, as soon as the
manned orbiting space-terminal had been completed. The system
of observatories and space-laboratories associated with them,
was expanded rapidly, once the first hundred thousand permanent
colonists had begun to settle in. Popular fascination here on
Earth, shifted its focus somewhat from the Mars colony itself,
to these new projects.
It was such a world-wide audience which sat or stood,
absorbed with every sentence of Dr. Jones' five-minute report,
either as it was being broadcast, or a when morning reached them
a few hours later. Throughout the planet, over the course of
that Wednesday and Thursday, there was the eerily joyful sense
that humanity had reached a major milestone in the existence of
our species. It would be said, in later decades, than on that
day in 2036, the Age of Reason had truly begun.
At the beginning of the 1950s, space pioneers such as Willy
Braun had begun working-out the specifications for manned flights
to Mars. One leading Peenemunde veteran, NASA's Krafft
Ehricke, had been certain that the U.S. could have sent a manned
exploratory flight to Mars as early as the 1980s.
Unfortunately, near the end of 1966, the United States had cut
back massively on its aerospace program. Presidents Johnson and
Nixon did not eliminate President Kennedy's popular commitment to
a manned landing on the Moon from the NASA program, but most of
the other aerospace projects were cut back, and cut back
savagely as soon as the program of initial Moon landings had been
completed. Krafft Ehricke continued toward his completion of
the design for industrialization of the Moon, but he died in
1984, his work nearly completed on paper, with no visible
prospect that the U.S. would resume such a commitment during the
forseeable future.
It was not until shortly after Ehricke's death that a
renewed U.S. commitment to colonization of Mars appeared. The
proposal for a permanent colony on Mars as early as the middle
2020s, was a featured presentation at a Virginia conference held
in honor of Krafft's memory, in July 1985. Nearly a year after
that, the U.S. Space Commission adopted the same target-date,
and its proposal was endorsed, although without significant
funding, by President Ronald Reagan. However, the Mars-
colonization project was a featured part of the January 1989
State of the Union address of the new President. During March
of 1989 a U.S. Moon-Mars Colonization Commission was established.
During that month, the Congress rushed through approval of
treaty-agreements which the President negotiated with Japan and
western European governments, establishing these allies as
partners in the U.S.-sponsored Moon-Mars Colonization Project.
Popular enthusiasm for the project was so great, that the
President was able to secure a $5 billions initial budgetary
allotment for the new project. Japan matched this with an
sizably increased allotment to its own aerospace program shortly
after that. Confident that changes in U.S. policies were going
to bring the world out of what threatened to become a major
depression, western European governments came close, in total,
to matching Japan's bugetary allotment.
The successive phases of the Moon-Mars colonization project
were agreed upon that same year.
It was quickly understood, that planting a permanent colony
on Mars is a far different sort of undertaking than sending a
manned exploratory vessel to visit Mars. Leaders recognized,
that to establish a colony of even a few hundreds members of
scientific parties on Mars would require a very large complex of
production workers, agriculturalists, so forth.
Back at the end of the 1980s, most citizens and politicians
did not yet understand the significance of the fact that Mars is
an average 55 millions distance from Earth during the period one
might ordinarily think of making such a flight. To sustain
just a few hundreds persons there, was, by late Twentieth-
Century standards, a tremendous number of ton-miles of freight
to be shipped from Earth annually. The scientists understood
this immediately, of course, but it required a lot of effort to
make this clear to most of the politicians, and to popular
opinion.
The scientists realized very soon, that we should plan to
put not just hundreds of scientists, engineers, and
technicians, on Mars. The purpose for going to Mars in the
first place was scientific investigations. The main purpose was
to build a system of enormous radiotelescopes in the region of
space near Mars, and to conduct the construction, maintenance,
and improvements of these observatories from bases both in Mars
orbit and on the surface of the planet. Using U.S. experience
in demonstration-tests of trained human individuals efficiency
working in low-gravity Earth orbit, it was estimated, that to
construct as many observatories as Earth would need to explore
the universe in as fine detail as must be done from Mars orbit,
would require hundreds of thousands of man-hours each year.
This figure included estimates on the number of days a year a
human being could safely work in a very low-gravity field.
The scientists estimated, that the cost of keeping a
research worker alive on Mars adds up a total amount of equipment
more than ten times required to sustain a scientist in the middle
of the Sahara or Antarctica. This did not include the estimated
costs of transporting all that tonnage from Earth to Mars. The
scientists explained to the politicians, "Mars is a very cold
place by Earth standards, with a very thin atmosphere, a
shortage of known water-supplies, and a lower gravity than
Earth. People living on Mars must live in man-made environments
under protective domes. The costs of maintaining those domes,
of maintaining water supplies, of maintaining the atmosphere,
and maintaining an acceptable temperature within the artificial
climate, are enormous by Earth standards." The biggest factor
of cost those scientists had to consider was the cost of energy;
they estimated that more than ten times the amount on energy
must be available, per person, on Mars, than the energy
directly consumed by research teams in the Sahara or Antartica.
They decided that the basic source of energy used on Mars
would have to be thermonuclear fusion. They pointed out, that
the Mars colony would need very concentrated sources of
industrial energy, to enable the colony to produce food and to
sustain itself with the largest part of its requirements in
materials.
So, it was agreed that the way to sustain our teams of
research workers on Mars, was to build a local supporting
economy in Mars. They estimated that between a quarter and a
half millions total population would be the minimum size for a
successful colony. They thought that this might be sufficient,
if we gave Mars the new generation of industrial technologies
which were in the initial development stages on Earth back during
the 1980s.
They saw, that to get that number of people to Mars,
together with all that was needed to start up a colony of this
size, was plainly impossible using the methods worked out for
sending a manned exploratory flight to Mars. To lift that
amount of weight from Earth's surface, up into high Earth orbit,
by conventional rocket methods in use in the 1980s, was beyond
possible limits of cost. Even if the cost were greatly reduced
by improved methods of lift-off, the amount of weight which
would have to be lifted to deliver the requirements of a quarter
to half a millions Mars colonists from Earth, was still so
costly as to be out of the question.
The politicians had imagined, wrongly, that starting a
colony on Mars was like establishing a research base-station in
the Antarctic. The politicians imagined, that the
technologies developed for sending a manned team of explorers
could be expanded to transport a much larger number of
colonists. The scientists had to make clear why this idea was
badly mistaken.
First of all, human bodies are designed to function under
one Earth gravity, or at least something near to that. The
human body might be able to adapt to gravities a large fraction
of those on Earth, but long flights at nearly zero-gravity are
very risky, and were thought to be quite possibly fatal. So,
the idea of sending people to Mars in the way we sent astronauts
to the Moon, was ruled out. The best way they knew to create
the effect of one Earth gravity in space-craft was to have that
spacecraft constantly powered by one Earth gravity's worth of
acceleration, creating an effect very much like way a person's
weight increases when being accelerated upward in a twentieth
century elevator. The scientists pointed out, that powered
flight at one-Earth-gravity acceleration, made possible new
kinds of trajectory-paths between Mars and Earth, and reduced
the travel time enormously.
Some pointed out that this might be possible with ion-
engines powered by fission reactors. It was agreed that
thermonuclear fusion would be far superior in several ways. They
explained that fusion energy was the form of energy production
which would be needed on Mars. The problem they tackled was
convincing the politicians that the needed development of fusion
energy had to be completed before the Mars trips began.
It was decided, that the beginning, that the main part of
solving the problem of lifting weight into geostationery Earth
orbit from Earth's surface, would be industrializing the Moon.
Provided fusion power could be established on the Moon, they
guessed that more than ninety percent of the total weight of
large space-vessels, could be produced on the Moon, and lifted
into Moon orbit at a small fraction of the cost of producing
these materials on Earth. The same thing would apply to most of
the materials set to Mars to construct the first stages of a
permanent colony. Space-vessels to Mars, could be assembled in
either Moon orbit or Earth orbit, and launched from either
place.
Still, a lot of people and weight must be lifted from
Earth. The scientists decided, that using a rocket to get
beyond the Earth's atmosphere is like designing an aircraft to
fly under water. The idea of using a transatmospheric aircraft
to get above the atmosphere, had been under discussion for
decades, and preliminary designs were fairly well advanced
during the course of the 1980s. It was decided to push the
development of transatmospheric craft, to build up a network of
low-orbiting space-terminals. This would provide the cheapest
possible way of moving large numbers of people, and large
amounts of freight, up beyond the atmosphere. It would also be
the cheapest and safest way to bring people down from orbit to
airports on the Earth.
By that time, there were already designs for what were then
called "space ferries." These "space ferries" would carry
people and materials over the distance from the low-orbitting
terminals, to the locations of the main space-terminals, in
Earth's geostationery orbit. These geostationery terminals
became the locations at which technicians assembled the craft
used for regular travel between Earth and Moon.
So, on August **, 2000, the first routine travel between
Earth and the Moon was begun. Some of the astronauts grumbled,
complaining that they had become high-paid airline pilots. It
was pretty much routine. It was policy, that the pilot made
only a few round-trips between the Moon and Earth-orbit, before
being sent back to Earth for rest and rehabilitation, although
the main Earth space-terminals already had a one-Earth-gravity
artificial environment at that time. After a few trips, the
space-pilots would board a regular bus-run of the space ferry at
the space-station, get off at a low-orbitting terminal, and
catch the next transatmospheric flight back to Earth.
Few people living in 2036 remember this obscure event, but
back in 1986, the United States sent two pilots to prove that an
propeller aircraft could make a non-stop trip around the world.
Most scientists thought the trip was a silly way to waste money
for no useful purpose. The only reason one would mention that
obscure flight in 2036, would be to show the kinds of problems
the scientists faced in explaining space-colonization to the
politicians and voters.
Imagine a propeller aircraft, the combined weight of whose
engines, fuselage, and pilots are nearly zero. In other words,
how far can a pound of gasoline fly itself, given the
efficiencies of propeller aircraft? So, this obscure flight
was designed, making the weights of engines, fuselage, and
pilots, as small a percentile of the weight of the plane's
maximum fuel load as possible. What did the flight prove?
Nothing that a qualified aeronautics engineer could not have
proven with an electronic hand calculator.
The problem, back in 1989, was to explain to the
politicians and public how this same problem, of total weight to
fuel weight, limited the possibilities for getting into space,
and affected the costs of getting a pound of weight into space.
As everyone knows today, the further a vessel moves from a
planet's strongest gravitational pull, the less fuel it costs to
accelerate a pound of weight.
The politicians got the point. The system of getting into
space, from the Earth's surface to the geostationary space
terminal, and to the Moon's orbit, was a kind of pyramid. The
distance from Earth's geostationary terminal to Moon-orbit, was
the tip of the pyramid. The transatmosopheric system, between
the Earth's surface and the low-orbitting terminals, was the
broadast strip of the pyramid. The space ferries, moving back
and forth between the low-orbitting terminals and the
geostationary terminal, were the middle section of the pyramid.
One of the biggest obstacles the space program had to
overcome, was the massive prejudice most of the politicians and
public had built up against nuclear fission over nearly twenty
years, between 1970 and the time the project began, in 1989.
The political factor, of fear of nuclear radiation, was far
more important than the engineering problems involved in
using nuclear fission safely as a power-source for aircraft and
space vehicles. This prejudice was a major engineering
difficulty, since nuclear fission gives much more power per unit
of weight than chemical fuels. In all travel, the ratio of
total weight to weight of the maximum fuel load, is the most
important of the economic limits to be faced.
However, by that time, thermonuclear fusion as a power
source was nearly a reality. Fusion is vastly more efficient as
a fuel-user, than nuclear fission. So, nuclear fission was
the power-source for regular flights between Earth-orbit and Moon
orbit during those early years after 2000, but its uses for
other modes of flight was avoided.
To get from Earth-Moon to Mars, required us to develop
another pyramid, with the base of the pyramid running from
Earth's geostationary orbit to the Moon's production, the
tip of the pyramid reaching Mars surface, and the distance
between the base-line and Mars-orbit the lower portion of the
pyramid's volume.
A third pyramid was designed. The base of this pyramid was
on Mars' surface. Just as on Earth, we must move passengers
and some freight from Mars' surface into Mars orbits. From
there, in Mars orbit, the pyramid branches in two directions.
One direction leads back to Earth orbit. The other direction
was powered travel, as from Earth orbit to Moon orbit, to and
from the radiotelescopes and space laboratories constructed in
the general vicinity of Mars.
Those three pyramids became the fundamental design of the
system of transportation as a whole.
Once the first of the two pyramids had been designed, the
key bottleneck next to be mastered, was production on the Moon.
Quite clearly, the scientists could not think of building a
nineteenth-century-style metals industry on the Moon. The
combustion of oxygen, which had been the basis for metal-working
on Earth deep into the Twentieth Century, was not a workable
proposition on the Moon, even if a combustible fuel could be
found. Only three sources of industrial energy could be found.
Electricity could be generated in various ways, or nuclear
fission or thermonuclear fusion could be used. Some hoped
that a fusionable isotope of helium could be mined on the Moon.
Krafft Ehricke had worked out a nuclear-fission economy for
the Moon, but it was realized that a thermonuclear-fusion
economy would be far better. For the rest, the standard
handbooks of physics and chemistry already existing in the 1980s
were most helpful.
The policy decided upon was this. As every school-child
knows his ABCs in 2036, production of inorganic materials is a
matter of what most back in the 1980s still referred to as the
available temperatures of production processes. If the highest
industrial temperatures then in general use, could be increased
by an absolute factor of slightly less than ten times existing
modes, there was no material in the solar system which can not
be reduced to a plasma form under such conditions. Back in the
1980s, we had only two ways in sight for doing this effeciently,
thermonuclear fusion and coherent electromagnetic pulses of high
frequency, and very high energy-density cross-section of impact
upon targetted materials.
The problem which the project's leaders faced then, was
that if we reduce material to its plasma state, how do we handle
it. The answer is familiar to every school-child in 2036, but
it was a major problem for the scientists back in 1989. The key
to the solution was obviously lessons learned in experimental
efforts to develop thermonuclear fusion as a source of power.
If was clear from the beginning of the project, that if the
schedules set for Mars colonization were to be realized, it was
indispensable to accelerate thermonuclear-fusion development and
development of techniques associated with high-frequency lasers
and particle beams. The development of the gamma-ray laser was
given much higher priority through these decisions. The
decision was made, to achieve what were called then "second
generation" thermonuclear fusion technologies by the middle of
the Twenty First Century's first decade, and to put accelerated
efforts behind mastery of techniques for production of materials
using electromagnetically confined plasmas.
The fact that we were obliged to force the development of
advanced technologies then on the horizon, in order that we
might solve the materials-production problems we faced on the
Moon, greatly accelerated our civilization's development of
newer types of ceramics. We did not have the development of
ceramic materials of anomalous crystalline structures on the list
of project requirements at the start, but once we recognized the
advantages of materials so novel to us at that time, we added
the forced development of these technologies to our project.
In the same way, we were forced to develop the early
varieties of laser machine-tools in general use in 2036, to be
able to machine these new materials. Our project brought the
techniques of electromagnetic isotope separation up to a level of
refinement still considered modern today.
It was the success of these breakthroughs in fusion, lasers,
and very-high energy-dense production processes, which made the
industrialization of the Moon such a brilliant success. It was
by perfecting these methods and processes for the
industrialization of the Moon that we solved in advance the major
problems we would have otherwise faced during the initial
colonization of Mars. The building-up of the Moon's
industrialization was the major factor forcing us to delay the
beginning of Mars colonization until 2027. Had we not developed
the technologies needed for industrialization of the Moon, as we
did, the colonization of Mars would have been delayed by a
decade or more.
Some of the 1985-1986 plans included a heavy emphasis on new
directions in biology, but without the desperate fight Earth had
to mobilize against the AIDS pandemic, it is doubtful that many
supporters of our Mars colonization project would have been won
over to supporting this line of research to the degree which
later proved necessary, once the Mars colonization had begun.
So, today, we are able to incorporate the benefits of this
research into designs of systems for manned deep-space
explorations. and have overcome most of the fears of possible
strange diseases which might be encountered, or might develop,
in our further explorations and colonizations of space.
It was not until the late 1990s, that the last significant
political opposition to the costliness of the Mars-colonization
project was overcome.
We began the project in 1989, under what might seem to have
been the worst economic conditions for such an undertaking.
Over the preceding twenty-five years, most of the world had been
caught in a long process of economic decline, which we described
then as a drift into a "post-industrial society." In many of
the then-industrialized nations, the average income of
households had fallen to about 70% of the real purchasing power
of 1966 and 1967. Entire industries which had existed during
the 1960s, had either been wiped out or nearly so, in many of
these nations. The basic economic infrastructure, such things
as water-management and sanitation systems, general
transportation of freight, energy systems, and educational and
health-care systems, were in a state of advanced decay. To
cover over the collapse of incomes, a massive spiral of
borrowing had occurred in all sectors of government, production,
and households; a terrible financial crisis had built up.
Those who pushed the Mars colonization project the most,
including the President of the United States, did not view the
project as a way of spending a large surplus of wealth. It was
seen by them as a way of helping to revive a decaying economy,
and also a way of showing all mankind that our species has
meaningful opportunities for present and future generations,
opportunities as limitless as the universe itself.
At first, many grumbled political objections against the
large sums of money spent. As the citizens saw new industries
and employment opportunities opening up as a result of the Mars
project, the political support for the project grew. Over the
course of the first ten years, the project grew in importance as
a technological stimulant to the growth of economies. Then,
the first decade of the Twenty-First Century, there were waves of
revolutionary improvements in methods of production; many of
these benefits were the direct result of using the new space
technologies in everyday production back on Earth. The
political opposition to the project's cost vanished.
One of the first of the developing nations to join Japan,
the U.S., and western Europe, in the project, was India. The
next were Argentina and Brazil. The project's leaders and
sponsors showed wisdom in encouraging participation in their own
programs by young scientists from many nations. The fact that
we may be so confident that general war has disappeared from
Earth in 2036, can be credited to the Mars colonization project
to a large degree. The rate of technological advancement and
increase of wealth in the nations which undertook the project
from the start, has been such that no potential adversary would
think of attacking them.
As it became clearer to everyone that there were going to be
large permanent colonies in Mars during the middle of the Twenty-
First Century, the general idea of developing the worst deserts
of Earth worked its way into policies of governments. Africa,
whose population-level collapsed by more than 100 millions during
the course of the AIDS pandemic, is growing again, and only the
Sahel region, but large stretches of the Sahara are blooming
areas with new, modern cities.
No one talks of over-population any more. The idea off
transforming the Earth-sized moon of Saturn, Titan, into a new
colony, beginning forty to fifty years from now, is already
more popular than the colonization of Nars was, back during the
late 1980s. Titan's atmosphere is poisonous, but we can
forsee ourselves gaining the kinds of technologies needed to
Earth-form a planetary body of that sort. The strongest voice
for this is coming from the Mars colonists, who now say that
they find everything delightful on Mars but its uncomfortably low
gravity. There is also big pressure for such new major space-
projects from circles tied closely to the Moon industrialization
program; they say that Moon industries are ripe for a major new
challenge.
The Mars colony will be almost self-sustaining within
another ten years. No one on Earth worries any more about
Earth's continued subsidy of the colony; who doubts today, that
the economic benefits area already vastly greater than the
amounts we have spent. There are now over two hundred space-craft
travelling back and forth between the orbits of Earth and Mars,
and with each journey, more going to Mars, than returning. We
expect the population to reach over a million within a few
years. We wonder if more than a handful living back in the
late 1980s dreamed how much their decisions would change not only
the world, but the solar system, for the better, within two
generations.
30-30-30


142
textfiles.com/ufo/moorelet.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
WILLIAM L. MOORE PUBLICATIONS & RESEARCH
ANTARES PUBLICATIONS; THE FAIR WITNESS PROJECT, INC.; "FOCUS"
SPECIALIZING IN UFOS, NEW AGE, METAPHYSICAL AND OCCULT RESEARCH
4219 WEST OLIVE AVE., SUITE #247, BURBANK, CA 91505
PHONE (213) 463-0542 (10 AM - 6 PM)
10 December 1988
AN OPEN LETTER FROM WILLIAM L. MOORE
I had hoped that it would never be necessary for me to write a
letter like this; however, in light of numerous allegations, rumors
and accusations presently being circulated about me and my work, and
in direct response to a vicious guilt-by-innuendo article on the
MJ-12 matter which I am reliably informed is currently being
prepared by CSICOP spokesman Kendrick Fr[a]zier in close concert
with Phil Klass, it seems appropriate to make some sort of statement
which will clear the air.
First of all, let me begin by stating for the record that I am not a
"forger", a "hoaxer", a "fabricator" or a "counterfeiter"; nor, to
the best of my knowledge, have I ever participated in any illegal or
un-American activity in connection with my more than eight-year
involvement with the MJ-12 controversy. Furthermore, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, none of my colleagues and associates has
participated in any such activities either.
Rumors circulating to the effect that I am some sort of government
agent or "disinformation" expert are totally false. In spite of
pronouncements made principally by John Lear and others associated
with him, I am not on the US Government's (or any other
government's) payroll. Nor did I enjoy any sort of "control
position" with respect to the recent "UFO Cover-up?...Live!"
television documentary.
Whether the MJ-12 and associated documents are authentic, and
indeed, whether the entire MJ-12 story has any truth to it at all
remains an entirely open question. I and my colleagues have
conducted our investigation into this matter in our own way and
essentially outside of the UFO-community at large. The information
which we have made available concerning this process has been
entirely in keeping with our own methods and objectives. What has
been withheld has been withheld for good reason. It is no secret
that many of you who read this letter have voiced strong objections
to the way things have been done. Some, having raised valid
questions which remain unanswered, have wrongly assumed that there
are no answers and have seen fit to vent their frustrations by
pointing an accusing finger. Others, perhaps seeing the controversy
surrounding MJ-12 as some sort of threat to their own stature as
self-styled "UFO experts", or "skeptics", have chosen the
convenience of dismissing the entire matter out-of-hand rather than
the prudence of withholding judgement until all of the facts are in.
To individuals in both of these rush-to-judgement groups, my advice
is simply be calm and be patient. We have every intention of getting
to the bottom of this matter, and we have every intention of making
a full and complete disclosure once this process is complete. Until
that time, I and my colleagues are going to continue to follow our
own counsel and to do things in our own way -- preferably with the
support of the UFO community, but if necessary without it. Once the
entire story comes out, it is our firm conviction that all of the
dark spots in this very strange picture puzzle will become clear and
we will all have answers to many of the questions which now exist
about the true nature of our government's involvement with the UFO
phenomenon.
Meanwhile, it seems completely inappropriate at this time for
members of the UFO community and skeptics alike to continue to
assail my methods or to cast aspersions upon my integrity and
honesty through grape-vine gossip and the typically half-baked,
poorly researched journalism of the Skeptical Inquirer. Equally
inappropriate is the continuing high level of sheer speculation
concerning the true identities of the two sources who appeared on
the "UFO Cover-up?...Live" show under the codenames "Falcon" and
"Condor". In the eight weeks since the airing of this show, the
controversy has grown to such outrageous proportions that, to date,
"Flacon" has been "reliably identified" as no less than three
different people and "Condor" as five! For obvious reasons, my
position continues to be one of "no comment" with respect to who ANY
of my sources might be.
Indeed, the identity of any or all of the TEN "inside" contacts I
and my colleagues have developed is ultimately of FAR LESS
IMPORTANCE than the fact that, to date, FOUR of them have agreed to
tell their story before members of Congress! As of this writing,
commitments are currently being sought from the others, and
negotiations are under way with two members of Congress who have
expressed an interest in the matter. If we are successful in these
efforts, then the entire matter of the credibility of sources and
the authenticity of documents will have been placed in a forum
entirely out of our hands, and the question of Bill Moore's, or
Jaime Shandera's, or Stan Friedman's motives, methods and
credibility will no longer be an issue. It is toward such an end
that we actively seek the unity and support of the entire UFO
community.
At the Washington, D.C. MUFON UFO Symposium in June of 1987, when we
first brought the essence of this matter to the attention of the UFO
community and the public, I asked for assistance and support from
anyone interested in helping us get to the bottom of it. Some of
you joined that effort-- most did not. Many of you remained
properly skeptical, and in so doing put the lie to oft repeated
charges of a few hard-line UFO-bashers that most UFOlogists are much
too gullible or credulous for their own good. Others, who disagreed
with our way of doing things and apparently saw us as some sort of
threat to the well-being of UFOlogy in general and themselves in
particular, saw fit to throw as many rocks in our direction as they
possibly could.
It is now time to put those emotions aside and pull together in an
effort to bring this matter to a conclusion. As Jerry Clark noted
in an International UFO Reporter editorial over a year ago, the
MJ-12 affair, unlike most other aspects of UFOlogy, is one where it
is possible to obtain answers-- one way or the other. If this
information is real and the sources providing it are bona fide, then
we have a major story on our hands. If, on the other hand, it turns
out to be some sort of eight-year-long, elaborate disinformation
scheme, or even an outright hoax, then we have an equally important
story of another type. In either case, the truth will ultimately be
made known and, once that happens, UFOlogy will go on. Petty
bickering and emotional tirades have no place in this search for the
truth, and they are unbecoming to a field of study which is well on
its way to becoming a recognized area of scientific and journalistic
endeavor. We have every intention of seeing our work through to its
conclusion, what your role will be in that process is entirely up to
you.
This letter, then, is intended as an olive branch from me and my
associates to you-- UFOlogist, skeptic and UFO-basher alike. Our
goal, like yours, is to ultimately get to the bottom of this very
important matter. It is our belief that progress towards this end
will be better served by a united effort than by continued
animosity. If you agree, please let me hear from you in the near
future.
Yours very truly,
{signed}
William L. Moore


150
textfiles.com/ufo/moorlist.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
This is a somewhat dated, partial list of books, pamphlets and monographs
available from William L. Moore Publications, one of the most respected
organizations in UFO research. To order, download this file and use the order
blank at the end. This file and other files on the system that begin with
MOORLIST will be updated periodically, so keep checking.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William L. Moore Publications and Research
4219 W. Olive St. Suite 247
Burbank, CA 91505
Book List and Order Blank
Please order from above address.
Include Postage as indicated.
MANKIND: CITIZEN OF THE GALAXY
by Kenneth C. McCulloch
The thesis of this surprisingly well-researched book is that Mankind is
descended from a colony planted on Earth at some time in the past, and that we
are descended, either partially or entirely from extraterrestrials...At
present we cannot tell exactly when the colony was established. It appears,
however, that at some time in the past, there was a natural disaster which
nearly destroyed the civilization then existing on Earth. The survivors were
reduced to spending all their time and energy in mere existence; and all that
remained of their previous high civilization were legends and memories of a
Golden Age in the distant past, and a few unidentifiable artifacts. The
rebuilding process is still going on. Once the present time of troubles is
past, and a world community is established, we will be ready to meet our
extraterrestrial neighbors (or relatives). Probably only at that time will
they finally want to meet us and help us to become Citizens of the Galaxy.
Large format, 287 pp. w/references and index. Illustrated. (F-265) $15.00 NO
DISCOUNTS.
********
UFOs: THE MOST HIGHLY CLASSIFIED SUBJECT
by William L. Moore (1986)
An investigation into the circumstances surrounding the Top Secret (Canadian)
W. B. Smith memorandum of November, 1950. According to this document,
inquiries made through the Canadian Embassy in Washington disclosed that "UFOs
are real" and that the "matter is the most highly classified subject in the U.
S. Government." This paper details the results of an investigation into the
affair, and includes considerable never-before-published material. (F-266)
$10.00
*********
SKY CRASH: A COSMIC CONSPIRACY
by Brenda Butler, Jenny Randles and Dot Street
"A UFO has landed in Britain - and that staggering fact has been officially
confirmed." -- NEWS OF THE WORLD, London
Towards the end of December, 1980, a quiet clearing in Rendlesham Forest,
England, waas the unsuspecting host to an event which was so dramatic that its
consequences are difficult to grasp. On that night, something came out of the
sky and crashed into the pine forest. What that something was is the subject
of this spell-binding book. The research suggest that the thing from the sky
may well have been a UFO.
283 pp. Hardcover. Illustrated. From England. $14.00 (F-249)
*********
GEORGE ADAMSKI: THE UNTOLD STORY
by Timothy Good and Lou Zinsstag
On November 20, 1952, George Adamski claimed to have met and spoken with the
pilot of a landed UFO in the California desert -- a claim that has been the
subject of intense controversy ever since. Now, drawing on previously
unpublished evidence, Lou Zinsstag, who knew Adamski for ten years, and
researcher Timothy Good have documented an appraisal that throws new light on
this enigmatic man and his extraordinary claims.
208 pp. Softcover. Illustrated w/index. From England. $9.50 (F-268)
**********
CRASHED UFOS: EVIDENCE IN THE SEARCH FOR PROOF
by William L. Moore
In the nebulous world of UFOlogy, there are hundreds of stories of UFO crash
landings wherein both the wreckage and the bodies of dead alien creatures were
removed by military units and never seen again. Allegations of above Tope
Secret operations, massive cover-up, and all manner of covert operations
against researchers who got "too close to the truth" abound. This paper sheds
new light on the confusion by presenting pertinent fact resulting from an in-
depth investigation into two of the most prominent of these stories: the Frank
Scully/Aztec, New Mexico crash story of 1948-50, and the Roswell Incident of
July 1947. Included is new research into a number of highly controversial
government FOIA documents including the J. Edgar Hoover memo of 1947, the
March, 1950 FBI memo on crashed saucers, and the FBI TWX from Dallas on the
Roswell crash. Significant insight into the work of crashed saucer researcher
Leonard Stringfield is also presented.
An ABSOLUTE MUST for anyone interested in crashed UFOs. 60+ pages, 20,000
words, nearly 100 footnotes. Includes copies of government documents. $10.00
(F-258)
**********
THE SPITZBERGEN SAUCER CRASH
by William L. Moore
Researches the rumor that a UFO crash-landed on the remote Norwegian island of
Spitzbergen in early 1952. $1.50 (F-209/A)
**********
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORDER BLANK:
WILLIAM L. MOORE PUBLICATIONS & RESEARCH
4219 W. OLIVE STREET SUITE 247
BURBANK, CA 91505
"Please send the following items:" (order by title or item number)
(A)__________________________________________ $________
(B)__________________________________________ $________
(C)__________________________________________ $________
(D)__________________________________________ $________
(E)__________________________________________ $________
(F)__________________________________________ $________
(G)__________________________________________ $________
Name ______________________________
Address ______________________________
City, ST Zip______________________________
** I am enclosing $________ for publications, plus $________ for postage.
(NOTE: Postage surcharge is 75c for the first item, and 25c per additional
item up to a maximum of $2.50.)
NOTE: FOCUS subscribers are entitled to a 30% price reduction on all items
except those labeled "No Discounts". Please calculate deduction before adding
postage surcharge. If you are a FOCUS subscriber, check here: ____.
** All orders are shipped Book Rate (surface mail) unless additional Priority
or Air Mail postage is included. ALL PRICES ARE IN US DOLLARS. Foreign
currency IS acceptable at current exchange rate, and IS PREFERRED for small
transactions. Canadian and International Money Orders MUST be in U. S.
Dollars. Foreign checks and drafts (even if drawn on US banks) MUST include an
extra $3.00 processing fee. Intl. Postal Reply Coupons are worth .30 each. US
and CDN orders, please allow 30-45 days for delivery. Foreign (surface) allow
30-120 days. Sorry, no credit cards.
*** Prices subject to change without notice. ParaNet is not responsible for
price changes.


65
textfiles.com/ufo/moseleylet.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The following letter was made available to UFONET by Dr. Willy
Smith. According to Smith, it was originally sent to Jim
Moseley in confidence. Subsequently, it was passed on to Ed
Walters by Moseley, and soon found its way into a number of
people's hands. In part, this letter was responsible for some
of the recent controversy surrounding Smith.
-Tom Mickus 8/25/89
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dr. Willy Smith
UNICAT Project
1200 Murcott Ct.
Longwood, FL 32779
February 27, 1989
Dear Jim:
Here is a copy of one of the photos (the following five words are
both underlined and darker than the rest of the text - TM) allegedly
taken by Ed Walters in New York. Normally, I would have done nothing
except filing them, but Dr. Vigilio Sanchez Ocejo, who was visiting
me when the mail brought the photos, suggested that I should get in
touch with you. What I did.
I have only one question:
DID ED WALTERS TAKE THIS PHOTOGRAPH?
Then:
(a) if the answer is YES, the sequence will add
credibility to his story, as it would indicate that the UFO
events are not related to Gulf Breeze as a location, but to
Mr. Walters, following him to other places. In this case, I
would like to know the exact date the photos were taken.
(b) if the answer is NO, the anonymous photographer
has met the challenge issued by Ed-of-Gulf-Breeze in Vol.13, #5
of the International UFO Reporter (p.23), when he wrote:
"I suggest ... that the best way to cast
doubt on a UFO photo is to duplicate it."
If (b) is the right answer, Ed's photos have been replicated.
You can publish the photo if you want to, but (the following nine
words are underlined - TM) it must be returned to me for further
study, regardless of what Mr. Walters' answer might be,
Regards,
c.c. Dr. Sanchez Ocejo
Encl: one photo, identified on back.
--------------------------------------------------------------------


103
textfiles.com/ufo/mountie.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
MOUNTIE.TXT - Text file that was scanned and processed via OCR by
^^^^^^^^^^^^ Harvey Stewart [UFONET I] .
The file was run through the Microsoft Word 5.0 spell
checker following conversion so most errors in character
recognition should be ok. Now that I finally have OCR
software that works there should be lots of files on the
way so stay tuned.
Do you have important material that needs to be shared?
Contact us here at UFONET I and perhaps we can convert
your document to a text file for you using our OCR
software and hardware. You can contact either myself
Harvey Stewart or the Sysop of this board Tom Mickus
for details.
======================================================================
======================================================================
Canada
Mountie UFO witness silenced
From the Vancouver Sun of April
26, 1976, we learn (in a report datelined
"Terrace") some details of an
event which is said to have occurred
on April 21, 1976,- ""Bill Toffan, the
21 year old Terrace RCMP constable
who said he had a near crash last
Wednesday after sighting an unidentified
flying object while on highway
patrol, has been ordered by his superiors
not to comment on the incident.
"Toffan says he would be putting
his job on the line if he said anything
further, but his superior says there is
nothing out of the ordinary in the
order.
"RCMP subdivision head, Edward
Trefry, denied there is any police
cover-up of the incident.
"We're not trying to hide anything
It's simply policy which has been
laid down throughout this subdivision
that all press releases are
made by senior personnel at each
detachment instead of by the individual
officer. Inspector Trefry said in an
interview from Prince Rupert.
"This is to avoid confusion and
there are no exceptions to the rule".
he said.
"According to a press release made
last week by Staff-Sgt. Murray
Morrison, commanding officer of the
Terrace detachment, Toffan saw a
vehicle with its lights flashing ahead of
him on Highway 16 about 60 miles
east of Prince Rupert.
"However, when he drew closer, he
discovered it was not on the road, but
was flying. As Toffan drew abreast of
the air-borne object there was a blinding
flash. He was so startled he nearly
lost control of his car. He stopped and
investigated the area on foot but found
nothing.
"Immediately after the sighting,
Toffan dropped out of sight - on four
days, prearranged leave, according to
Morrison.
"Morrison told a reporter Friday
that police further checked the area in
daylight but found nothing to assist
them in identifying what Toffan saw.
"As far as We're concerned, the
matter is now closed,, Morrison said
then.
"He was unavailable for comment
today.
"The earlier theory of a Light aircraft
in trouble has been discounted
by the rescue co-ordination center in
Victoria".
Credit to: W.K. Allan of Kelowna B.C.


447
textfiles.com/ufo/mt2.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
THE MOST TERRIBLE ETs PART II - Searching For the Truth
For the past few hundred years we have used the scientific
process to learn about the physical world around us and harness
its energies. In recent years we have started to become aware of
a different non-physical world and an energy that main-stream
science is incapable or unwilling to acknowledge. (For more
information on such energies contact Jim Martin, Editor of
Flatland magazine 72130,1124.) If we are to understand the
mysteries of this new world we must put aside the more rigid
rules of proof and reproduciblity and find new tools of
exploration. It may be time to look seriously at developing our
intuition and learn to trust our feelings. As we explore this new
world we should not forget the power of logic to point the way
and the value of a truly open mind to prevent us from rejecting
the extraordinary.
Maintaining an open mind is much more difficult than it sounds.
The difficulty comes from fear. Having an open mind means having
a willingness to accept the most seemly preposterous theories. A
wiliness to accept is not the same as accepting, but it is the
same level of openness that was required years ago when the most
preposterous theory of its day was presented; "The Earth is not
flat, it is round." Back then it would have taken a lot of
courage to say, "wait a minute let s think about this". It took
courage because of the fear of humiliation, of being found in
error. That same fear still exists today. It exists at the local
coffee shop where we are trying to impress our friends and it
exists in scientific circles were image alone can make the
difference between getting a grant or losing a chance at tenure.
When it comes to feelings, fear is one of the strongest and
intuition one of the weakest. So how can you use your intuition
to guide your explorations when the more progressive theories are
going to instill fear? One way is to diminish your ego. Realize
that it is admirable to admit being wrong and learn to recognize
your fear. Only then can you learn to ground it out. Learn how to
trust your intuition and embrace it. This is not easy, but it is
worth every erg of effort. The most effective way to accomplish
this is to meditate daily, learn to remove blocks, clear out your
energy channels, and love life. There, I just reduced half of my
first book to three sentences.
Like I said, it is not easy, and perhaps you shouldn't proceed -
for any number of reasons. How do you tell? The only way is to
try to feel, as you are continue, if you are ready to read what
lies beyond. If you feel hesitation, print this file out and put
the pages inside the cover of an old book. The subconscious mind
is very protective. If you are not ready to read this you just
may forget all about it. Or at least I would like to think so.
This is one way I hope to protect some people from the potential
dangers that lay ahead. It is not a very fool proof protection,
but, as you will soon realize, I must try to protect some of you.
What I am about to tell you is dangerous. A few or you, I hope
only a very few, will be devastated. This outrageous claim is,
unfortunately, easy to substantiate by the following true story.
The names are changed to protect my friends' privacy.
Last summer I was visiting a dear friend of some 14 years and her
new husband, Mike. Ann invited another couple over for the
evening. I talked to Bob while dinner was being prepared. He
turned out to be a new seeker and was looking into a few New Age
subjects. I asked him what he thought of ET activity and he
seemed open minded. I started telling him what I am about to tell
you. He became fascinated and questioned me at length. I gave him
a transcript of the file SPEAK.ET (UFO section of the Encounters
library) which covered other subjects from the same source. I
also recommended that he read a book which shall remain nameless.
I will tell anyone the title if you ask via e-mail. I recommend
that you take things one at a time. Read the book a few months
after reading this file. This is how I hope to protect the more
susceptible people out there. The book does not contain the
really the dangerous information, but has exciting implications.
The information in the book is actually public knowledge. It has
sold over a million copies and I would imagine that a third of
you have read it. This file, on the other hand, contains the
information that has fortified our government's resolve to
protect the public from learning about ET activity on our
planet.
Getting back to the story. The rest of the evening was spend
playing water volleyball in Ann's pool and nothing more was said
on the subject. I returned home after the weekend and didn't
think about Bob until the next week when Bob's fiancee called.
She said that she had read the transcript and wanted to know what
else Bob and I had talked about. She seemed very hesitant on the
phone so I asked her if everything was all right. She said, "Bob
has been committed and I am afraid it has to do with what you
have written or what you talked about". I was shocked, but then a
few things fell into place. I told her I was very sorry and
pressed her for details but she said she had to go.
When I got a hold of Ann, she told me the whole story.
The four of them had gone camping the weekend after my visit. It
seems that after reading the transcript and the book, Bob got so
wound up that he couldn't sleep. By the second day of the camping
trip, Bob had been awake for three or four days. He started to
hear voices and became irrational. When they tried to get him
back to town he became paranoid and a little violent. Both Ann
and Mike work in the mental health field and realized how
dangerous the situation had become. They managed to tape his
hands and feet together in hopes that he wouldn't try to jump
from the truck.
Because of his behavior they tried to 5150 him (a type of
commitment). This would have required more supervision (more
work) for the hospital staff. The hospital wouldn't cooperate.
The doctors gave Bob some drugs so he would sleep, told everybody
to go home, and left Bob alone. Bob didn't fall asleep. He became
violent, but he turned it upon himself. He was able to get out of
his room and find something to assist him. The first object Bob
could find was a sprinkler head. He destroyed one of his eyes
completely and badly damaged the other.
Reactions like this are just one reason why this material is
dangerous. The others will become apparent to the more insightful
reader.
If you decide you are ready to proceed, then pick up whatever
"new" tools (a few are listed below) for exploration you have
developed. Because the world of ETs is very much a part of this
new world and recognizing the existence of the most terrible ETs
will take all the above described, intuition, logic, and courage
you can muster. Logic to follow the path, intuition to know that
it is the right path, and courage not to reject something because
accepting it means that you will open yourself to ridicule.
Remember, if you approach this writing with the old tools of
scientific exploration you will not gain any insight. Scientific
process is safe and defendable and cannot accept anything that
only relies on logic, evidence and intuition. The scientific
process demands unequivocal and reproducible proof. But, if you
want to proceed beyond the realm where science can lead you, and
learn what the most terrible ET have been up to, make sure you
hold on to something - definitely not religion or science, but
perhaps love. Perhaps not love of that special someone, but love
of life, love for the little things like a sunny spot on a
winter's day, or the smell of the morning air, and perhaps one
big thing; the potential we all have to discover something
beautiful and suddenly, if only for an instant, soar above our
troubles and feel that we are part of something great, beautiful
and never ending.
TELLING OTHERS
I have presented the following concepts to many people and have
realized that, it is simply too much to rebut. It is a long story
based, to a large extent, on logic and commonly known evidence.
In fact it answers a number of unanswered questions. Such as;
what was the missing link, how could it rain for 40 days and
nights... The problem is that the theory only holds together if a
large number of the parts can be presented at once. This is
usually not possible in polite conversation.
If you want to tell this theory to other people, recognize that
you are, most likely, not as familiar with the details as I am.
It is the quantity of the details and their logical procession
that make this theory so hard to deny.
I take a long time to explain it to my friends, usually over four
or five get- togethers. Therefore, I recommend, if you want to
spread this awareness, that you give people the following pages.
This will allow the quantity of the details and the logical
development to produce the best possible opportunity for people
to judge for themselves. Remember, it is nearly impossible to
present sufficient details of this theory without hogging the
conversation and losing your ability to be convincing.
If you decide to try and present this theory verbally, do not
tell your audience the heart of the theory in advance. Establish
a recognition of ET activity, point out the millions of stars -
many many ETs - good ETs bad ETs, telepathy....
THE BEGINNING
Yes, after all the reading you have done, you are only at the
beginning. Don't moan. It took me ten years of searching and many
books of reading to put this together. You can read a few pages
to find it. Honestly, all this preliminary discussion is
essential and important. If I first explained what the most
terrible ETs have been up to, you would reject it out of hand. I
would then have the almost impossible task of changing your mind.
Therefore, I am presenting the necessary warning, logic, and
evidence first then I will tell you the conclusions.
A lot of the evidence lies in Bramley's book, The Gods of Eden.
It is well documented with a 16 page bibliography plus an
additional 12 pages of references by chapter, and has a 23 page
index. It is essential that you read this book before continuing
to read this download. If you do not read The Gods of Eden is
likely that you will gain nothing from what is written here.
GOVERNMENT COVER-UP LEADS THE WAY
The exploration that lead to the information I will soon relate,
started when I realized that the part of our government that has
decided to withhold ET information is aware of the following:
1) If you listen to the news broadcasts about the typical mass
murder there is always someone who says, "He was a good neighbor,
a polite man who simply keep to himself". The conclusion; there
are more dangerous neighbors to fear than there are aliens.
2) Half of us would love to be abducted. Of course once it had
actually happened we wouldn't be so enamored.
3) A few abductions will not cause a panic. Abductions have
become public knowledge, but there has been no panic. Where was
never any chance of such a panic. A sudden invasion could cause a
panic, but a missing person or two a year that turns into an
abduction is not going to cause a panic no matter how poorly the
government released the information.
4) Every year a survey is conducted across the US. One of the
questions that are asked is to determine how many people believe
that UFOs really belong to ETs. The percentage that answer "yes"
has been increasing every year. In 1985 the percentage exceeded
50%. That was 10 years ago. Our government is not afraid of
people starting to believe that we are being visited by other
civilizations because we already do.
Therefore, the government cover-up could not be based on the
governments desire to prevent us from realizing that we are being
visited or even that we are occasionally being abducted by ETs.
WHY THE COVER-UP
The government (or rather the few in our government who know what
is going on) have actually launched an active campaign to mislead
the public. They have consciously broken federal laws,
intercepted U.S. mail (UFO Contact From Reticulum, Willian J.
Hermann) and had military personnel impersonate civilian
agencies.
If you read about the extent of these illegal activities (Project
Blue Book) your intuition might tell you that they are based on
fear. What things are the government afraid of? Loss of control,
panic, riots? Whatever it is, the government has spent a
considerable amount of effort to prevent it. Why?
A lot can be learned from the effect the government has achieved
because it actually may be what they wanted to achieve. As
unlikely as that may seem, it may actually be the case. Keep in
mind that we are not talking about politicians or bureaucrats,
but most likely the higher levels of the Navy, Air Force and/or
the CIA. It is interesting to note that the creation of the CIA
followed immediately after the first major cover-up, Roswell.
The government has achieved this: those civilians who are
interested in ETs spend their time chasing their tails trying to
prove that ETs are active on Earth. The result is that these
people never get past that question to ask the really important
questions.
The above arguments indicate that the following is true:
1. There is little to fear from public acceptance of ET activity
on Earth.
2. Nevertheless the government keeps us chasing around trying to
prove if ETs are here when they could easily end the debate.
3. The government actually violates laws, lies to the public and
itself in a desperate attempt to keep us busy with the ET
"existence" question.
4. Such government activity implies that there is some
information that, if released, would be devastating to them and
perhaps to the public as well.
If #1 above is true, then a logical conclusion of the other
points is that the devastating information concerns the questions
we would ask if the government said "yes aliens visit Earth".
Those question would be:
1. How many civilizations have visited us?
2. Are there good ETs and "other kinds" of ETs?
3. What are the other kinds doing?
4. Are we smart enough to detect what they are doing or even
understand them?
5. How long have they been coming here and doing these things?
6. What effect have these things had on us? Our history?
Religion?...
Those are the questions and the solution to the problem all in
one. If you keep the questions in mind and look at encounters and
debunking, you can eliminate a lot of useless information.
First you must realize that the government is not out of the
debunking business.
In the beginning the government tried to debunk all sightings and
encounters. Once project blue book came out they could no longer
be so brazen. Many sightings started to go undebunked. The
government hired civilians to act as independent UFO
investigators, to debunk some of the encounters.
Of course any encounter where the devastating information was
revealed, had to be debunked immediately. Encounters where this
information wasn't revealed could go undebunked. This is the key.
Finally. With this selective debunking we have a method to home
in on the information. Any encounter that is not quickly debunked
will not have the information.
Do not be fooled. It is incredibly easy to debunk even the most
concrete evidence. Take the crop circles for example. Two old men
claimed to be responsible for the crop circles. Nearly every
newspaper ran stories that the mystery was solved. Even though
the hundreds of circles all over England would have required the
old men, who had jobs and families, to never sleep and work very
very fast. In other words the simplest look at the facts would
have shown that these men could not have made the crop circles.
Nine months after the old men completely failed at making
anything even remotely resembling crop circles (in their
"demonstration" one week after making their claim), Time
magazine, in its "Year in Review" section, still credited these
old men with constructing the circles!
The circles have concrete evidence of advanced technology. For
weeks after a real circle is produced, the grain continues to
grow horizontally - as if the grain's gravity sensor had been so
strongly overcome by a synthetic gravity field that it became
programmed to think that horizontal was actually up. This
evidence has been overlooked by the media s typical desire to
perform great investigative journalism and to avoid, like the
plague, anything that might make it lose credibility with even a
small percent of its audience. Ratings win over truth - no
contest.
When I figured out the cover-up, I knew what to look for -
someone with a great deal of ET information and evidence, who is
debunked very quickly and effectively and whose information turns
out to be very dangerous. What I found was perfectly logical and
lead me right to what they don't want us to find out about. What
they can't afford us to find out about. Before I tell you what it
is you have to travel down the same road of logic I did or the
result will seem unfounded.
THE LOGIC BEHIND THE DEBUNKING
I told you that story about Bob to warn you to be careful of this
information and to try demonstrate to you how many people are
riding the edge. Bob was a successful business man, he was about
to marry a very pleasant woman who clearly loved him. He wasn't a
crack baby grown up in the ghetto. He didn't think society owed
him anything, he didn't own a ton of money. Things were going
very well for him, but he still went over the edge.
If Bob became violent, how many thousand people would turn
violent if this information became public knowledge? Would they
all turn their violence on themselves? What do the people in
government, who know about this, think when they contemplate
releasing this information? One of the most infuriating aspects
of this information is that the government (or a small group of
powerful people in our government) have been suppressing this
information for years.
As you will see, this information is not simple information of
interest. This information impacts the very core of millions of
people's lives. It implies that not only have they been duped,
but that they have spent thousands of hours serving the most
terrible ETs. Some people have actually dedicated their entire
lives to this false cause. More about people's possible reactions
later. It s time to develop some background.
THE LOGIC BEHIND THE ETs - TELEPATHY
What does this have to do with telepathy? Everything. First you
need to recognize telepathy in your own life to realize how close
Earth humans are to wide spread telepathy. Has this, or something
similar, ever happened to you? You are in the fiction section of
your local book store, you remember the title of the book you
want, but you have momentarily forgotten the author s name. You
have tried and tried, but you can't remember. A book store clerk
walks over and you tell the clerk your problem. Then, just a
second before the clerk tells you the author s name, you hear it
in your head. Why did you hear or think it at the same time as
the clerk?
We pick up the thoughts of others all the time. The friend who
you were just thinking you should call, calls you. The problem is
we think they are our own. To learn telepathy you only need to
concentrate on the sound, the feel, and the flow of our own
thoughts. Once you are familiar with the characteristics of your
own thoughts you will be able to recognize thoughts that aren't
yours. It also helps to meditate. A meditation that releases
blocks and makes you more sensitive to your inner feelings will
heighten your awareness of the characteristics of your thoughts.
Once you learn how easy it is to receive other's thoughts, you
will very quickly realize how easy it is for people to pick up
your thoughts and think they are their own. Yes we are talking
about a bit of mind control. In personal relations is may be
immoral, but at that all important job interview? I have been
using this stuff reliably for ten years. It works. Admittedly I
have been using a meditation that increases my sensitivity to
such things, but if you have a low stress level and learn how to
quiet your mind, you can do this.
So here we are a couple centuries out of the dark ages and
already see evidence of telepathy. How about the ETs that picked
up Barney and Betty Hill? Didn't they use telepathy? You bet they
did. How advanced would the telepathy be of a human race that has
had space travel for thirty thousand years? The answer is of
course very advanced. Most likely they would have complete
telepathy. But what effects would that have on their society,
their personal relations?
The answers to the above questions depends, to a great deal, on
the character of the society. In a corrupt society (bad ETs)
where there are intrigues and struggles for power, the use of
telepathy would take on two very important characteristics. The
first would be a blocking ability. You could not allow just
anybody to know your thoughts or else you could obtain no
advantage, no power. The second characteristic use of telepathy
would concern your intimate relations. You would be obligated to
be completely open with the people you were in love with.
The question then becomes; What is a typical course of an
intimate relationship in a corrupt society where each person
knows the thoughts of the other person. What happens when the
initial "good behavior" of a love affair changes to the usual
taking each other for granted? How about the struggle for power
in the relationship?
Think about the rulers in such a telepathy and corrupt society.
Until I post Part III consider the following questions:
1) What must their intimate relationship be like?
2) How can these people get any lasting admoration?
3) How can a religion be used to satisfy the emotional needs of a
telepathic despot?
Happy Trails,
Paul Winter 72122,2715

BIN
textfiles.com/ufo/mtncirc.txt Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

162
textfiles.com/ufo/mufon87.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
#: 118698 S10/Paranormal Issues
18-Jul-87 14:12:52
Sb: MUFON Conference (1/6)
Fm: Sysop Jim Speiser 72135,424
To: All
The MUFON Symposium in Washington was billed as "The Woodstock of Ufology,"
bringing together some of the biggest names in the field, and in that respect,
it didn't disappoint. In most other respects, however, it left a little to be
desired.
Some of the luminaries in attendance, which yours truly got to "Commune" with:
Whitley Strieber, Budd Hopkins, Bill Moore, Stanton T. Friedman, Jamie
Shandera, Gary Kinder, Peter Gersten, Charles Hickson (of Pascagoula fame),
Kathy Davis (of Intruders fame), Dr. Michael Swords, Dr. David Jacobs, Walt
Andrus, and organizer Dr. Bruce Maccabee (and oh, yes, this little bald-headed
fellow named Klass.) What made it more enjoyable was seeing some of my friends
there, such as Hal Starr and Marge Christenson of Arizona MUFON, Tracy Torme'
(who is making quite a name for himself in the abduction field, and is doing
some excellent work on the Travis Walton case), Tom Adams of Project Stigma,
and ParaNet users Dale B. Wedge, Rick Dell'Aquila, and Clark Matthews.
I spoke briefly with Whitley, asking him why, if he never had an interest in
UFOs prior to his experience, his cousin would send him a book called "Science
and the UFOs" just before his first remembered abduction. His answer was
basically, "I can't explain it, its just one of those things." I can't tell if
he's trying to look more honest by including information could lessen his case,
or if her just really IS that honest. But one thing has become quite clear,
thanks to an incident that occurred at the symposium: Whitley Strieber is
mentally unbalanced. During a panel discussion with other "abductees," Strieber
began reading from his polygraph transcript (which, it is a matter of record,
he passed.) In the middle of it he turned to Phil Klass, who was standing near
the stage, and began shouting the questions and answers at the top of his
lungs, looking for all the world like he was going to become unglued. It was a
very uncomfortable moment.
Most people agree with me that Strieber is not firing on all thrusters,
including...well, I won't name names. But the question arises as to whether he
wrote "Communion" because he's bats, or he became bats because of what happened
to him. I think it was the latter. Studies show that if the abduction
phenomenon is real, it is happening to thousands of people (!). So far the case
for abductions has been hung on the victims being sane, sober individuals, but
the odds are that not ALL of them will be completely stable. It is possible
that Strieber was a man who was on the edge to begin with, and his present
quirkiness (there are MANY other incidents, which I am not at liberty to
divulge) is a consequence of having undergone a profoundly mind-shattering
experience. I've met other abductees, and I sometimes wonder how any of them
can deal with ordinary everyday reality, go on talk shows and speak calmly,
etc. I would be doing the paper dolls routine in a rubber room somewhere.
A couple of Klassy stories: After the first presentation (an overview of the
past 40 years by David Jacobs), I stepped outside for a cigarette and was
joined by the arch-debunker himself, who is nearly a chain-smoker. We started
talking about MJ-12, and he gave me his line about how people who distribute
phony documents should go to jail. I put him on the spot, asking him if that
meant that I should go to jail, having made the MJ-12 documents available to
more people than anyone (through ParaNet and CompuServe). Without directly
answering, he said that Moore and Shandera should stand trial if it can be
shown they had any way of knowing the documents were fake (assuming they ARE
fake, of course.) By this time, we were surrounded by 30 or so people, and a
man stepped forward and asked Klass of he had ever met Shandera. Klass said no,
he hadn't, whereupon the man stepped aside and there stood Jamie Shandera, arms
folded, ready to do battle. Klass ran and got his tape recorder and camera, and
proceeded to interview Jamie for about a half hour, during which time both men
became abusive -- "That's not a pertinent question! Why don't you ask me a
pertinent question?!" "I WILL ask a question if you'll shut your big fat
mouth!" When it was over, there were more people standing around the two men
than were inside listening to the speaker. Several people recorded the
conversation, and Hal Starr is currently running dupes of the tape in his
production studio for distribution to a couple of dozen people. It was a
classic, historic confrontation, which Bill Moore later dubbed "The Comic
Opera." 18-Jul-87 14:13:57
Sb: MUFON Conference (4/6)
Fm: Sysop Jim Speiser 72135,424
To: All
Another Klassic: At a panel discussion on government documents, the focus of
which was MJ-12, Moore related to an audience of about 200 that Jamie Shandera
(pronounced SHAN-derray) had interviewed Steven Spielberg, who told him a
fascinating story. Prior to the release of the move "E.T.," Ronald Reagan had
requested a private screening in the White House. When it was over, Reagan
walked over to Spielberg, clapped him on the shoulder and said, "My friend,
there aren't six people in this room who know how true that movie is." From the
back of the MUFON audience, a semi-audible voice said, "Carter was President."
Shandera, who was sitting behind me, turned around and said, "What was that?
Speak up!" Klass stood up dramatically, poised to strike a death blow, and
said, "In 1978, Jimmy Carter was President of the...." Moore cut him off with
"E.T. was released in 1982, Mr. Klass. You stand corrected....AGAIN!" The
audience exploded with applause, and Klass sank slowly back to his seat, a
defeated man -- for the moment, anyway.
[Continued]
#: 118702 S10/Paranormal Issues
18-Jul-87 14:14:27
Sb: MUFON Conference (5/6)
Fm: Sysop Jim Speiser 72135,424
To: All
As I said, the event was an overall disappointment in terms of actual
information content. Most of the speakers were from the far corners of the
earth, and spoke with heavy accents about sightings in their respective
countries. We've had forty years of sightings, and most Ufologists are
realizing that the data-gathering stage is practically over, at least as far as
disks and lights in the sky are concerned. Its time to get on to the questions
of who and why, and who else knows about it. That's why the panels on documents
and abductions were so popular. There are movements afoot on several fronts to
get the abduction ball really rolling. For instance, Peter Gersten has formed a
group called Contact, with which he hopes to raise money to do in-depth
investigations into abduction cases -with the ultimate goal of making actual,
overt contact with the aliens. I had hoped to sit in on one of their meetings,
but unfortunately, Gersten left the conference early and no meeting was held.
And it was reported that Whitley Strieber has put up seed money to form another
group with the same goal. Both gentlemen are very concerned with the fact that
Budd Hopkins is absolutely swamped with letters from people around the world,
desperately seeking hypnotic catharsis for their abduction experiences -- over
700 letters at last count! The frustration lies in the fact that one of them
just might hold the key that unlocks the whole mystery, but there are maybe a
dozen people in the entire world that have the expertise to bring it out. I
foresee abduction regression clinics springing up around the country, with
quack operator getting into it for a fast buck. (Can you see some Beverly Hills
type..."Let's see, I have a 10:00 appointment at the hairdresser, at two I see
my therapist, at four my abduction regressionist, then I get rolfed....")
[Continued]
#: 118703 S10/Paranormal Issues
18-Jul-87 14:14:47
Sb: MUFON Conference (6/6)
Fm: Sysop Jim Speiser 72135,424
To: All
The one thing that impressed me most of all about the symposium, and about the
resurgence of Ufology's popularity in general, is the number of quite
intelligent, articulate, and down-to-earth people who are starting to become
interested. There are actually others like myself who are skeptics and
disbelievers in other fields, but who recognize that this is a whole different
ball game from spoon-bending and Creationism. A glance at the MUFON Board of
Advisors shows that that body has more holders of Doctorates, percentage-wise,
than CSICOP! True, there is still no shortage of kooks, cranks, quacks, and
crooks, but the ratio is shifting noticeably. I think it is the most heartening
sign of this whole, crazy summer.
And what a crazy summer it is! Unlike its namesake, the Woodstock of Ufology
promises to be only the beginning of a series of revelations, accusations, and
perturbations, the end result of which is ANYONE's guess. There's only one
thing we need right now, to really put the icing on the cake: a good,
old-fashioned, jaw-dropping, jet-scrambling FLAP!
Keep your eyes on the skies......
Jim


88
textfiles.com/ufo/mufonet Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
********* *** *** ******* ******* ********* ******* *********
********* *** *** ******* ******* ********* ******* ********
********* *** *** ***** *** *** ********* ***** ***
*** ***** ******* ***** *** *** ********* ***** ***
*** *** ******* *** ******* ********* ******* ***
** ** ****** ** ****** ** ***** ****** **
***** * * ***** * * **** ** * * **** ****
* * * * * * * * **** * * * ** * *
* * * **** * **** * * **** **** * ****
Science - Space *** * **** ***** * * * **** **** * ** Amateur Radio
Archaeology * * * ** * * * * * * **** **** Ecology
UFO - Paranormal * *** **** * ***** **** * ** * * Astronomy
Welcome to the MUFONet BBS Network. The officially sanctioned computer
communications link of MUFON, the Mutual UFO Network International.
MUFON is the world's largest and oldest organization dedicated to the
Scientific Investigation of Unidentified Flying Objects. We have over 160
BBS's worldwide who share information about this currently hot subject.
Member BBS Systems are located in the U.S., Canada, Australia, New Zealand,
Germany, Austria, Luxemburg, England, Scotland, Wales, and Brazil.
Learn what's going on all over the world almost as it happens. Over a
dozen international echos and thousands of UFO/Paranormal infomation files
available to member nodes.
For more information FREQ: MUFONET from the Headquarters BBS at 1:395/10
or call (512) 556-2524 and use the 'J' (Join) command to access one of the
many UFO/Paranormal related conferences. Experience it for yourself.
The MUFONet BBS Network is associated with The Mutual UFO Network
International (MUFON), as the Member's official communication link, in
efforts of providing an avenue of communications and information transfer
for and between MUFON Members and others interested in this fascinating
phenomenon within their own geographical locale, and around the world.
MUFONet is committed to maintaining very high professional and ethical
standards in all areas of it's operation, it's relationship with members
of MUFON, and non-members.
MUFONet is dedicated to the serious pursuit of knowledge and research in
the areas of UFOs and related phenomena, and will maintain high professional
and ethical standards throughout this endeavor.
The MUFONet BBS Network is the only officially sanctioned Computer
Communications network of the Mutual UFO Network International (MUFON).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
MUFONET BBS NETWORK MESSAGE ECHO POLICY
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Note: These rules apply to all message echos associated solely with the
MUFONET-BBS NETWORK.]
The Following are NOT ALLOWED at any time:
-----------------------------------------
1) Abusive, cursing, or foul language.
2) Detrimental remarks concerning the character or professionalism
of any individual or organization no matter how disguised the reference,
whether or not actual names are mentioned.
3) Detrimental remarks concerning any other Computer Network.
4) Messages posted with the intent of 'baiting' another to break the echo
rules.
5) Harrassment of any individual. Everyone has a right to an opinion.
6) Messages solely to advertise another computer network.
7) Messages not pertaining to the message echo theme.
8) Messages containing sexual overtones.
Any violation of the above will result in immediate lockout from the
message echo.
The following ARE ENCOURAGED:
----------------------------
1) Alternate viewpoints concerning a topic presently under discussion,
or start a new one which pertains to the message echo theme.
2) New topics for discussion.
3) Replies to current messages and threads, unless they break the echo rules.
Each message echo Moderator is a professional, and expect all participants
to behave in the same manner.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pete Theer - Administrator - MUFONET-BBS Network
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- FidoPCB v1.5 beta-'e'
* Origin: Mutual UFO Network - (MUFON) HQ BBS (512)556-2524 (1:395/10)
@PATH: 395/10 100 3615/50 396/1 261/1023 3030
@


30
textfiles.com/ufo/mutilate.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
Monday, January2,1989
Idaho Rancher hit by mutilation of Cattle................
Malad City, Idaho,
Bizarre cattle mutilations--in which the animals repoductive organs have been cut away- don`t intimidate rancher Tom Williams, although suc
h incidents frighten several of his friends.
Williams, who owns a cattle ranch about ten miles south of Malad city, has lost two animals to mutilation in the past couple of years. T
he most recent one was killed last month about a mile from his home. He and others suspect the animals organs are used in a Satanic cult
rituals. Mutilations have been occuring in the area for about ten years. There have been news reports in the past of such occurrences, thoug
h responsibility has never been fixed. Friends ask whether he and his wife are afraid to live "where crazies come down to mutilate cattle
". About two years ago, one of his cows was killed about one-eighth of a mile from his home. A circular incision was made on its stomach a
nd the animals heart, entrails, ears and a tail were taken. The next year, Williams kept an extra close eye on his livestock and nothing
happened. This year after he relaxed his guard again, he lost an animal. Reported mutilation incidents share some similarities
: The animals didn`t struggle, no footprints were ever found around the animals, there was no blood around the cuts and the incidents usual
ly happen a couple of weeks after halloween. On the same day Williams found a dead four hundred pound Hereford steer, his neighbor Rex Dan
iels lost a 1200 pound registered Hereford cow that would have calved in the spring. In the morning, Williams went to feed his calves as he
always does and spotted a dead one lying on the ground about 200 yards from his mother in laws house. At first he thought that it might h
ave bloated, but when he saw the precise incisions and missing genitals, he knew the cattle mutilators had struck again. Williams contacte
d law enforcement officials. They took samples of meat and hide, and after lab testing, he should know in a couple of months what killed the
animals. He suspects the calf was shot with some type of poison to kill it instantly. A pin hole was found on its right hip. "There were
no bullet holes and virtually no marks that you could see". Both mutilations must have been done quickly by some experts, he speculated. "So
meone understands what they are doing, they`ve done it before". All the cuts were made with such a sharp instrument that hair on the animal
was literally cut in two, Williams said. I`ve skinned and butchered a lot of cattle he said; and "I can`t even cut a hide or leather that p
erfectly, someone had a steady hand".
This was reprinted from the Idaho Statesman of January 2, 1989 by <<<<<<<DON MASON>>>>COMPUTERS-ON-LINE..Boise,Idaho>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>


285
textfiles.com/ufo/myths.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
Chapter 1
THE MAKING OF A MYTH
--------------------
In every period of history, men have succumbed to certain
illusions. Perhaps the most widespread illusion of our time is that people
are now more thoroughly, comprehensively, and, above all, accurately
informed than ever before. In reality, just the opposite seems to be the
case. The quality of the information disseminated via modern techniques of
communication stands in inverse proportion to its quantity. This general
observation also applies to the veracity of specific pieces of information.
Anyone who has seen an event reported about which he has firsthand
knowledge will attest that much of the depiction was at variance -even
radically so- with that actually happened.
This is hardly the place to examine the manifold causes of such
distortion. Of one thing there can be no doubt: All politically related
"information" that appears in the mass media today is designed to serve a
purpose. The vaunted "independence" of the communications media is little
more than a soothing copybook platitude. Though every once in a while
ostensibly dissenting viewpoints are aired in the mass media, so as to give
a certain substance to pretensions of "balance", that does not alter in the
least the fact that the clique which, by virtue of its enormous wealth,
largely controls the communications media is primarily interested in
manipulating individuals and nations to attain its political objectives.
The ultimate achievement of propaganda is, as Emil Maier-Dorn has so
vividly put it, to "make millions of people eagerly forge the chains of
their own servitude".
A most depressing example of a people forging its own chains is to
be seen in the almost fanatical tenacity with which so many Germans cling
to feelings of guilt that have been implanted in them about an epoch in
which bitter necessity impelled the German people to seek an independence
path to the future. Many things go into the makeup of our national guilt
complex, but more than anything else it is the product of deliberate
misinformation about the German past. As a result of this artificial and
utterly baseless guilt complex, at no time since the fall of the Third
Reich has the German people been able to bring itself to pursue its own
political interests. Mendacious propaganda of a kind and scope perhaps
unique in history has insidiously - and thus all the more effectively -
deprived it of the national self-confidence required for such a policy.
Just as an individual cannot get along without a healthy measure of
personal self-esteem, so a people without a sense of national self-esteem
cannot maintain its political independence. In the long run, this political
propaganda disguised as "historiography" can have a positively lethal
effect on the nation.
Pivotal to the German national guilt complex is the Auschwitz Myth.
During the war, a number of concentration camps were established near
Auschwitz, an industrial town of some 12,000 inhabitants situated about 50
kilometers west of Cracow. In the course of the 1960's, but especially
after the so-called Auschwitz Trial of 1963-65, the name of this town
evolved into a synonym for "genocide". In the concentration camps of the
Auschwitz region -so the story goes- millions of Jews were systematically
killed on orders from the leadership of the Third Reich. Today the word
"Auschwitz" has the almost mystical force of traditional fables and
legends, and it is in this sense, too, that the phrase "Auschwitz Myth"
should be understood. Indeed, the Auschwitz Myth has become a
quasi-religious dogma. Skepticism about it is not tolerated, nor often
expressed. Cleverly using the Auschwitz Myth to represent itself as the
sacrosanct embodiment of "Humanity" -and the German people as the
embodiment of utter evil- international Jewry has laid claim to a
priveledged status among nations. Similarly, forces inside Germany, as well
as outside, have used the Auschwitz Myth to forestall or suppress any
objective discussion of the Third Reich era. Whenever Germans show signs of
deviating from what Golo Mann calls the "socio-pedagogically desirable view
of history" ("das volkspadagogisch erwunschte Geschichtsbild"), one need
only utter the catchword "Auschwitz" to remove all doubt as to the basic
depravity of the German people. Not only does the very mention of
"Auschwitz" call a halt to rational discussion of the Third Reich, since
beside "Auschwitz", this symbol of absolute evil, everything else seems
inconsequential; it can also be used to cast a shadow over any other aspect
of the German past. So long as the Auschwitz Myth retains it terrible
power, the recovery of our national self-esteem is virtually impossible.
ORIGINS OF THE AUSCHWITZ MYTH
-----------------------------
When one traces the evolution of the extermination legend, it is
really quite difficult to comprehend how the Auschwitz Myth came to occupy
such a towering position in it. To be sure, as early as 1944 the inventors
of the legend had decided on Auschwitz as the site of the "extermination of
the Jews", and were clever enough to bolster this allegation with an
official U.S. Government publication, the "War Refugee Board Report", as
Dr. Butz has shown. However, the WRB Report, which we shall discuss at
greater length in the next two chapters, was consigned to oblivion after
the war. At least in Germany, the "gas chamber" propaganda largely centered
around camps in the Reich itself, even though the International Military
Tribunal (IMT) had asserted in its decision, on the basis of an affidavit
from Rudolf Hoss, the former commandant of Auschwitz, that some 2,500,000
Jews were murdered in "gas chambers" at the camp. Almost immediately after
the war, severe tensions arose between the western Allies and Soviet
Russia, with the result that a line of demarcation, the "Iron Curtain", was
drawn between their respective spheres of influence. Partly for that
reason, partly for others, the western Allies never got to inspect the
Auschwitz area. Here one recalls the statement of Stephen F. Pinter, a U.S.
War Department attorney who was stationed at Dachau for 17 months:
" We were told that there was a gas chamber at Auschwitz, but since
that was in the Russian zone of occupation, we were not permitted
to investigate, since the Russians would not permit it. "
Thus there was some uncertainty about what position the Soviets
would ultimately take on the "extermination of the Jews", especially since
Stalin himself was reputed to be an "anti-Semite".
For whatever reason, the Auschwitz Myth was not widely publicized
until well into the 1950's. At least, it still had not acquired the crucial
significance attributed to it today. No distinction was as yet made between
the various camps when the "Final Solution" -the physical destruction of
European Jewry allegedly ordered by the leadership of the Third Reich- was
discussed. They were all supposed to have played basically the same role in
this enormous "murder plot". Every concentration camp, it was said, had one
or more "gas chambers" in which Jews were asphyxiated with volatile cyanide
(in the form of "Zyklon-B", a proprietary fumigant) or carbon monoxide -in
usu vulgi: "gassed". Even in the later edition of this "standard work" THE
FINAL SOLUTION, Gerald Reitlinger claims:
" Thus eventually, every German concentration camp acquired a gas
chamber of sorts, though not on Auschwitz lines. The Dachau gas
chamber, for instance, was preserved by the American occupation
authorities as an object lesson, but its construction had been
hampered and its use restricted to a few experimental victims,
Jews or Russian POWs, who had been committed by the Munich
Gestapo. "
In Reitlinger's hedging of his statement about the Dachau "gas
chamber", one sees a rearguard action. As early as 1960, the Institut fur
Zeitgeschichte in Munich felt itself called upon to issue the following
statement, perhaps in response to the findings of the French historian Paul
Rassinier:
" Neither in Dachau nor Bergen-Belsen nor in Buchenwald were Jews
or other inmates gassed. The gas chamber in Dachau was never
finished and put into operation ... The mass extermination of the
Jews by gassing began in 1941-42, and occurred in a very few
places, selected exclusively for the purpose and outfitted with
the appropriate technical facilities, above all in occupied
Polish territory (but nowhere in the German Reich proper). "
If Reitlinger's statement was a rearguard action, the statement of
the Institut fur Zeitgeschichte was a general retreat. What made it so
sensational was that not only had a host of former inmates testified that
"gassings" took place at concentration camps in the Reich, but several
commandants of these camps even signed "confessions" affirming the
existence of the alleged "gas chambers". At the Nuremberg IMT trial, the
British Chief Prosecutor Sir Hartley Shawcross specifically cited Dachau,
Buchenwald, Mauthausen, and Oranienburg as places where murder was
"conducted like some mass production industry in the gas chambers and
ovens".
For a long time, Auschwitz and other camps that had existed in the
German-occupied eastern territories played a subordinate role in the
extermination legend. But after Dr. Martin Broszat, a leading member of the
Institut fur Zeitgeschichte, made the statement quoted above, the view that
any concentration camps in Germany were "death factories" became completely
untenable.
However, the claim that some six million Jews had fallen victim to
the "Final Solution" was so vital to the interests of the inventors and
promoters of the extermination legend that they absolutely could not
abandon it. Not only was that charge a means of holding the German people
in political subjugation; it had also become a highly lucrative source of
income for international Jewry. The six million figure was the basis of the
"reparations" which the Federal Republic of Germany obligated itself to pay
to the "State of Israel" and individual Jews, beginning in the early 1950's
and continuing even today. For that reason alone, the six million figure,
about which certain writers had already expressed well-founded and earnest
doubts on other grounds, could not be abandoned, even after it was
established definitely that none of the camps in the German Reich proper
were "extermination camps".
Thus the necessity of sticking to the six million figure led the
extermination mythologists to shift their emphasis from the camps in
Germany to the camps in German-occupied Poland. Auschwitz, undoubtedly the
largest camp complex, became the focal point of the extermination
allegation. Since the Poles had set themselves to the task of refashioning
part of the camp complex into an "Auschwitz Museum" -a move that also
signaled the Soviets would hold to the extermination legend, something
about which there had been some uncertainty after the IMT trial- the
extermination propagandists no longer had any reason for restraint.
Although the Auschwitz propaganda campaign was aggressively pursued
from the very beginning, it still had a lot of catching up to do. To be
sure, "extermination camps" in occupied Poland had been mentioned in the
so-called Gerstein Report, a document allegedly composed by a onetime SS
man named Kurt Gerstein. At first, nobody seemed to take this document
seriously, and it was not even admitted in evidence at the IMT trial. At
least three versions of it were circulated: two French versions and one
German version. Numerous passages in these texts vary from one another.
According to the French version published in 1951, the following
"extermination camps" were in existence as of August 17, 1942:
" 1) Belzec, on the Lublin-Lwow road. Maximum per day, 15,000 persons.
2) Sobibor, I don't know exactly where it is, 20,000 persons a day.
3) Treblinka, 120 Kilometers NNE of Warsaw.
4) Maidanek, near Lublin (in preaparation). "
One notes that the supposedly well-informed Gerstein does not
include Auschwitz in this list, though "mass murders" are now alleged to
have begun there in the spring of 1942. (The first "gas chamber" were, it
is claimed, two converted farm houses). Since, according to this document,
Gerstein was responsible for the procurement and distribution of Zyklon-B,
he certainly would have been aware of the existence of Auschwitz. As a
matter of fact, Auschwitz is mentioned as an "extermination camp" at the
end of the English version of the document -along with Theresienstadt,
Oranienburg, Dachau, Belsen, and Mauthausen! This version of the "Gerstein
Report" (the one that appears in Dr. Butz's volume) was used by the
Americans in the "trials" they conducted on their own after the IMT
proceedings.
As the years went on, Auschwitz by and large receded into the
background. A decade after the war, the public knew virtually nothing about
it. This may be attributed partly to the fact that the Soviets did not
permit outsiders to inspect the grounds of the Auschwitz complex. What is
more, none of the German and Austrian soldiers interned at Auschwitz, which
served for several months as a Soviet POW camp, found any traces of the
alleged mass murders, not even in Birkenau, supposedly the actual
extermination camp, or else did not report them after their release. Of
course, remnants of the crematoria were there to be seen, but the quantity
of rubble did not match what would have been left behind by crematoria of
the size required for the mass extermination of several thousand people per
day.
One may well ask: If this allegation were true, why then did not
the Soviets immediately exhibit the camp to journalists from all over the
world and place the evidence of the alleged mass murders under
international control? I shall leave it to the reader to answer this
question for himself. Even less comprehensible is the fact that the
majority of Germans offered virtually no resistance to the Auschwitz
propaganda campaign that began in the middle of the 1950's. They did not
ask why Auschwitz was suddenly being brought forward as the greatest
extermination camp of them all, a camp in which Jews were "gassed" by the
millions. Everyone seemed to have forgotten the old German proverb: Wer
einmal lugt, dem glaubt man nicht. ("Falsus in uno, falsus in omnibus".
Literally, "He who lies once is not to be believed twice"). Given the fact
that the falsehoods about Dachau, Bergen-Belsen, Buchenwald, and other
camps lasted hardly a decade, similar charges about Auschwitz should have
been regarded with the utmost suspicion.
Of course, here one must take into account the fact that even today
many Germans are in the dark about how shamelessly they were deceived in
regard to the concentration camps in Reich territory. Countless Germans
still believe the lies they were told, for neither the government nor the
mass media gave Dr. Broszat's revealing admission the publicity it
deserved.
However, that alone is not enough to explain the establishment and
entrenchment of the Auschwitz Myth. Not even the segment of our population
most familiar with the Dachau "gas chamber" hoax, for example, is immune to
the Auschwitz Myth. Anyone who follows the nationalist press knows that
even there "Auschwitz" is often used as a synonym for "genocide". In part,
this implicit endorsement of the Auschwitz Myth may be result of a
thoughtlessness that is in belief involved, as became clear to me from
discussions with editors of those publications. To support their position
they usually cited the findings of the first Frankfurt Auschwitz Trial.
Indeed, the actual reason for the widespread public acceptance of the
Auschwitz Myth may be that the decisions of German courts enjoy the
unlimited confidence of the German people. Despite many miscarriages of
justice, judicial authority and objectively are still considered above
suspicion. Whether this trust is justified when it comes to such blatantly
political trials as the so-called Frankfurt Auschwitz Trial is a question
that will arise many times in the course of our investigation. At this
point, it should be enough simply to note that it can never be the task of
the courts to pronounce the final verdict on historical matters, something
that certain groups consider the real purpose of the so-called "Nazi Crimes
of Violence Trials" ("NSG-Verfahren"), of which the Auschwitz Trial is the
prime example.
Considering the importance of the Auschwitz Myth, and its strange
etiology, it is high time that the facts be systematically investigated and
scrutinized. To be sure, other writers -for example, Rassinier and Butz-
have brought many significants facts to light. However, since their studies
embraced the whole problem of the German concentration camps, their
treatment of Auschwitz was necessarily limited to the essentials, and could
do with some supplementation. Beyond that, I should like to treat the
Auschwitz Myth from a different point of view, as will become evident in
the following pages.


515
textfiles.com/ufo/nasa1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
NASA.txt - This document is a compilation of material relating
^^^^^^^^ to NASA and sightings by astronauts of UFO's. The
material contained herein is not of an original nature
but can be found in the sources listed at the end of
the text. There has been much discussion on astronaut
sightings in the echos. To help stimulate this and get
us all up to speed on the topic I thought it would be
informative to collect all the available material into
one file. I have attempted to collect the facts and present
the opinions both pro and con conserning each incident.
I have only listed sources for which I have actual
copies in my possession. If you know of other sources
not listed here which specifically relate to NASA
encounters, please let me know. You assistance is
appreciated.
======================================================================
======================================================================
If you have further information not included here let me know.
Grudge 13 & the DULCE PAPERS are of great interest to me. If
you have any information to share on these topics I would be
most interested in corresponding with you. I can be reached
via the UFONET BBS network.
Harvey S. Stewart (12/05/89)
======================================================================
======================================================================
If you were on a mission to study the inhabitants of the planet we
call earth would you not be interested in the primitive attempts at
early space travel. It seems that UFO's have been especially
interested in following our space program. Just what do our astronauts
know that they aren't talking about? What did we find when we went to
the moon? The astronauts that returned from the moon seemed to be
profoundly changed by the experience. Why did we seemingly abandon
our space program following the lunar landings? Why did the Russians
not even attempt to go to the moon? Was being second so bad or were they
warned away from that goal. These are all profound questions which I
cannot attempt to answer. But let's examine the evidence that has been
collected and then each come to our own conclusions.
MERCURY 7 May 24 1962 (Scott Carpenter)
A ufo was rumored to have been seen and photographed during this flight
He did in fact take a picture of a tracking ballon which was ejected
from the capsule. This picture which was enlarged and photographed
through a smeared window in the glare of sunlight has been misrepresented
as a UFO.
MERCURY 8 October 3, 1963 (Wally Schirra)
Rumored to have seen a UFO and coined the term "Santa Claus" as a
code word for UFO. He reported seeing glowing masses over the Indian
ocean which were in fact night time lightning clouds. These lights have
been taken out of context as being a UFO sighting.
MERCURY 9 May 16, 1963 (Gordon Cooper)
On his final orbit Cooper radioed Muchea tracking station near Perth
Australia that he was being approached by a greenish object moving
east to west. This is unusual in that it is the opposite direction
from most manmade orbits. More than 100 persons saw the object on
tracking gear. Following the mission newsmen were informed that they
would not be allowed to question Cooper on this aspect of the flight.
It is also reported that a voice transmission was picked up on a
special frequency which could not be correlated with any known language.
It should be noted that Cooper has publically denied having seen
any UFO in connection with this flight. He did confirm that he saw
the Aurora Australis which was multi-colored and may have been taken
by some as a UFO sighting.
GEMINI I April 1964 (unmanned)
During the first orbit of this unmanned spacecraft it was joined by
four apparently controlled objects. The tracking station observed
two objects take up station above Gemini I, with one behind and one
below. These relative positions were maintained for one orbit after
which they sped off into space.
GEMINI IV June 4, 1965 (James A. McDivitt, Edward White)
With White asleep McDivitt reports an unidentified object. He manages
to take some footage of the object on a movie camera that was mounted
inside the capsule. The object was first spotted over the Hawaiian Islands.
Later over the Caribbean both astronauts report seeing two more objects.
One of the movie frames was released to the press and has been reprinted
in many books including Frank Edward's book "Flying Saucers Serious
Business". The photo shows an egg shaped object with a comet like trail
or glow coming out of it. The movie camera was using 16mm Eastman
color film shooting at 6 frames per second. The object was yellow -
white in color. In the transcript that follows McDivitt is reporting
to the Capsule Communicator.
29 40 45 C . . . Hawaii . . .
29 52 09 CC Gemini 4, Guaymas CAP COM
29 52 12 C Go ahead. Guaymas. Gemini 4.
29 52 14 CC Roger. We've got you green, how are you doing up there?
29 52 17 C Fine. I just saw something else up here with me, but
just as I was getting close enough to take a good
picture the sun got in the way and l lost it.
29 52 26 CC Roger. We got some flight plan changes for you.
Want to stand by to copy?
29 52 29 C Yes. Stand by and let me see if I can find this thing again.
29 52 45 C . . . and there are a great number of thunderstorms
around at the present time. Lightning is actually
lighting up the interior of the spacecraft... activity ...
thunderstorms . . .
29 53 35 C Okay. ,Go ahead. It doesn't look like I'm going to see him
again.
29 57 09 CC That's affirm --- you still looking at the thing up there?
29 57 12 C No I've lost it. It had big arms sticking out of it, it
looked like. I only had it for just a minute. I got a
couple of pictures with a movie camera and one with the
Hasselblad; but I was in free drift, before I could get
the control back I drifted and lost it.
29 57 29 CC Good show.
McDivitt has publicly denied having seen a aliencraft and states that the
released picture was not the object that he saw. The released picture
was a light reflection off the copilot's window. McDivitt believes that
what he saw was a manmade satellite which was probably not acknowledged
for defence security reasons. Unlike many of the astronauts McDivitt
has been willing to speak about his incident with the public and
press.
GEMINI V August 21 - 29 1965 (Leroy Gordon Cooper, Charles Conrad)
03 04 57 21 CC Gemini 5, Gemini 5, this is Houston. Over.
03 04 57 26 C . . . Houston, Gemini 5.
03 04 57 29 CC Roger, Gemini 5, this is Houston. Be advised that we
tracked another object with you on your pass across
the States. Range was 2 to 10,000 yards from the
spacecraft. You might look around and see if you can
see anything. Unfortunately, I can't tell you which
direction to look.
03 04 57 53 C What time is this?
03 04 57 57 CC Did you say what size or what time?
03 04 58 00 C Time.
03 04 58 02 CC Well, it seems to be going right along with you. So
we're tracking it right with you.
03 04 58 13 C Roger.
03 04 58 21 CC We're going to lose you here shortly but if you see
anything, why don't you let us know at the next station.
03 04 58 27 C Okay.
03 04 58 31 CC The radar return was approximately the same as yours
as far as magnitude.
03 04 58 38 C Roger.
GEMINI VII December 4, 1965 (Frank Borman, James Lovell)
During this flight Borman describes what he calls a "bogey at ten
o'clock high" The object was slowly tumbling and was at first thought
to be their booster rocket. But this was ruled out when the astronauts
also saw the booster simultaneously with the bogey.
C Bogey at 10 o'clock high.
CC This is Houston. Say again 7.
C Said we have a bogey at 10 o'clock high.
CC Is that the booster or is that an actual sighting?
C We have several, looks like debris up here. Actual
sighting.
CC .... Estimate distance or size?
C We also have the booster in sight. . .
Lovell is reported to have taken some magnificent photographs of
two mushroom shaped UFO's on December 4. The pictures seem to show
the glow of a propulsion system on the underside. The pictures were
taken at a range of several hundred yards. Some believe this picture
to be a blatant forgery accomplished by airbrushing a picture of
light reflecting off the nose of the spacecraft.
GEMINI IX June 3, 1966 (Stafford, Cernan)
It is reported that the capsule was accompanied from takeoff by UFO's
seen from the ground as well as the capsule.
GEMINI X July 19, 1965 (Michael Collins, John Young)
During the flight the crew reported seeing five objects travelling
together in orbit.
GEMINI XI September 12, 1966 (Richard Gordon, Charles Conrad)
A long object was reportedly observed over Madagascar. NORAD indicated
that it was Soviet PROTON 3 but it turns out that that satellite would
have been over 350 miles away at the time of observation.(Bruce Maccabee)
Three pictures of the object were taken which enlarged have been widely
publicized. The pictures are fuzzy and dont look at all like what the
astronaughts described having seen with their eyesight.
GEMINI XII November 1966 (James Lovell, Edwin Aldrin)
On November 12 both astronauts are reported to have spotted 2 UFO's
approximately 1/2 mile from the spacecraft. They were observed for
some period of time and photographs were taken.
Apollo 8 Dec. 1968 (Frank Borman, James A. Lovell, William A. Anders)
During this flight as the command module emerged from behind the moon
Lovell transmits "We have been informed that Santa Claus does exist!".
As this occurred on christmas day 1968 it is deemed by many to have
been Lovell's sense of humor for the kiddies watching the broadcast.
Some speculate that it is the use of the code word originally employed
by Walter Schirra on the Mercury 8 flight. On Christmas eve Borman
and Lovell are reported to have seen a UFO.
It is reported that an unidentified language was picked up on one of
the NASA frequencies used during the mission.
Apollo 10 May 1969 (Thomas P. Stafford, John W. Young, Eugene E. Cernan)
UFO's were reportedly spotted during orbit around the moon and on the
homeward bound flight.
Apollo 11 July 1969 (Neil Armstrong, Michael Collins, Buzz Aldrin)
Supposedly two ufo's hovered overhead as Armstrong prepared to step
down the ladder of the LEM at the Sea of Tranquility. Aldrin is
reported to have taken several pictures of them. Modern People
magazine published what they claim to be some of these photographs
in their June 1975 issue. They claim to have gotten the pictures
from a Japanese source.
Thats interesting because I recall watching the broadcast of this
historic event on the Canadian network coverage. You know I seem to
recall them discussing at some point a light which kept appearing
while the astronauts were actually on the surface. I recall thinking
that it was really interesting and then it just seemed to be dropped.
I dont think that I am that senile yet . Do any of you reading this
have similar recollections. If so please let me know.
One explanation for the halo's seen around or near some of the Appollo
astronauts was that it was gases being vented from their backpacks.
I have one picture which was reported to be something unusual
in close proximity to one of the astronauts. It would clearly
appear to be coming from the backpack when observed closely.
Timothy Good writes that HAM radio operators receiving the VHF signals
directly picked up the following message which was screened by NASA from the
public.
Mission Control: What's there? Mission Control calling Apollo 11.
Apollo 11: These babies are huge, sir ... enormous....Oh,
God, you wouldn't believe it! I'm telling you there
are other space craft out there... lined up on the
far side of the crater edge... they're on the moon
watching us.
Good uses "SAGA UFO SPECIAL #3" as a source for this quote.
The following is an excerpt from the transcript of the Apollo 11 technical
debriefing.
Aldrin: The first unusual thing that we saw I guess was one day out
or something pretty close to the moon. It had a sizeable
dimension to it, so we put the monocular on it.
Collins How'd we see this thing? Did we just look out the window
and there it was.
Aldrin Yes, and we weren't sure but what it might be the S-IVB. We
called the ground and were told the S-IVB was 6,000 miles
away. We had a problem with the high gain about this time,
didn't we?
Collins There was something. We felt a bump or maybe I just imagined
it.
Armstrong He was wondering whether the MESA had come off.
Collins I don't guess we felt anything.
Aldrin Of course, we were seeing all sorts of little objects going
by at the various dumps and then we happened to see this one
brighter object going by. We couldn't think of anything else
it could be other than the S-IVB. We looked at it through the
monocular and it seemed to have a bit of an L shape to it.
Armstrong Like an open suitcase.
Aldrin We were in PTC at the time so each of us had a chance to take
a look at this and it certainly seemed to be within our
vicinity and of a very sizeable dimension.
Armstrong We should say it was right at the limit of the resolution of
the eye. It was very difficult to tell what shape it was.
And there was no way to tell the size without knowing the
range or the range without knowing the size.
Aldrin So then I got down in the LEB and started looking for it in
the optics. We were grossly misled because with the sextant
off focus what we saw appeared to be a cylinder.
Armstrong Or really two rings.
Aldrin Yes.
Armstrong Two rings. Two connected rings.
Aldrin Yes.
Collins No, it looked like a hollow cylinder to me. It didn't look
like two connected rings. You could see this thing tumbling
and, when it came around end-on, you could look right down
in it's guts. It was a hollow cylinder. But then you could
change the focus on the sextant and it would be replaced by
this open book shape. It was really weird.
Aldrin I guess there's not too much more to say about it other than
it wasn't a cylinder.
Collins It was during the period when we thought it was a cylinder
that we inquired about the S-IVB and we'd almost convinced
ourselves that's what it had to be. But we don't have any
more conclusions than that really. The fact that we didn't
see it much past this one period --- we really don't have
a conclusion as to what it might have been, how big it was,
or how far away it was. It was something that wasn't part of
the urine dump, we're pretty sure of that.
In his book "RETURN TO EARTH" Colonel Edwin E. Aldrin Jr. writes the
following on pages 223-224. I quote directly.
In the middle of one evening, Houston time, I found myself idly
staring out the window of the Columbia and saw something that
looked a bit unusual. It appeared brighter than any star and not
quite the pinpoints of light that stars are. I pointed this out to
Mike and Neil, and the three of us were beset with curiosity. With
the help of the monocular we guessed that whatever it was, it was
only a hundred or so miles away. Looking at it through our sextant
we found it occasionaly formed a cylinder, but when the sextant's
focus was adjusted it had a sort of illuminated "L" look to it. It
had a shape of some sort -- we all agreed on that -- but exactly
what it was we couldnt pin down. We asked Houston some casual
questions: "How far away is the Saturn third stage?" The response
was in the vicinity of six thousand miles. That wasn't it.
It could possibly have been one of the panels of the Saturn third
stage which fly off to expose the LM and cannot be traced from earth.
We could see it for about forty-five seconds at a time as the ship
rotated, and we watched it on and off for about an hour. We debated
whether or not to tell the ground we had spotted something, and
decided against it. Our reason was simple: The UFO people would
descend on the message in hordes, setting off another rash of UFO
spottings back on earth. We concluded it was most likely on of the
panels. Its course appeared in no way to conflict with ours, and it
presented no danger. We dropped the matter there.
In his book "Carrying The Fire" astronaut Michael Collins the command
module pilot makes no mention of this incident.
Apollo 12 November 14, 1969 (Conrad, Gordon, Bean)
On day out on the earth moon leg of the trip the astronauts radioed
Mission Control that two flashing lights had appeared off the bow .
of their capsule. After rejecting the possibility that the objects
could be spinning pieces of the Apollo booster rocket the capcom
suggested that they could be the jettisoned protective panels. One
of the astronauts replied " Gee that could be, but one of those
lights just shot out of here at tremendous speed ".
James Oberg writes concerning this the following explaination
which certainly sounds reasonable.
Take the Apollo 12 case. In this famous incident the initial
reports are indeed true, as the astronauts jokingly asked the
earth about some flashing lights. When told that they were
probably tumbling pieces of space debris (which do in fact
accompany the Apollo in the vacuum of space on the way to
the moon), the crew accepted this and began discussing how
far away they would be. When asked how fast the pieces had
broken off the rocket the previous day, the astronauts replied
that when they had turned their Apollo around some pieces were
flying off at a very fast velocity. That had been the day
before! The flashing lights out the window didn't go anywhere
but gradually faded out as the day went by. What happened
was that UFO researchers ( I use the term loosely) had
simply misunderstood the space jargon and had completely
missed the gist of the conversation from Apollo, and had
then (probably quite honestly, with good intentions and
closed minds) reworded the phrases to make them "clearer"
to the general public. In fact they had totally altered
the meaning.
In this incident it should be trivial to get to the root of
the matter. All we need is the tape of the actual conversation
or the true unaltered transcript. We could then see if Olberg is
right on the money or not.
Apollo 13 May 1969 (Thomas P. Stafford, John W. Young, Eugene E. Cernan)
There has been a lot of speculation that the ill fated Apollo 13
Mission was carrying a small nuclear explosive device for the purpose
of seismic testing of the moon. The story goes that the aliens fearing
damage to their lunar bases caused the accident that ultimately
caused the aborting of the mission.
Apollo 17 December 7-19, 1972 (Cernan, Evans, Schmitt)
Reported to have seen UFO's near earth, on route and around the moon.
SPACE SHUTTLE DISCOVERY March 1989
03/14/89 6:42 EST
"Uh Houston, this is Discovery. We still have the alien spacecraft
under (observance)????" (note last word difficult to make out on
tape)
The previous statement was recorded by Baltimore resident Donald
Ratsch (MUFON member) from a HAM radio rebroadcast between the
space shuttle Discovery and Houston ground control. The HAM broadcast
was direct from the shuttle without going through the delayed filter
used on the officail NASA public feed. The NASA select audio channel
did not contain this one way broadcast from the shuttle to ground
control. The HAM station making the rebroadcast was WA3NAN Goddard
Amatuer Radio Club in Greenbelt, MD transmitting on 147.450 MHZ.
Preliminary analysis shows that the voice could be either Michael
Coats (Commander) or John E. Blaha (pilot). The recording was sent
for further expert voice analysis the results of which are unknown
at this time to the author.
Gordon Cooper
-------------
Gordon Cooper was one of the best trained US astronauts
having flown on Mercury 9 and Gemini 5. Yet he was not selected to fly
an Apollo mission. It is speculated that Cooper did not play the game
correctly when it comes to the UFO situation. It is interesting that
Cooper has developed an interest in ancient civilizations and in fact
participated in an expedition to South American that discovered the
remnants of a very old and advanced civilization dating back over 5000
years. One is tempted to ask why the sudden interest on the part of a
former astronaut in "ancient astronaut" type endevours.
A fellow officer once said of Cooper. "We all knew where Gordon
was going to end up in ten years. He was going to be Chairman of
The Joint Chiefs of Staff. (what happened that he didn't?)
In July 1960 Cooper was interviewed by Yvonne S. Durfield and had
this to say about UFO's. "I don't take UFO's seriously. I would be
very skeptical." In March 1978 Cooper stated to the National Enquirer
"UFO's are definately real" It is interesting that his two flights
into space occurred between the dates of the two interviews. Cooper
went on to make a written statement to the United Nations supporting
Grenada's Prime Minister Eric Gairy proposal that the UN establish
a UFO agency.(1979?)
In his book MJ12 & THE RIDDLE OF HANGER 18 Beckley quotes Cooper
as saying "UFO's are, I believe, very likely travellers from some
other planet; visitors from some other world that is hundreds of
thousands of years more advanced than we are, and they certainly
have a far more efficient sytem of propulsion than we have."
During an interview on the Merv Griffin Show, Merv asked the
following of Gordon Cooper. "There is a story going around, Gordon,
that a spaceship did land in middle America and there were occupants,
and members of our government were able to keep one of the occupants
alive for some period of time. They've seen the metal of the aircraft
and know what the people look like -- is that a credible story?
To everyones surprise Cooper answers with a straight face
"I think it's fairly credible. I would like to see the time when all
qualified people could really work together to properly investigate
these stories and either refute or prove them." Later the next
morning Lee Spiegel a UFO researcher and aquaintance of Cooper talked
to Cooper on the phone. During this conversation Cooper admitted that
he could have revealed further information on the Merv Griffin Show
but did not because he did not want to raise too many official
eyebrows.
Why Did it End So Quicky ?
--------------------------
The solar system held no limits, we were bound for the
stars. The plaque read "HERE MEN FROM THE PLANET EARTH SET FOOT
UPON THE MOON ...... WE CAME IN PEACE FOR ALL MANKIND" We said that
this was "One small step for a man....one giant leap for mankind"
Then shortly thereafter it all came to a screeching halt. What had
been a burning ambition was now just a smoldering ember. Had we
shot the whole wad on one quick try. Why did not only the US but also
the Soviet Union cancel its ambitious moon plans. Why did both
nations suddenly limit themselves to relatively low orbit missions.
Did Apollo find something totally unexpected out there that made us
change our grand plans ?
SOURCES
-------
Aldrin, Edwin RETURN TO EARTH, Random House, 1973
Beckley, Timothy MJ-12 AND THE RIDDLE OF HAMGER 18,Inner Light, 1989
Chatelaine, Maurice OUR ANCESTORS CAME FROM OUTER SPACE, Dell, 1979
Collins, Michael CARRYING THE FIRE, Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1974
Edward's, Frank FLYING SAUCERS SERIOUS BUSINESS, Bantam Books, 1966
Emenegger, Robert UFO'S PAST PRESENT & FUTURE, Ballantine Books, 1974
Leonard, George SOMEBODY ELSE IS ON THE MOON, Pocket Books, 1977
Steckling, Fred WE DISCOVERED ALIEN BASES ON THE MOON,G.A.F, 1989
Good,Timothy ABOVE TOP SECRET, Sidgwick & Jackson Limited, 1987
Moore, William THE ROSWELL INCIDENT, Berkley Books, 1980
Story, Ronald D. THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF UFO'S, Doubleday, 1979
MUFON UFO JOURNAL #252 April 1989
MUFON UFO JOURNAL #256 August 1989
SAGA UFO SPECIAL #3
TRUE FS & UFO QUARTERLY #6 Summer 1977
IDEALS UFO MAGAZINE #4 December 1978
IDEALS UFO MAGAZINE #6 June 1979


271
textfiles.com/ufo/nasasecrets.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
Dear Folk: Here is some information that was sent to me about NASA
Interresting little NASA article, thought you'all might be interrested in.
J--- F- M--------
I'm posting this for a friend who doesn't have internet access.
Now it appears that someone sent the commands to the Clementine spacecraft
to exhaust all of the fuel on board so it is essentially DIW (Dead in the
Water). NASA and DOD claim there was a computer glitch, however under
normal circumstances, this could only be commanded from the ground. This
apparently is a desperately cheap shot at sabotaging a perfectly working
spacecraft so that is cannot perform the rest of the mission Congressmen
have insisted on it performing. Apparently, Clementine has found evidence
of moon bases and artificial structures on the moon. Has anyone called
for an investigation of this act of space sabotage?
The following article is by E----- D------- an organizer with the
Operation Right To Know (ORTK). ORTK is the group that is sponsoring a
demonstration 23 May 1994 at noon at the Pentagon (South Parking) to
protest UFO secrecy. She would be happy to dialog with anyone about the
article or the demonstration.
Article begins:
How long can NASA keep the Big Secret?
by E------ D-------, Operation Right to Know (202-232-2410)
There are indications the space agency NASA is so pregnant with the
UFO secret it can hardly contain the secret much longer. It seems
people who work at NASA are feeling used and uneasy about having
to keep the UFO secret, and that in fact some of these people have
decided to let the secret out. For example, a former NASA director
says point blank in the April issue of Int'l UFO Library Magazine
that the Mars Observer probe is not dead but is in fact sending
pictures back to NASA. Furthermore, says the author Maurice
Chatelain, some of these pictures will be published soon "despite
the official cover-up."
This may tie in with a current rumor that a month ago two people
from NASA took information on the cover-up to the BBC in England.
The expectation was the BBC would air the information by now, but
they haven't. Is this what Chatelain was referring to?
In the meantime, the west coast edition of NBC TV news broadcast
this remarkable story May 3: the NASA-DOD Clementine mission now
leaving the moon has been diverted to Mars instead of going to an
asteroid, as previously planned. This information was not
broadcast on the east coast. Mars researchers who phoned a video
clipping service for copies were first told copies were available
and then told they weren't. Next day the New York Times reported
that due to "budget cuts," DOD is trying to kill the Clementine
mission entirely.
For some time now we've been hearing about cliques in the
bureaucracy-- groups of people in DOD, NASA, and intelligence who
meet unofficially to talk about UFOs. My hunch is some of these
cliques have decided to take matters into their own hands, and the
astronauts are involved. For example, Gordon Cooper is now
reported to have given an interview in which he discusses the
back-engineering of ET craft.
Richard Hoagland, the dogged pursuer of NASA, is responsible for
some of this pressure. Another factor is it looks like NASA is in a
struggle with another agency. For example, there were two attempts
to sabotage the Mars Observer camera before the Observer left.
Astounding! Hoagland brought this story out. Trash was twice
dumped inside the camera's lens.*
Seems like somebody was screaming a big "No!" to NASA about going
to Mars at all, and indeed they might--because it is the fallout
from the "failed" Mars Observer mission that has accelerated
NASA's loss of control over the Big Secret.
If NASA hadn't gone back to Mars last year, the agency could have
kept a lid on the controversy over the anomalous landforms on Mars
(the Cydonia "face" and associated structures). But once in the
air, NASA came under intense pressure to re-photograph the face.
Speculation is the unexpectedly strong pressure is why NASA
decided to claim the mission was lost. And just before the loss
was announced, a new element for NASA to cope with had arisen --
the formidable Stanley McDaniel.
Some people think the McDaniel Report on NASA and the Cydonia
landforms drove NASA to take its desperate step. A report may not
sound like much, but that's only until your read the McDaniel
Report. It is a devastating critique of NASA and also exposes Carl
Sagan as a disinformation agent. Why haven't Mr. Lichtenstein, Mr.
Rockefeller, Mr. Bigelow, Mr. Andrus, or Mr. Hall funded this high
quality academic report for distribution to Congress?
If NASA has lied about the loss of the Mars Observer, it is the
most audacious act of political deception this century. Whether
decisive or not, McDaniel added to the heat on NASA. One NASA
spokesman went on TV showing signs of stress, and 10 minutes later
NASA announced the Mars Observer was lost. Right away the leaks
began. Hoagland, McDaniel, Bob Oechsler, and others received calls
saying the announcement was a cover story. Now former NASA
Director of Communications Maurice Chatelain has put it into print.
Some people who work at NASA are acting strangely. For example,
they meet with relative strangers in crowded public places and
speak in loud voices about the top secret deception. NASA
scientists are accompanying some ET researchers on UFO-watching
expeditions and seeing UFOs with them. When the interview with
Gordon Cooper comes out in which Cooper talks about
back-engineering alien craft, the cover-up will surely be near its
end. And the astronauts have been sidling up to this for a while.
Three years ago Cooper's 1978 letter to the UN calling UFOs
"extraterrestrial vehicles" was published; and in 1991 Edgar
Mitchell talked about government extraterrestrial secrets on Oprah
Winfrey. Now comes Maurice Chatelain. His article details 9
separate occasions when UFOs observed, stalked, or assaulted US
spacecraft, including the exact date, names of the astronauts on
the mission and what occurred.
We have recently learned that the Ringling Bros extravaganza
"Cosmic Journey" has been revived. Astronauts were involved in
original concept, in the story brought out by Bob Oechsler and Tim
Good. The concept was a public exhibition of US space
technology--and UFOs/ET. The project was cancelled. But about a
month ago, a Cosmic Journey staff member bought $150 worth of UFO
books at a Washington DC bookstore. One researcher made inquiries
and reached a Ringling Bros contractor, Ed Buckbee of Huntsville,
Alabama. Buckbee said that Cosmic Journey "will not get into the
UFO issue until later."
And according to Reuters Dec. 1, 1993, one of the current
astronauts says he is "trying to communicate with the life out
there." Astronaut Storey Musgrave, member of the Hubble repair
mission, told a reporter: "When I'm circling I try in whatever
ways I can to get them to come down and get me." Mr. Musgrave
sounds like an "experiencer," doesn't he?
Richard Hoagland says some Congresspeople were about to get
together recently for a conference on Mars, but NASA exerted
"tremendous pressure" to get the conference cancelled. Stan
McDaniel, who was also involved, says, "We were told government
people would be there, and then they disappeared." McDaniel could
not confirm Hoagland's claim that threats were made against
members of Congress.
Hoagland says that people who are talking to him have been offered
jobs to shut them up. "Come and work with us on the 'dark side',"
Hoagland says they were told.
Instead of Mars, Hoagland now is focussed on the moon. There are
artificial structures on the moon, he claims, and so does Maurice
Chatelain. In his article, Chatelain casually drops the bombshell
that the Apollo mission found "several mysterious geometric
structures of unnatural origin" on the moon. And in fact some sort
of startling new picture book has just been published:
Extraterrestrial Archaeology, by David Childress.** Chatelain says
he's going to reveal what happened to the astronauts on the moon in
a forthcoming article.
According to UFO researcher Bill Hamilton, x-space programer Brian
O'Leary says the Air Force has "its own secret space program and
its own military astronauts." Hamilton's 1991 book, Cosmic Top
Secret, reports on an amazing newspaper article: August 7, 1989
the LA Herald-Examiner ran a story which stated DOD was
dismantling a secret $5 billion coast-to-coast space complex and
would now begin collaborating with NASA's civilian space shuttle.
The article stated that a secret cadre of 32 military astronauts
based in LA was disbanded in 1988. If this story is true, it
sounds like DOD moved a major clandestine operation into NASA in
1988-89, and that may be the key to what is happening now at NASA.
Whoever in NASA put the two Viking pictures of the face on Mars
into the open record 17 years ago is an unsung patriot. From what
I've heard, however, not all the interesting pictures were put
out. Hear's what Mars researchers Vince DiPietro and John
Brandenburg told me happened a few years ago. A graduate student
at the Univ. of Louisiana phoned DiPietro excitedly several times
and described a numbered NASA Viking photo of Mars on display in
the department. The Martian surface photo showed a group of 6
faces. Each looked just like the Cydonia face. When DiPietro tried
to get the photo, a professor told him it was "lost."
Another thing that's happening is that UFO researchers are
beginning to realize that the network of surveillance satellites
the U.S. had in orbit is fully capable of tracking UFOs and
therefore, researchers are realizing, NASA must be tracking UFOs.
This introduces a new dimension into the cover-up. It means much of
the data coming into NASA has ET information, and this has to be
scrubbed out. Data from the space probes and the Shuttle missions,
as well as the vast intelligence product that pours in from the
surveillance satellites--including the orbiting telescopes, the
commercial and environmental satellites--has ET evidence that NASA
has to get rid of before the data can be released to anyone.
There has to be a gate keeper first in line for all incoming data
who captures and reroutes ET evidence into black channels. And
this is just what we saw in the form of Michael Malin, whom NASA
put in charge of all Mars Observer photos and said he could keep
them for 6 months before release. An example of scrubbing is
related by Maryland resident Don Ratsch from Houston researcher
Don Madeley. They say a female NASA employee was shown how NASA
technicians air brush images of UFOs which show up on NASA's
pictures of earth.
Don Ratsch was the one who recorded the apparent voice of a shuttle
astronaut from space saying, "We have the alien spacecraft under
observation"- -but the authenticity could not be proved. Ratsch
went on to record the STS-48 tape from NASA TV Sept. 1991. The
tape shows inexplicable moving lights in the upper atmosphere, one
of which appears to be shooting at the other. Adding to that,
Linda Howe says a military officer told her he's hearing reports of
"some kind of war in space." Could it be? Naw.
Still, the leaks are everywhere. Even Rush Limbaugh. He told his
radio audience in late 1992 that a trusted friend in NASA said the
Hubble telescope was never broken, but was being used to study ET
in some way. In the meantime, I personally learned of a fellow at
McDonnell-Douglas who also said the Hubble was operating in the
black.
This fellow reported he was doing interface programs that enabled
innocuous-sounding instructions from the ground to translate into
different, secret directives to the telescope. He said the output
was not broadcast to the ground, but was downloaded by hand on
Shuttle missions.
So who's squeezing NASA the hardest? The CIA? Hoagland and
McDaniel? The aliens? A friend of mine called NASA recently and
cajoled a press officer into a confidential conversation.
According to my friend, the press officer said, "NASA is very
fragmented and many people in NASA want the truth." And then
added, "NASA is no longer running itself. A major intelligence
group is now running NASA."
So there you have it ladies and gentlemen. Your tax dollars at
work!
Let's hazard a theory. In 1988 DOD moved clandestine space
operations into NASA, and since then DOD or some "major
intelligence group" has been trying to run NASA. As a result, NASA
is now in a power struggle with this other group. The two groups
violently disagreed on how to run the Mars Observer and the
Clementine missions, and evidence of this conflict broke into the
open.
In the ranks at NASA, there are several sources of discontent.
People who want to run a civilian space program, not an
intelligence operation. People who are angry at being shut out of
the Big Secret but who still have to tell lies to the public. And
people who are worried they could be indicted and go to jail for
their roles in maintaining the Big Secret.
Even though the ruling groups disagree, they are still determined
to maintain their hold on the Big Secret. But the ranks at NASA
are breaking and the ruling groups are losing control over the
ranks. It's about time!
______________________
* Quarterly Journal of the Mars Mission, Winter 1994, 122 Dodd St,
Weehawken, NJ 07087.
** Extraterrestrial Archaeology by David Childress, $21.00,
Adventures Unlimited Press, Publishers Network, Box 74, 303 Main
St, Kempton, Ill. 60946.
------- End of Forwarded Message
JW Well now what do you think of that, sports fans.
John Winston.

117
textfiles.com/ufo/nasaseek.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
**********************************************************************
*NASA URGED TO SEEK OUT INTELLIGENT LIFE*
Space scientists in America have a new dream - to discover another
planet like Earth, writes Robin McKie.
American scientists are planning to go fishing - for planets. A
growing research lobby believes the United States should channel it's
space resources towards detecting other solar systems that might
support life. The move would shift funding away from expensive manned
expeditions, for instance to Mars, and would instead exploit
recently established technologies for building oriting observatories,
such as the Hubble space telescope.
Robert Brown of the Space Telescope Science Institute in Baltimore
says: "Such a hunt would strike a chord with the public. The
National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) is trying to
find a purpose for it's existance. It could do no better than this.
It would be popular and make a real contribution to history.
Dr Brown, speaking last week at the American Association for the
Advancement of Science, is a noted enthusiast for planet-hunting. But
he is not alone. Several other speakers stressed that they now
believe solar-system spotting has matured sufficiently to begin
realistic hunts. Nasa is currently seeking a new rationale. It's
orbiting space-station, Freedom, only just survived a series of
congressional budget cuts and the agency's traditional approach of
planning ever more ambitious manned missions, to culminate in a $50
billion (u31 billion) landing on Mars early next century looks
increasingly vulnerable. Critics argue that the two-year mission
would only prove what we already know - that Mars is red, dead, and
boring. The popular alternative within the space community would be
to commit NASA to a search for other worlds, a task which has
previously stumped astronomers because stars emit a billion times
more light than even the largest planets, like Jupiter. Observer's
ability to see smaller, warmer worlds (where life has it's best
prospects) against the glare of the stars has therefore proved to be
limited. Nevertheless, the first planets have been hooked. At
Pennsylvania State University, Dr. Aleksander Wolszczan has detected
three - in orbit around a star called PSR 1257+12. The star is a
pulsar, an old, extremely dense object, 12 miles in diameter, which
revolves at an astonishing 160 times per second. From
perturberations in the regular pulses emmitted by this "astronomical
lighthouse", Dr. Wolszczan detected two planets slightly bigger han
Earth and one much smaller, about the size of Mercury. His discovery
suggests planets may be ubiquitous, for if they can survive near
pulsars, created when starts first explode as supernovae and then
condense in on themselves, they should exist everywhere. The
cataclysmic creation of PSR 1257+12 should have destroyed any planets
in it's vicinity. So how did they get there? Researchers speculate
that PSR 1257+12 may have had a companion star from which the pulsar
slowly drew off gas and dust until it's partner was destroyed. From
the debris planets evolved. Life there must be slightly odd, however.
"You would have to protect yourself against a giant pulsing x-ray
machine," Dr. Wolszczan said. "You would have to carry a lead
umbrella all the time." Not surprisingly, scientists look to other,
far more "normal" stars for signs of planets that might support life.
"There are about 1,000 stars like our Sun within 100 light years of
Earth, so there should be no shortage of fish in our pond," said
David Latham of the Harvard-Smithsonian Centre for astrophysics. "For
example, Tau Ceti, near the constellation Pisces, is only 11.7 light
years distant and is extraordinarily like our Sun. It must be a very
good prospect." And if there are plenty of promising stars, ans
evidence that planets are ubiquitous, our extra-terrestial search
should have considerable promise. Unfortunatly, other conference
speakers provided evidence that undermined this optimism. Research
by Andrea Ghez of the university of California, Los Angeles, has
found that three-quarters of young stars are born with one or more
companion stars. "That is bad news for planets' prospects," she
said. "Planets form out of disks of dusk that slowly accrete into
larger and larger bodies. A companion star would sweep through these
disks, depleting the dust and rocks. There would not be enough left
for planets. Solar systems may be the the exception, not the rule,
in our galaxy."
Scientists are faced, therefore, with contradictory evidence about
the ubiquity of other worlds. But now they posses the means to
begin to find out who is right. "We have finally built a telescope
outside our atmosphere which will detect other planets," Dr. Brown
said. "We will soon finish the Copernican Revolution. We have shown
planets go around the Sun, but may soon be able to show they go round
other stars as well." Dr. Brown said advanced cameras were due to be
flown to the space telescope in 2002. These would exploit methods,
known as Fourier techniques, which would suppress the glare of o star
and reveal it's planets, if any. Once these new worlds had been
detected, a new space telescope, on the Moon or in deep space -
could be built to study such planets' atmospheres for the presence of
chemicals produced by living beings. Such a telecscope would
probably exploit the principles of interferometry, in which two
seperate instruments combine to produce extremely powerful
observations.
If it sounds like a dream, consider the words of the
NASA director Daniel Goldin: "What if we were to build an
interferometer on the moon? And what if it were big enough that we
could not only image planets around distant stars, but do
spectroscopic analyses of their atmospheres? Results might "change
our society in matters we can't even comprehend". Humanity would
either learn that life is rare, and therefore precious, or that
humans are just an "ever so 'umble" species in an alien-filled
universe. "We should get the answer soon," Dr. Brown said. "We have
put out hooks. Soon we will be draining the lake.."
**********************************************************************
"change our society in matters we can't even comprehend"
Hmmm.. sounds as if "they" are preparing to "find" some aliens.. :)
:::%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%:::
:::%%%ET-=-MAILSYSTEM. "ET" <be1ewt@rgueee.rgu.ac.uk>:::
:::%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%AMIGA%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%:::

79
textfiles.com/ufo/navy.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
PRNC 3820.1
Code 03
23 July 1954
HEADQUARTERS
Potomac River Naval Station
Washington, D.C.
PRNC Instruction 3820.1
from: Commandant, Potomac River Naval Command
To: Distribution list 2
Subj: Unidnentified Flying Objects; reporting of
Ref: (a)opnav notice 3820 of 26 Sept 1952
(b) JANAP 146 (c)
(c)Air Force letter 200-5 of 29 Apr 1952 (enclosure) (1) to ref
(a)
(d) comeastseafrom instruction 3820.2
1. PURPOSE. to provide guidance for procedures to be followed for reporting
unidentified flying objects.
2. Definition. unidentified flying objects as used in this instruction relate
to any airborne object which by performance, aerodynamic characteristics, or
unusal features does not conform to any presently known aircraft or missile.
3. Background. reference (a) states that the U.S. Air Force has the primary
responsibility for collection of subject information and has requested the
cooperation of all Naval activities in reporting such information.
4. (a) addressees are requested to report any data on unidentified flying
objects without delay by message in multiple adress to:
ACTION: (a) Director of intelligence, Headquarters USAF, Washington, D.C.
(b) Air Technical Intelligence center, Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio- ATTN:
ATLAA-2C.
(c) Commander, Air Defense Command, Ent AFB, Colorado Springs, Colorado
(d) Commander, Eastern Air Defense Force, Stewart AFB, Newburgh, N.Y.
INFO: (e) Director of Naval Intelligence, Navy Department, Washington D.C.
(f) Commander Eastern Sea Frontier, 90 Church street, New York, N.Y.
(g) Commandant, Potomac River Naval Command, U.S. Naval Gun Factory,
Washington, D.C.
b. The symbol FLYOBRPT (flying object report) will appear at the beginning
of the text messages to facilitate identification.
c. reports will include, insofar as possible :
(1) a brief description of the objects; shape,size, color, number, formation
if more than one, aerodynamic features, trail or exhaust, propulsion system ,
speed, sound, maneuvers, manner of disappearance, and other pertinent or
unusal features.
(2) time of sighting in 24 hour clock zonal time, and length of time observed.
(3) manner of observation; visual or electronic, from air (give speed, altitude
and type of aircraft), or surface. Any type of optical or electronic equipment
used should be described.
(4) location of observer during sighting, giving exact latitude and longitude
as closely as feasible, and/or reference to a known landmark. Location of
object (s) with respect to observer, giving distance, direction, and
altitude.
(5) Identifying information of observer (s) and witness (s), estimate of
reliability and experience, and any factors bearing on estimated reliability
of the sighting.
(6) Weather and winds aloft conditions at time and place of sighting (s).
(7) Any activity or condition, meteorological or otherwise, which might
account for the sighting.
(8) Existence of any physical evidence such as fragments, photographs and
the like, of the sighting (s).
(9) Interception or identification action taken. (such action may be taken
whenever feasible, complying with existing air defense directives).
(10) Location of any air traffic in the general area at the time of the
sighing (s).
d. It should be noted that the above instructions are separate from those
required for reporting normal surface and air sightings prescribed by reference
(b) and CINCLANTFLT instructions concerning same.
E. Addressees are requested to give theses instructions wide dissemination
within their commands.
T.B.HILL [Rear Admiral, USN ]
V. HAVARD,Jr. [CAPTAIN, USN }
Chief of Staff


331
textfiles.com/ufo/nazi2asc.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
(word processor parameters LM=1, RM=70, TM=2, BM=2)
Taken from KeelyNet BBS (214) 324-3501
Sponsored by Vangard Sciences
PO BOX 1031
Mesquite, TX 75150
March 30, 1990
Courteously contributed to KeelyNet by Lance Oliver
UFO's. Alien or Man Made
By
Al Pinto
First, I would like to introduce myself. I am not an airplane
pilot. I am not an astronaut, physicist, scientist, pscychologist,
or any other so called "accepted" authority on UFO's. I am however
an ex-Navy Petty Officer with a good amount of observation
experience. I am also someone who is very interested in the
phenomenon. I have researched this subject for quite a while
now, because of what it might mean to us if the "truth" leaked
out. Let me tell you that there is a lot more to UFO's than you
may think.
The governments of the world have been covering up everything
that has to do with UFO's. Why? It may be they feel that the sheer
thought of an "alien" culture infiltrating our world would cause
mass hysteria.
When I was a teenager living in North Bergen, NJ (a town across
the Hudson River, directly across from NYC) hundreds of people saw
what appeared to be a flying disk land in what was then called
Hudson County Park (now named Braddock Park after James J.
Braddock, the boxer). It was said to have blown out windows in a
high rise named the "Stonehenge". The only thing ever heard about
it was a small blurb in the local newspaper called the Dispatch.
I have been interested in the phenomenon ever since. The
authorities must have had one hell of a time suppressing that
sighting but, apparently were very succesful. Again I ask, why?
Maybe these craft are some secret government project. There is
a lot of evidence indicating this which dates back to WWII. There
is a report by Marshall Yarrow, then the Reuters special
correspondant to Supreme H.Q. in liberated Paris. This article was
published in the South Wales Argus on December 13, 1944. It
stated,
"The Germans have produced a 'secret' weapon in keeping
with the Christmas season. The new device, which is
apparently an air defense weapon, and resembles the glass
balls that adorn Christmas trees. They have been seen
hanging in the air over German territory,sometimes
singly, sometimes in clusters. They are colored silver
and are appaently transparent."
Another article regarding the German's secret craft was released
by the Associated Press in the New York Herald Tribune dated
January 2, 1945. It said:
"Now, it seems, the Nazis have thrown something new into
the night skies over Germany. It is the weird, mysterious
'Foo Fighter' balls which race alongside the wings of
fighters flying intruder missions over Germany.
Pilots have been encountering this eerie eapon for more
than a month in their night flights. No one apparently
knows what this sky weapon is. The balls of fire appear
suddenly and accompany the planes for miles. They seem to
be radio controlled from the ground, so official
intelligence reports reveal..."
I recently read a paper by Dr. Renato Vesco in which he claims
that the "Foo Fighter" actually existed. It was originally called
the "Feurball" and that it was first built at an aeronautical
establishment in Weiner Neustatt, with the help of the Flugfunk
Forschungsanstalt of Oberpfaffenhoffen (FFO). According to Vesco,
the craft was a flat, circular flying machine, powered by a
special turbojet engine, which was used by the Germans during the
end of the war.
Vesco also claims that the basic principles of the "Feurball"
were later applied to a much larger craft called the "Kugelblitz"
or Ball Lightning Fighter. This craft, which was rummored to be a
revolutionary kind of supersonic aircraft - was sucesfully
conducted over the underground complex of Kahla, in Thuringia,
sometime during February of 1945.
By 1975, Luftfhardt International was stating that a WWII
Flugkapitan Rudolph Schriever had died and found among his papers
were the incomplete notes for a large flying saucer, a series of
rough sketches of the machine, and several newspaper clippings of
himself and his alleged flying saucer. Luftfahrt also pointed out
that Schriever, up until his death, had been convinced that the
UFO sightings since the end of the war were proof that his
original ideas had been taken further with succesful results.
Again I wonder. Is there something more to this? Where did
this technology go?
In May of 1978, at Stand 111 in a scientific exhibition in the
Hanover Messe Hall, some people were giving out a paper entitled
the "Brisant". The paper contained two seemingly unrelated
articles:
1. The scientific future of the Antartic.
2. Germany's WWII flying saucers The flying saucer spoke
of the information I alredy had presented to you. The
article also included detailed drawings of a typical WWII
flying disk, did not mention the designer's name, and
claimed that the drawing was altered by the West German
gov't to render it "safe" for publication.
According to the article, at the end of the war, some of the
patents for this craft disapeared into secret Russian, American,
and British files. The remainder of the files and most likely,
the most important ones, went with the "missing" German scientists
and S.S. men. By 1956, Captain Ed Ruppelt, then head of the
U.S.A.F.'s Project Blue Book, wrote,
"When WWII ended, the Germans had several radical types of
aircraft and guided missles under development. The
majority of these were in the most preliminary states,
but they were the only known craft that could even
approach the performances of the objects reported by UFO
observers."
The article also states that in 1938, Hitler, anxious for a
foothold in the Antartic, sent an expediition commanded by Captain
Alfred Richter to the coast due south of South Africa. Two
seaplanes were launched from the deck of the carrier,
Schwabenland, daily for three weeks. They had orders to fly back
and forth across the territory which Norwegian explorers had named
Queen Maud Land. The Germans had then made a far more thorough
study of these region, finding vast areas that were free of ice.
They renamed the area "Neuschwabenland" and claimed it as part
of the Third Reich. German ships and U-boats continued to operate
in the South Atlantic Ocean, particularly between South Africa and
the Antartic, throughout WWII. Then, in March 1945, just before
the end of the war, two German U-boats, U-530 and U-977, left from
a port on the Baltic Sea.
Alegedly, they took with them members of the flying saucer
research teams, the last of the most vital saucer components, the
notes and drawings for the saucer, and the designs for gigantic
underground complexes and living accomodations based on the
underground factories of Nordhausen in the Harz mountains.
The U-boats allegedly unloaded all of this in Antartica. Then,
two months after the war, they mysteriously surfaced off the coast
of Argentina where the crews were handed over to the American
authorities, who interrogated them at length and then flew them
all back to the United States and questioned the Captains of both
U-boats for almost a year.
About a year after their capture, the United States launched
the biggest operation ever known regarding the Antartic. The
purpose was to
"circumnavigate the 16,000 mile continent and map it
thoroughly.."
"Brisant" felt it odd that Operation Highjump, as it was
called, under the command of Adm. Richard E. Byrd, included 13
ships, 2 seaplane tenders, an aircraft carrier, 6 two engine R4D
transports, 6 Martin PBM flying boats, 6 helicopters and a
staggering 4000 men. That expedition became somewhat of a mystery.
It docked near the German claimed Neuschwabenland and split up
into three separate task forces. Some reports claim that the
mission was an enormous success. Other, mainly foreign, reports
say that it was a complete disaster: that many of Byrd's men were
lost on the first day, that at least four of his airplanes had
disappeared, and that while the expedition had gone provisioned
for 6 to 8 months, they had returned only after a few weeks.
According to "Brisant" Admiral Byrd told a reporter that it was
"necessary for the USA to take defensive actions aginst
enemy air fighters which come from the polar regions"
and that in case of a new war the USA would be
"attacked by fighters that are able to fly from one pole
to the other with incredible speed."
Admiral Byrd was then ordered to undergo a secret cross
examination and the US withdrew from the Antartic for almost a
decade.
Yes, I have to ask again. Why are the governments of Earth
covering up on this UFO phenomenon? It may be because they have no
choice right now. They are up against a much more technologically
advanced society that might very well be a product of the Nazi's
and they can't do a thing about it.
It then becomes more apparent why they do not want us to know.
The masses would not only panic but would quite probably go
berserk! There are still many people alive today who experienced
the terror of Nazi Germany. Imagine how they would feel if they
found out that not only is Naziism still alive but, they command
power that no government can stop.
There is still other information that I've come across which I
am in the process of researching at this point. It regards the
science of Cybornetics. I became interested in this because the
Nazi's did many "experiments" with humans. Many of these
experiments are deemed to be highly unethical by the medical
profession. So strange in fact that results of these tests cannot
be released or even used for a good purpose because of the way the
tests were conducted. More on this some other time but it may be
possible that these "little people" are cyborgs. Don't laugh. What
I have read so far just might support this theory.
There are a few problems with all of this. What about the
sightings that took place before WWII? What about Lear's report
that we are dealing with Aliens, Extraterrestrials from another
world? Why bother with the Space Shuttle and rockets if the
technology exists to build saucers? None of it truly makes sense.
That is the problem. We have only questions and not enough answers
but, somebody knows. Do you?
Al Pinto
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Vangard Note
Mr. Peter Kelly informed us of a book entitled "Genesis" which
has been "removed" from circulation.
Written by W. A. Harbinson and published by
Dell Publishing Co., Inc.
1 Dag Hammarskjold Plaza
New York, NY 10017
copyright 1980 and 1982 by W. A. Harbinson.
ISBN : 0-440-12832-3
Another slightly different version of the book was published in
Great Britain by Corgi Books.
It is apparent from Mr. Pinto's paper that he is using and
possibly researching "Genesis" for his primary source. The
Cyborgs mentioned in his article are most notably mentioned in
"Genesis" in addition to the abduction of a tribe of Paraguayan
Indians from the Ache tribe who have many of the characteristics
found in UFO contact cases.
Through the efforts of Chuck Henderson, Vangard Secretary, we have
managed to secure a copy of the book.
The intriguing point is that the book is based on certain facts
which have come to light since WWII.
Points of interest as taken from Mr. Harbinsons bibliography (in a
science fiction novel???) included the following:
1) A highly technical but little-known book called
"Intercettateli Senza Sparare" claims that the "Foo Fighter"
actually existed, that it was originally called the
Feurball, and that it was first constructed at the
aeronautical establishment at Wiener Neustadt. Used by the
Germans during the closing stages of the War both as an
anti-radar device and as a "psychological" weapon against
Allied pilots.
Vesco says "The fiery halo around the Feurball perimeter was
caused by a very rich fuel mixture in addition to the
chemical additives that interrupted the flow of electricity
by over-ionizing the atmosphere in the vicinity of the
plane, generally around the wing tips or tail surfaces,
subjecting the H2S radar on the plane to the action of
powerful electrostatic fields and electromagnetic impulses."
2) Robert Ley, Minister for Labor in Nazi Germany in April
1945, excitedly told Albert Speer that German scientists had
invented a "death ray" (possibly a laser weapon).
Captain Heinze Schaeffer, captain of the U-977 submarine
(suspected taking Hitler and and Martin Bormann to
Patagonia, then on to a secret Nazi base in the Antartic),
stated in his book "U-boat 977" that in April 1945 an S.S.
associate had offered him a demonstration of a so-called
"death ray". Schaeffer had to decline the offer in order to
make his famous last voyage before the final German
downfall.
We recommend that you do your best to acquire a copy of "Genesis"
to get a better handle on this topic. Try half-price or old
bookstores. If you find a stash, we would be interested in buying
some copies to freely distribute to various parties of our
acquaintance who might further expand our collective knowledge on
this subject.
Thank you for you interest and contributions.

89
textfiles.com/ufo/naziufo.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
UFO's and the Occult Reich
by TAL
From: Nevada Aerial Research Newsletter
P.O. Box 1701 Rock Springs Drive
Las Vegas, Nevada 89128
.
Many civilizations with "flying saucers" exist, and are hidden inside
this planet. Beings which generate out of their own thought, various
craft are among us. There are also the UFO craft that are built by
surface cultures. All these are linked together in various ways.
Most all of these are OCCULT (hidden)...and most are "messengers of
deception". In 1867, Wentworth Little founded the English Rosicrucian
Society. He was in contact with the German Rosicrucians. Little
recruited his followers, up to 144 people, from the ranks of the
higher-ranking "Freemasons". One of his disciples was Bulwer Lytton,
who was a learned man celebrated throughout the world for his novel
"The Last Days of Pompeii". He also wrote "The Coming Race" (Zanconi)
which featured a mystical pre-Nazi group in Germany. This Berlin group
called itself the "luminous lodge", or "Vril Society" Vril (like the
force) has enormous energy potential. The book describes a race of men
physically far in advance of surface humans.
They have acuired powers over themselves and over all material
objects. They lived in caves and would emerge to reign over the
surface world. The most prominent member of the Vril Society was Karl
Haushofer, a close confidant of Hitler, Hess and Ro
senburg, who all belonged to the Thule Society (Thule Gesellschaft)
that was founded in Munich in 1918. Thule was a neo-Gnostic racist
group, which became a rallying front for the societal roots of Nazi
thought. The chief architect of the Thule group
was Baron Rudolf von Sebottendorff (Rudolf Glauer) who had direct
contact with the Dervish Orders and knew a great deal about Islamic
mysticism, particularly Sufism in all its aspects. He also had contact
with Herman Pohl, leader of the German Order
Walvater of the Holy Grail. Nazi occultism was a mixture of
influences and a host of interrelated secret societies, including the
Bavarian Illuminati, the Knights Templar, the Teutonic Knights, the
Holy Vehm, the Golden Dawn, the Rosy-Cross, the Vri
l Society, the German Order and its offshoot, the Thule Society.
Thule is known as the capital of Hyperbortea, in the polar regions.
Also known as "Ultima Thule", it was the gateway to other worlds. It
was known to serve as both a place to leave the earth and a place on
the rim of the opening to the "hollow earth".
It is interesting to note that the major powers of the earth have
microwave stations set up in the area, broadcasting ELF waves on
brain-wave freqencies. Tradition has it that hyperboreans were in
contact with various "alien cultures". War supposedly
broke out between the Hyperboreans and other civilizations
(atomic war). Descendants of the Thule caste (Celts) emigrated
elsewhere to other areas of the planet. They colonized these areas,
driven by "memory chromosomes" inherited from their space-
traveling ancestors. These star seed people are mostly of Celtic
origin (Basues, Irish, English, Norsemen, Icelanders, Betons,
Spaniards and Portuguese) which, strangely enough, make up the largest
percentage of RH-NEGATIVE blood types. Current neo-Nazis are
allegedly trying to locate and control these people.
Apparently, most contactees have RH- blood type. Are UFO cultures
tracking their own "cross-breeds"?
The Grand Lodge of Vril was seeking to re-unite the ancient Aryan
traditions and to make contact with the original super-human "luminous
race" and to make an alliance with beings who have secret sanctuaries
hidden inside the planet. The book "UFOs
- NAZI SECRET WEAPON?" by Mattern-Friedrich brings out some
intresting information, It seems that Victor Schauberger (1885-1958)
invented a number of "flying disks" for the Nazis between 1938 and
1945. He lived in the United States after the war, wh
ere he was reported to be working on a top secret UFO project in Texas
for the US Government. Reports of aryan looking saucer pilots are
many. Long haired blond folks that speak German. It is interesting to
note that the so-called "venusian" saucer
design of contactees all look like German saucer designs.
The Thule Society is still alive in the minds of neo-Nazi (Fourth
Reich) occulists. There is a booklet going around that reports to be
the secret log of Admiral Richard Byrd. In 1978, copies were sent out
by the Hollow Earth Research Society in O
ntario, Canada. Ivan Boyes, its director, claims that "after the war,
the allies discovered that over 2,000 scientists from Germany and
Italy had vanished along with almost a million people to the Land
beyond the pole. This is apparently what Admiral
Byrd's expedition was all about. To hunt them down. The domain of the
Arianni. The "Flugelrads" (wingwheels) were noted in the secret log as
being sent to the surface world to investigate the first nuclear
explosions. These were the model T's of the
German saucer design. Do we have a myth in the making? So ... Adm.
Byrd goes back and tells the pentagon and the President what he has
seen. They order him to be silent.
It seems that the inner earth cavern civilizations and the lands
inside the earth have been a part of the occult/military secret for a
long time.


323
textfiles.com/ufo/naziufo1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
(word processor parameters LM=1, RM=70, TM=2, BM=2)
Taken from KeelyNet BBS (214) 324-3501
Sponsored by Vangard Sciences
PO BOX 1031
Mesquite, TX 75150
March 30, 1990
Courteously contributed to KeelyNet by Lance Oliver
UFO's. Alien or Man Made
By
Al Pinto
First, I would like to introduce myself. I am not an airplane
pilot. I am not an astronaut, physicist, scientist, pscychologist,
or any other so called "accepted" authority on UFO's. I am however
an ex-Navy Petty Officer with a good amount of observation
experience. I am also someone who is very interested in the
phenomenon. I have researched this subject for quite a while
now, because of what it might mean to us if the "truth" leaked
out. Let me tell you that there is a lot more to UFO's than you
may think.
The governments of the world have been covering up everything
that has to do with UFO's. Why? It may be they feel that the sheer
thought of an "alien" culture infiltrating our world would cause
mass hysteria.
When I was a teenager living in North Bergen, NJ (a town across
the Hudson River, directly across from NYC) hundreds of people saw
what appeared to be a flying disk land in what was then called
Hudson County Park (now named Braddock Park after James J.
Braddock, the boxer). It was said to have blown out windows in a
high rise named the "Stonehenge". The only thing ever heard about
it was a small blurb in the local newspaper called the Dispatch.
I have been interested in the phenomenon ever since. The
authorities must have had one hell of a time suppressing that
sighting but, apparently were very succesful. Again I ask, why?
Maybe these craft are some secret government project. There is
a lot of evidence indicating this which dates back to WWII. There
is a report by Marshall Yarrow, then the Reuters special
correspondant to Supreme H.Q. in liberated Paris. This article was
published in the South Wales Argus on December 13, 1944. It
stated,
"The Germans have produced a 'secret' weapon in keeping
with the Christmas season. The new device, which is
apparently an air defense weapon, and resembles the glass
balls that adorn Christmas trees. They have been seen
hanging in the air over German territory,sometimes
singly, sometimes in clusters. They are colored silver
and are appaently transparent."
Another article regarding the German's secret craft was released
by the Associated Press in the New York Herald Tribune dated
January 2, 1945. It said:
"Now, it seems, the Nazis have thrown something new into
the night skies over Germany. It is the weird, mysterious
'Foo Fighter' balls which race alongside the wings of
fighters flying intruder missions over Germany.
Pilots have been encountering this eerie eapon for more
than a month in their night flights. No one apparently
knows what this sky weapon is. The balls of fire appear
suddenly and accompany the planes for miles. They seem to
be radio controlled from the ground, so official
intelligence reports reveal..."
I recently read a paper by Dr. Renato Vesco in which he claims
that the "Foo Fighter" actually existed. It was originally called
the "Feurball" and that it was first built at an aeronautical
establishment in Weiner Neustatt, with the help of the Flugfunk
Forschungsanstalt of Oberpfaffenhoffen (FFO). According to Vesco,
the craft was a flat, circular flying machine, powered by a
special turbojet engine, which was used by the Germans during the
end of the war.
Vesco also claims that the basic principles of the "Feurball"
were later applied to a much larger craft called the "Kugelblitz"
or Ball Lightning Fighter. This craft, which was rummored to be a
revolutionary kind of supersonic aircraft - was sucesfully
conducted over the underground complex of Kahla, in Thuringia,
sometime during February of 1945.
By 1975, Luftfhardt International was stating that a WWII
Flugkapitan Rudolph Schriever had died and found among his papers
were the incomplete notes for a large flying saucer, a series of
rough sketches of the machine, and several newspaper clippings of
himself and his alleged flying saucer. Luftfahrt also pointed out
that Schriever, up until his death, had been convinced that the
UFO sightings since the end of the war were proof that his
original ideas had been taken further with succesful results.
Again I wonder. Is there something more to this? Where did
this technology go?
In May of 1978, at Stand 111 in a scientific exhibition in the
Hanover Messe Hall, some people were giving out a paper entitled
the "Brisant". The paper contained two seemingly unrelated
articles:
1. The scientific future of the Antartic.
2. Germany's WWII flying saucers The flying saucer spoke
of the information I alredy had presented to you. The
article also included detailed drawings of a typical WWII
flying disk, did not mention the designer's name, and
claimed that the drawing was altered by the West German
gov't to render it "safe" for publication.
According to the article, at the end of the war, some of the
patents for this craft disapeared into secret Russian, American,
and British files. The remainder of the files and most likely,
the most important ones, went with the "missing" German scientists
and S.S. men. By 1956, Captain Ed Ruppelt, then head of the
U.S.A.F.'s Project Blue Book, wrote,
"When WWII ended, the Germans had several radical types of
aircraft and guided missles under development. The
majority of these were in the most preliminary states,
but they were the only known craft that could even
approach the performances of the objects reported by UFO
observers."
The article also states that in 1938, Hitler, anxious for a
foothold in the Antartic, sent an expediition commanded by Captain
Alfred Richter to the coast due south of South Africa. Two
seaplanes were launched from the deck of the carrier,
Schwabenland, daily for three weeks. They had orders to fly back
and forth across the territory which Norwegian explorers had named
Queen Maud Land. The Germans had then made a far more thorough
study of these region, finding vast areas that were free of ice.
They renamed the area "Neuschwabenland" and claimed it as part
of the Third Reich. German ships and U-boats continued to operate
in the South Atlantic Ocean, particularly between South Africa and
the Antartic, throughout WWII. Then, in March 1945, just before
the end of the war, two German U-boats, U-530 and U-977, left from
a port on the Baltic Sea.
Alegedly, they took with them members of the flying saucer
research teams, the last of the most vital saucer components, the
notes and drawings for the saucer, and the designs for gigantic
underground complexes and living accomodations based on the
underground factories of Nordhausen in the Harz mountains.
The U-boats allegedly unloaded all of this in Antartica. Then,
two months after the war, they mysteriously surfaced off the coast
of Argentina where the crews were handed over to the American
authorities, who interrogated them at length and then flew them
all back to the United States and questioned the Captains of both
U-boats for almost a year.
About a year after their capture, the United States launched
the biggest operation ever known regarding the Antartic. The
purpose was to
"circumnavigate the 16,000 mile continent and map it
thoroughly.."
"Brisant" felt it odd that Operation Highjump, as it was
called, under the command of Adm. Richard E. Byrd, included 13
ships, 2 seaplane tenders, an aircraft carrier, 6 two engine R4D
transports, 6 Martin PBM flying boats, 6 helicopters and a
staggering 4000 men. That expedition became somewhat of a mystery.
It docked near the German claimed Neuschwabenland and split up
into three separate task forces. Some reports claim that the
mission was an enormous success. Other, mainly foreign, reports
say that it was a complete disaster: that many of Byrd's men were
lost on the first day, that at least four of his airplanes had
disappeared, and that while the expedition had gone provisioned
for 6 to 8 months, they had returned only after a few weeks.
According to "Brisant" Admiral Byrd told a reporter that it was
"necessary for the USA to take defensive actions aginst
enemy air fighters which come from the polar regions"
and that in case of a new war the USA would be
"attacked by fighters that are able to fly from one pole
to the other with incredible speed."
Admiral Byrd was then ordered to undergo a secret cross
examination and the US withdrew from the Antartic for almost a
decade.
Yes, I have to ask again. Why are the governments of Earth
covering up on this UFO phenomenon? It may be because they have no
choice right now. They are up against a much more technologically
advanced society that might very well be a product of the Nazi's
and they can't do a thing about it.
It then becomes more apparent why they do not want us to know.
The masses would not only panic but would quite probably go
berserk! There are still many people alive today who experienced
the terror of Nazi Germany. Imagine how they would feel if they
found out that not only is Naziism still alive but, they command
power that no government can stop.
There is still other information that I've come across which I
am in the process of researching at this point. It regards the
science of Cybornetics. I became interested in this because the
Nazi's did many "experiments" with humans. Many of these
experiments are deemed to be highly unethical by the medical
profession. So strange in fact that results of these tests cannot
be released or even used for a good purpose because of the way the
tests were conducted. More on this some other time but it may be
possible that these "little people" are cyborgs. Don't laugh. What
I have read so far just might support this theory.
There are a few problems with all of this. What about the
sightings that took place before WWII? What about Lear's report
that we are dealing with Aliens, Extraterrestrials from another
world? Why bother with the Space Shuttle and rockets if the
technology exists to build saucers? None of it truly makes sense.
That is the problem. We have only questions and not enough answers
but, somebody knows. Do you?
Al Pinto
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Vangard Note
Mr. Peter Kelly informed us of a book entitled "Genesis" which
has been "removed" from circulation.
Written by W. A. Harbinson and published by
Dell Publishing Co., Inc.
1 Dag Hammarskjold Plaza
New York, NY 10017
copyright 1980 and 1982 by W. A. Harbinson.
ISBN : 0-440-12832-3
Another slightly different version of the book was published in
Great Britain by Corgi Books.
It is apparent from Mr. Pinto's paper that he is using and
possibly researching "Genesis" for his primary source. The
Cyborgs mentioned in his article are most notably mentioned in
"Genesis" in addition to the abduction of a tribe of Paraguayan
Indians from the Ache tribe who have many of the characteristics
found in UFO contact cases.
Through the efforts of Chuck Henderson, Vangard Secretary, we have
managed to secure a copy of the book.
The intriguing point is that the book is based on certain facts
which have come to light since WWII.
Points of interest as taken from Mr. Harbinsons bibliography (in a
science fiction novel???) included the following:
1) A highly technical but little-known book called
"Intercettateli Senza Sparare" claims that the "Foo Fighter"
actually existed, that it was originally called the
Feurball, and that it was first constructed at the
aeronautical establishment at Wiener Neustadt. Used by the
Germans during the closing stages of the War both as an
anti-radar device and as a "psychological" weapon against
Allied pilots.
Vesco says "The fiery halo around the Feurball perimeter was
caused by a very rich fuel mixture in addition to the
chemical additives that interrupted the flow of electricity
by over-ionizing the atmosphere in the vicinity of the
plane, generally around the wing tips or tail surfaces,
subjecting the H2S radar on the plane to the action of
powerful electrostatic fields and electromagnetic impulses."
2) Robert Ley, Minister for Labor in Nazi Germany in April
1945, excitedly told Albert Speer that German scientists had
invented a "death ray" (possibly a laser weapon).
Captain Heinze Schaeffer, captain of the U-977 submarine
(suspected taking Hitler and and Martin Bormann to
Patagonia, then on to a secret Nazi base in the Antartic),
stated in his book "U-boat 977" that in April 1945 an S.S.
associate had offered him a demonstration of a so-called
"death ray". Schaeffer had to decline the offer in order to
make his famous last voyage before the final German
downfall.
We recommend that you do your best to acquire a copy of "Genesis"
to get a better handle on this topic. Try half-price or old
bookstores. If you find a stash, we would be interested in buying
some copies to freely distribute to various parties of our
acquaintance who might further expand our collective knowledge on
this subject.
Thank you for you interest and contributions.

720
textfiles.com/ufo/newufo.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
Fellow computer enthusiasts, 11-24-89
What follows is a transcript of a 45 minute lecture that I at-
tended on 11-17-89 at the "Whole Life Expo." in Los Angeles,
California. Speaking was Mr. Milton William Cooper who I first
became acquainted with through a text file I downloaded from a
local computer BBS. The file dealt with the subject of UFO's and
our government's concealment of the truth about them in such a
way that it made a lasting impression on me, which is why I
attended his lecture; to learn more. Please forgive my probable
misspelling of some of the proper names in the transcript which
follows and allow that I have taken it as best I could, word-
for-word, from a less than acceptable micro-cassette recording.
If you are as moved by what you are about to read as I was in
hearing it first hand, I ask that you please spread it as far
and wide as possible. Upload it to every BBS in your reach and
please, don't change anything. Also, please give considerable
thought to Mr. Cooper's suggestions as to what we all can do to
see that this information is confirmed by our government to make
them stop what they are up to.
Thank you, and now, Milton Cooper:
"For those of you who don't know who I am, I was raised in a
military family. My family, my ancestors, since they came to
this country, have been government people. We have served in the
military, we have been patriots, we have fought in all the wars,
we care about this country and believe in the constitution of
the United States. We know, as many people don't know, that the
Constitution of the United States of America IS the United
States of America! And that's why we've always been ready ...to
do the things needed ...to preserve and protect it."
"When I left home I went into the Air Force, the Strategic Air
Command. As a child I'd heard stories from my father and pilots,
other pilots, my father was a pilot, about Foo Fighters, UFO's,
strange craft that were not made on this Earth. And as a kid,
you hear that in passing, and it's neat, and you giggle about
it, and you go out and play "Space Man", and you forget it."
"When I was in the Air Force I met men who had participated in
alien crashed-craft recoveries. Now this intrigued me, it in-
terested me, but it was usually after quite a few bottles of
beer that these stories would come out, and sometimes the next
morning I couldn't remember what the heck the guy said."
"When I left the Air Force I went into the Navy, and this is
where everything began to happen for me. I had originally inten-
ded to just go from service to service and do something that
very few people have ever done before. I was a very adventurous,
very crazy ...young man, and I thought that that would be a
pretty exciting life. I volunteered for submarines, and while on
the submarine U.S.S. Tyroot, SS-416, on a transit between the
Portland/Seattle area and Pearl Harbor, which was our home port;
the Pearl Harbor sub base, as the port lookout I saw a craft,
saucer-shaped, the size of a Midway class carrier, aircraft
carrier, for those of you who don't know how big that is; it's
huge, come up out of the water approximately 2 1/2 nautical
miles off the port bow, which is about 45 degrees to the left of
the pointy end of the submarine. It tumbled slowly on its own
axis, and went up into the clouds. It appeared to be moving
slowly to me at a distance of 2 1/2 nautical miles, but in
reality it was moving pretty fast because it came up out of the
water, did a few tumbles and it was gone!"
"I then reported it to the officer of the deck. I didn't tell
him what it was that I saw because my Daddy didn't raise no
fools and in case nobody else saw it I didn't want to be the
only looney onboard the ship. So I asked the officer of the deck
to help me cover that area, and he did, which is common for of-
ficers and lookouts to help each other while on bridge watch be-
cause they all hang together if something bad happens. After a
few seconds of watching, the same craft, or another craft exact-
ly like it, came down out of the clouds, tumbled again on its
own axis, and went into the water. Ensign Ball, who was the of-
ficer of the deck, was literally shocked! What could I say? Sea-
man Dejeralimo, who was the starboard lookout, had also witnes-
sed this, and ensign Ball called the captain to the bridge who
was followed by the chief quartermaster who brought a 35MM cam-
era, and we watched for between 7 and 10 minutes the same craft,
or different craft that looked exactly alike, enter and leave
the water. It was an incredible show. I don't know if they knew
we were there, or if they even cared, but the craft did not
glow, they were metal, they were machines without a doubt, they
were obviously intelligently guided, they were HUGE, and having
been in the Air Force and the Navy and knowing what it takes, I
knew without a doubt, and know it today, that that machine was
not made on the face of this Earth. Because there's nothing that
man can make, that can fly through the air at a speed like that,
tumble on its own axis, and enter the water and effectively fly
beneath the sea."
"If you've ever been aboard an airplane and then gone aboard a
submarine, I know there's probably some of you in this room who
have visited a submarine at one time or another, you can readily
see just without even any of the technicalities involved how
difficult such a thing would be to do. Where would it be built,
that size? It was absolutely incredible. It changed my life
because then all the stories that I'd heard all my life I knew
were true, and I began seeing the world in a different light."
"It wasn't long after that I was trained by Naval security in
intelligence. I was sent to Viet Nam. I was assigned as a patrol
boat captain, first in DaNang harbor, given a crew, given a
multi-million dollar patrol boat. My job was to gather intel-
ligence from the people who lived around the harbor and the
fishermen who transited the harbor, and maintain the safety and
security of the harbor and the shipping. After about 5-months I
was sent up North to the DMZ, to a place called Qua Vieaf [sp],
on the Tacan [sp] river. Our base camp was at the river mouth.
We were only 3-miles South of the North Vietnamese border and
our job was to patrol the Tacan river from the river mouth to
Dang Ha [sp], and then up the Quang Tree [sp] cutoff to Quang
Tree city, again to get to know the people on the bank, gather
intelligence, and to patrol every night and maintain the safety
and security of the river and the river traffic."
"It was while there that I discovered that there was a tremen-
dous amount of UFO and alien activity in Viet Nam. It was always
reported in official messages as `enemy helicopters.' Now any of
you who know anything about the Viet Nam war know that the North
Vietnamese did not have any helicopters, especially after our
first couple of air raids into North Viet Nam. Even if they had
they would not have been so foolish as to bring them over the
DMZ because that would have insured their demise. Our troops
were fired on occasionally by these `enemy helicopters,' enemy
troops were fired on occasionally by these `enemy helicopters,'
and occasionally people would disappear. And on one instance
that I know for sure at least one entire village disappeared one
night due to alien activity. The reason they used the term
`enemy helicopters' in messages and dispatches was that in Viet
Nam you could be overrun at any time, no matter where you where.
They did not bring crypto encoding equipment into Viet Nam, I'm
talking about the machinery. What we did is we had crypto tab-
les, and once we every 24-hours those codes would be no good. So
that's what we used. We also, because of the inability to use
crypto transmitting equipment, had to devise code words such as
`enemy helicopters.'"
"When I left Viet Nam I was eventually attached to the head-
quarters staff of the Commander in Chief of the United States
Pacific Fleet at Macalappa, [sp] Hawaii, which is a little hill
overlooking Pearl Harbor, it's a beautiful white building up
there, and I was specifically attached to the Intelligence
Briefing Team of the Commander in Chief of the United States
Pacific Fleet."
"It was during this tour of duty that, in the course of my
duties, documents were placed in my hands that were so unbeliev-
able and so incredible that it took me quite a while to adjust
to the fact that what I was seeing was real. Now for those of
you who don't understand how I could come to see this informa-
tion let me give you a little short course in security clearance
and "the need to know" and how you get to see classified infor-
mation if you're in the military or in the government, it does-
n't matter which, the rules are the same."
"Number one you need a security clearance, and you've got to
have clearance at the level that the information you want to see
is classified at. In this instance it was classified `Top Sec-
ret, Magic, Restricted Information,' which I came to find out
later is the highest security classification in the Nation. To
get that type of clearance, all you have to have is a Federal
Bureau of Investigation background check, which takes about six
months and they send federal agents to your home, to your old
schools, to all your teachers, to your friends, to everybody you
put down on your security clearance forms, to all your old ad-
dresses, your neighbors, everybody that you've worked for, and
it's embarrassing because they don't tell them what they're
checking on. They just show them their identification and start
asking questions and that's when you find out who's your friend
and who's not, because a lot of people get scared and think,
`Bill just robbed a bank and I'm not talkin' to him anymore.'"
"Now once you get that it's called a `B.I.' and for those of
you who have received a copy of my service record look on the
first page, the DD-214 where it says `Security Clearance,' you
will see the term `B.I.' That's a `Bureau of Investigation'
clearance. Now at that point, you have the clearance for every-
thing including Top Secret and above. What determines what you
get to see is your need to know, and the job that you have de-
termines what your need to know is."
"I was assigned to the Intelligence Briefing Team of the Com-
mander in Chief of the United States Pacific Fleet, who had to
know everything concerning his area of operations which was one-
half of the Earth's surface; the Indian ocean, the Pacific
ocean, and all the land masses in between. Believe it or not, if
we go to war, if we ever go to war, it's the United States Navy
that strikes the first blow and attempts to keep the enemy at
bey while we can get ourselves together, at least historically.
Nuclear weapons have kind of done away with that concept, but
military commanders like to talk about it anyway."
"Because of this, and you have no conception of the amount of
material and information that an area commander has to know,
it's unbelievable, and he has to keep track of this, he has to
keep on top of it. He has to know what's happening, he has to
make the right decisions. Because it's almost humanly impossible
for anyone to do that, they have what's called a briefing team,
and it's our job to make sure that he has the correct informa-
tion, all the time, on a 24-hour basis. And every morning, be-
tween 8 and 9 AM, we would give a briefing which covered every-
thing that happened in the previous 24-hours, and everything
scheduled to happen in the next 24-hours, and all the pertinent
intelligence reports that we had received since the last brief-
ing that he needed to know and that his staff members needed to
know. Occasionally we would get messages marked `Top Secret,
Magic, Restricted Information,' and it would be coded in such a
way that all you had were answers to questions which you didn't
know what the questions were so you really didn't know what the
message was all about."
"But eventually I found myself in possession, holding two
documents; one called `Project Grudge,' another one called `Op-
eration Majority.' Project Grudge contained the history of alien
involvement since around 1936, and it began talking about
Germany's involvement with a crashed-disk that they had reco-
vered in 1936 and were attempting to duplicate the technology.
They were not successful despite what all these Nazi hunters
want to tell you. If they had been successful, we would not have
won the war, because you cannot beat those weapons! You cannot
outfly those craft, you can't even think about it with conven-
tional aircraft. If Germany had been successful, we would now
have a German flag up in front of this podium."
"They did make some headway. When we went into Punta Mundy
[sp] we captured documents, we got some scientists, we got some
hardware. The Russians also got some documents, some scientists,
and some hardware. It wasn't until 1947 that we were able to
capture a craft, a whole craft, not all together but it was
everything. And that occurred near the city of Roswell, New
Mexico. There were dead aliens recovered from the craft. In Pro-
ject Grudge I saw photographs of these dead aliens, of the
craft, I saw photographs of live aliens, I saw photographs of
autopsies, internal organs, I saw photographs of the alien des-
ignated `E.B.'[or Ebe] which was held in captivity from 1949 un-
til June the 2nd, 1952 when he died. I saw the history of what
they had been able to at that time put together, from incidents
in the 1800's which involved aliens and their craft."
"I saw the names of projects. I saw a project that was to fly
recovered alien craft that had been recovered intact and undam-
aged, and some of them were recovered intact and undamaged, and
how that happened I have no idea. It was called `Project Red-
light,' and first was conducted from the Tonopah test range in
the Nevada test sight and then was moved to a specially built
area, ordered built by president Eisenhower, called `Area-51,'
code named `Dreamland,' in the Groom [sp] dry lake area of the
Nevada test sight, by secret executive order. It doesn't exist
officially, if you ask anyone, or if you write letters to the
government they will tell you it doesn't exist. However if you
go out there at several places and see it, fly outside the
boundaries and look down and see it, you know it's there, but
according to the government it doesn't exist."
"The project to fly, test fly these craft, was ongoing until
sometime in 1962 when a craft blew up not far from the test
sight, in the air, and the explosion was seen over a three-state
area. The pilots were killed, they had no idea what had happened
or why the craft blew up, but they put Project Redlight on hold
until a later date when the aliens supplied us with 3-craft and
personnel to help us learn how to fly these craft. That project
is ongoing and we now have not only alien craft that we are fly-
ing, we have craft we have built, using the captured technology,
and some of the UFO's that people report seeing in the United
States, and maybe even elsewhere, are flown by United States
personnel."
"That may come as a shock to you. We have technology way be-
yond the limits of what we have been told. A lot of our develop-
ment technologically, since the end of World War II, has been
due to the exchange of technology which occurs in the area
called `Area-51' on a regular basis ...ongoing."
"When James Oberth, professor Oberth retired, many of you
don't know who he is ...not too many space people in here. Pro-
fessor Oberth was probably one of the greatest rocket scientists
and space commentists that ever lived. When he retired, the gov-
ernment gave him a special award, there was a press conference,
all kinds of ceremony, and when he got up to speak he said,
`Gentlemen,' and I quote professor Oberth, he said, `Gentlemen,
we cannot take credit for all the technological developments
that we have had in the last decade. We have had help,' and
that's where he stopped."
"One of the reporters raised his hand and said, `Professor
Oberth, can you tell us what other country helped us?'"
"He said, `It was those little guys from out in space,' and
then he got down and and would not comment any further. Now this
occurred in 1959. I can go on and on but time doesn't allow it."
"I will tell you ladies and gentlemen that there are all kinds
of things going on all the time, we are making rapid progress in
exposing this. Since I have begun talking, people have been com-
ing out of the woodwork at a rapid rate, who know and have
pieces of this puzzle, and are helping us to put it together,
because I don't have all the answers. I saw an awful lot of ma-
terial, I have remembered an awful lot of it, I have probably,
in my remembering, made some mistakes, and I guarantee you
they're minor ones, if I have."
"We have just recently, for those of you who didn't believe
that the Jason Society of the Jason Scholars, the secret group
existed, we now have a letter from the Pentagon, with 51 names
of the Jason Scholars, an admission from the Pentagon that they
hold the highest security clearances in the nation, an admission
from the Pentagon that they hold the protocol rank of Rear Ad-
miral, and are treated as such on any military installation or
in any government office. There are 6 Nobel Prize winners on
that list, there are the elite of the elite of the scientific
world, they are the only ones who really know the truth about
the technology today and about the real science of physics, be-
cause the one that we're being taught all the time... If you
send your kids to college to learn physics you're wasting your
money because they're teaching them stuff that doesn't work,
it's not true, it's not real. Gravity is not what we think it
is. There IS a Unified Theory! We already know what it is, it's
what makes these craft work. It's absolutely incredible what's
going on."
"How many of you keep up with Billy Goodman's show on KVEG out
of Las Vegas? For those of you who don't, I would try tuning in
on any night between 10:00 PM and 1:00 AM. It's 840 on your AM
dial, and the subject every night are those subjects that no
other media person in the United States will touch with a 10-
foot pole, every single night except Saturday night. It's the
only show that you can call in and talk to another caller,
you've got 3-minutes to say whatever you want to say as long as
you don't cuss or swear or slander anyone, and every night
they're helping to expose this."
"When John Lear and I first said what was going on out at
Groom Lake everybody said, `You're nuts, there's nothing going
on out at Groom Lake!' The listeners of the Billy Goodman radio
show put together an excursion and went up to Groom Lake and
they all, ever since, every night, they go up there and watch
them test fly the alien craft ...every night! The first night
they had 100 people there. And 100 people saw 4 alien craft fly,
doing things that no airplane and no helicopter can do. Now they
don't tell us anymore that there's nothing happening at Groom
Lake. What they tell us now is there's no such thing as aliens,
it's all government secret projects. That's okay because we'll
prove that wrong too eventually, it just takes awhile. Because
where we WERE ...it's not where we're AT, and I'm really happy
about that."
"Now, if you want to see what's happening right now, keep
watching your movies, keep watching your television commercials,
your alien programs on television, read Whitley Streeper's
`Majestic' which is a part of the contingency plan called `Ma-
jestic' to test the reaction of the population to the presence
of aliens on the Earth. And I have just finished my study of
Whitley Streeper's book `Majestic,' and I'm gonna tell you right
now that most of the documents in there, that he says are fic-
tion, are real documents that came right out of Project Grudge.
It is part of the government's campaign to leak information out
in ways that they can always deny that it's real. There's only
one thing wrong with the information in that book, the stories
of the characters in there I know nothing about. What I'm talk-
ing about are the supposed government documents that he has in
that book. I'm telling you tonight they're real. Those are some
of the same documents that I saw in Project Grudge back between
1970 & 1973, and where we have wondered before, now we know that
Whitley Streeper IS working for the government. And we had a
suspicion anyway because in the front of his book he states that
he got information and was helped by the research team of Moore,
Shanderey, and Friedman. William Moore has publicly admitted on
July the 1st that he is an agent of the United States Govern-
ment, and we know that the others are too."
"This is gonna come out, and the reason they're doing it the
way they're doing it is they know eventually you're gonna find
out that it's all true and real. They're desensitizing you so
that you're not shocked, so that there's no collapse of society
as we know it, so that the religious structure doesn't fall to
pieces, so that the stock market doesn't go crazy, because these
were their original fears. Now, there's nothing we can do about
the last one because it's already happened, there will be a seg-
ment of the population that worships the aliens, even though
they're no different than us they're just from somewhere else,
and they may look a little different. They are not gods. But
there are already people worshiping the aliens and they predic-
ted this would happen when they slapped the secret stamp all
over all this stuff."
"You know, there's really nothing wrong with what's been hap-
pening except for 3 things;" [Cooper forgot to mention the 3rd
thing, or was sidetracked, or included it into the 2nd thing.]
Number one, when they decided to keep it secret they needed to
finance it, they couldn't tell the public so they couldn't tell
Congress. They decided to finance it with the sale, importation
and sale, of drugs. Now in the documents that I read, in Opera-
tion Majority, it specifically stated that when George Bush was
the president and CEO of Sapata [sp] Oil, he, in conjunction
with the CIA, organized the first large scale drug importation
into this country from South and Central America by fishing
boat, to the offshore oil platforms of Sapata Oil, and then from
there into the beach, thus bypassing all Customs inspections and
law enforcement inspections of any kind. They are still bringing
in drugs, to a limited extent, in this manner. Another manner is
by CIA contract aircraft which, one of their bases of landing is
Homestead [sp] Air Force Base in Florida. We have affidavits
from air controllers who have vectored the planes in, who have
made sure that they're not interfered with in any way. We have
affidavits from personnel at Homestead Air Force Base who say
the planes have been met by Zeb Bush, who's George Bush's son.
We have affidavits from people who work in the Gulf of Mexico,
in the offshore oil business, that yes indeed, the drugs are
coming in, at least some of them, from the offshore oil plat-
forms."
From the audience came a clear statement, "Just say no?"
"Pardon? ...Right! Just Say No! Well that's what we're gonna
do ladies and gentlemen with your help ...we are going to say
NO, no more! And you gotta do it, you gotta act. You either
gotta act, or watch your country go down the tubes."
"Now, that's one of the things that's wrong. The next thing
that's wrong is, to keep the secret, they killed a lot of people
who tried to leak it out. And if I hadn't done it the way that I
did it, you wouldn't be seeing me anywhere standing or walking
on this Earth now. They killed president Kennedy and during the
workshop, for those of you haven't seen the tape, I will show
you, on the tape, who shot the president and why. Between '70
and '73, in Operation Majority it stated verbatim that President
Kennedy ordered MJ-12 to cease the importation and sale of drugs
to the American people, that he ordered them to implement a plan
to reveal the presence of aliens to the American people within
the following year. His assassination was ordered by the policy
committee of the Vilderbergers. MJ-12 implemented the plan and
carried it out in Dallas. It involved agents of the CIA, Divis-
ion-5 of the FBI, the Secret Service, and the office of Naval
Intelligence. President Kennedy was killed by the driver of his
car, his name was William Greer, he used a recoilless, electric-
ally operated, gas-powered assassination pistol that was spe-
cially built by the CIA to assassinate people at close range. It
fired an explosive pellet which injected a large amount of
shellfish poison into the brain, and that is why, in the docu-
ments, it stated that President Kennedy's brain was removed. If
you've studied the case, you will find that indeed his brain
disappeared. The reason for that is so that they would not find
the particles of the exploding pellet or the shellfish poison in
his brain which would have proved conclusively that Lee Harvy
Oswald was NOT the assassin. In fact, Lee Harvy Oswald never
fired a shot, he was the patsy."
Mr. Cooper paused briefly, and a lady in the audience asked
the obvious question, "Why haven't YOU been assassinated?"
"If they were to kill me right now, what would you think?"
Cooper posed.
"That it's the truth," several people chimed.
"I've got `em right where I want `em. If they touch me,
everyone who's ever heard me talk is gonna be absolutely enraged
and is gonna know that everything I've said is true. As long as
they don't touch me there's gonna be some of you who are always
gonna be wondering. But eventually we're gonna bring enough
proof out, and if you're here during the workshop you're gonna
see an awful lot of it that's gonna prove to you that it's true.
It's real. And it's happening!"
"Okay, I've tried to cover a lot of stuff, just briefly, be-
cause there's no time in 45 minutes to get into anything very
much."
Mr. Cooper then announced the scheduled workshop session the
following day in which tangible proofs could be seen but regret-
tably I was unable to attend. He then opened up the floor to
questions and answers.
A muffled question was barely heard coming from the front of
the room which in essence asked, "What about all the people in
the press and others who were in Dallas and who saw the assass-
ination? Couldn't they tell where the shot came from, why didn't
they come forward? There must have been plenty."
"There was, we know that there was at least 18 who were all
murdered within 2-years of the event. The odds of that happening
are 1 in 300,000 trillion," Cooper replied.
Again a muffled question, "Why did the DRIVER have to shoot
Kennedy?"
"Because the other fools missed! There were a total of 3-shots
fired at President Kennedy, one hit him in the throat and didn't
kill him and 2 of them hit John Connelly [sp]. The one that was
fired from the grassy knoll hit the president in the throat. The
other 2-shots came from directly behind the limousine, not the
school book depository building, and hit Governor Connelly. Gov-
ernor Connelly, in intelligence community circles, is known as a
`can do' man, because he took 2-hits and still kept his mouth
shut."
"How is it that the driver, sitting on the front, left-hand
side of the car was able to blow off the right side of Kennedy's
brain when the bullet actually entered in, and it would have
been virtually impossible..." another person asked.
Mr. Cooper seized the gist of his question and injected, "For
those of you who have been listening to all these talk show
hosts, whose job it is to be a talk show host, and who have not
done any legitimate research into this, if you come to the work-
shop, I will show you, on the tape, how it was done. You will
see that Kennedy was, in fact slumped over against Jackie, his
head was turned [this direction], it was very simple, it was
easy and you will see it with your own eyes."
Another muffled, off-mike question from a member of the audi-
ence inquiring why no one else had come forward with the infor-
mation Mr. Cooper was disseminating, and why those who knew it
had kept it secret for so long was quickly answered, "It hasn't
been, I'm talkin' about it now. Bill English was talkin' about
it 8-years ago but everybody laughed at Bill English. John
Lear's been talkin' about it for 3-years and everybody laughed
at him. Now there's so many people have been talkin' about it,
people are startin' to listen and it's about time. Because it's
about time we that we quit being fools, and that's exactly what
they think we are and we prove it to them every day."
Almost all of the questions from the audience were to faint to
hear. The next one dealt with the alien technology and asked in
essence, "Hasn't any one else [other than the government] come
up with the energy technology that the aliens have?" to which
Mr. Cooper answered, "There's been quite a few people who've
come up with it and they've ALL been stopped, and they'll all
continue to be stopped. Because once you have it you have FREE
ENERGY. Once you have free energy they no longer have power over
you. You understand? That's why they stop it."
Another question asking, "In the film of the assassination
which was examined greatly by experts, why didn't THEY conclude
that Kennedy's driver shot him?", to which Cooper asked, "Exam-
ined by WHO greatly?", and continued, "Most of the film that you
can purchase has that segment cut out, and you can always tell
it by the person running in the background, they'll run up to
here... all of a sudden they'll be down here... running. You
will see in most of the clips that you've ever seen on televi-
sion, or in the movies, or that you're able to get your hands
on, you'll see William Greer start to turn like this...", then a
muffled comment from the audience, then Cooper answered, "That's
because they clipped it out! And on a lot of them, I'll bet you
most of you, every time you've seen the clip on television,
never looked at the driver anyway. If you're really honest with
yourself, and with me, you know your eyes were right on
Kennedy."
A woman asked if any of the alien technology was being used in
present-day military equipment and was answered, "Yes, there's a
lot of alien technology contained in the Stealth bomber, that's
right. The Stealth fighter was flying for 10-years before you
even knew it existed."
As the hour drew late another question, more clearly stated,
was asked of Mr. Cooper by a woman closer to my ears, "Before
you let us all out of here, there's a bunch of us here wondering
what can we all do to help bring this all out?"
A single word, "REVOLT" issued from several listeners simul-
taneously but Cooper responded, "Don't revolt. What you need to
do is what you should have been doing all along. You need to get
involved with your government. The first thing you need to do is
purchase a copy of the Constitution, which I know that most of
you don't have anywhere in your house, and if I were to go
around this room and ask each person what the Constitution says,
most of you couldn't tell me what the Constitution says from
your grocery bill. And that's the truth! And that IS your coun-
try! So if you don't know what your Constitution is you're dead
already, so the first thing you do is you get a copy of your
Constitution. The second thing you do is you learn it! The third
thing you do is you start calling your senators and your repre-
sentatives, and the President of the United States and you start
leaning on them, and you tell them, `Unless you straighten up
the government, and unless we start getting the truth, and I
mean the whole truth, and no more of this baloney, this's the
last job you're ever gonna have, period. And I'll do everything
in my power to make sure that comes true.' And then write them,
frequently, saying the same thing. And then when they're in your
area, in their area offices, take a little delegation and go see
them, and make them understand that they're gonna be living in
poverty because they're not gonna have a job anymore come elec-
tion day. You see, the secret government may own the executive
branch, but you people, all of us, we own the Congress, and the
Congress makes the laws, and the Congress can impeach the entire
executive branch! You also have the right to petition the gov-
ernment for a redress of injuries. So you ARE powerful, you've
just forgotten that you're powerful, you've forgotten that that
vote that you haven't been doing every time election comes
around, that vote has abdicated your power. That vote you did
not cast abdicated your power and gave it to those who are
subverting the Constitution and are ruining this country."
A gentleman then asked, "What was traded to the aliens for
their technology?"
"People and animals," replied Cooper succinctly.
Another man asked, "Is the Soviet Union in on any of this?"
"The Soviet Union and the United States of America have been
close allies since the end of World War II and have been closely
participating in the secret space program all this time. The
Soviets have the same thing we have, yes. What you see happening
in the Soviet block right now is not the result of people stand-
ing up and saying, `We want to be free.' It's the result of the
international bankers saying, `You tear down these barriers, and
you meet the West half way, give your people some freedom, the
West is gonna take some freedom away from their people so that
we can put together a one-world economic system ...and have all
the power. That's what's happening! If you don't believe it,
stick around and watch it!"
A dubious woman then asked, "Why was the shellfish poison
necessary? A lot of his brain was blown off anyway."
Cooper: "The shellfish poison? If you go to kill someone, one
thing I've learned, I learned it real good, I learned it espe-
cially good when I went to Viet Nam; just `cause you shoot some-
one doesn't mean they're gonna die. And if they don't die,
they're gonna be MAD. And if they've got a gun, you're dead. So
you want the first time to be the last time. So if you really
want to to kill somebody you don't play around. If you REALLY
want to kill somebody ...you KILL them, you don't play, you make
sure that when you shoot them, they're dead. That way they can't
hurt you, can't hurt you at all."
Regrettably, the next question was totally unintelligible, I
was thankful however that Mr. Cooper had a good public address
system to amplify his reply, "The first moon landing was May the
22nd, 1962... or excuse me, that was the first landing on Mars.
I'm sorry, May the 22nd, 1962 was the winged probe that used a
hydrozine propeller, flew around approximately 3-orbits and lan-
ded on May the 22nd, 1962, was a joint United States / Russian
endeavor. The first time that we landed on the moon was sometime
during the ...probably middle 50's, because at the time when
President Kennedy stated that he wanted a man to set foot on the
moon by the end of the decade we already had a base there."
"What about Mars?" came another quick question.
"We have a base on Mars also," Cooper calmly replied.
"When did that happen?"
"I don't know the exact date but I know the project's name, it
was `Adam and Eve'."
"How long have you known about this?"
"Well, I revealed it publicly for the first time on July the
2nd, 1989, and within 3-weeks of the time I revealed it public-
ly, the government, to get the American people not to listen to
me, came out and said that they planned to build a base on the
moon and a colony on Mars. Now, 3-days previous to my speech,
representatives from NASA said, `We can never have a colony on
Mars, it's impossible that there's a colony on Mars because Mars
is a dead planet.' And it's NOT a dead planet, they've lied to
you about Mars."
"My name is Dave [unintelligible], I'm a representative of the
Crystic Institute, and I'd like to know why it was that when we
sent a representative down to your home, at your request, you
failed to produce any documentation to substantiate your allega-
tions."
"In the first place it was NOT at my request, I have never
contacted the Crystic Institute in my life. I was on the Carol
Hemingway Show, she contacted the Crystic institute, she told
Daniel Shehan [sp] that I had just said something about Bush and
drugs on her show. HE called ME and told me he wanted to send an
investigator, in fact he told me to even help the investigator
because he was new at the job, his name was Wayne Nelson, he is
a very good gentleman, he stayed at my house for 2-days, slept
overnight on my couch, I gave him everything I had. I never told
Daniel Shehan that I had any documents and I never told Wayne
Nelson that I had any documents. In fact what I told Wayne Nel-
son, and I quote, `Wayne, if I did have the documents I couldn't
admit it and I don't know you from Adam, and I don't know Daniel
Shehan from Adam and what makes you think I would give them to
you.' Who am I going to give them to and how quick are they go-
ing to disappear, that was my thought. Wayne Nelson also came to
my house with a stack of documents this thick already substanti-
ating the presence of aliens and extraterrestrial craft on this
planet, and they are keeping it a secret, because they're afraid
somebody'll laugh at them and they'll loose their credibility."
"We need some patriots in this country, not people trying to
make a name for themselves, trying to expose some drug runners,
because those are just the bag-men. The real crook is in the
White House! And you can tell THAT to Daniel Shehan!"
"Why didn't Jackie Kennedy report [the source of the lethal
shot]?" asked another audience member.
"Who's she gonna tell? The Secret Service just killed her hus-
band and they're assigned to protect the President. Also, who
had her children? The same Secret Service had her children at
the time."
"Wasn't the craft at Roswell, New Mexico destroyed and all the
aliens killed?" another young man asked.
"All the aliens were dead but the craft was not completely
destroyed, it was severely damaged yes."
On an unrelated note an older gentleman asked, "Does that mean
that `Alternative-3' is true?"
"Alternative-3 is absolutely true and so is `Alternative-2'."
Then a man in his late 20's or early 30's raised his hand,
said something I couldn't hear, and was apparently recognized by
Mr. Cooper who asked him to take the podium and address the aud-
ience.
"What I said was that I thanked him [Cooper] very much for
coming forward and saying something. A lot of my friends out
here know that I was involved in the United States Special For-
ces, UFO Tracking and Research from the years 1971 to 1975. My
name is Richard Murray, I was based out of the 71st Tac Controll
Flight, McDill Air Force Base, Tampa, Florida. We were `Mobile
Radar Command,' that was combat and war ready. We could be load-
ed on aircraft within an hour and many times were taken into
areas [to] set up radar. A lot of times we were set up around
Egland [sp] Air Force Base because that's where they have the
`Altered Temperature Weather Control', where they can test vari-
ous aircraft for their shrinkage and their dimension change dur-
ing altered temperature. So, you know, I was told to shut up
twice in 1982 and they finally threatened my parents life so I
stayed quiet, and, that's when Wendel Stevens was taken off the
streets... Just like that! And I hid for quite awhile, and deci-
ded to come back out when I heard that you're [Cooper] of such
high rank as you were, and I felt just in saying that your cre-
dentials are true, and that what you have to say, everything
you've said here today, I've heard before behind closed doors.
And you've really tied the link for me to the Kennedy killing.
And there's a few more links that have to go on with the Colum-
bia Cartel and the money laundering. I think there's more than
one cartel involved, and they're shutting one of them down so
one can maintain a power, it just seems to be the way it works."
A muffled question then came from someone in the audience
regarding the person referred to as "Colonel Stevens."
"Uh, Colonel Stevens is out of jail now," replied Murray who
was quickly asked another question I couldn't hear to which he
answered, "I sure hope to hell so, he is a wonderful man and I
give him my utmost respect and it was one of the saddest days in
my life to see what happened to him happen to him. But I don't
care what they say about Wendel Stevens, in my heart you can't
discredit that man to me. I don't care who the hell you are. I
won't listen to it, I don't give a shit if he was screwin' ba-
bies. You know... that doesn't... he's not that kind of a man, I
don't care what you say, I know him personally."
The lecture was then essentially over. The "Alternative-2 and
-3" that were referred to briefly are, to the best of my know-
ledge, two government contingency plans and I don't know which
is which, to 1: Declare Martial Law and invalidate the Constitu-
tion on the premise that a terrorist group had entered the coun-
try with a Nuclear weapon with plans to detonate it in a major
city. All dissidents would be rounded up and placed in concen-
tration camps and the press and media would be nationalized. All
this, if the information becomes public before they want it to
or if the aliens attempt a takeover, and 2: Another contingency
plan to contain or delay the release of this information, the
details of which I am probably wrong about anyway.
My own personal reaction to Milton William Cooper; Mr. Cooper
is a man who appears to be in his late fourties, of medium
height and weight, and was dressed casually when I saw him. His
hairline was receding slightly and he carried himself with con-
fidence and purpose. Bill Cooper, as he was called by several in
attendance, is not a professional speaker. His presentation
lacked the polish of repeated deliveries which all the other
lectures I heard during the Expo. had, but what it lacked in
fine tuning was easily made up for in its content. Weather or
not everyone in the audience was convinced of his sincerity I do
not know, but the thunderous peal of applause which exploded as
he concluded the session spoke for me and the majority of those
in attendance. I am convinced beyond any reasonable doubt that
Bill Cooper believes everything he said, and I'm about as
skeptical as they come.
Please read the attached file written by Milton William Cooper
which describes some of the government operations, projects, and
code names that pertain to the above transcript. Perhaps from
the two documents you can reach your own conclusions as to what
"Alternative-2 and -3 are.
(What Follows is the MAJORITY.UFO Cooper File.....)
et Service just killed her hus-
band and they're assigned to protect the President. Also, who
had her children?

142
textfiles.com/ufo/ninety1.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
( Some Food For Thought )
November 28, 1990, The East Coast Power Point
Commander Kortron
Many of you are now experiencing more confusion as change is
accelerating on this planet. Your reaction is normal in that
these changes are now effecting your lives and are altering your
perspective of the future. Your existence is threatened.
What many of you are now erroneously doing is looking at your
personal lives but not looking at the part you play to support
those creating and organizing viable means to get beyond these
changes. On every level change will have to be met with new ways
of doing things. New information which is now available needs to
be used at this time in order to insure a means of survival.
Without group support of these new technologies and ideas the
survival of all will not be accomplished. Individuals cannot
provide the necessary configuration by themselves to insure the
stability of the whole.
Amassing information of the evolving new is one thing, but
making use of and taking this information into operational modes
means group cooperation. Many who are doing or are aware of
their particular part are being held back by those who are merely
focusing their attention on the specific changes occurring in
their own lives as their security blankets erode. In so doing
they are totally forgetting about the things which are in place
but are underfunded and under supported which are necessary for
group survival.
In saying the Islands of Light must now form, this does not
mean ignore one situation because of another. If little support
to the foundation efforts continues then any useful outcome to
weather the changes will not occur. There is already enough
technology to complete the change over into the New but this will
only take place if groups raise the needed revenues to forge
ahead and then acquire land needed for the "hands on" efforts to
implement the changes.
Orvotron is designed as one of the points for these ideas to
evolve and to be implemented, thus showing others a working
community of the New. In my role as East Coast Commander I see
our support group tightening up instead of loosening donations
which are needed to create these things. Fear is locking up many
in its grip.
This is sad because our efforts are designed to create a
feeling of security in Spirit not the illusion which is now
creating your present fear of what's taking place. Many of you
need to release the old as stagnant water is filling your vessel.
You need to empty this to make room for Spirit's pure renewal
essence which is now coming to Earth. Remember, God helps those
who help themselves. This statement will be reflected in all
outcomes of your next experience.
As your Commander I need address this as a very serious
situation soon to become critical by your lack of support. This
directly effects your choice to weather the storms now brewing
and the needs you are allowing to slip through your fingers as
time collapses at a furious pace.
We know the banks are out there but as of yet they have not
released the needed funds due to their fears. The need is to
forge ahead and to create the Islands of Light and new technolo-
gies by and through the Light Workers. This is our way to help
ourselves and all the rest get through the times ahead. If we
are derelict then our fulfilling our jobs here fall drastically
short of our agreed purpose for coming here. If this occurs then
we are in the same boat and subject to whatever these souls will
experience by our selfish lack of giving, loving and creating in
Spirit.
No longer can any of us afford the luxury of wollering in
our constant nagging doubt as to whether it is really happening,
because it is. The decision was and still is whether to follow
Spirit or the Illusion which is now being put under, eroded and
destroyed for what it is.
In Sananda's words, "You are much more than you realize, and
will do even greater things than I". Now is that time to be what
you are by giving in the essence of Spirit, as Spirit supports
those doing Spirit's work. In giving over to fear, in holding
fast to the Illusion, what you will have left is nothing of value
because your faith was on a rock not in fertile ground and there-
fore easily dislodged. Those that have firmly put their roots in
fertile ground will get beyond all coming change effecting all
life on Earth.
When these times came and went in the past change times
effecting Earth there came Souls creating foundations bringing in
the new. These Souls created the needed things for survival of
the planet and all life forms. We are those Souls creating in
the light to bring all those who wish it out of the darkness. We
are the torch barriers creating new hope where hope was shattered
in the darkness. Will you give this ground we stand on over to
those creating No Hope for those not realizing the illusion? Is
that your reason for being here? It is not mine as I bring hope,
for when there is no hope there is nothingness versus knowingness
in Spirit.
All of you still clinging in fear about Earthquakes, aster-
oids and tidal waves are missing the point of these occurrences.
Why are they happening? Those who refuse to release fear can
only do so by experiencing their fears as a means of releasing
them. Another reason is that eyes will open to understand and
release doubt by finally realizing it really is happening and it
is not some illusion that they had.
My directive for your review is to release the illusion then
turn about and help us create the New to fill the cracks made by
the eroding old. Stop supporting what is now destroying this
world. Put your personal power, resources and all your special
abilities into opening new avenues of hope for a rapidly deterio-
rating situation based on false and nonsensical illusion.
There is a very large group of scientists, engineers, horti-
culturists and medical staff (just to mention a few) with the
knowledge it takes to create Heaven on Earth. Many of these are
not in touch with each other. All have pieces that will create
the evolving new world that needs to be put together now. Hiding
out or dropping out won't get you support. The support comes
from groups that form around you to help create the new technolo-
gies but they can't if you remain hidden.
Getting found has now been made easy. Spirit B.B.S was
created for your use in any aspect that needs recognition, right
down to support. Not using it is like taking a tool such as a
wrench and leaving it in the rain to rust until it has no value.
Your area of interest now awaits your special talents. If you
are a physicist painting houses it's time to do what you were
trained to do. No one is asking you to create weapons or the
like, but we are asking your assistance in creating Heaven on
Earth. In the end anything missing or not complete will reflect
and relate back to those choosing not to do their part. It's
time people to create a new world - LET'S DO IT. We need only
follow Spirit and form as one group. "Now Is The Time".


182
textfiles.com/ufo/nsa.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
This has been a terribly weird period of time for ufology.
Reports of abductions, EBE genetic experimentation on humans,
the MJ-12 controversy, Lear.txt, etc. have dominated to subject
in recent months. Considering the strange possibilities raised
by all of this brings to mind a FOIA document released by the
NSA several years ago, which was titled, UFO HYPOTHESIS AND
SURVIVAL QUESTIONS. A lot of it applies to the present state of
ufology. On its, release, NSA disclaimed that the document
represented NSA policy, but it is interesting that this one NSA
analyst's opinion has remained for so long in NSA's files. The
document states:
" It is the purpose of this monograph to consider briefly
some of the human survival implications suggested by the various
principal hypotheses concerning the nature of the phenomena
loosely categorized as UFO.
1. All UFOs Are Hoaxes. From the time when hoaxes were
first noted in history, they were characterized by infrequency
of occurrence and usually by a considerable restriction of their
geographical extent. Rarely have men of science, while acting
within their professional capacities, perpetrated hoaxes. The
fact that UFO phenomena have been witnessed all over the world
from ancient times, and by considerable numbers of reputable
scientists in recent times, indicates rather strongly that UFOs
are not all hoaxes. If anything, rather than diminishing, the
modern trend is toward increased reports, from all sources. In
one three month period in 1953 (June, July and August) Air Force
records show 35 sightings whose nature could not be determined.
If UFOs, contrary to all indications and expectations, are
indeed hoaxes--hoaxes of a world wide dimension--hoaxes of
increasing frequency, then a human mental aberration of alarming
proportions would seem to be developing. Such an aberration
would seem to have serious implications for nations equipped
with nuclear toys--and should require immediate and careful
study by scientists.
2. All UFOs Are Hallucinations. People, of course, do
hallucinate. Although groups of people hallucinating is rare,
it has been known to happen. Machines have their own form of
hallucination; the radar, in particular, 'sees' temperature
inversions. But a considerable number of instances exist in
which there are groups of people and a radar or radars seeing
the same thing at the same time; sometimes a person and gun
camera confirm each other's testimony. On occasion, physical
evidence of a circumstantial nature was reported to have been
found to support witnessed sightings. A continuing high
percentage of reports of unusual aerial objects are being
reported by people in responsible positions in science,
government, and industry. The sum of such evidence seems to
argue strongly against all UFOs being halluciinations. In spite
of all the evidence to the contrarty, if UFOs did turn out to be
largely illusionary, the psychological implications for man
would certainly bring into stong question his ability to
distinguish reality from fantasy. The negative effect on man's
ability to survive in an increasingly complex world would be
considerable--making it imperative that such a growing
impairment of the human capacity for rational judgment be
subjected to immediate and thorough scientific study so that the
illness could be controlled before it reaches epidemic
proportions...
3. All UFOs Are Natural Phenomena. If this hypothesis is
correct, the capability of air warning systems to correctly
diagnose an attack situation is open to serious question.
a. Many UFOs have been reported by trained military
observers to behave like high speed, high performance, high
altitude rockets or aircraft. The apparent solidity and
craft-like shape of the objects have often been subject to
radar confirmation. If such reports can appear to trained
military men as rockets or aircraft and if such objects
should come over the Arctic from the direction of Russia on
the United States, they could trigger 'false reports of
missle attacks.'
b. Many responsible military officers have developed a
mental 'blind spot' to objects which appear to have
charachteristics of UFOs. Such an attitude is an open
invitation to the enemy to build a replica of the phenomena
in order to penetrate the 'hole' in his aversary's
defenses...
c. Sometimes the phenomena appear to defy radar detection
and to cause massive electromagnetic interference. Surely
it is very important to discover the nature of these
objects or plasmas before any prospective enemy can use
their properties to build a device or system to circumvent
or jam our air and space detection systems--Any nation
certainly could use a system or device to penetrate enemy
defenses.--Was this the purpose of the lense shaped reentry
vehicle tested by the USAF in 1960?
4. Some UFOs Are Secret Earth Projects. The above-
referenced U.S. Air Force reenetry vehicle and an often
publicized Canadian 'saucer' project leave little doubt as to
the validity of this hypotheseis. Undoubtedly, all UFOs should
be carefully scrutinized to ferret out such enemy (or
'friendly') projects. Otherwise a nation faces the very strong
possibility of being intimidated by a new secret 'doomsday'
weapon.
5. UFOs Are Related to Intra-terrestrial Intelligence.
According to some eminent scientists closely associated with the
study of this phenomenon, this hypothesis cannot be
disregarded. (The well documented sightings over Washington,
D.C. in 1952 strongly support his view.) This hypothesis has a
number of far-reaching human survival implications:
a. If 'they' discover you, it is an old but hardly invalid
rule of thumb, 'they' are your technological superiors.
Human history has shown us time and again the tragic
results of a confrontation between a technologically
superior civilization and a technologically inferior
people. The 'inferior' is usually subject to physical
conquest.
b. Often in the past, a technologically superior people
are also possessors of a more virile or aggressive
culture. In a confronttion between two peoples of
significantly different culture levels, those having the
inferior or less virile culture most often suffer a tragic
loss of identity and are absorbed by the other people.
c. Some peoples who were technologically and/or culturally
inferior to other nations have survived--have maintained
their identity--have equalized the differences between them
and their adversaries. The Japanese people have given us
an excellent example of the methods required to achieve
such survival:
(1) full and honest acceptance of the nature of the
inferiorities separating you from the advantages of
the other peoples,
(2) complete national solidarity in all positions
taken in dealing with the other culture,
(3) highly controlled and limited intercourse with
the other side--doing only those things advantageous
to the foreigner which you are absolutely forced to do
by the circumstances,
(4) a correct but friendly attitude toward the other
people,
(5) a national eagerness to learn everything possible
about the other citizens--its technological and
cultural strengths and weaknesses. This often
involves sending selected groups and individuals to
the other's country to become one of his kind, or even
to help him in his wars against other adversaries,
(6) Adopting as many of the advantages of the
opposing people as you can, and doing it as fast as
possible--while still protecting your own identity by
molding each new knowledge increment into your own
cultural cast.
6. Comment: Although this paper has hardly exhausted the
possible hypotheses related to the UFO phenomena, those
mentioned above are the principal ones presently put forward.
All of them have serious survival implications. The final
answer to this mystery will probably include more than one of
the above hypotheses.
Up until this time, the leisurely scientific approach has
too often taken precedence in dealing with UFO questions. If
you are walking along a forest path and someone yells 'rattler'
your reaction would be immediate and defensive. You would not
take time to speculate before you act. You would have to treat
the alarm as if it were a real and immediate threat to your
survival. Investigation would become an intensive emergency
action to isolate the threat and to determine its precise
nature. It would be geared to developing adequate defensive
measures in a minimum amount of time. It would seem a little
more of this survival attitude is called for in dealing with the
UFO problem.
Observations of chimpanzees while in a captive environment
have shown that the animals tend to become confused and
disoriented. Since they do not usually have adult chimps to
teach them how to be good apes, they are not even sure of their
behavior. Often their actions are patterned after human
behavior and would have virtually no survival value in the
wild. Lacking the challenge of environmental adaptation, the
bodies of the animals atrophy and become subject to may diseases-
mostly unknown in their wild counterparts. Reactions to
stimulus usually become less responsive and suitable. Sex
becomes a year-long preoccupation instead of a seasonal madness.
Do the captivity characteristics of modern civilization
cause a similar lessening of man's adaptive capability, of his
health, of his ability to recognize reality, of his ability to
survive?
Perhaps the UFO question might even make man undertake
studies which could enable him to construct a society which is
most conducive to developing a completely HUMAN being, healthy
in all respects of mind and body and, most important, able to
recognize and adapt to real environmental situations.


226
textfiles.com/ufo/oak.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
UFO Sighting Report
Oak Harbor, Washington
January 28, 1988
Principal Witness: Jerry Lang, age 45
MUFON Field Investigator:
Don Olson, Bothell, Washington
Narrative:
I ma
rked the date down on the calendar. On midnight of the
27th (or Thurs
day morning, January 28th) I was heading home down
my driveway when I saw these 4 lights off to the right of Ika
Island. There was 3 oran
ge lights and a red light. I saw the
lights to the right of the islan
d, over the mouth of the [North
Fork of the] Skagit River [near the to
wn of La Conner,
Washington]. I thought, well, the Indians fish in th
e river for
Steelhead--gillnetting--and I thought, it must be somebody
was
missing and the Navy was out looking for them in a helicopter.
So I hopped out of the car
and ran in the house and grabbed my
binoculars.
I co
uld see it was no helicopter and I could have heard it
if it was becau
se the next night one came by, and I could hear
it from here to there.
So then I put the spotting scope [45x]
on it and I couldn't see very g
ood with it because it was very
fuzzy. I should have probably turned it down [it was set on the
highest power], but I didn't think a
bout it, you know. So I
just grabbed my binoculars and started lookin
g and I thought,
well, maybe there are some houses there I don't know
about, but
I knew there were no houses in that direction.
I watched for 10-15 minutes. The orange lights got
brighter and dimme
r while the red light stayed pretty much the
same. I thought, "well, that sure is odd", and I kept
trying to
figure it out. I could also see a little bit of white light
out
of the bottom of it, like it was shining [a beam of light]
down. I sat here watching the lights and it never did move [the
witne
ss had the impression that all of the lights were part of
the same obj
ect].
All of a sudden a "strobe light" flashed on top of the
thing. Five to ten seconds later a single light appeared to the
left. Off to the left, where the little hill is in there, up
about ha
lf as high as Ika Island. The light "just appeared". I
didn't see it
go over there, it just appeared there.
It started getting b
righter and dimmer; it got real bright
and turned perfectly round, jus
t like a fish egg or a balloon,
and had a glow, a little halo all the way around it. Then t
he
light got dimmer and started toward the ground and became more
disk shaped as it went down [note: the object could have
changed its
orientation to the witness to "edge on" or the
change in shape could h
ave been the result of atmospheric
conditions].
Page Two
Oak Harbor, Washington
UFO Report, January 28, 1988
It went down to the ground. I watched for another 5-10
minutes, when two lights appeared, over the land, at about the
same he
ight in the sky, three-quarters the height of Ika
Island. Both lights
turned perfectly round like an orange ball,
with halos, then they star
ted down to the ground becoming disk
shaped about half way down to the
ground. One went clear to the
ground, the other I could see the light of in the treetops of a
bushy area.
So they both disappeared from view. Mea
nwhile that big
thing always stayed there on the right with the three
orange
lights and one red light on it. Another ten minutes or so went
by, while these lights on the one remaining object continued
ge
tting brighter and dimmer. A strobe light flashed again, and
within 2
0-30 seconds started getting very bright--like the sun.
I could see th
e right end of the object illuminated by the
light, and it looked just
like that [sketch, which shows half of
a small oval on top of half of
a larger oval]. The light glowed
for maybe 30-40 seconds, and went ou
t. As the light got dimmer,
there was a dull after-glow in the area,
like the after-glow you
get from a TV screen after you turn off the set.
I sat f
or another half hour watching it. By this time it
was getting to be a
bout 1:50 a.m. and the dull-glowing light was
still there but it wasn'
t doing anything so I decided to go to
bed. I set the alarm to go off
at 3:00 a.m. to check on it. I
woke up at 2:45 a.m. before the alarm
went off and looked, and
it was gone.
I had the feeling that when the strobe light went off and
five seconds later whe
n the other two lights appeared that
something came out of that big th
ing and went over there. Maybe
when the strobe light flashed one more
time they came off the
ground and went back in it or something. I saw
3 objects total,
and the one on the right was much bigger than the two
on the
left. They appeared to be round balls as big as hot-air
balloons, looking through t
he binoculars. The distance across
[from Whidbey Island] to there is
one and a half to two miles to
that flat area over the river there. I
knew there shouldn't be
any houses there.
The next t
hing I thought was that maybe there was a fire up
on the foothills. W
hen I got up the next morning the first
thing I did was use the spotting scope to look all over that
hillside and there hadn't been anythi
ng burning over there.
So I called MacIndoe because I'd rea
d the newspaper article
about his sighting and that's what he said he
saw--a round
orange ball, so what I saw must have been the same deal.
Page Three
Oak Harbor, Washington
UFO Report, January 28,
1988
I've got an airplane up in Anacortes. I'm a private
p
ilot. Three to four days later I flew my plane from Anacortes
on a be
aring from my home right over the spot. There are a few
little cabins
there by the river and a couple of farms back in
there behind La Conne
r. Other than that there is nothing in
there.
Pre
liminary rating:
Speiser Classification S4/P3
Be
rliner Coefficient 2 (night object) x 1 (single witness)
= 2.0
Prepared by Don Olson & Donald A. Johnson
File: OAKHARBR.UFO
6912-T
03-APR-88
Dir: 12 Sec: 1 - UFOlogy
From: Donald Johnson
Acc:
7
Whidbey Island UFO #2 1/28/88
(Download Read Quit ?):


301
textfiles.com/ufo/obina1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
* The Trumpet Blows A Sour Note.
In reply to Ben Obina's "THE LAST TRUMPET," The Story Of One Young
Man's Desperate Struggle To Believe The Impossible, And Succeeds.
It has been observed that one may go to any Fundamentalist
Christian Revival meeting where "exorcisms" are being performed,
and someone will vomit a demon into a paper bag if you ask them to
(and often when you ask them not to). There's great power (in
covertly manipulating others) from believing that the devil is out
to get one, personally. Think of all the lively conversations one
could have with others, with one the center of attention, as one
relates how the devil caused one to do horrible things like
(horrors!) masturbate, steal, or work on Sundays. ["Confrontations
With The DEVIL," by Robert W. Pelton, Pocket Books, 1979, pp.
126-127]
It has also been observed that one may go to any UFO convention
and someone will relate, under hypnosis, how they were abducted
and implanted and screwed and poked and peeked and sampled. Try
to get them to shut up. Just try, and see if they will. Good
luck. ["Flim-Flam," by James Randi, Prometheus Books, 1987, pp.
71-92]
It is important to remember that one's religion must be held
inviolate. One must be allowed to believe and practice religious
forms of expression freely and without intervention, provided that
such practices do not harm others. What's a little vomit between
True Believers, after all? As long as they use a bag, and I don't
have to clean up after them, fine!
It is also important to realize that, real or not, the
Abduction Phenomena is valid, and real to those who have
experienced them. As such experiences cause the individual a
great deal of mental anguish in many cases, and a great deal of
income in others, one should not scoff at the individuals who
relate abduction stories. To scoff is paramount to laughing at
the pain of hunger or loneliness. What's a few tears between
abducted support group members, after all? As long as every
member benefits and is not harmed, fine!
But what about the True Believer and the Abducted who has made
it one's calling to inform us how little we know about life, and
that they are there to help us? Both have said that the "common
man" (i.e. you and I) are not enlightened enough to understand.
Consider the following:
". . already I have been referred to as a
'crackpot' and also have been ridiculed. But I
assure you[,] people will 'definitely'
understand in time, their minds aren't yet
trained to handle this sort of information."
This tells us flat out that we are not capable of understanding
the abduction phenomena, as our minds are not developed for
(presumably) rational thought or observation. This is a ploy that
religionist hysterics have used for 5,000 years, telling us that
only through their intervention will we be able to understand the
improbable, impossible, and mysterious. Sadly, millions buy into
this. I do not.
"U.F.O's are definitely real, and are here
for a purpose."
Says who? We were told before hand that we are not able to
understand, so therefore we must not question what was to follow!
It was just left for us to believe, without proof or
qualifications.
"The occupants are the 'guardians' of
humanity. The occasional appearances of these
'cosmic missionaries' is living proof that we
are not alone in the universe. Throughout time
and history they have kept a 'watchful' eye and
have been always interested in the affairs of
man. Sadly though, their existence has been
concealed, ignored and ridiculed. It is only
just recently that they have been alarmed by
the dangerous turn of events on earth."
I can no more argue against humanity requiring "guardians" that I
can argue that falling trees are soundless if unobserved. We are
told that "living proof" is offered us, but alas, I guess I'm just
not mentally developed enough, as I think the above quote is pure
hog-slop. Where were these "guardians" when we butchered
fifty-million humans, almost one million a year, during the second
world war? Was this horror below the "guardians" intervention
level? Or is it my poorly developed brain that assumes that
fifty-million murders is small potatoes, cosmically speaking?
Several reasons are given us as to why these "guardians" have
come now, and not in the past.
"we are not taking care of ourselves
enviromentally and spiritually."
I submit that if we take care of our environment, a great many
of our problems will be eased. Why throw "spirituality" into
the pot? If one does, the question then becomes: "WHO'S
spirituality did you have in mind for us to emulate?" This ties
in with the "you aren't capable of understanding so I'll think for
you" crap.
"they are dissatisfied with contemporary
social and economic injustices."
Who has NOT been, masses speaking, over the past 5,000 years?
"religion has been twisted and turned into
fanaticism."
Such as equating UFOs to "guardians," perhaps?
As the guardians of mankind, they can only
'condemn' our actions, but they realize that a
wasted evolution and an inescapable cataclysm
will be the final consequence of our 'inhuman'
behavior.
A hearty "disagree" here. Why is it assumed that the human
race is destined to destruction? Or is this something us lesser
mentality folks can't understand? Civilizations have always come
and gone, and so will the present ones. With better understanding
of our international neighbors, the extinction of the species can
be prevented. It will hardly be easy, but it is by no means
definite that we will destroy ourselves.
And now the waste material really hits the ventilation duct.
"What does this all mean? As prophesied in
the Bible, "On judgement day, Christ will
descend from the heavens in a cloud with great
power and glory, and will reveal himself to all
the tribes of the earth." Luke 21:28. Also
foreseen is the fateful course we are presently
taking, "The heavens shall pass away with a
great noise, the elements shall melt with a
fervent heat, and the earth, and also the works
therein shall be burned up." Peter 3:10-14.
In the Old Testament there are 30 references to
Christ's first coming. In the New Testament
there are 50 specific references to Christ's
'second' coming. I also stress that the earth
is not following a path towards complete
annihilation, as in 'blowing itself to pieces'.
Our planet 'will' stay intact, and it will
enter a 'new age', a 'transition' for all that
is left.
The people who gave us the Christ myths are STILL waiting for
the "first coming," but Mr. Obina would have us believe it has
come and gone already. Kabalists generally agree that the Christ
will come some time around 2200-2300 ce, coincidently at the same
time the "Aquarian Age" roughly starts. Why throw Messiah myths
into the UFO picture? What is served by using allegory to support
one's reality-structure?
"Our planet's destiny can only be decided by
mankind's actions."
This is self-evident. It also makes one wonder, though, since
this is the case, where do the "guardians" come into the picture?!
If our destiny is for us to decide, who needs "guardians?"
"I have read many versions of the
catastrophic events leading up to judgement
day, and also what will actually 'happen' on
judgement day. Everything from a nuclear war,
to an axis-shift, to a mass suicide by those
who cannot accept the facts. Do we really know
the truth?.. only 'they' know."
This supposes that "judgment day" is a fact, and not allegory
as it was originally meant to be. It also supposes that what has
been written about future events will happen, which has never in
history been demonstrated. The massive volumes written about the
end of the world are usually considered to be active meditations
(like various Midrashim as Alpha Beta Ben Sira), and were not
meant to be taken as attempts at fortune-telling.
"In the near future, an important event that
no human mind should be uninformed about will
take place. It will come unexpectedly at a
time of great need. There will be no need to
ask 'why' or 'how' because all questions will
be answered and all doubts will be laid to
rest. Look forward to this event, and do not
fear it, because soon 'all' will awaken and
realize that 'fiction' will become 'fact'."
Unfortunately, there are also those human minds that are very
disinformed. Ben Obina tells us that no human minds should be
uninformed about what WILL take place. Has there ever been a time
where a human mind has been so informed about future events that
can still go in any of many directions?!
Fiction has often become fact, but hardly all!
Those who do not understand do not want to
know. The truth is disturbing and will make
one feel skeptical, but if understood with an
open mind. it can and 'must' be accepted. When
the time comes, my purpose is to 'assist' and
to let the people know and understand. I am
just one of the many thousands around the world
who have been randomly selected to slowly
prepare the people and to gradually spread the
message. We are all part of a worldwide
program of 'psychological conditioning' before,
and when this moment arrives.
I do not understand, and I very much want to know. What does
this do to Mr. Obina's theory? Or is this more "you're too
stupid to understand" crap?
"Space beings are the guardians of humanity.
They are the messengers of the Ultimate
Creator."
Human beings are the guardians of humanity. We are the
messengers of the Ultimate Creator, being one of Her creations.
"Traces of the beings 'basic message' can be
found in the Bible passages relating to
judgement day, despite the fact they are
written in vague and symbolic terms. Notice
how the people are to be "judged". Notice how
the believers of God's word are to be "raised
from the dead". Notice what is meant when the
Bible mentions the "home of the saved". Is it
purely coincidental that most contactees have
similar thoughts of 'permanent relocation' and
a different earth within the next 10 years? In
reference to judgement day, the Bible often
"implies" the word "rapture". The actual word
is not found in the Bible because sometimes
Christians have a tendency to toss out
misunderstood words which have no meaning to
the Non-Christian. I suggest that you look up
the word in the dictionary, you will be
astonished at it's meaning and how it ties in
with the beings 'basic message'."
I am often astonished how one will use a hammer to drive in
screws-- a job that the hammer was not made to do. Why use the
Bible to drive mythological screws into the real world?
"If you are shaking your head over this
right now, please remember how many
'impossibles' you have said in your lifetime.
Or how many 'impossibles' men throughout the
ages have said to many things God has revealed
through His spokesman. And yet they were
possible, because nothing is 'impossible' for
God."
God has yet to reveal anything through "spokesmen." All that's
required to know Her is to look around. When someone opens his
mouth and spews out "God told me to tell you. . . ." is when the
impossible is forced into the mold of the irrationality.
"I could tell you how their ships travel
through space; how they tie in with religion
and the Bible; how they tie in with the
destruction of previous civilizations that once
flourished on earth; how they tie in with
ancient mythology etc., etc. .. but I won't. I
already revealed to you what one 'only' need to
know.. how they will influence the future.
Those questions and others will be definitely
answered very soon, highly likely within our
own lifetime."
I have absolutely no doubts that Mr. Obina can!
"Whether this so-called catastrophe is
physical, natural or spiritual, I know 2 things
for certain. An event of great importance to
mankind will occur prior to judgement day. An
event that will enlighten us about the nature
of our existence. An event that will signify
that mankind is entering a 'new age', a
'transition', .. perhaps the end."
Ah, a qualifier! Now when the alleged catastrophe fails to
materialize, Mr. Obina can claim it happened on some astral
plane.
"'In a moment, in a twinkling of an eye, at
the last trumpet; for the last trumpet will
sound, and the dead will be raised
imperishable, and we shall all be changed.' I
Corinthians 15:52 NASB."
"The world of fools has such a store / that he who would not
see an ass / must bide at home, and boot his door, / and break his
looking glass." La Monnaye
Which of the two quotes about, Mr. Obina's or mine, is true?


104
textfiles.com/ufo/obina2.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
"In the near future an event that no human mind
should be uninformed about will take place. There
will be no need to ask 'why' or 'how', because all
questions will be answered."
Space beings have always lived on earth. They have been
among us since the dawn of civilization. Occasional appearances
in the skies prove that we are constantly visited by beings from
other worlds. Throughout the ages, certain races have chosen to
take on human form in order to monitor the development of mankind.
As humans they live normal lives, until they reach adulthood.
That's when their 'true being' is eventually revealed, which
they have kept to themselves for obvious reasons.
It was one of these beings who disclosed the following
information to me. The pieces of the puzzle now slipped into
place. Whether these beings visit us from the skies, or have
been living on earth; their intentions and the message they
bring has been basically the same:
Mankind is entering it's last days. They will be prepared
to assist when the time comes.
The meaning behind our visitors secret activities now
becomes clear.
What is a "contactee"? Why have people been abducted at
an unprecedented rate? These beings are and have been gradually
selecting people for a 'definite' purpose sometime in the near
future. All contactees are systematically chosen because of
certain qualities they possess. A small portion of all contactees
have had minor close encounter experiences, but the majority are
subjects of 'implantation'. These people have a 'microscopic
implant' surgically inserted into their brain. This 3 millimeter
sphere contains a storehouse of knowledge. The main purpose will
be to use this information to teach and to raise mankind's
awareness. Also, to inform and to gain the people's acceptance.
It is like comparing it to a locked drawer. Once the drawer is
unlocked, the knowledge will become like second nature. All
contactees will have a sudden interest in an area that they never
had previously.
During the screening process, these beings sought out
individuals of 'strong character', and who would have the potential
to develop into a 'firm believer'. There are about 3 million people
across the world who have been implanted. Only a small percentage
actually remember being physically examined; most are 'unaware' of
their experience. All will definitely become aware when the
'formation' is to occur. The formation is the global event that
will release the information contained in the implants. It is the
key that will unlock the drawer.
All of the chosen around the world will be simultaneously
gathered and transported to certain areas. Each has a designated
person or 'guardian' who has been watching over them. Some may
have the task of monitoring several contactees. It will be this
'acquaintance' who will notify the contactee in advance of what
is to take place. Others who have had close encounter experiences
will be given the choice whether or not they wish to gain the
knowledge; it was for this reason that they were not implanted.
It is also expected that many will choose not to take part in
the formation at the last moment, mainly because of personal
commitments.
What the contactee decides to do with the knowledge
afterwards is up to him or her. There are many routes one can
take; such as giving lectures, teaching the poor, or generally
spreading the word. It's all up to the contactee. All are part
of a worldwide program of psychological conditioning, in order to
gradually spread the message and to slowly prepare the people.
The formation is an actual event that will take place very
soon. My intentions are to inform; that's why I ask that you
accept this with an open heart and with an open mind. It's
not important that you believe this now, but to file it away
for future reference. In a year, perhaps two, when the truth
finally becomes known, you will look back on this and realize
that it was indeed 'actual fact'.
"The Angel said 'Do no harm the Earth', the sea
or the trees until we mark the servants of our
God with a seal on their foreheads'. And I was
told the number with God's seal on their foreheads:
It was 144,000. They are the predestined."
Revelation 7:3-5.
------------------
Send Feedback to: Ben Obina
2 Steeles Ave, W.
P.O. Box 125
Thornhill, Ontario,
CANADA L4J-1A1


591
textfiles.com/ufo/obina3.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
=====================================================================
Note: The following 12-page transcript was sent to me by resident of
Toronto, and CUFORN member, Ben Obina. I received it in mid-
Aug. This file was typed in courtesy of Linda Murphy of NEXUS
BBS <<UFONET V>>, in Flagstaff, AZ. - Tom Mickus
=====================================================================
-1-
B: Do did you hear anything about what I talked to you about the last time?
J: Yes I did.
B: What happened?
J: Well they came to the conclusion that it wasn't that. I suggest that you
get yourself checked out because it is definitely not from that.
How are you feeling by the way?
B: I'm feeling fine. After we last talked, you said that they would do it
within the next couple of days.
J: Yes, a day or two.
B: I've had a couple of headaches, so they must have done something.
J: They have run some tests, but it wasn't from that. So you might have some
infection I suppose.
B: An infection? But nothing that would affect my hearing though.
J: No, absolutely not.
B: I see. So can I ask you some questions?
J: Go ahead.
B: Remember when I was implanted at a young age, I remember being in an
operating type room. This would have been done while I was asleep. I really
don't understand how this was done, would my body still be on the bed?
J: Absolutely.
B: So how were they able to operate on me while I was still asleep?
J: You were semi-conscious, you weren't sleeping. You would know, hear and see
everything around you, but you would be in a state of semi-consciousness.
B: But that means that I wouldn't have been in the same room I was sleeping
in.
J: Not necessarily, but you could have been.
B: I don't understand how that works.
J: Let me put it to you this way, it could be implanted from any distance
whatsoever. You don't necessarily have to be in that same room that it's
taking place at. You might have been asleep, or you might have been semi-
conscious. It might have lasted an hour or two of your time, but it's
really a few seconds.
B: So these beings are able to operate from any distance whatsoever.
J: Within the range of approximately 50-60 miles.
B: And this was the same way they were able to scan my brain.
J: Not your brain but the implant. And if you have any headaches, that may
have
been it, but they're subsided by now have they now?
B: Yes.
J: Have you gotten a buzzing sensation?
B: No, just the headaches.
B: You said that during the formation, the implant will be activated by light.
J: That's right. The best description of it would be not as a laser light, but
a very fine tuning light.
B: And how long will this take?
J: Seconds.
B: Only a couple of seconds?
J: Based on your judgement, seconds. It wouldn't even be measured. Depending
on the range of course, the farther away you are the longer it might take.
B: But these beings will actually be there.
J: That's right.
B: And besides seeing spacecraft or whatever, will anything else happen at
that time?
J: This is actually why I'll be leaving out of town for the next little while.
I can't really discuss that, I'm sorry.
B: You are planning ahead.
J: That's right.
B: Is there anything else you could disclose other than the activation of the
implants and the appearance of space crafts? Will your elders talk to us
face to face? Anything like that?
J: Let me put it to you this way, stay tuned to the news media between the
20th and the beginning of next month. You might be pleasantly surprised.
B: So you're gradually revealing yourselves.
J: Very gradually.
B: I've read in a couple of newsletters and books that 1991 would be a year of
change. Would this be around the time it might occur?
J: Approximately yes. I did say a couple of years.
B: You also said that some of the information the contactees are to know would
be formulas.
J: Well formulas to better yourself with, not formulas for nuclear disasters.
B: Could you give me an example?
J: Medical formulas basically. A lot of formulas on how to provide for
yourself as far as food is concerned.
B: Could you give me an example? It's kind of confusing when you said formulas
because there are so many different types.
J: Formulas for expeditions into space; Formulas for food processing and
growing; formulas for medical and scientific research, and cures to certain
types of ailments and diseases. Without specifically going into one or the
other, a cure will be found for something that has been researched for
a number of years. This is one way of showing that we are peaceful.
B: And all of this will be like second nature to all the contactees.
J: That's right.
B: We wouldn't even have to think about it.
J: No. You people will be shown how to create it by us.
B: How are we to be shown if all the information is contained in the implant?
J: Because we have to expose ourselves in order to create this. We will be
doing a lot of experimenting and showing how some of these things can be
actually created, in order to show that we are genuine and that we are
trying to help you.
B: This is after the formation.
J: This is correct, but only after.
B: A couple more questions?
J: Go ahead.
B: Around the times I was implanted, I was always puzzled why I rose several
feet in the air at night.
J: Like I said you were semi-conscious. Each person I suppose has a different
way of expressing it, that might have been your way of interpreting it.
Normally you may rise to a certain point. Don't forget that you have
created your body and your soul. Your body is basically a cell to house
your soul, but your soul is still there.
B: So you were just touching on the outer part.
J: Yes, the outer shell of the body but not your soul obviously. That's
sacred to everyone, even us.
B: Another question?
J: O.K.
B: I was watching a show earlier this afternoon and there was some minister
talking. He was touching on how UFO's and the devil were both related.
J: Well don't believe much of these ministers. I mean if you listen to the
things that happen to some of these ministers, I wouldn't put my faith into
any of them.
B: It's not that I believe them, I just think that after the formation those
are the types of people that we'll have a hared time dealing with. I'm sure
that many people will be referring to the Bible, and in it reads; 'In the
future, do not worship the false prophets'. That's kind of referring to all
the people who were implanted.
J: Flase prophets would only mean that they would recreate themselves as being
God. That's what a prophet is.
B: Tell that to others, because for many people prophets are basically ones
who like to spread the message about a certain subject.
J: You have to remember that there are others who are not religious. Take even
the religious ones, they haven't seen any miracles yet. All they have are
these evangelists who go around preaching, but really have no backbone to
give actual proof. We're going to give some proof.
B: But their backbone is the Bible.
J: I'm not saying the Bible is wrong. There's a lot of passages that are
correct, but there's also a lot of fallacy in it.
B: Yet, but these ministers will believe what they want to belive.
J: Well that's fine, they're getting paid millions a year to believe what they
want to. If they could push that message to the people, then that's better
ammunition for me.
B: I see it as being a lot of trouble for me.
J: Not really.
B: Because it's going to be like their word against ours.
J: But they can't produce what we can produce. They can't pick up their hand
and raise a house, we can. If you don't see it, you won't believe it..we're
going to give them something to see. Believing is fine but you can only
believe for so long and then you give up faith and hope. Once you show a
lot of dramatic experiences, then people start to believe. We're not going
out as prophets, that' not our intention..we just don't want mankind to
blow themselves up. That's basically it. You've suffered long enough, it's
about time you've had a bit of help. Your Voyager spacecraft is on the
outskirts of the solar system right now, and you've found some definent
signs of a lot of things out there that NASA doesn't tell you about.
B: You mean they have had things come back that..
J: Absolutely. You experiment all you want, and a lot of things you'll find
out for yourselves. We are not able to show you everything, a lot of things
you've found already.. you just don't know what to do with them. If you
can't go out and touch it, then it's not real. Well we're going to show you
things that you can touch, that will be real. I think the best thing is to
show that there are a lot of cures for many diseases which exist. It's no
miracle, it's just that our scientific methods are far superior to any of
yours. We are out to help you people. If you feel that we're false god's,
were not. I might as well be back home, but unfortunately at this
particular point I can't go back. I'm quite satisfied just adapting to the
way I am now. I could give cures and scientific formulas, but you people
aren't yet ready to accept it.
B: I just thought that the contactees would break the normal routine of many
people.
J: No, not at all. We can't guarantee that everything will be 100%, because we
know the way we work and we know the way you people work. It's going to be
a rough road for a little while, there's no question there. When you look
at the average person on earth that has some of these facts and producing
them to other humans, it might be a little more believable. They might be
feared of our form for a little while, you might have to get used to it.
B: You won't be in your human form any longer?
J: Not necessarily.
B: I see.
J: What I find humorous are some of these newsstand magazines like the
National Enquirer and The Sun which each week has a write up on some UFO's
or space aliens. If you're ever so inclined to buy yourself a copy.. I
don't but we have exposure to them. Some of the stories in there are
outrageous. I don't know where they get them from, but I have yet to see
one that' even half accurate.
B: I read in the Enquirer awhile back that during the testing of a U.S.
missile, a UFO approached it in flight and directed a laser towards it.
J: And destroyed it.
B: Exactly. That was probably true.
J: That was true. The guidance system on that missile wouldn't have exploded
into space where it was supposed to be destined to actually test the
capability of that missile and to find out it's destruction power.
Apparently the guidance system was off and the detection devices that were
on the ground in the control center had no knowledge of it, and it was
foreseen that this missile would crash back to earth again. Unfortunately
it would have crashed in the excess of 1500 miles away from where it was
supposed to explode in space, bringing it on a population of about 40 to 50
thousand people who would have been annihilated. No World War 3 existing
from it, just an awful tragedy. And it was foreseen that this was going to
happen.
B: And you knew about this all along>
J: We monitor everything that goes up there. Therefore it was completely
destroyed by one of our crafts.
B: SO the place that you went to just recently was to plan the events of a
couple years from now.
J: That's right, and in fact I'll be going back again at the end of this
week.
B: This is to meet with your elders?
J: Yes.
B: Just so that everything turns out perfect?
J: It's not only that, but we're just reviewing a few different things which
have come to light and we have to sort of prepare ourselves to know how to
handle it. There's nothing that's perfect, and we can't say everything's
going to be perfect... but it will be very close to it. We don't want to
cause a massive disruption in your lifestyle, we just want to better it,
that's really all we're planning for. We don't want you people to blow
yourselves up and we don't want our planet or atmosphere to be
contaminated. Mabey it's selfish, but we certainly like to live too.
B: I was thinking that perhaps I would've gone crazy if I wasn't told about
what was going on.
J: No, you probably wouldn't have.
B: Because it was my guardian who saw me putting those ads in, and it was he
who eventually told you.
J: I know you don't who your guardian is, but during the past 90 day's
have you met someone that you've known before that you haven't seen for
some time?
B: Actually, you've hinted to me a couple of times who this person might be.
And I've sort of had an idea all this time, and this person called me up a
couple of months ago and asked if I wanted to go out. I told him that I was
kind of busy and this person hasn't called back ever since.
J: Like I said it was in the 90 day period. It might be very well this person,
or then again it might not.
B: You said that when I finally do encounter my guardian, I should look in his
eyes. Why?
J: Because the truth is right there.
B: In his eyes?
J: Our eyes would be a little bit different from what your eyes would be.
B: In what way?
J: I'm just disclosing that there's a lot of confidence. The pupils on the
eyes are not exactly formed correctly. The retina and the pupil are both the
same color, it's very hard to distinguish that there's even a pupil there.
That's the only part we could not form perfectly.
B: I've looked over many abduction cases, and obviously that was the time
when a person was actually implanted. Sometimes they describe these beings
inserting needles into their abdomen and showing pictures of their brain.
J: These are just newcomers.
B: Newcomers?
J: Lets call them extra-terrestrials. I call the extra, because they are
certainly not what we are. Take an age difference, 10 years old an 50 years
old. We are the ones who are 50 years old and they are ones who are 10
years old. They may be very well from other galaxies I don't know. We don't
know everyone that's down here, but we do get periodic information to say
yes there is another fleet that has landed and is experimenting. They may
be here for a month, or they may be here for 20 years... we don't know.
B: This is their way of implanting people?
J: This is their barbaric way of doing it I suppose. I'm not saying that we're
the most advanced. There are more superior that ours, but they are billions
of light years away from this particular planet. They have no intention of
getting involved because they have no immediate danger of anything
infiltrating their area.
B: So you're going away soon.
J: I'm going to be leaving next Friday on holidays.
B: Do you tell your wife where you go?
J: My wife goes with me. We're going down south to Florida, and the areas that
we're destined to go to as long as we're there with the children would be
West Palm Beach.
J: But I'll be taking 3 days off on my own because I would have to take care
of some preparations, and that would be in the triangle.
B: In the triangle?
J: Around the triangle area.
B: Why in that particular place?
J: I can't disclose that, I'm sorry.
B: Well from what I've read in books, there used to be some landmass that
existed in that area thousands of years ago.
J: The city of Atlantis and all that. Yes that's true.
B: Does this have to do with that?
J: No that's long gone. Now it's just a nice Biblical story, that's all it
is. But there is something in there that does belong to us and it's a
homing device basically.
B: A homing device for what?
J: Our ships.
B: Is that where you store most of your ships?
J: No it's not where we store them, it's a beacon. In other words if we're
coming in, we have beacons in certain areas, and if we want to get in
contact..it's really complex and I really shouldn't be discussing it, I'm
sorry. I can give a little bit of a clue though, it's basically a homing
device for visitors from other areas besides ourselves. The best way to
describe it would be as a..
B: Lighthouse.
J: Exactly, that's basically it. It's nothing fancy because our crafts go
under there as well and there is storage facilities for certain things.
It's all underwater and it's certainly in one of the deepest parts of the
ocean.
B: Would this be ties in with the number of disappearances of ships in there?
J: Yes it would be. If it's any consolation, no harm has come to anyone.
B: They're down there?
J: They very well may be, I don't know. It's completely vast, you're talking
almost 4,000 miles underneath the ocean.
B: For what purpose would you bring these people down there?
J: We didn't bring them down there.
B: Then why did these ships sink?
J: Because of the beacon and it's magnetic pull. Don't forget that your ocean
is a perfect magnet. Between the moon and the earth there's a gravitational
pull, all we've done is latch on to the water. The water is serving as one
large magnet, it just so happens that it could be only spread out so far.
B: Didn't you foresee that many ships would sink with the beacon down there?
J: We did and we've corrected that to a certain extent, that's the reason why
you don't hear of these disappearances. Or if you do hear of them it's
almost nil. Although when these things were built, we did have our problems
because first of all we weren't used to your water depths, we're not
amphibious. For us to build or to conduct anything in that type of
atmosphere, it was next to impossible but we managed to do it. But no harm
came to anybody, and all they've been is just relocated somewhere else.
Living very normal lives but unfortunately they have no recollection of who
they are, and where they're from or what exactly happened to them. For the
past 10 years or so, you don't hear of any disappearances whatsoever.
B: It all took place about 50 years ago.
J: For the past few years like I said, within a range of about 10 years or
less there haven't been any problems. Mabey 1 or 2 but those were just
freak accidents.
B: Remember I told you that one of the places I'd want to go to and spread the
message would be my native country. I was always curious as to why you
paused after that, it was as if you knew something.
J: I didn't pause because I wasn't sure if you were going to go there or not,
you may not want to go there at all. It's your decision where you want to
be based, if you want to go there then that's fine. But you have to
understand that there are people in that area already, you may not be
needed there or even wanted there.
B: Would I know if I were not wanted there?
J: Absolutely, because you'll all be contacting and seeing each other, if not
that same day, then the very next day.
B: So we're all going to know each other.
J: Yes you will.
B: How?
J: That's a very delicate mystery. You'll know each other once you see each
other. As I said you'll all be going up in ships, and each individual ship
is part of a puzzle. And each individual ship will form one large ship. I
can't really explain it in your terms, but it's like pieces of a puzzle.
Don't forget that it's all light powered. Light you can put your hand
through, light blends, light can be reflected. Everything in individual
ships can be put together as one large ship, therefore your capability of
moving around wouldn't be limited. You'll have all these people in that
area, you'll be introduced to each other.
B: Approximately how many will we know?
J: I couldn't tell you at this point because I really don't know myself. I
know the numbers haven't been growing, we haven't allowed it to grow. We've
actually diminished some of the numbers because we felt these people
weren't sincere enough, or else just plain didn't what to. But the majority
of them have been contacted.
B: It's strange because I watched this show and a group of contactees were
talking amongst themselves, and most were asking, 'Why me? I wish I were
never contacted by these beings.'
J: Well that's fine but we picked out certain individuals which we knew had
traits. But unfortunately some of them had the traits but just didn't want
it and there's nothing you can do to force them. We're not forcing it on
any individual, if they don't want to...well that's fine. The only thing is
once they're blanked out and the implant is removed, they'll have no
recollection of it whatsoever. All that knowledge they have keyed in them
is
completely eliminated. They would just carry on with a normal life as if
nothing happened and they wouldn't have any recollection of speaking to
anyone of us, and for all they know all those minutes and hours have been
lost.
B: Approximately how many people have been implanted in North America?
J: Anywhere between 5 and 8 thousand at this given time.
B: These are the people are to spread all this information around?
J: That's correct.
B: 5 and 8 thousand, that' not a whole lot.
J: Not it's not, but in this general area of North America were talking about.
I don't have the figures of what it is completely over the world, I'm only
concerned with this area.
B: So between 5 and 8 thousand just in North America.
J: There could be another 20, I don't know. The world is divided up into
sectors, I'm only concerned with this sector. I am not involved in any
goings on in any parts of the world other than this sector. It would be
impossible, there would be no way I could put myself in those areas.
B: And the 8,000 that are implanted are always monitored.
J: Absolutely.
B: Doesn't that mean that there would be 8,000 of your type here as well?
J: Not necessarily. Don't forget that there are 8,000 monitored, but out of
those 8,000 there might be one for every 30 people or one for every 100.
And out of those hundred people 20 in fact may decline.
B: Was an interest in UFO's one of the traits these beings were looking for?
J: A genuine interest and a genuine sincerity. First of all a belief in it,
because it's impossible to convince somebody that just doesn't believe in
it unless they see it. But it's much easier to retroact with somebody
that's at least open minded about it. It's much easier to relate to this
person because they do have that interest in it. If somebody doesn't
believe in it, that's fine.
B: Not only the sincerity part, but should a person have a strong character as
well?
J: Not necessarily, but a willingness to at least improve their character.
B: I'm just wondering why my guardian decided to contact you, I would have
found out about all this later on. Instead I had to find out about this 2
years before hand.
J: But you have to understand that 2 years is not all that long away. And to
prepare you for it, it might take 2 years for it to sink in your head. Like
I said you are monitored, and when you placed your ad, it was out of your
chain basically. We figured it's about time that you better be told exactly
what's happening. And if you want to bring this information to magazines
and publishing, that's fine. A lot of people will believe it and a lot of
people won't believe it, that's entirely up to them. But in most cases if
they want proof, we can show them proof right now. But we're not about to
reveal ourselves at this particular point and blow everything, it's not
worth it to us. We planned this for so long to throw it all away just to
prove to one or a 100 people that we're here. Why bother with 100 people
when you can save millions of lives.


577
textfiles.com/ufo/obina4.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
OBINA4.TXT - Ben Obina & the "J" Alien - Part IV
- Ben Obina may be reached at the following address:
Ben Obina
2 Steeles Ave., W.
Box 125
Thornhill, Ontario
L4J-1A1
======================================================================
Note: The following was sent to me this month, and I was asked
to distribute it on the network. For background information,
please see the other "OBINA" files located with the UFONET
File Library.
- Tom Mickus 11/24/89
======================================================================
"B:" = Ben Obina
September 11th, 89. "J:" = Space Alien
9:00 PM - 9:30 PM.
-------------------
B: When we last talked you told me to watch the news media between
the 20th of August and the beginning of September for something
that will be revealed. Was it the discovery of the gene that
causes Multiple Sclerosis?
J: That's correct.
B: How did you beings participate in the discovery of this?
J: We very simply gave them the correct equations for it. The
equations they had up to that point were completely incorrect
as a proportion. All we did was put it together for them by
showing the correct amount of formula to use. It was gratifying
to know that they were on the right path. It was something that
was in the works for 3 or 4 months now and we decided to do
something for them.
B: And you gave it to them indirectly not revealing that you were
aliens.
J: That's correct, it was very low keyed. It was done through a
leading scientist that does happen to know us, and of course he
took most of the credit.
B: And this will lead to the actual cure.
J: That's correct.
B: You said that on your trip you were going to talk to your elders
about planning future events. What did you discuss with them?
J: I can give you a basic idea without going into too much defined
detail. One problem we were having was with the Communist
countries. There were 2 opposing factors, one was the Russian
factor and the other was the Chinese factor. We discussed certain
matters with them, but they're not firm believers in us even when
they actually see something right in front of their eyes. That was
one obstacle that we were really running against, so the plan was
to give some dramatic presentation to show people that there is
freedom in the world and that there is a lot you can learn from
each other. So we did what is called the East German connection,
which is why East Germany opened it's doors to West Germany.
B: You beings were responsible for that?
J: That's correct. This is one experience that they basically agreed
upon. If we could help them out in a certain way, they would allow
this to happen.
B: So you helped them in some way and in return they released all
these East Germans?
J: That's correct.
B: In what way did you help them?
J: Something in the form of technology. They were grateful for it,
and are now on a different wavelength. East Germany was one
obstacle and we overcame that.
B: So this is giving them further proof that you beings are peaceful.
J: That's correct.
B: Last time we talked you wouldn't tell me why you were going to
Florida. From what I've read, there's an underground base off the
Florida coast.
J: There is a base there, I can tell you that now.
B: Is that what you didn't want to tell me?
J: That is what I didn't want to tell you, but I was given permission
to expose that if I had to. All our scientific research is held
there and that was part of the scenario.
B: But you do have bases in other locations.
J: Yes we do, but that particular one is our major base.
B: Would this be a base for experiments?
J: It's a base for scientific research and it's also a major
communications base. The magnetic pull from North to South are
extremely strong in that area which is a natural factor on earth.
Therefore a signal that had to be relayed could be transmitted
within a few hours and finally reach home.
B: There have been also reports of a base at Dulce, New Mexico.
J: Yes we know of that one. Actually that's the area where a lot of
UFO's have been spotted going in and out within the mountain
terrain, but those particular crafts aren't ours.
B: So most of the bases currently on earth may belong to other races
as well?
J: Absolutely, but they're not ours exclusively. Like I had mentioned
to you before, there are between 12 and 20 other races on this
planet that we know of.
B: I've read several reports on the Dulce Base, and I find it
disturbing to know what actually goes on there.
J: I know exactly what goes on there, there's no other way that we're
going to interfere to stop it.
B: Do they have any right to do what they do?
J: The experiments in that area is very limited and there's a tendency
for exaggeration. The research is basically performed on wild
animals and on vegetation. If there are any stories that come out,
they're quite often prefabricated.
B: There have been reports of half-human and half-animal creatures at
the Dulce Base.
J: A lot of these stories are basically fantasy. It probably sells a
lot of books and magazines, but it isn't fact. We know exactly
what's going on there since we are the eldest one on this particular
planet. We don't interfere with them and they don't interfere with
us. They're not really changing any great vast plan, all they're
doing is just experimenting. But what they're experimenting on is
for their own planet.
B: How could they benefit by experimenting on animals?
J: For food and preservation basically. They don't have any animals
such as what you know here. It's for the reproduction of animals,
nothing to do with humans. The oxygen content in their enviroment
isn't necessarily as what you have here. They may have meteorite
storms, nucleus gases, it could be a lot of other things that you
don't know about, and therefore only the strong survive. What they
are doing is that they are trying to cross some sub-species that
can survive and reproduce each other, something like what your
cattle would be here.
B: Would that be the reason behind some of the cattle mutilations in
the past?
J: A lot of it has been experimented as such, so it's a strong
possibility if that's what you believe.
B: So it's obvious that many people prefabricate what is actually fact.
J: Well for instance if you've seen a car accident and a person was hit
by a car. The car was travelling 30 miles per hour and the person
fell a foot or two. You relay that story to one person and that
person tells another person and so on. By the time it's completely
finished, the car is travelling 90 miles per hour and the person
fell 10 feet.
B: The story changes with each person.
J: Exactly, it's like the preverbial (sic) game of broken telephone.
A little bit is added each time, and by the time it reaches the
last person the original version has been changed. What is
basically going on there is stockbreeding in animal form that they
hope to take back to their own planet. There's nothing there
that's phenomenal, it's very uninteresting and its very superficial.
If you read of half-human and half-animal creatures, believe me
that doesn't exist. It's genetically impossible to reproduce that.
Even we're not able to do that, and we have no intentions of doing
that. We've had interested parties ask us about that and we've
checked into it ourselves. People see what they want to see, if
one sees a low flying plane then automatically it's a UFO. There's
a possibility that there may be 3 or 4 crafts flying in that area,
but when all of a sudden people start seeing 20 or 30 going in and
out...it's impossible.
B: So this is an example of a person seeing what they want to see.
J: It's not only seeing, a person can actually believe that they've
seen a craft. We actually know that for a fact that there have
been many legitimate claims that they have been spotted. From
last recollection the most that they have in crafts is about 12,
there's absolutely no way there's 20 or 30. Each of their crafts
are identical and most of the reports that have been given out
claims to be the opposite. I know the area that you're talking
about precisely and everyone of these crafts are identical.
B: How would the base at Dulce differ with your base off the coast
of Florida?
J: Our research is scientific to help mankind, their research is
scientific to help themselves. We don't need the help, we're
way beyond that. I'm not bragging or boasting, I'm just telling
you a fact.
B: What sort of research would be done at your base?
J: Scientific research to cure diseases and communication with other
galaxies as well. You people don't realize that the communication
is phenomenal based on earth. You're sending out signals into
space and hoping that it will come back with some sort of response.
You sent up your Voyager craft with a pathetic little record and
hopeful that some race wil find it out in space trying to decipher
exactly what it is. Even we don't know whats ever out there
ourselves, so our base is always trying to communicate with other
civilizations and star charts in your galaxy.
B: So your base would be mainly used as a communications base and a
research facility.
J: That's basically it.
B: I've read that in some bases there are displays that show what
level of technology the earth is currently at.
J: Yes, we do have facilities for that.
B: Have any humans been inside your base?
J: Never, and in order to get into it we would have to switch into
our forms again, otherwise we wouldn't be able to exist in that
type of setting. Our system itself is designed for our own
enviroment. If we entered the base in human form, we would have
to change the air content and the pressurized system or we would
not be able to survive.
B: I've read that they have allowed some people to tour the Dulce
Base. I've seen several pictures, but I don't know if those are
even legitimate or not.
J: I doubt it because they would never allow that to happen. Like I
said we happen to know them, it's an unwritten creed. The only
way they would happen to come across it is perhaps their own
stupidity of stumbling across it because it's so well hidden and
so well disguised.
B: I'm just wondering why some people have claimed to be inside the
base.
J: Some people would like to believe what they want to believe.
B: I've also read that several scientists and military personnel
that have visited Dulce were killed for scientific experiments.
J: That's ridiculous. I know who you're talking about, there's no
way that they would harm anyone. All they're doing is basically
experimenting on animals native to that region and agriculture
work. They're working with plants and a lot of vegetation.
They're working with meat, but not human meat. First of all
they're not even meat eaters, they're vegetarians. The only
reason why they would want cattle would be for the actual
stockbreeding. Why would they want to kill humans? ..it doesn't
make sense. There's always somebody that has to say something
downright negative. They're very peaceful and they have no
hostility whatsoever. The earth was the only planet close enough
that gave some form of vegetation and animal life, which is
basically what they want. Their own planet has a tremendous amount
of water but very little land, and the land that they do have
because of it's soil content cannot grow very much. Therefore
with the experiments of crops with their type of soil samples
and the types of animals here, they are trying to produce results
which they can maintain in their own enviroment.
B: Getting back to the Voyager, you said that NASA has found certain
things that they haven't told the public. What sort of things?
J: What they have found are pictures of other crafts flying along side
(sic) of Voyager, whcih they won't expose just yet. The Voyager
is supposedly sending back pictures from millions of miles away,
and if you think for one minute that those pictures could show
everything that goes on..it's impossible. So we've given it that
little push and helped it along it's way, because that craft should
have quit 5 years ago.
B: When I think about it, there's no way the signal would be strong
enough to send back pictures from that distance.
J: There's no way, but our base has helped chart the Voyager on the
exact course it should be taking and it has also given it the
strength and power to transmit the signal back to earth. All
we're really doing is boosting the signal. As soon as we would
tell NASA that we're assisting it, we would be blamed for
interference immediately. Plus the fact that the pictures that
you've received back aren't exactly accurate, they have been
altered to a certain degree not to expose too much. The Voyager
has been taking pictures consistently for each particular mile,
and NASA has pictures of other crafts which they will not expose
to you just yet.
B: The key word is yet, because they eventually will.
J: They have no alternative because people are starting to question
it themselves. NASA can't keep denying it. All of a sudden
people are being let go into freedom, cures are being found and
nations are talking about disarmament. How come all in one year?
..they're wondering.
B: So you're aiming for world peace.
J: That's our basic goal. Right now there is world peace, that part
of the goal has been more or less achieved. But to maintain it
is something else, we intend to make sure it stays this way.
Actually several years ago the earth should have been destroyed
completely, because you people came very close to pushing buttons.
B: Well thank goodness it didn't happen.
J: We were very fortunate there because we would have been destroyed
ourselves. We know it's very good in planning to make a quick
retreat, but sporadically when all those missiles are launched,
we don't have enough time ourselves to get off your planet.
B: Is that all you discussed with your elders on your trip? Just the
situation between China and Russia?
J: Well that was part of it, the other was for certain cures. We have
to ask ourselves should we do it, should we not do it and weigh out
the possibilities. Some of us said that you people aren't ready
for it yet and some of us said that you are ready and have been
ready for a long time. Yet we were afraid to give you too much
too soon because if we give you a cure for one, immediately you're
going to want a cure for something else. The evolution of earth
is not ready for that yet. It's kind of cold and shallow to say,
but it's better if some of you do die. Your population is currently
overriding itself, and for those who are really sick and beyond help,
it's not fair to invent something and to give them hope where there
isn't any hope. People expect us to do something unbelieveable..
we can't work miracles, we can only work fact.
Plus the fact that your metabolisms aren't exactly the easiest to
work with either, but we did give you something very simple to
work with. AIDS would be the ultimate cure which you people would
probably want. Unfortunately that's a very new one to us as well,
and we're still experimenting with that ourselves. There are things
that we can advise you on, but then again if it doesn't work out we
get blamed automatically for it. So it's better that you experiment
until we are really sure we know exactly what causes it.
B: So you're working on it.
J: Absolutely, but it's very strange because we don't even know
ourselves what it's caused from. If we had the fact of what causes
it, we could experiment with that fact..but yet we don't know what
that fact is. Your doctors don't know and our scientists don't
know either, but we've basically narrowed it down to a couple of
things.
B: But eventually the cure would be found.
J: Eventually yes, I would say in a short time frame. There are some
of your drug companies who claim that they have found something, but
from our knowledge that's like taking aspirin for AIDS and it doesn't
make any sense. I suppose it's alright if it makes the people feel
better and if it gives them some hope. I wish I could say a lot
of positive things about it, but I really don't at this point.
B: Have you found a cure for cancer yet?
J: Yes.
B: And that is something which will be revealed later on.
J: That's something that will be revealed. But like I said we can't
give you all these cures immediately, because unfortunately some
are destined to die. It's evolution, there's nothing that can be
done.
B: I thought that with the formulas you beings have created, you can
prevent certain diseases.
J: We can prevent it, but how many people are willing to take it?
Lets take cancer, once it's set in your body and there's nothing
you can do..you're beyond any help, even we would die ourselves.
B: Then what good are these formulas?
J: These formulas are if you're not in the very late stages of it,
then you can be helped and cured. Right now you don't even have
a cure for the starting or the advanced stages. You don't even
have a precaution for it either, we have the precaution. We
have the cure if you're not in the advanced stages, but if you're
too advanced into it there's nothing we can do. We're not god's
we're only scientists.
B: So what you have is just a precaution and not the cure.
J: Well the cure is there in the respect if you want to take it to
prevent from getting it. If people want the cure for those who
are completely beyond help, then we're being god and we're not out
to do that. If a person is diagnosed with a brain tumour, we
certainly have the means for curing it. But if you get someone
who is in the advanced stage and try giving them the same formula,
nothing is going to happen. There's only so much you can do for a
human being and that's it. Unfortunately the human body is one of
the weakest in the galaxy. A lot of it has to do with your own
natural air which mankind has gradually contaminated. Your ozone
layer has completely deteriorated. The only thing that's holding
it together right now is a lot of outside intervention, other
than that it crumbled 10 years ago.
B: What do you mean by outside intervention?
J: We put something in your atmosphere which is holding it together,
but even that's limited. If you contine to pollute the air the
way you do, there's nothing we can do to help.
B: So you're saying our atmosphere would be the cause of many
diseases which exist.
J: Exactly. We've explained this to your leading scientists, but
unfortunately they won't accept it. We've given you the cause
and we've given you the cure, do something about it yourselves
..and you just don't want to do it. What are we supposed to do?
Are we supposed to spank your hand and say that you're going
about it all wrong? We can't intervene that way, but we have
intervened the other way by putting a nutrient in your systems
and protecting it to a certain degree, but even that's going
to fail.
B: I'm wondering why people are refusing help from you beings.
J: It's your financial system. Let's say we give you a complete
cure for cancer, what are all these pharmaceutical companies
going to do? Who's going to get it first? Who's going to be
the one to market it? Everybody. Think about it logically,
at the same time what happens to all the companies that have
put out vaccines?
B: They would go bankrupt.
J: That's it. They actually don't want the cure, even for something
as simple as the common cold. But yet what would happen? All
the aspirin companies would go bankrupt. All the cough medicine
companies would go bankrupt. They actually want people to be
sick..I really don't understand you people. But if that's the
way your economy is concerned, who are we to say different. The
rest of it is up to you with what you want to do with your lives.
B: You said that after the formation all the contactees will have
the formulas for the precautions and the cures for these diseases.
You're telling me a lot won't want it, but what would be the point
of having it?
J: We're offering it to you at that point, but what you want to do
with it is an entirely different story. Don't forget if all of
a sudden you wake up tommorrow and the cure for the common cold
is on the shelves, who's going to buy it? Who's going to believe
it? The only way we can present it is if we present it ourselves.
It's a little more believeable that way.
B: So all the contactees would be just promoting it.
J: You're not really promoting it, but you'll be open-minded about
it. It'll certainly be a lot easier for people to accept. But
like I said we can give you a cure for the common cold tomorrow,
but who's going to buy it? First of all they wouldn't want it;
Secondly the people wouldn't believe it; Thirdly we're not there
to present ourselves showing it to you. There is a vaccine that
could be put in your system and in a matter of seconds completely
cure it, but unfortunately you people don't want to take it. We
have approached you, but you come back with the same world that's
out there. People are going to buy it, then what happens to all
the other medicine that is already marketed? It leads you right
back to the beginning again. If people want to kill each other
then that's fine, just don't start any nuclear wars.
B: I certainly don't want any nuclear wars..
J: We don't have any intentions of letting it happen. I'm not saying
that the earth will be destroyed physically, but it will be
destroyed to the point where the contamination will be phenomenal.
You would be fortunate to have any survivors because currently
there's a great amount of artillery and destruction power.
B: I would assume that a lot of land would disappear.
J: A lot of land has disappeared already based on your experiments.
A good portion of the Atlantic Ocean floor has been damaged through
nuclear tests, let alone killed off a lot of your own natural
resources which is the actual water itself. You have such a
beautiful planet, I don't know why you would ever want to destroy
it. Stupidity is one good explanation, and the other explanation
is that to us you're only just babies. You haven't even learned to
stand yet, never mind walking. And when you can appreciate what you
have, then mabey (sic) you can understand and try to help each other
rather than to kill each other. Not only will you be hurting
yourselves, but consider that there's other races out there besides
yourselves that you will be hurting.
B: So that would be the reason why I and other contactees would know
this information, to advance mankinds knowledge.
J: Somewhere along the lines, we hope it takes effect. We decided to
tell you all of this in advance so that you wouldn't be in a complete
shock. You could believe what you want to, but I'm just giving you
basic facts.
B: Do you forsee the people accepting this information?
J: We forsee a lot of things. A lot of people will accept it and a
lot of people won't accept it, eventually they will all accept it.
B: Did you also forsee that I would be caught off guard at that point?
Which is why I was told several years beforehand?
J: Like I said it takes a lot of sinking in. In East Germany's case it
just didn't happen overnight. We negotiated with them and they
negotiated with us. And what they wanted was actually very simple
..it was a nuclear power plant. It was a generator that was
efficient in operating for for their type of terrain. When they
first wanted it constructed, they couldn't decide on how to approach
it. It was a matter of us spending a couple of hours with them, and
we drawn (sic) it up completely. It's no big secret, within the
next 3 months from now people are going to hear that East Germany
has a nuclear power plant. It's not done through us directly, it's
presented by those who are in power in the government. And their
sources, which we know are us can never be said or told. They were
so grateful, they released more than what we negotiated for as a
figure. It was really good on their part because it showed a lot
of faith.
B: To end off, I'm still unclear on the method of how the implant was
inserted into my brain.
J: It's directed at you and it's implanted, that's it. You feel
nothing, there's no blood and there's no cut. It's basically like
shining a flashlight on a wall.
B: It's that simple?
J: It's that simple. Sorry to disillusion you if you were set for
some operating procedure. It's equivalent to taking a flashlight
and shining it against a wall. You're not capable of performing
that type of procedure, we are. It's an energy itself with a
condensed light source, and don't ask me to explain it because I
would lose you after the first sentence. Just us being here proves
that we're a little beyond you..
==================================== EOF ====================================
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


31
textfiles.com/ufo/ofoncs20.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
Daily News, Ft. Walton Beach, Fl-July 8, 1990 Cr: R. Reid
MYSTERY OF ROSWELL HOT TOPIC AT UFO GATHERING
By Kris Wheeler
Daily News Staff Writer
PENSACOLA-Unraveling the mysteries of unidentified flying objects drew more than 1,000 UFO enthusiasts to the Pensacola Civic Center on Saturday for day two of the Mutual UFO Network's 21st annual International Symposium.
Among other topics Saturday, they heard about one of the long-debated UFO mysteries, a supposed crash landing of an alien craft in Roswell,N.M., in July 1947.
Donald R. Schmitt, MUFON's state director in Wisconsin, has long been on a trail to expose what he and many others believe is a government coverup of epic proportions regarding the recovery of the bodies of four aliens and a UFO wreck at Roswell.
"Roswell appears to be the target of a disinformation program," Schmitt said.
That accusation is nothing new among those who have made it their business to investigate UFO sightings.
St the time of the crash near the Roswell Army Air Force Base, military officials initially idnetified the object that crashed as a UFO. But later the military changed its official version of what the object actually was, identifying it as a miguided weather research balloon.
Schmitt and many of his colleagues say there is overwhelming evidence proving otherwise.
Schmitt and other UFO investigators have relied on testimony over the years from military intelligence officers who were at the crash site, their family members, and relatives of a rench hand who discovered the crash site, to peice together their version of the Roswell UFO mystery.
Schmitt said he and a colleague recently interviewed two men who were once stationed at RAAFB and who were involved in the recovery operation at the crash site.
Most of the military personnel who had first-hand knowledge of the crash are now dead, Schmitt said.
The men interviewed, the chief of security at the crash site, and a military intelligence officer, are two of the few crash-site witnesses still alive, he said.
Schmitt said the former chief of security refused to comment about the matter, saying he was sworn to secrecy.
Schmitt questioned why information on a crashed weather balloon would be kept secret.
"Why the need to conceal the recovery of a weather balloon?" Schmitt asked.
The other man interviewed was an intelligence agent who was also involved in the recovery. Schmitt said the man would only say that, "Something came down and was recovered."
MUFON officials selected Pensacola as the sight of their annual international UFO symposium because of the magnitude of reported UFO sightings in nearby Gulf Breeze-more specifically, those photographed by Gulf Breeze residents Ed and Francis Walters in November 1987.
The Walters have written a book about their experiences called "The Gulf Breeze Sightings."
The photographs and the Walters' stories have been challanged recently by some critics and UFO investigators who say it is a hoax.
One Gulf Breeze man has said publicly that he was shown by Ed Walters how the UFO photos were faked.
Walters has denied all of the allegations.
MUFON has reopened its investigation into Walters' matter. MUFON officials, however, say they believe Walters' photographs are authentic until proven otherwise.
The Walters were scheduled to speak to the MUFON delegation and hundreds of its guests about the matter late Saturday night.
The three-day MUFON symposium began Friday and will conclude with an open forum slated for 4 p.m. today.

65
textfiles.com/ufo/ogredoc.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
The 'OGRE' has been identified!
On the morning of August 6th at 4:05 am EDT Norman W. McLeod III
and Robert Reifer were out observing the Aquarid/Perseid meteor
showers when they noticed a 3rd magnitude flash near RA 22:55,
DEC +10. The flash lasted approximately 5 seconds and showed little
motion to the naked eye. On the morning of the 7th at 4:25 am they
again saw the flash in the same area.
On the morning of the 8th they were prepared with a telescope and at
4:45 am they again saw the flash. Robert proceeded to get the object
in the telescope and watched as the object faded to about 10th
magnitude. He then followed it in a southernly direction. With
Robert following it in the scope Norman saw it brighten again to 3rd
magnitude and Robert verified that it did. The object proceeded to
fade again to about 10th magnitude. This pattern was repeated 4 more
times with the object being lost at about RA 23:10, DEC -8. At this
time I do not know how long a period there was between flashes.
The brightest flash was about 2nd magnitude with the rest of the
flashes peaking at about 3rd magnitude and lasting approximately 5
seconds.
The object producing these flashes appears to be a polar orbit
satellite in a period of 24 hours and 20 minutes.
Norman predicts that they will see the flashes again at 5:05 am EDT
on the morning of the 9th and at 5:25 am EDT on the morning of the
10th. If anyone else is able to check for these flashes from
other parts of the country it would be greatly appreciated.
The observing location is located at LAT 26 deg 32 min and
LONG 81 deg 30 min south of Lehigh Acres, Fla.
Please send any reports to:
Norman W. McLeod
4232 Scott Ave.
Ft. Myers, FL 33905
This may finally settle the identity of the "OGRE".
We couldn't identify it as being a satellite because the only
previous flashing satellites we had seen were known to be
geo-synchronous satellites. They had followed the 24 hour 20
minute period however but they varied in intensity with one
bright flash followed by a half dozen or so naked eye flashes
with each one being a magnitude or so fainter. They were then
followed in the scope for another half dozen or so flashes until
they leveled off at 9th or 10th magnitude. They were definitely
geo-synchronous because the scope had to be locked in position
with the motors off and they could be followed for an hour or so.
We are still wondering what is causing the flash on the satellite.
I have been told that lasers are used for position verification
but I would like someone to either support or deny that positively.
Sunlight could also be doing it but why for only a short period?
In response to anyone saying that what they saw had only one flash
and as such couldn't have been a satellite like this take note of
the first two nights of sightings, Norman and Robert only saw it once.
On the third night when they were able to see where it was going
did they finally see it more than once.
From personal experience observing many hours with these two observers
for them to have missed the secondary flashes means that a lot of
others could also have missed them. Norman can spot anything out of the
ordinary faster than anyone else I know.
I will update this with Norman's report for the 9th and 10th.
Brian Risley


232
textfiles.com/ufo/omegaripoff.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
OMEGARIP.OFF - Review of the 1989 Omega UFO Conference
- by Tom Mickus (pronounced MIKE-US!)
======================================================================
Note: The following file contains numerous spelling errors and other
linguistic deficiences, for which the author was too lazy to go
back over and correct.
======================================================================
Weekend Rip-off In Connecticut: UFOlogy's Shame
-----------------------------------------------
So how did you spend the wknd of Nov.11 & 12th? Well, if you
were smart, you were probably drinking beer and watching football. For
myself, I decided to head to the East Coast to do some gambling, not in
Atlantic City mind you, but in North Haven, Conneticut, the no-man's
wasteland mid-way between New York City and Boston.
I was there to attend the much touted "The UFO Experience" as
sponsored by Omega Communications, an organization run by John White,
noted fringe author. My main objection with this Conference, and which
I'll get straight out, is the price. In order to attend, one must have
paid either $120 over a month in advance, or $150 at the door. For a
conference such as this, the price was outrageous and it became readily
apparent that White's motivation was not philanthropic, but strictly
commercial. This fact was further brought home to me by the fact that
they were charging ridiculous fees even for third-party presenters, such
as with Arcturus Books which declined to attend due to the cost. But you
say, isn't it the profit motive that made this country what it is? A
fair profit yes, but not to the degree that White was asking. Its peop
and organizations like him which make a good argument for being a communist,
but even that is no longer in vogue these days.
Before I get to the substance of the conference, a few words are
in order with regard to the location chosen by Mr. White. He lives in
Conneticut, so its understandable that he would not want to incovenience
himself with regard to a location. Being that it is mid-way between
NYC and Boston, I can understand why he would want something in the general
vicinity, but North Haven? Who ever heard of North Haven? What this place
is a road-side stop, with one hotel, and more than enough sub-standard
eateries to keep everyone's arteries greased up for life. I will
always remember North Haven, since it was there that I had some of the
worst seafood in my entire life. Why White never chose a place such as
New Haven or Hartford, is easy to ascertain, it has to do with cost. You
see, the Ramada in North Haven is a run-down place, lacking all the amenities
you normally expect in a $80 a night place of lodging. The staff was
inexperienced, with the switchboard operator not even knowing how to put
through a collect-call. There was no heat in the hallways, and there
was no coffee shop, with the one restaurant having closed down early at
night. There was a bar, but it was poorly designed and played pathetic
music. I felt sorry for the locals. To top it all off, the damn ice
machine didn't work!
However, I reserve my greatest scorn for John White, since he was
the architect of this fiasco. But its one thing to have complaints for
the hotel arrangement, another thing to not have your own act together.
Believe it or not, the sound system didn't work! How such a blunder as
this could have been made, should speak volumes about John White's organization
which has the word "communications" in its name! Having to strain while
listening to the speaker's presentations is an unforgiveable sin. Even worse,
the problem was never fully rectified for the full two days! For that
offense, Mr. White should have refunded some money, but that would be th
last thing that would enter into John White's mind.
Unbeknowst to those attending until they arrived, it was possible
to pay for individual talks at $15 a crack, instead of paying $120 or $150
for the entire two days. If I had known this, I could have saved myself
probably $75. But to have made people aware of this fact would have
required some honesty and forthrightness on the part of John White, something
he seems to be lacking.
Now to the conference itself. The list of speakers was for the d
most part, good. The people attending, 95% from the NYC-Boston area, were
likewise a good mix. It was for these two reasons that the conference
turned out for me to be a success. More interesting than the speeches
themselves, was the backroom conversations and discussions which are accompany
almost any gathering of UFO researchers and enthusiasts. This conference
was no exception.
Among the people I had the priviledge of meeting and speaking with
were Bill Moore, Jerry Clark, Walt Andrus, Betty Andreasson, Whitley Streiber,
John Keel, Bill Knell, and numerous others. They were the reason I attended,
not to enrich John White's pockets. I had some good exchanges with several
of these individuals, most notably with Bill Moore. Unlike others, I've
always tried to maintain a balanced view with regard to Bill Moore and his
actions with regard to trying to unveil the government coverup. His method
is certainly unorthodox, but certainly not without precedent. I was impressed
with his speech in Vegas, and was further impressed with what he had to
say here in North Haven. He is a remarkable individual, and one who we
shouldn't ignore. He has made more progress in this field than most of
his detractors combined. Sure his cards aren't all on the table just yet, but
he is getting closer to the truth all the time. Towards this end, Bill Moore
deserves our support, but this of course is my own humble opinion, and one
which I realize is not widely applauded although I offer no apologies for
my own position.
As to the speaker presentations, here are some of my thoughts. I
attended most of the speeches, although not all. One of the first noteworthy
ones, was by Bill Moore himself. Although suffering from a cold, Bill managed
to elaborate on issues raised in his Vegas speech, and did a fairly good
job of updating us on the MJ-12 documents research. As Bill elaborates on
in his recent issue of "FOCUS", the upcoming Friedman report on the authenticity
of 3 particular MJ-12 docs is that of, "one strong, one weak and one leaning
positive but still open to question." These relate to the Eisenhower briefing
document of November 1952, the Cutler-Twining memo of 1954 and the the Sept.
1947 Truman memorandum, although not necessarily in that order.
John Keel's lecture was interesting, but somewhat off-topic since he
got sidetracked from discussing the MIB material. John is full of lots of
anecdotal information, and seems to have the ability to see UFOs almost
at will, which may something in itself. Nonetheless, his presentation
was interesting and entertaining, true to the style of John Keel.
Kenneth Ring's talk was also interesting, although he admitted that
his data and conclusions can be appropriated by almost any group wishing to
advance certain theories. Basically, it had to do with the fact that UFO
"abductees" (along with people who've had Near-Death-Experiences (NDEs)) are
"electro-sensitive" along with the fact that they've had troubled childhoods
by way of abuse.
Whitley Streiber had the best attended talk of them all, and perhaps
one of the most interesting. Whitley came across as quite believable, and
indeed with the release of his film, seemded to be stressed out. Evidently
he is walking a thin-line of sorts, as exemplified by his rapid speaking and
lack of tolerance of any negative press. He lashed out at the Wall St. Journal
for saying in a review that he "had sex with aliens", and labelled the
press as a "bunch of prostitutes". Streiber also lashed out at the UFO
press, notably "UFO" magazine which printed some rumours recently which had
particularly irked Streiber. One example was the one about 2000 children being
abducted in Westchester County and presumably being used by the aliens for
nefarious purposes. Whitley made a few phone calls to several agencies after
receiving frantic phone calls from concerned parents, and found the rumour to
be unsubstantiated. If I remember correctly, the Westchester remark was
repeated in an article by Don Ecker with regard to human mutilations at the
hands of aliens, a subject discredited by most serious UFO researchers. Later,
the Streiber outburst spilled over into the halls for all to see. Vicki Cooper,
editor of UFO magazine, approached Whitley in the hall and wanted to talk about
his allegations. Streiber, still very much angry, shrugged off Cooper's hand,
and said "No!", not wishing to talk with Cooper on this matter. As Whitley
departed, his wife Anne engaged Cooper in some embarassing tit-for-tat, with
nothing ultimately getting resolved. In Cooper's defense, Streiber seems to
be acting particularly childish about this whole affair, and no doubt has become
overly sensitive with regard to criticism. As he made clear in his speech, the
"visitors" are continuing to see him, with the most recent incident occuring a
scant 3 weeks before the conference.
One presentation which occured on the next day, Sunday, was particulary
a waste of time. Ellen Crystal, crazy person from New York State, claimed to
have hundreds of photos of UFOs and so-dubbed "Tesla fields". Well, her pictures
were particularly disappointing, showing no convincing evidence of anyting, save
film emulsions and other photographic anomalies. Ellen Crystal was a prime example
of what's wrong with UFOlogy...an inexperienced, unstable person trying to pass
themselves off as a UFO researcher.
Vicki Cooper's talk, "The Media and UFOs-Coverage or Coverup?" was mildly
interesting, if not hastily prepared. Several times she was taken to task by the
audience for both her information on the USSR sighting, and the way she
herself handled the UFO issue in her talk. Nonetheless, her honesty and sincerity
in trying to cover the subject were apparent, and she should be supported for
what she is trying to do via the pages of UFO magazine. Due to the previous
night's Streiber volleys, Vicki was compelled to spend much of her time rebutting
the allegations.
Towards the end of the conference, there was a particularly interesting
report on the part of Walt Andrus. Apparently he had just come into possession of
a copy of the home videotape made by a Japanese citizen earlier this year regarding
an overflight of a UFO near his property during the daylight hours. I had seen this
piece of video, albeit a few seconds of it, earlier in the summer during a weekend
CBS news report at the conclusion of the nightly news hosted by then anchor, Connie
Chung. I remember then that the tape was quite remarkable, and seemed to indicate
an important sighting. Unfortunately, none of the UFO publications picked up on this
story until MUFON had one its representatives in Japan obtain the video
in question, along with a tape recorded interview (translated) which Andrus showed
side by side during the impromptu video presentation during near the conclusion
of the Omega Conference. Strangely, we never saw the close up pictures of the
UFO, since the videotape was acting in a most peculiar fashion. What happened during
the showing, was that the video player seemed to shut off for about 20 seconds during
the crucial part of the videotape when the UFO came into view. This happened several
times, and the end result of the whole affair was that the viewing audience never got
to see the UFO in question. One of the technicians determined that there was some
sort of electromagnetic pulse on the tape which shut the machine off at a certain point,
thus explaining the strange sequence of events. Harry Tokarz, my unfortunate travelling
companion, had the suspicions that EMPs were being beamed into the room by aliens trying
to stop the showing, a theory which I tried valiantly to dissuade him of, but to no
success. Who knows, he could be right, although I'm inclined to believe
that there is a more terrestrial explanation.
So, the conference had its highs and lows. One of the lowpoints
was discovering that Walt Andrus had both his briefcase, and at least one of his
display photos on GB, stolen. This, done under the eyes while the John White money-
making crew was selling their books and newsletters. Walt Andrus' briefcase, which was
located behind the Omega booksellers desk, seeminly "dissappeared". Curiously, no books
were stolen, indicating to me that perhaps there are some criminals working in the
John White organization.
As I said, the conference was a success in terms of meeting certain people,
and getting apprised of current developements in the UFO field. I don't credit this
to John White, but rather to the people who attended his conference, or who I should
more properly say, were victimized by this conference.
In closing, if I have some advice for those who want to get across customs
without being searched, although it can be risky undertaking. Just say that
you were (are) attending a UFO conference, and either A) you will be brisked through
quickly since you must be telling the truth with such a crazed response as that, or
B) you will be detained at the checkpoint while the customs officer relates their
UFO sighting of 14 yrs ago. The former occurred on our way out of the U.S., the
latter occurred on the way into the U.S., much to the consternation of the vehicles
lined up behind us. Either way, it works.
================================== EOF ======================================
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


71
textfiles.com/ufo/opgovufo.art Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
* Calling for Congressional Investigations into UFOs!
IT IS TIME FOR CONGRESS TO ACT
by John & Gail Feilke, sysops, JACURUTU
706 Bonview Avenue
Lincolnton, North Carolina 28092-2008
Fido # 1:379/103
JACURUTU # (704)732-1852
Our fellow sysops, the week of August 10-18, 1991 is
scheduled to be The Seventh National UFO Information Week. It
is during this time that we here at JACURUTU will be sending
out an informational file packet named, OPGOVUFO.ZIP to many
BBSs in the U.S. As well as the ten top newspapers in the U.S.
In this file packet will be 10 of the best un-explained UFO
cases in UFOlogy, the letter being sent to the editors of the
newspapers, and the most important facet of this operation: a
form letter to be sent to the Congressmen/women & Senators in
Washington, D.C. calling for a Congressional Investigation
into the UFO Enigma in general and the Roswell crash case in
particular.
UFOlogists in general believe that the time has come for such
investigations, as new information comes to light on the
Roswell crash in 1947 in Roswell, New Mexico. Roswell as you
may or may not know is where the remains of two craft of
unknown (alien) origin were found, as well as the remains of
the crew (alien bodies) this was reported as a Flying Saucer
on the world news tickers and then hushed up as a weather
balloon. Enough witnesses have surfaced in this event to
state the culpability of the U.S. Government in the cover-up.
This is our "smoking-gun!"
With all the recent reports of "triangular-shaped" aircraft
being sighted, not only here in the U.S. but world-wide, the
best case of this was reported over the skies of Belgium, by
the Belgium government, and was tracked by F-16 fighters (this
being reported on NBC's "Unsolved Mysteries") who engaged and
got radar-lock, only to have ground based radar watch the
objects leave the area at over 7,000 mph, pulling an estimated
60 g's! Russia has reported the same objects, as well as
Portugal, England, Sweden, Australia, and many, many more
countries.
With the continuing cycle of "crop-circles" worldwide as well,
people coming forth with "abduction" cases. We all believe it
is past time for "serious" investigations to start in this
country. Other countries are way ahead of us in "public"
government investigations. France, Canada, and Japan come to
the forefront. Belgium has professional UFO Investigators on
the payroll, paid for by the taxes of their citizens. Are we
any less than they are, or does the U.S. government have
something to hide???
In closing, all we are asking you, the sysops of FIDONET in
the U.S. to do, is make this file available to your users. The
only way we can get the Congress to act is with the "PEOPLE"
sending them this form letter. With enough people asking their
representatives to act on this, we can finally get to the
bottom of " The UFO Enigma"!
I would now like to thank you all for reading this and
hopefully acting on it. The file OPGOVUFO.ZIP is available
for FREQing from 1:379/103. Gail and myself would also like
to thank the folks at FIDONET for letting us put this up.
Many, many thanks to you all!!!
John & Gail Feilke - JACURUTU

213
textfiles.com/ufo/origin.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
Questions and Answers Regarding
the Earth Origin Theory
of UFO's
by
Al Pinto
This is another in a series of articles I will be uploading to
Paranet. My intent is to inform you of the possibility that UFO's could
come from Earth. I am not saying that EBE's do not exist. It is very
important that we look at all the facts when investigating this subject.
It sometimes seems that facts are hard to come by but, in reality, there
is plenty of them. In this article, I will present some questions and
answers about this theory.
Q. Why discuss the possibility of Earth technology being able to produce
UFO's when the EBE theory seems to be well documented?
A. First of all, the EBE theory isn't ironclad. Most, if not all, of the
information regarding the EBE's comes from sources such as MJ-12 and
Project Aquarius. Apparently, there are a fe w individuals within these
organizations that want the public to know the "truth". We must be
very careful not to fall into a trap. For all we know, EBE's could be a
dangerously clever way to feed us disinformation. Secondly, history is
well documented. It is historical fact that part of Nazi Germany's
secret weapon program included disk shaped craft commonly known as
Flying Saucers; that genetic experiments were conducted on Humans
including vivisection and biolog ic al mutation; "death rays" or pulse
beam weapons were being experimented with.
Q. How advanced was the Nazi's technology with these experiments?
A. You would be surprised. Allied pilots started to see what they called
"Foo Fighters" near the end of WWII. It was found out that they were
actually the product of Nazi technology. They were small wingless disks
that were used as an anti-radar device and "psychological" weapon
against Allied pilots. They confused radar and interrupted
electro-magnetic currents. It was remote controlled. It led to the
developement of a much larger "symetrical circular aircraft" called the
Kugelblitz or Ball Lightning Fighter.
Vivisection and biological mutation was an integral part to the Nazi
way of thinking. They wanted a race of masters and slaves. The
physiological and psychological horrors that were performed are still
not released today. I am presently researching this end of things. There
are books such as "As Man Becomes Machine" by David Rorvik; "Man
Modified" by David Fishlock; and "Psychic Discoveries Behind the Iron
Curtain" by Sheila Ostrander and Lunn Schroeder that should open some
eyes as to the extent of what we could do with mass mind control and
cybernetics. Suffice it to say that the Nazi's were more advanced in
this area than anyone else of that time.
Pulse beam technology was not given to us by the Aliens as some may
think. Nikola T esla was working on this technology back in the late
1800's. The Germans were also experimenting with what they called the
"death ray".
Q. Why do you keep on mentioning "biological mutation"?
A. Here is where I become speculative. First let me tell you about what
the Nazis wanted to accomplish. They wanted a pure Aryan race of
Nordics. These were to be the masters. They genetically bred humans to
produce children t hat were pure Aryan. They had their slave race compri
sed of Poles, Slavs, and other "subhumans". The Jews were just for
experiments and killing. Since the Nazis loved order and obedience, they
found that their present methods of handling the slaves ie: whips and
torture, was inefficient. They sought to find other methods that would
strip the slaves of will and make them "happy" to perform their labor
without the trouble of physical inducements. They needed to control
their minds and bodies. The Jews were used for research and specimens. I
propose that these experiments were taken much further and that a
"mutated race" that could very well look and act like the EBE, was
developed. This is an incredible statement, I know, but so is the
whole subject of UFO's. I am getting way ahead of myself and will
elaborate in another article.
Q. If the Nazis had all of this, then why were they defeated?
A. There are many reasons as to the d efeat of Nazi Germany. As far as
the Kugelblitz goes, it was only in it's experimental stages. It is
believed that a prototype flew in February of 1945, but by then it was
too late. It never had a chance to change the course of events.
Q. What happened to the plans, blueprints, materials, etc. that must
have existed on these craft?
A. Allied Intelligence took over the secret Nazi plants. It is believed
that some of the patents disappeared into secret Russian, American and
British files. The rest is believed to have vanished with vario us
"missing" German scientists and S.S. men.
Q. What happened to the "missing" scientists and S.S. men?
A. Some of them were later found but, there are some that simply
"vanished". S.S Generals Kammler and Nebe were never located. In March,
1945, just before the end of the war and just after the test of the
Kugelblitz, two German provision U-Boats, U-977 and U-530, left a port
on the Baltic Sea. According to a paper called the "Brisant" they took
with them members of t he fl ying saucer research teams, vital notes and
drawings of the saucer, and the designs for gigantic underground
complexes and living quarters based on the underground factories at
Nordhausen in the Harz mountains. It is relatively well known that the
Nazi's had more than a casual interest in the Antartic. It is believed
that the U-boats went there to off load their "cargo". One further note:
You can bet your bottom dollar that the flying saucer rese arch teams
didn't leave the Allies the most important plans for the saucer.
Q. What was the Nazi's interest in Antartica?
A. Hitler was anxious for a foothold in Antartica and sent men and
equipment there all througout the war. The Germans actually mapped the
continent better than anyone up until then, and renamed the whole
area called Queen Maude Land as Neushwabenland and claimed it in the
name of the Third Reich. They even went as far as to drop pins with the
Swastica symbol on them into the ice from airplanes. It is very possible
that the Germans were building enormous underground establishments there
and that the American, Russian, and British "cover up" regarding UFO
sightings could be due to these reasons. It is odd that Antartica still
remains unsettled. There were vast amounts of land discovered that were
free of ice. Antartica is still a mystery in many ways.
Q. What did the Allies do with the saucer plans after they confiscated
them ?
A. They didn't throw them aw ay, I can assure you! It is believed that
the British had the most important plans because, unlike America, they
allowed the remaining scientists to continue their work at the places
where they worked throughout the war. Britain then teamed up with
Canada. Canada then reserved vast areas of land, 125,000 sq. miles, for
production of experimental aircraft. A company by the name of A.V. Roe
presented a wooden mock up of an "Omega" flying dis k to twenty five
American scient ists and Air Force experts. The project was a hoax,
however, for the working model never left the drawing boards. Was the
flop purposely designed to convince the USA that Canada had no saucers?
I can tell you that Britain was still unhappy that America didn't share
her Atomic secrets. They felt distrusted. Why shouldn't they keep this
major secret, which could be an important trump card someday, from the
Americans? You also may recall the A.V.R.O. flying disk produced, most
likely, for the same reasons.
Q. Ok. That may explain sightings during and after WWII, which
admittedly is the focal point of the UFO phenomenon but, what about the
"cigar shaped" sightings in the early 1900's?
A. Again it is very possible to be of Earth origin. Nikola Tesla, as we
all know, was a great inventor. A great many of his inventions are still
not in use today because they involved radical plans that could adversly
affect our capitalistic future. He was abl e to provide free wireless
energy to everyone on this planet if only it was permitted. It wasn't.
He also wanted to do away with war by providing an inpenetrable field
around each country's borders. There were many contributions made by
this great man but one stands out in my mind. His Automaton, as he
called it, was actually many different things but, he conceived of a
flying machine "devoid of sustaining planes, ailerons, propellers, and
other external att achments, which wi ll be capable of immense speeds
and are very likely to furnish powerful arguments for peace in the near
future." Those were his words written in the early 1900's from his book
called "My Inventions". There is a picture of this craft in the book and
it is "cigar shaped"!
Much investigation should be done on this man's work. He presented
incredible experiments that would still amaze us today. I find it very
interesting that he is not menti oned very much in history and that the
government confiscated the contents of his laboratory after his death in
1943. Still, to this day, they will not release some of them. Tesla
wanted peace, above all, but the government wanted to use his
experiments for destruction and defense.
I further propose to you that the evil that the EBE's seem to project is
not Alien in nature at all. Human history is filled with people seeking
world dominance. It only makes sense that the way to do it in the 20th
century is through mind control. Any other method wouldn't work. This
could very well explain many of the abductions of people and the
implants in their brains. Implants are not a technology beyond our
reach. They are used throughout the medical field in a variety of
different applications. I suggest that we investigate all of the
possibilities and not be so taken in by this EBE hypothesis. I really
think that the people behind it all, whether they are our government or
some secret scientific and political group, ar e at this point in time,
confident, that their secret is secure. The EBE hypothesis helps them
greatly. Why do you think it is presented to us? I feel that what I just
presented to you is based almost entirely in fact. Isn't it odd that
what I am saying is hardly ever talked about in the UFO community? Why?
Is it because Aliens sell books and get fat grants by T.V. producers? Is
that what we're all about? If that is the case, then I want no part of
it. The public has been tricked enough. Our job i s to bring the TRUTH
to t he public not pass on information merely for personal gain. I know
that it is frustrating to do nothing but spend money to try and uncover
who and what is behind UFO's and not be compensated for our efforts.
However, selling out isn't the answer. Unfortunately, I don't have the
answer either but, between all of us, I'm sure we could come up with
one.
-------------------------------------------------------------
I presented the above information to you in a mock interview format. I
feel that the questions listed above are only a few that I thought
should be asked. I sincerely hope that you, in the UFO community, will
ask many more. I will be happy to field them and I do not stand alone
with this knowledge. My aim is to pass it on to you so you can help pass
it on to the public. I will continue to write about this theory, which
seems to get more interesting as I go along. There is so much
information that I can't possibly decipher it alone. I NEED YOUR HELP!
-Al


427
textfiles.com/ufo/ossette.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
OSSETTE.TXT - Text file that was scanned and processed via OCR by
^^^^^^^^^^^^ Harvey Stewart [UFONET I] .
The file was run through the Microsoft Word 5.0 spell
checker following conversion so most errors in character
recognition should be ok. Now that I finally have OCR
software that works there should be lots of files on the
way so stay tuned.
Do you have important material that needs to be shared?
Contact us here at UFONET I and perhaps we can convert
your document to a text file for you using our OCR
software and hardware. You can contact either myself
Harvey Stewart or the Sysop of this board Tom Mickus
for details.
======================================================================
======================================================================
NOTE: THAT DUE TO THE USE OF A SPELL CHECKER IN OCR PROCESSING ERRORS
PRESENT IN THE ORIGINAL DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN CORRECTED!!!!
======================================================================
SPEECH FOR OSSETTE CONFERENCE SEPTEMBER, 1989.
----------------------------------------------
Start speech with the quotes from the MOD re UFO not coming under the
Official Secrets Act. Then quote the American document. (Slide 1)
The fact that we are such close allies. Also if UFO don't come under
the Official Secrets Act why is it that so many are retained under the
30 year rule.
I am Tony Dodd and my friend is Dr. Henry Azadehdel. Both Dr. Henry
and myself were originally geared to speak about our own particular
experiences in the UFO field, but due to information which came to us
several weeks ago in relation to an alleged crashed UFO in South
Africa, we have spent a considerable amount of time engaged in an in
depth investigation into the information received.
Due to the complex nature of the investigation both Dr. Henry and
myself will take turns to speak and will hopefully give you a picture
of the sequence of events as they occurred.
You will be shown slides of certain documents which were passed to us
and also of the person who passed the information. Unfortunately it
has been necessary to blank out certain names and places but this has
been done to protect the identity of our informant who is no longer in
this country. He stated that he is a South African Air Force
Intelligence Officer and would be charged with Treason in his own
country should his identity be revealed. I have been corresponding
with this man for a long time but was not aware of his Intelligence
Connections until the last few weeks.
At this stage I would point out as stated previously, that certain
omissions have been made in the talk we are about to give. It is of
the utmost importance that our sources of information are totally
protected for their own safety.
By protecting informants in this way we hope that other Intelligence
sources will come forward and eventually the full picture of what is
going on will emerge.
If when we have finished giving details of this incident there is time
we will be happy to answer questions but we reserve the right not to
answer if we feel that our continuing enquiries or source of
information would be compromised.
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 1 ***
*** ***
************************************
During the first week in July I received correspondence from Mr.
which stated that a UFO had crashed in the Kalahari Desert and ha
been recovered by a team of South African Military personnel to
secret Air Force base. He also informed me that two live alien
entities had been found in the craft. The information also stated that
a group of American Military personnel had arrived and had taken over
the investigation. He stated that he would forward a copy of the
Official South African Top Secret document to me but would send i
later in a letter which would not contain any details of the sender in
case the letter was intercepted. (Slide 2)
A week later I received the document which consisted of five pages and
was headed with the South African Air Force crest. Every page of the
document was marked Top Secret. (Slide 3)
The story told by the document was as follows:
(Slide 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.
At 1.45 pm on the 7th. May 1989 a Naval Frigate of the South African
navy was at sea when it contacted Naval Headquarters to report an
unidentified flying object on their radar scope, heading towards the
South African continent in a North Westerly direction at a calculated
speed of 5746 nautical miles per hour. This message was acknowledged
and confirmed that the object was also being tracked by airborne radar
and military ground radar installations.
The object entered South African air space at 1.52 PM and at this time
radio contact was attempted but to no avail. As a result two Mirage
jet fighters were scrambled on an intercept course.
At 1.59pm. Squadron leader ------- the pilot of one of the Mirage
fighters stated over the intercom that they had radar and visual
confirmation of the craft. The order was given to arm and fire the
Thor 2 experimental laser canon. This was done.
(Thor 2 is a Top Secret experimental beam weapon)
The Squadron Leader reported several blinding flashes emanating from
the object which had started wavering and it started to decrease speed
and altitude at the rate of 3000 feet per minute. It eventually
crashed at a 25 degree angle into the dessert in Botswana
A recovery team was dispatched to the crash site where it was found
that the UFO was embedded in the side of a large crater in the sand.
The sand in the vicinity of the object was fused together due to the
intense heat. One telescopic leg protruded from the side of the craft
as if caused by the impact.
Large recovery helicopters were flown to the site and the first one
reaching the scene overflew the object at a height of 500 feet and
immediately stalled and crashed. Five crew members were killed. It was
found that vehicles approaching the object also developed engine
trouble due to an intense electro magnetic field coming from the
object.
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 2 ***
*** ***
************************************
Eventually a paint like compound was received at the site and painted
on the object which appeared to neutralize the magnetic field.
The object was eventually conveyed to an Air Force Base and was taken
to the sixth level underground. At this time it was totally intact.
Whilst this was going on the American Team from Wright Patterson AFB
arrived.
Whilst the recovery team and scientists were mulling over the object
their attention was suddenly attracted to a noise from the side of the
craft. They noticed that an opening had appeared in the side. It was
doorway but had only opened to a small gap. Attempts were made to open
the door but without success so hydraulic pressure gear was used to
force the door open.
As soon as the door opened two small alien entities staggered out an
were immediately arrested by security personnel present. A makeshift
medical holding area was set up. One of the entities appeared to be
seriously injured but doctors withdrew when one of them was attacked
by one of the aliens. The attacked doctor received severe deep
scratches to the face and chest from the claws of the alien. (Slide 8)
Arrangements were made for the UFO and the aliens to be transported to
Wright Patterson AFB, Dayton Ohio; USA
As a result of this information a person who will remain unnamed
telephoned the South African AFB where the Mirage Fighters had been
scrambled. This man was a Private Investigator in America for many
years and therefore well versed in speaking American. He asked to be
connected to Squadron Leader XXXXXXXXXX the conversation went as
follows:
Is that Squadron Leader XXXXXXXXXXXXX
REPLY Yes.
QUESTION. This is General Brunel speaking from Wright Patterson.
I have the document in front of me code named XXXXXXX
REPLY. Yes.
QUESTION. I am confused, this document does not say how many times
you fired at the object.
REPLY. Who did you say you were sir
QUESTION. General Brunel, surely Squadron Leader it's a straight
forward question, how many times did you fire at the darn thing.
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 3 ***
*** ***
************************************
REPLY. I fired once sir, could you hang on so that I can go to
safe phone.
QUESTION. That won't be necessary Squadron Leader, you have told m
what I wanted to know goodbye.
---------------------------------
In the meantime military personnel were contacted in America to try to
find out what was happening at Wright Pattterson AFB.
REPLY. Can't get any information about arrival of UFO but
established that Wright Patterson was put on Red Alert on 23rd. June,
1989. (This is the day the UFO was proported to be shipped to Wright
Patterson.)
------------------------------------------------------------------
On July 31st. this year our informant arrived in this country and by
prior arrangement took up temporary residence with Dr. Henry. He
informed us that he was on route to Wright Patterson AFB on a military
mission and would depart on the 6th. August. He contacted the South
African Embassy from Dr. Henry's home to let them know where he was
staying in case they needed to contact him. He later made a sworn
statement to us confirming his story. (Slide 9)
He had photographs taken with us (Slide 10. 11. 12.)
We were informed that various hieroglyphics were found inside the craft
and stated that the military had been unable to decipher them. (Slide
15) Dr. Will talk about this.
He also did a drawing of the interior of the craft and the general
layout.
He also showed us and permitted us to photograph two NASA passes which
were for his use at Wright Patterson AFB
At this time we made contact with a second intelligence officer in
South Africa who spoke to Dr. Henry personally. This officer told us
that he had seen and had access to a series of black and white
photographs of the captured aliens and their craft and a 50 page telex
message from Wright Patterson AFB relating to the recovery of the UFO
He stressed how dangerous it would be to get the papers but stated
that he would forward a set of the black and white photographs and
a copy of the telex as soon as he was able.
One of the named American personnel who was present at the retrieval
was later spoken to at Wright Patterson AFB by Dr Henry at the OSI
department. (Henry Will speak about this)
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 4 ***
*** ***
************************************
Within 24 hours our informant staying with Dr. Henry received a
telephone call from the head of South African Intelligence informing
him that the mission was cancelled and telling him to report back to
Military Headquarters Pretoria forthwith where he would face a Court
Martial.
I will now hand over to Dr. Henry who will tell you of the series of
events which took place at his home and of the various telephone calls
which were made and received in the next few days.
I NOW HAND OVER TO DR HENRY WHO WILL TELL YOU OF TELEPHONE
CONVERSATIONS MADE BOTH TO AND FROM HIS HOME BY INTELLIGENCE SOURCE
CONNECTED WITH OUR INFORMANT. INCLUDING A CONVERSATION WITH AN
INTELLIGENCE OFFICER IN SOUTH AFRICA WORKING IN THE TOP SECRET
DOCUMENTS AREA.
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 5 ***
*** ***
************************************
________________
| |
| picture of |
| winged bird |
| crest |
|______________|
S O U T H A F R I C A N
A I R F O R C E
THIS FILE HAS BEEN CLASSIFIED BY D.A.F.I.
INFORMATION NOT TO BE DIVULGED - TOP SECRET
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 6 ***
*** ***
************************************
This page has a star and the bird crest at the top
The page appears to be a cover/abstract page
A PCX file (graphic) of this page is available in the UFONET I
file library. Hopefully a GIF version of the file will be available
shortly.
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 7 ***
*** ***
************************************
************************************
*** ***
*** 14 Pages of Material follow ***
*** but we are unable to convert ***
*** via OCR due to inter mixed ***
*** handwriting on the pages ***
*** ***
************************************
The transcript of my telephone Conversation with the Chief of
Military Intelligence in South Africa, Aug. 1989
-------------------------------------------------------------
Henry: H
General: X
H: Mr. X
X: Yah.
H: Hello, I am calling from Hawaii
X: Yes...
H: I would like to ask you about this UFO crash in Kalahari.
X: You what?
H: A UFO crash in Kalahari dessert. (Talking rather loud)
X: I can't hear you very well, just say it again.
H: A UFO crash in Kalahari desert, May 1989.
X: May 89 ( Thinking about my above comments).
B: Yes.
X: Who is speaking?
H: This is Jonnathan speaking from Hawaii.
X: What is your surname?
H: Jonnathan Smith.
X: (He repeats my name, giving the impression of writing it down)'O.K., so
WHAT DO YOU WANT TO KNOW?
H: I want to know where did it go eventually?
X: I can't hear you.
H: Where did it go eventually? Did it go to Wright Paterson, or you kept it in
South Africa after it crashed.
X: WHY DO YOU WANT TO KNOW?
H: Well. I've been investigating UFOS for 20 yoars.
X: I think you...you are talking to wrong person, whore did you get my number?
H: Well, we have contacts to get numbers everywhere.
X: I CAN NOT GIVE YOU THAT INFORMATION: I'VE NOT GOT IT.
H: It crashed in May 89, and was shippad to Wright Paterson in June, am I correct
X: (stammering) No....n....no, I am not sure, I don't thinkyou have got the
RIGHT information, whera did you get that?
H: Well, information comes to us from all over thr world.
X: What kind of crash was it? (Remember I had alraady told him)
H: It was an Unidentified Flying Object.
X: In the Kalahari?
H: Yes.
X: 19...?
H: 1989, Botswanna.
X: Ah...Ah..h..., No, I haven't got that information. I think perhaps
it is a rumour.
H: I think I would be very much surprised if it was a rumour.
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 22 ***
*** ***
************************************
*******
X: (Now trying to meddle the subject) So, What are you saying? You are
sitting in Hawaii and you got that information. Where did you get that??
H: As I said, we are operating a UFO network.
X: Well...Ah...well, I can not give you ANY FURTHER INFORMATION, I do
not know anything about it.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
************************************
*** ***
*** END OF PAGE 23 ***
*** ***
************************************
************************************
*** ***
*** 3 Pages of Material follow ***
*** but we are unable to convert ***
*** via OCR due to inter mixed ***
*** handwriting on the pages ***
*** ***
************************************
These 3 pages consist of a transcript of the telephone
conversation between Dr. Henry Azadehdel and Mr. L at Wright
Patterson September 15,1989.


108
textfiles.com/ufo/outlook.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
======================================================================
<<UFONET I>> * 416-237-1204 * PC-Pursuitable * File Requestable * HST
* 24 Hour Operation * Sysop - Tom Mickus * Toronto * FREE
======================================================================
======================================================================
OUTLOOK.TXT - "The Outlook" FSR Editorial (Vol.34, No.3, Sept., 1989)
- FSR Editor, Gordon Creighton
- To Subscribe: Annual Subscription, 4 Issues.
United Kingdom: 12 Pounds Sterling
United States: $30 US (Money Order)
Other Countries: 15 Pounds Sterling
AIRMAIL: USA add $10, Others 6 Pounds
- Address: The Editor,
FSR Publications Ltd,
P.O. Box 12,
Snodland, Kent
ME6 5JZ, ENGLAND
======================================================================
NOTE: Use of "_underlining_" marks such as these are meant to
indicate italicized words within the article.
======================================================================
THE OUTLOOK
-------------
By now it is certain that all of the people, everywhere, who
take an interest in or are aware of the "UFO Problem", will have heard
and read a greatdeal about such things as the "Majestic 12" documents;
the astounding claims of John Lear and of Bill Cooper; the shattering
books "Matrix" and "An Alien Harvest"; the talk and the rumours of
underground alien bases on Earth at such places as Dulce and Groom
Lake; the talk of an alleged governmental deal with Aliens that went
disastrously wrong; of human abductions, of cattle mutilations, and
alas - of other things much worse than that.
Apart from a few brief references in recent issues, we at FSR
have so far said little about these potentially grave new aspects of
the UFO Problem. There are others who have already said far more than
we have. We ourselves propose to say little more for the moment.
But this does not mean that we are in any sense unaware of the
prevailing situation. We have all the key books referred to - and more,
and in fact the amount of accumulated material which we now have on all
these matters is enormous and we doubt whether any other civilian
investigators in Britain have anywhere near as much as we do. Indeed -
and this may surprise some - we started receiving this type of material,
from Canadian as well as U.S. sources, as far back as 1980. And although
we still do not know how much of this disturbing material is true, it is
notable that the main themes running through it for nearly a whole
decade now have been remarkably consistent.
A reader asked us recently why we have not said much more than we
have on all these developments. And the reply we gave him was simply
that _we_do_not_yet_know_how_much_of_it_all_is_true_and_how_much_false_.
So we prefer to wait a while and see.
Rumour has it that Mr. John Lear has said: "It's all over bar the
screaming". He may or may not have said this. We at FSR don't know
whether he said it. But, if the position really is as indicated in the
voluminous material now in our hands, then we have to agree that it may
indeed be "all over bar the screaming".
But we think we have some responsibilities, and one of those
responsibilities is not to contribute to "rocking the boat" needlessly.
Unlike most others in this field, we do not seek financial gain,
and we think that poor old _Homo_Sapiens_ (self-dubbed_ has already got
more than enough to worry about. So we think we will let others "spill
it all now", if they want to. If it turns out to be untrue or badly
exaggerated, an awful lot of alarm and despondency will have been
generated unnecessarily. And, if the picture is indeed as sombre as
presented, then we feel sure that _Homo_Sap._ will find out quickly
enough. We don't aspire to be the first bearers of all the bad news.
As a last thought however, we will tell you this: some of the
information brought to us privately out of China in April of this year -
information emanating from Chinese Government levels - was as terrifying
as anything that we have ever heard. So it may well be, after all, that
John Lear and Bill Cooper and Paul Bennewitz, along with not a few others,
are telling the truth.
But, we repeat, we do not intend to be the first to write or speak
too much about it all
_For_one_thing_-_there_may_be_more_than_one_side_to_the_drama_
now_being_played_out_here._
================================= EOF =======================================
=============================================================================
= IF YOU HAVE ANY UFO RELATED INFORMATION THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO SEE =
= OR HAVE DISTRIBUTED, YOU CAN NOW SEND IT VIA OUR NEW UFONET FAX LINE. =
=============================================================================
= ------>>> UFONET FAX HOTLINE - 24 Hrs - (414) 351-2075 <<<------ =
=============================================================================


1784
textfiles.com/ufo/oxcart.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

452
textfiles.com/ufo/oxcartbh.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
Msg#:19542 *AVIATION*
01/27/92 21:41:11 (Read 0 Times)
From: BILL HODGES
To: DEAN ADAMS
Subj: OX
DA > Still won't accept it, eh?
Seven weeks ago you started posting messages regarding a document
you claimed was a declassified US Govt CIA document. I do not recall
any supporting evidence. Soon you posted a reproduction claimed to
be "EXACTLY as on the official report" and obtained from "someone"
on a private, college? net. For proof, you refer to "some people on
the Internet", "some people who should know", "people with the
ability to know", "people connected with setting up the A-12/D21
exhibit", "person who has the same clearance", "reputable people",
"interested parties", "reliable person's","several sources confirm",
"many different and credible sources". For this to be valid, your
judgement must be relied on. Since you have not mentioned having
years of personal experience with US Govt, Govt documents, US Govt
classification procedures, USAF, DoD etc, nor any other expertise
that would make your judgement more reliable than many others on
this echo, I don't think you should expect everyone here to accept
your judgement..right or wrong..when you haven't even seen document.
Without seeing a real COPY of the document, you say the electronic
reproduction is "-exactly- like the original. What you got would
have been no different from the hard copy." You have no first hand
knowledge to make that statement.... and it is incorrect. As the
first person I questioned about this document said, "You can not
judge it by an electronic reproduction. Let me send you a copy and
you'll see what I mean. It is evident it is not a CIA document."
He was correct.
I raised several questions, knowing enough of the answers to feel
anyone who found answer would see it was not CIA/Govt document.
No/bogus answers was all I got. By this time, I had expected your
"source" to confess knowingly trying to add glamor, mystery, and
drama by deliberate mis-labelling it as a declassified CIA document
authored by a CIA writer. I don't know his name but I was told it
could only have been one of two people. One is KNOWN for his
sensationalism......sorta like supermarket tabloids. I was told
"....they both know it was NOT a CIA or US government document."
Everyone has their special interests and their own idea of who
or what they want to believe. Some would rather trust astrology
(hi Nancy), an actor, sci-fi writers, etc. than the dull scientific,
engineering, or operating personnel. I would hope that on echoes
like Legal, Science, Aviation, etc., the focus would be different
than on Debate, UFO, Trek, Witchcraft, Occult, SciFi type echoes.
I had never heard of Jim Goodland but you evidently respect him as
an authority. He caters to a different type following than those
who would be interested in Ben Rich's (future) book on Lockheed's
activities. If I get him to tell you that the document was a
Lockheed internal document, will you believe him?
Jim has provided information and photographs for some books but I
don't know extent of his published WRITINGS. Personally I am more
impressed by the only real writer/author we have on this echo that
I am aware of........Bob Cadwalader. He writes aviation columns for
periodical and is respected for his opinions and knowledge by those
who know him. I think you could profit from respecting him more. I
feel you are well-intentioned but have little evidence to support
your position and certainly no reason to personally attack those
who disagree with your opinion of the origin/accuracy of "ox" doc.
Msg#:19543 *AVIATION*
01/27/92 21:42:21 (Read 0 Times)
From: BILL HODGES
To: ALL
Subj: OX
----- Part 1 of 2 -----
Dean Adams posted messages in early December about a supposed CIA
declassified document known as "The Oxcart Story" by Thomas P.
McIninch, a purported CIA writer/author. Dean posted a claimed
"verbatim transcript" but it did not include everything written,
typed, stamped, or printed on the paper in addition to what he
posted here. For instance, some omissions (not all) are:
(1) Imprinted in italics "Record of a pioneering achievement"
on first page. As one might expect in a PR document
(2) Imprinted in italics "Oxcart" on all pages but 1st.
(3) 1st page stamped with Lockheed name and address.
(4) All of the (S), (U), etc. are handwritten additions.
(5) Control document stamp and blanks filled in as mentioned
but date was 15 Dec 1986.
(6) Classification stamp iaw. "CLASSIFICATION GUIDE, 25 MAY 87"
(appears classified 1986 iaw instruction guide dated 1987)
(7) Highest classification Secret (not Top Secret as suggested)
(8) Stamp saying declassified 2/25/91 iaw guide dated 11/1/89.
(9) Pages appear originally (typed) numbered 25-29 but ink
renumbered with circled 1-25
I have made inquiries of various people including personnell at CIA,
Lockheed, museums, etc. Only one expressed the CIA document theme.
When asked why, it seems it was an ASSUMPTION because CIA was once
involved. That person contacted his "expert" who also had made an
ASSUMPTION only. Today, this is best scenario I can put together
based on evidence I received. Part is fact, part is educated guess.
Throw rocks if you like but I'm going to make it hard for you by
not identifying which is which. Aim and fire at your own risk.
Once upon a time a very few people were engaged in a secret A-12
project. CIA had an input in conjunction with DoD, USAF, Lockheed.
Project name = Oxcart, 1957-1968. The SR-71 project was a separate
program with its own name issued by USAF. That name was "Senior
Crown", 1962-1991. Normal security procedure, even with a Top
Secret personal security clearance is that you don't see even
Confidential documents unless you have an authorized "need to know".
Project name "Senior Crown" was not a level of security but merely
says the info is related to SR-71 project. A "Senior Crown"
authorization was needed to see any classified project documents
and even then, an engine man might not be allowed access to wing,
landing gear, control system, etc. documents/info.
Msg#:19544 *AVIATION*
01/27/92 21:43:18 (Read 0 Times)
From: BILL HODGES
To: ALL
Subj: OX
----- Part 2 of 2 -----
Sometime between 1968-1986, a Lockheed VIP ordered a "history" of
all projects be written and put together in one reference volume.
The A-12 project was given to a middle aged PR guy, McIninch, whose
knowledge of aviation was questionable. Once "The Oxcart Story"
was complete, it was put in loose leaf notebook with all other
project "histories". It was not classified iaw any system. Appeared
same as any unclassified document if you picked it up.
In 1986, all heck broke loose over Lockheed's handling of classified
material. DoD and USAF all over Lockheed. A crash program to get
all documents cataloged, classified, and access controlled. Single
volume "Project Histories" book had to be broken up into individual
documents and classified iaw guidelines associated with the specific
project. Someone took "Oxcart Story" and decided to put it under
"Senior Crown" (SR-71) and classify/control iaw that guide. Then
someone scanned the "new" 25 page document and put (U), (C), or (S)
where he thought appropriate, probably in haste, since control
date in 1986 and instructions were dated in 1987.
When SR-71 project ended, a lot of extra parts and pieces were sold
through USAF surplus procedures. As A-12/SR-71s were sent to various
sites there was a flood of requests for data, pictures, blueprints,
manuals, and anything else pertaining to "Blackbirds". Most of data
was declassified and that included "Oxcart Story". Lockheed was
overwhelmed and hired a retired employee to search for things for
PR etc. to give away. One of items was the 25 page ox document. The
proper way would have been to retype but that would have taken more
time and money. It was copied and at least 6,000 handed out all
over US as a Lockheed document.
I could not find anyone at Lockheed that would vouch for accuracy of
contents nor exact job of McIninch, who is no longer around. I was
told to take everything in it with a grain of salt......a suggestion
Frank Walters also made, long ago. There are places where it appears
author did not understand what he was talking about or he would
never have said what he did nor left out what he did. This is giving
benefit of doubt that it was an honest attempt to be a history.
I was assured by CIA personnel that it was not their document. Had
it been, it would have been marked, controlled, classified, etc. in
a different manner according to different procedures.
Msg#:19545 *AVIATION*
01/27/92 21:44:18 (Read 0 Times)
From: BILL HODGES
To: ALBERT DOBYNS
Subj: OX
My opinion or best info on several points you have raised:
( 1) Never saw a TRADE-A-PLANE ad but surplus A-12/SR-71 project
surplus parts, equipment, etc. were put in normal USAF
disposal system for surplus public auction.
( 2) If your friend in Washington is familiar with CIA procedures
and understands "Senior Crown" use, he will know document
is not US Govt or CIA...........or should.
( 3) The lack of Top Secret marked paragraphs as nothing to do
with your "source"'s info. "Ox" was never classified by US
Govt. A "clerk" at Lockheed wrote (S), (U), (C), where he
wanted to. He couldn't spell (TS) (and wasn't authorized).
( 4) AD > don't see why the AF won't release some more of them.
This project was over 23+ years ago and Lockheed wanted PR.
There were political pressures for release of SR-71 data
since airplanes were now being given to public. Different.
( 5) AD > [talked to] Jim Goodall....He has also seen the document
AD > when it was not stamped although the person who showed
AD > Jim the document had a letter from the CIA that the
AD > document was declassified......Jim is working on two more
AD > Blackbird books. One will be mostly text and will
AD > incorporate the CIA document.
Albert, this prompted me to call Jim a couple weeks ago because
it sounded like he had solid evidence. He told me he had ASSUMED
it was a Govt CIA document because of CIA involvement in program
etc. I asked him to confirm the existence of any letter from
the CIA regarding the classifying/declassifying of document.
He denied knowledge of any such letter. I read your statement
to him. Jim said you must have misunderstood him. He remembered
telling you Dennis Sullivan had told him of seeing document
without any classified markings but nothing about a letter.
He confirmed he had planned to include document in a book but
was now questioning origin and would investigate.
About a week ago, Jim Goodall called me back and said he was
determined to find McIninch and determine true origin of document.
No one has gone to trouble yet to check each and every point in
document and probably never will. Jim told me who he contacted at
Lockheed to get REAL TRUTH. That person told Jim that he had also
just always ASSUMED it was a CIA document. I found some humor in
that because that individual was one of a group at Lockheed that
confirmed to me that it WAS NOT a CIA document but only an in house
Lockheed document. Jim says he is determined to get answers and
will let me know when he has results. I appreciate your posting the
contact and figure maybe "ox believers" will believe one of their
revered? if he says its not a US Govt/CIA document. Jim said he
didn't remember any "ox" mention of Doolittle at first flight
and thought it worth mentioning in a "history".
Msg#:23999 *AVIATION*
01/31/92 22:33:00 (Read 0 Times)
From: DEAN ADAMS
To: BILL HODGES
Subj: RE: OXCART
* Forwarded from: le01167@portal.decnet.lockheed.com (Ron Nadel)
* Originally to: Dean Adams
After reading your note by this Hodges character, I went straight to the
horse's mouth, and sent your communications with Hodges to a personal friend
of mine who, as a young engineer, personally worked on OXCART and Crown
projects and was close with Kelly Johnson and Ben Rich (still is), this
person has also had a chance to read the OXCART mailings. No longer with
the Skunk Works, this person is, however, still with Lockheed. This is a
completely reliable source. To give you an indication of this sources's
placement: when "all heck broke loose" (to quote Hodges) this person was
CO-LEADER of that entire investigation effort (I worked with this individual
at that time so I know it's true). Some interesting information on that
subject refutes Hodges, as you will see. Another contradiction: Hodges says
of the A-12 program that the CIA "had input", according to my source, they
were the CUSTOMER! Ron Nadel, Lockheed
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
To : Ron Nadel
Subj: OXCART and CROWN
First, the original A-12 Program had an internal and a customer code name.
The customer was the CIA, the same as the origninal customer for the U-2. The
customer code name was Oxcart. The internal (Lockheed) name was Arc Angel,
which is where the "A" came from (the U-2's were called Angel). When the Air
Force got into the business,it was decided that a 2-place aircraft was needed.
This lead to the development of the SR-71, which was supposed to be called RS
for recon-strike. The AF program evolved with time into a Top Secret program,
while the A-12 remained very "Black". Many classified Air Force programs are
given code names that begin with "Senior",and the SR became the "Senior Crown"
Program. The U-2's had the code name "Senior Year". Most often, programs that
were non-AF or other military, and/or were prototypes/demonstrators, etc.,
were given different type code names. Hence, Oxcart.
In the late 60's, we at Lockheed were told to destroy anything that told about
the A-12's -- they "didn't ever exist". In fact, when the program was grounded
the aircraft were seceretly stored in a building in Palmdale where they
remained for many years until the agency admitted to their existance.
Regarding the "all heck" breaking loose over Lockheed's handling of classified
documents in 1986, that had nothing to do with the A-12's. It was a result of
some "old" methods for accounting/destroying documents (that were acceptable
to the "old" agency-type customers) that were still being used but did not
comply with DoD regulations. The whole deal blew up during a probe by the
Dingle committee, and actually put our Chairman, Larry Kitchen, on the stand
before the committee in Washington D.C. We had to dig into lots and lots of
old stuff, do lots of research to see what happened to certain documents that
did not have official "destroyed" records, etc., and go thru EVERYTHING wall
to wall. Dingle did not know anything about the A-12's, and the internal
searches and investigations did not turn up anything about the A-12's.
I OUGHT TO KNOW SOMETHING ABOUT THIS DEAL, AS THE EFFORT WAS CALLED THE
"CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN, (CAP)" AND I WAS CO-LEADER OF THAT EFFORT!!!
From my perspective, the question of whether or not the "document" in question
is an official CIA piece or not if of little interest. Lots of the stuff done
in the early days for that customer was done in a very low key, minimal
documentation, low visibility sort of way. In fact, sub contractors for
Lockheed were known as Company X, etc., and we had special non-Lockheed
telephones (internally) that were to be answered "hello" only. We had mailing
addresses that were non-Lockheed. We travelled as non-Lockheed. There were
no real regulations or restrictions regarding "allowable" expenses, and things
were paid into and out of special and private accounts. The aircraft were
built without virtually any of todays "checks and balances" and rather
excessive oversight and reports. Basically, the agency just cut a deal with
Kelly to produce the things at a certain price, dropped off the money, and
asked to be called when they were ready......simple and efficient.
So, as I said, it may be difficult to tell whether this was an "official"
document of the agency, or some form of internal document, or whatever.
But, for the most part, the information seems quite accurate. I was there.
Msg#:24000 *AVIATION*
01/31/92 22:40:00 (Read 0 Times)
From: DEAN ADAMS
To: BILL HODGES
Subj: REPLY TO MSG# 23999 (RE: OXCART)
* Forwarded from: larry@ichips.intel.com (Larry Smith)
* Originally to: Dean Adams
The CIA nature of the document was my opinion after considering the tone of the
document and the standpoint from which it is written. I might be wrong that it
is a CIA document. Ben Rich also told me that it was a CIA document.
Lets approach this from two standpoints:
1. Use names (because I'm willing to use hard names that any of you can
verify). I have used HARD names up to this point. I intend to continue
to do so. Why not, this stuff is declassified and it's a very positive
success story. Also use document names/nos.
2. Lets go after facts reported in the document. Lets not say "a Friend
says this section is wrong". I think you should say, this section is
wrong. Here is the truth. And optimally, here is the name of the guy
that says it's wrong, and why he knows what he's talking about. We can
then call him and verify. Or the document source that comflicts with
OXCART History along with document nos.
We might find sections of the document that are wrong, but that still doesn't
say the whole document is wrong. If we find lots of sections that are wrong,
then I would agree the document is suspect. This shouldn't be hard to verify
because the document reports lots of previously unknown factual information.
For instance, the names of the original OXCART Test Pilots is mentioned. This
should be easy to verify. Some of these guys are probably still living.
Also there DOES appear to be several different versions of this document. The
one I have has all the security stamps on it. Other versions have been sent
to aviation authors. These versions are devoid of the classification stamps,
but best that I've been able to determine so far, they say the same thing,
although I haven't been able to do a word-for-word comparison.
As far as it being evident that when one reads the real manuscript or a copy
thereof, that the document is obviously not CIA, please inform me how this is
so obvious? I am not aware of the standards by which CIA documents are judged
authentic. Any help in this matter would be appreciated. You still have to
read the document though and judge for yourself what standpoint the document
is written from. IMHO, it is written from a CIA perspective. I might be wrong.
BH> those who would be interested in Ben Rich's (future) book on Lockheed's
BH> activities. If I get him to tell you that the document was a Lockheed
BH> internal document, will you believe him?
Well lets have Ben Rich be the authority. He claimed that it was real and
that it was a CIA history. I not only was there, but he was talking to me.
Because I dove across the room when I saw him waving the document. I wanted
to know from him whether it was authentic. Gen. Doug Nelson USAF (ret) also
wanted to know if it was authentic. Ben was answering him and me. So there's
another name for you!
BH> Only one expressed the CIA document theme. When asked why, it seems
BH> it was an ASSUMPTION because CIA was once involved.
As I said above, it was my opinion after reading the position of the document.
Just read the document and what it says about the SR-71! The position of the
document is from a pro-CIA position, IMHO. Also as stated earlier, Ben Rich
said it was a CIA history. Forget all other sources. I'm giving you a BIG
source here. Just photocopy the cover page and write him a letter via
Lockheed Aeronautical Systems Div. Very easy to do!
BH> Today, this is best scenario I can put together based on evidence I
BH> received. Part is fact, part is educated guess. Throw rocks if you like
BH> but I'm going to make it hard for you by not identifying which is which.
Well this is NOT a very good way to argue! I am willing to argue with:
1. Hard Names
2. I'll indicate my opinion where it is my opinion because I WANT the
collective intelligence of the enthusiasts on skunk.works to analyse this.
I'm not the only mind that's interested in this. The collective thoughts
of everyone on skunk.works that has something to say here is VERY valuable!
I want analysis of this to occurr. But lets not call analysis FACT. The
CIA doesn't even do this!
3. Where I find out statements made by 'experts' I will indicate that as so
and I will use their names. I won't argue someones point that won't let me
use his/her name. The UFO people do this and it means next to nothing!
You get nowhere with this!
If we have to figure which of your statements are your opinions and which are
fact I think we should ignore you!
Msg#:24001 *AVIATION*
01/31/92 22:57:00 (Read 0 Times)
From: DEAN ADAMS
To: BILL HODGES
Subj: RE: OXCART <CON'T>
* Forwarded from: larry@ichips.intel.com (Larry Smith)
* Originally to: Dean Adams
BH> Sometime between 1968-1986, a Lockheed VIP ordered a "history" of
BH> all projects be written and put together in one reference volume.
BH> The A-12 project was given to a middle aged PR guy, McIninch, whose
BH> knowledge of aviation was questionable.
Again let's speak from the facts of the document. Let's not accuse Mr McIninch
of being middle-aged and therefore wrong (is that what you were implying?),
and of being incompetent without HARD opposing facts. So just where is Mr.
McIninch's errors? Lets hear where in OXCART History he is incorrect. What
are your sources sir!
BH> Lockheed was overwhelmed and hired a retired employee to search for
BH> things for PR etc. to give away. One of items was the 25 page ox
BH> document. The proper way would have been to retype but that would have
BH> taken more time and money. It was copied and at least 6,000 handed out
BH> all over US as a Lockheed document.
Retired employee is Ben Rich! Ben and other Lockheed Blackbird veterans are
helping more than one museum with their SR-71 or A-12 restoration or D-21
drone procurement. This comes from Mark Smith SMOF A-12 exhibit curator.
If you don't believe me, call him.
BH> I could not find anyone at Lockheed that would vouch for accuracy of
BH> contents nor exact job of McIninch, who is no longer around.
Two points.
1. Where did the Lockheed employees say the document is wrong?
2. I think I can say that a Lockheed employee usually tells you nothing.
We have several on this mail list who are Black project types and they are
very uninformative. Why is this? Because they are working or have worked
Black Programs and they're not about to tell you anything over the phone or
the Net. They are used to not telling people anything about what they do.
Others like them will outright lie about what they do! Not because they're
bad people, but because they're trying to protect classified information.
This is the nature of the world in which this stuff goes on.
However when you have high-up Black World types like Ben Rich or even Keith
Beswick talking about OXCART and M-12 history, then you listen because you
know that information has been approved for release and these guys are the
dissemination vehicles for some of it.
I suppose that Ben Rich could give out a bogus document for disinformation
purposes, but if that's the case, then I give up! Because at that point we've
all had it in terms of what can be believed and what can't!
BH> I was told to take everything in it with a grain of salt. There are
BH> places where it appears author did not understand what he was talking
BH> about or he would never have said what he did nor left out what he did.
Well we need specific places where McIninch is wrong, or I would suggest
that your comments be ignored. Sorry! We need why it's wrong as well!
BH> I was assured by CIA personnel that it was not their document. Had
BH> it been, it would have been marked, controlled, classified, etc. in
BH> a different manner according to different procedures.
Well, we'll find out. Because I sent the first 3 pages of the document to
CIA asking for more information on the Lockheed A-1 thru A-11 GUSTO
proposals AND the Convair GUSTO proposals. I also mentioned that I was told
this was their history and I offered them a complete copy of the document
should they desire one. I've had a CIA FOIA about this going on since August
30, 1991. My CIA FOIA number is: F91-1464.
I recently ammended it with the OXCART History. Lets talk hard names, facts
that are wrong, and document nos.!


183
textfiles.com/ufo/parainfo.asc Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
HOW TO BECOME A PARANET AFFILIATE
ParaNet(sm) Information Service is looking for new affiliates to
connect to our international electronic network via PC and main-frame
computers. We are the world's largest and most reliable media outlet
concerning the paranormal with emphasis on unidentified flying objects
(UFOs).
ParaNet(sm) is not for everyone, though. Affiliate membership
requires that you have a serious interest in exploring the mysteries
of the phenomenon and are interested in teaming up with recognized
scientific/researchers in the field. Our affiliates will maintain a
high standard of objectivity and will represent our organization in as
professional a manner as possible. Your users will be presented with
a forum for fair and open-minded thought provoking discussion.
You do not have to change the flavor of your current setup, nor do you
have to be operating a BBS at the current time to become an affiliate.
All that is required is a separate and distinct place for your
ParaNet(sm) section.
There are many benefits in becoming an affiliate. Mostly, you will
find yourself on the cutting edge of discovery. ParaNet(sm) is
growing rapidly and many programs are being implemented whereby you
can take an active part in the research and investigation of UFOs.
You will get your information first hand, often before the major media
begins broadcasting it. ParaNet(sm) has built relationships with many
prominent and leading researchers, such as Budd Hopkins, Bruce
Maccabee, Dr. Richard Haines, and many others. Often, these people
take part in our forums. You and your users will have direct access
to these people and their findings.
We are very interested in affiliates which can take an active interest
in their local community. We are interested in your participation in
providing newsclippings, interaction with your local radio,
television and newspaper outlets, and some field investigation. If
you have the spare time for these activities, we are very interested
in a relationship with you.
The following items are requirements for membership:
1) A PC computer capable of operating Fido compatible mailer and BBS
software. Most of our affiliates operate IBM compatible machines as
there is more Fido compatible software available almost free of charge
for these type of machines.
2) A minimum of 2400 bps modem.
3) A system which is available 24-hours per day and is considered a
"Continuous Mail" system.
4) You cannot be operating a mandatory pay system. ParaNet(sm)
requires that all users have free access, although we do encourage a
user contribute a fee for access to our files library.
5) You do not have to have a FidoNet node number to join.
ParaNet(sm) assigns you a private network number, although you are
free to use your currently assigned number.
6) ParaNet affiliates may not carry adult-theme echoes in a public
area. This is our only requirement as far as "flavor" is concerned.
We do not feel that this type of BBS represents our image well.
7) You must provide a separate and unique ParaNet(sm) area on your
BBS. If you subscribe to our file service, you must also provide a
separate files area for the ParaNet(sm) section. We do not allow any
mixing of our areas with other subjects or interests.
8) Our affiliates must be over the age of 18 years of age.
9) We have two levels of membership. One is free and the other
requires a small investment. They are:
a) Conference Affiliate: Under this program, you are under no
obligation to join. You will be provided with all of our echo
conferences. From time-to-time, we upload a file to the message area,
however you do not receive our files library, nor do you receive new
files as they become available to us.
b) Full-service Affiliate: Under this program, you receive all
of our echo conferences, our comprehensive files library and a
subscription to our bi-monthly news magazine, The Continuum. The fee
for this is $500.00 and $100.00 per year. The files library is
contained on disks formatted to your choice, in either 3.5 or
5.25 floppy. You also receive new files as they become available to
us. To apply for this status, fill out the additional enclosed application
and mail it with your check made payable to ParaNet.
Please direct your signed application to:
Michael Corbin
ParaNet(sm)
P.O. Box 172
Wheatridge, CO 80034-0172
=============================[CUT HERE]===============================
APPLICATION TO BECOME PARANET AFFILIATE
Name:_____________________________________________________
Address:__________________________________________________
City:________________________________State:______Zip:____________
Telephone:( )________________
Occupation:_______________________________________________
Date of Birth:____________________
Do you operate a BBS?________________
If yes, name:_____________________________________________
Data Telephone:( )_________________
Type of Computer:__________________________________________
Type and Speed of Modem:___________________________________
Present BBS and mailer software:___________________________
Disk Storage:_____________Mbytes
How long have you operated a BBS?__________________________
List all network addresses, including CompuServe:__________
___________________________________________________________
Are you presently a member of any UFO organization?________
If yes, please list them:__________________________________
Have you ever seen what you thought was a UFO?_____________
If yes, list details:______________________________________
___________________________________________________________
Given the amount of spare time you have, what do you feel you
could do to participate in the network outside of computer
activity?__________________________________________________
Do you program?____________________
If yes, what languages:____________________________________
Please describe your interest in the phenomenon:___________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
What talents do you possess that would be beneficial to our
organization?______________________________________________
Please describe what you feel the phenomenon represents:___
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
Indicate which level of participation you are interested in:
Conference Affiliate (non-paying affiliate):_____
Full-service Affiliate ($500.00 sign-up fee):________
Which format do you wish your disks to be in?________________
[Note: Full-service Affiliates must accompany this application with a
check for $500.00 made payable to ParaNet]
Thank you for your interest in ParaNet(sm). You will be notified of
your acceptance and network assignment.
=======================================================================

8099
textfiles.com/ufo/paralazar.ufo Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

183
textfiles.com/ufo/paranoia.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
International UFO Reporter (IUR) - Jan/Feb/1989 - Editorial
-----------------------------------------------------------
Published by the J. Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS)
2457 West Peterson Avenue, Chicago, Illinois, 60659
---------------------------------------------------------------
Editorial: Paranoia
---------
by Jerome Clark
The late Gray Barker, who trafficked in publications
chronicling contactee adventures, men in black and sinister
cover-ups of various sorts, was fond of saying that nothing
sells like paranoia. Every time he had a new product to move,
he pitched it in language that spoke to the most elemental
fears of his customers, many of them certain that their
knowledge of the world's deepest secrets (the hollowness of
the earth, for example) would bring enforcers from the Silence
Group to their doorstep any day. Barker himself wrote the all-
time paranoid title, "They Knew Too Much About Flying Saucers."
Its easy to laugh. Other people's paranoia is always funny.
But what of our own?
These days, paranoia - or anyway, deep suspicion; perhaps
there is a difference - seems in style. This time the inspiration
is the ongoing, ever un-resolved MJ-12 dispute. The spectrum of
paranoia ranges from the mild (and probably defensible) to the
pathological (as in see your psychiatrist). Fortunately the latter
has afflicted few on the sober side of ufology, but it is running
rampant on the wild side. Since the early 1950s contactee believers
have maintained that ETs are here to serve man - that is, to offer
to help us. Now a new school of unhinged types claims the ETs are
here to serve man, by which they mean offering us up as helpings,
presumably in some cosmic McDonald's. Anyone who believes this (and
to note the obvious - that not a shred of evidence supports this
strange and sick reading of the UFO data - is to dignify it in a
way it does not deserve) has, let's not mince words, cracks in his
pot.
In the sane world, where it is not generally held that the U.S.
government is covering up knowledge of man-eating aliens, paranoia
manifests in speculation and rumour about the "true" nature of the
MJ-12 briefing paper. The operating assumption is that it is not
what it purports to be, a summary prepared for President-elect
Eisenhower to inform him that the earth is being visited by extra-
terrestrials, two of whose craft have crashed on North American
soil. The questions being raised are these:
Who wrote the document, if Adm. Hillenkoetter (the ostensible
author) didn't? Was it a well-informed nastily-clever ufologist
putting one over on his gullible colleagues? Was it intelligence-
agency personnel disseminating disinformation, either to hide real
UFO secrets or to confuse the Soviets? Or - at the top of the
paranoia hit parade - was it a ufologist consciously working in
collusion with intelligence agents? If this last is true, just
whom can we trust?
This week, as I write these words, I have heard serious charges
leveled against two prominent figures in ufology. These charges were
made by individuals who went to some length to list their reasons for
entertaining suspicions that they acknowledge sound crazy. I am sure
the ufologists at the receiving end of these accusations (which
allege that they are collaborating with intelligence agencies
involved in the cover-up) will be able to defend themselves and to
explain the actions deemed suspicious. The mere fact that such
accusations are being made by noncranks, however, illustrates how
perilous UFO inquiry has become in the MJ-12 era.
By "perilous" I do not mean, of course, that anybody need fear
for his life because he Knows Too Much About Flying Saucers (a
conceit that, though widespread, has always done more to massage
ufologists' egos than to truly frighten them). I refer instead to
the problem of thinking through rationally what we may be up against,
given the reality of a cover-up. (And there is a cover-up; if there
were not, the U.S. government would have told us by now what it
recovered in New Mexico in July 1947. We know that it was not a
weather balloon and we know the recoverers knew that, too.)
One need not be a textbook-case paranoid or a conspiracy nut
to recognize that yes, governments, even democratic ones, have
secrets and ways of keeping them. They have intelligence agencies
and, among their other tasks, these agencies' personnel track the
spread of sensitive information, including rumours of same. They
have established methods of dealing with leaks. In dictatorships
leakers are easily dealt with: they're killed or sent off to remote
gulags. In a democracy such as the United States, if outright treason
is not involved, its trickier. Generally the worst that happens is
that the leaker, if his name is known, loses his job. Beyond that,
the official agency involved will vigorously deny the accuracy of
the information being leaked and hope that journalists covering
the story will be gulled into believing the denial.
Few ufologists are aware that in the United States it is
illegal for official agencies or individuals to circulate dis-
information for domestic consumption. We all know, of course,
that officials, including Presidents, break the law. They usually
don't bet by with it, as witness such episodes as Watergate and
the Iran-contra fiasco. The reason they don't get by with it is
that Congress, prosecutors and the press are watching them. That's
why there was an uproar, a year or two ago, when the Wall Street
Journal fell victim to a disinformation scam that reported, falsely,
that the U.S. government was about to bomb Libya again. The story
was circulated for psychological purposes; the idea was to scare
the Libyan government. A 'Journal' foreign correspondent picked up
the story and made the mistake of taking it seriously. When the
truth came out, the Reagan administration was severely criticized
and forced to give assurances that nothing like this would happen
again.
In the context of the UFO controversy, however, it is
undeniably true that a different set of rules apply. It is an
article of faith among this country's opinion-making elite (New
York Times, CBS News, Time, Science, et al) that people who
believe in UFOs are all screwballs, since UFOs do not exist.
Nothing that happens among UFO believers could conceivably be of
any significance except to readers fo the "National Enquirer".
That being the case, UFO "evidence" is of no interest whatever,
regardless of the amount of documentation or quality of witnesses.
Because there are no UFOs, there cannot be a cover-up of important
information about them. Therefore any testimony that claims the
contrary need not be heeded.
In other words, the field is open to any government agency to
play any game it feels it need to play. The watchdogs aren't just
sleeping on the job; they're not even on the job. "The New York
Times" and the "Washington Post" have never heard of the Roswell
incident, much less dispatched investigative reporters to look
into it. Supremely smug and blind, they will not know if laws are
being broken by official persons keeping UFO secrets; anybody who
says they are need only be referred to "Skeptical Inquirer", or a
psychiatrist, to get his head straightened.
It is not true as a general principle, the cliche notwith-
standing, that secrets can't be kept. But it has to be especially
easy to keep UFO secrets, since nobody except ufologists, who have
no influence and only limited resources, is looking for them. (In
the 1970s famous investigative journalist Seymour Hersh made a point
of telling "Rolling Stone" that he doesn't do "flying saucer stories
.") Nor, consequently, is anybody looking to see if federal laws are
being violated by keepers of UFO secrets. Any ufologist who says his
phone is being tapped or that intelligence personnel are circulating
domestic UFO disinformation is, well, just another paranoid, a harm-
less version of the guy who tells police that space aliens ordered
him to shoot his mother.
What is truth? a famous man asked. Two thousand years later we
ask, what is paranoia? Well, it's certainly no delusion, no purely
subjective phenomenon. A fear or suspicion that has no demonstrably
objective basis is paranoia. That makes the fear that the CIA
assassinates ufologists paranoia, but it does not do the same for
the suspicion that intelligence agencies are doing other things to
ufologists. We know that both active-duty and retired spook types
have told ufologists hair-raising tales about EBEs in government
custody. There is no independent reason to believe these stories
are true, but what's important for the moment is that they're being
told by the individuals who are telling them. We also know that
some ufologists have interacted, sometimes in curious ways, with
these individuals.
What is going on far away from the scrutiny of the usual
establishment watchdogs? And what is the reason for it? It must
surely mean that ufologists are on to something, otherwise why
the attention? But where do reasonable questions end and crazy
fantasies begin? Beyond the richly-documented Roswell incident,
we have no real evidence of what the government may or may not
know, what it may or may not be concealing. That leaves us open
to any credentialed liar who comes along - if we are foolish
enough to take him at his word, that is.
Under the circumstances, given the bewildering and bizarre
nature of events in recent years, a certain degree of paranoia
(provided that it be mild and containable) is inevitable. Any
more that a mild degree, however, need an antidote. I suggest
laughter. What's ahead of us, as we work our way through Roswell
and beyond, is not going to be easy to get to, but lunatic fears,
we can be sure, will take us only to never-neverland.


118
textfiles.com/ufo/paulasc.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
The UFO phenomena has been with us for a long time. In the Bible
you can read of Ezekiel's encounter with one that he calls a
vision (Ezekiel 1:1). Perhaps it was a vision, perhaps not. If
it was a vision, I find it interesting that Ezekiel could
conceptualize such a flying craft as he described considering the
state of technology available at that time. Nevertheless, we
shall never know if it was in fact a real machine or a vision.
We view stories such as this as myth or legend.
If we were to find some writings from some other ancient and
extinct culture that told of an encounter similar to Ezekiel's;
we probably would not call it 'a fact that lends credibility to
Ezekiel's encounter as something real and not imagined." We
would probably say it was a 'perpetuation of a myth'.
There are many writings and glyphics from ancient civilizations
such as Sumerian, Babylonian, Akkadian, Hittite, Incan and Mayan
that tell of or depict men whose home is in the heavens and the
unusual "boats" or "chariots" they use to travel back and forth
between the Earth and heavens. Is it just coincidence that man
needs to creates these similar myths? Or have these stories
simply been passed along from one civilization to another even
somehow crossing the Atlantic to South America? Or did something
real and physical happen to these civilizations?
There is enough evidence available to support either the myth or
the fact. It all depends on how you want to view the evidence. We
can't provide any definite, indisputable evidence since the
peoples who wrote these stories are no longer with us. So it's up
to each of us, individually, to examine the evidence for
ourselves and reach our own conclusions.
In UFOlogy today, we hear reports that tell us that the UFOs are
controlled by evil, four foot tall, gray skinned aliens who
mutilate cattle and abduct humans. We also hear the UFOs are
piloted by an intelligence that is benevolent and only wants us
to mature and evolve into a higher state of consciousness.
I don't think we could ask for nor create, two more diverse
extremes. These extremes create an umbrella under which all UFO
speculations reside.
Many of us here share a common bond, or, put more precisely, a
common question. That is: what is truth to these UFOs?
One truth I can say with reasonable confidence is that the
majority of people have never had, nor ever will have a true UFO
experience. This is unfortunate because it's always nice to be
able to have a large number of people at your side when you're
trying to prove something. So how does one go about proving the
existence of something as elusive as UFO's?
If you've had a UFO experience, whether good or bad, I'd say
that would probably be a pretty darned good convincer. But is
your experience enough to convince some stranger as to the
reality of UFO's? How would you feel if after having a UFO
encounter you were laughed at by everyone you told? I think it
would take your self esteem down a few notches and I don't think
you would talk about it anymore.
Why are people so prone to laugh at those who claim to have UFO
encounters? I think it's because our society encourages critical
thinking and discourages abstract thought except in the fine arts
where abstract thought is appreciated. There are also people who
will con, rob and cheat you so it's necessary for us to keep our
guard up. Sad commentary, but true.
Part of our society's foundation is built upon science. The
creations of our science permeate almost every aspect of our
lives every day. Our science has a proven track record and it's
been very good to us but because of this, we become more
dependent upon science, elevating it to almost a philosophy. Is
this good or bad? It should be noted that for a couple thousand
years that the Earth was flat and at the center of the solar
system. This was undeniable fact until one day the science of the
times proved it wrong and suddenly the Earth became spherical and
took it's rightful place in the solar system. All this means is
that science can make mistakes and science itself can evolve,
change and mature, and with it, the ideals of mankind.
When we bring all speculations covered by this UFO umbrella
under the lamp of science, what do we have to see? Not much.
The first thing science will do is to clean up these suppositions
by throwing out the ones our science can't deal with. The first
casualty will be the space brothers theory. Sorry, but there's no
room for it within our science. But is this proper? From the
viewpoint of our science, yes, no doubt about it. From the
viewpoint of UFOlogy in general, no, it's not fair, but that's
just the way it is.
It's just possible that our present science may be flawed, but
it's all we've got right now. Currently there are things going on
in the world of quantum mechanics and the implications read like
science fiction! But the science we have right now, today, is all
we've got and it is through this science we must rely to help us
solve the UFO mystery.
So although there are many "theories" about UFOs, the only ones
our science can deal with are the ones that are real, physical
and tangible and this is where we must get our science to
investigate. If we can get science to prove the existence of
UFOs, then score one for us. And there's always the possibility
that science will discover something that will help it change its
way of thinking and open up new realms to things which today are
laughed at.
Science seems to be governed by the process of natural selection.
What doesn't work dies, what does, prospers.
No matter what ones personal beliefs are, we must all encourage
science to continue to discover itself, to continue to evolve.
Because the truth is, as science evolves, so do we. I feel that
someday the things we call paranormal will all be explained by
science; but not the science we're familiar with today. I hope
that I'm around to see it.
Paul Faeder

213
textfiles.com/ufo/pbbwarn.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
From: Bill Cooper
To: All Serious UFO Researchers
Subject: WARNING: The new PROJECT BLUE BOOK
*************************************************************
WARNING....WARNING....WARNING....WARNING....WARNING...WARNING
*************************************************************
First let me give you my background so that you can evaluate this
communication as any good investigator should always do.
United States Air Force 61-65 1) Strategic Air Command
United States Navy 65-75 1) USS Tiru (SS-416),
2) USS Tombigbee (AOG-11)
3) Naval Security & Intelligence Group, Camp Carter, RVN (Vietnam
4) (Operational Investigation)
Uss Charles Berry (DE-1035)
Reported to ONI
5) Staff, CINCPACFLT (Member Intelligence Briefing Team)
(POIC Pacific Fleet Command Center) Reported to ONI
NOTE! During my stint at CINCPACFLT (Commander in Chief Pacific Fleet) I held
a TOP SECRET SI security clearance (the highest at that time I thought until I
saw the highest). I saw and handled every message and or communication which
was sent or received during my watch. As a member of the briefing team it was
my job to compile information and help brief the top brass including
CINCPACFLT every morning on all events which happened during the last 24
hours. I can safely say that I know things that you cannot even imagine. If
you think that the government and or the military is honest with you then you
are without any doubt a fool. They could never be completely honest even if
they wanted. I really wish I could explain but I cannot ever do it.
Since leaving the military I have worked with several civilian
organizations which are connected with the Defense Intelligence Network. It
would not be smart for me to divulge their names or function. Suffice it to
say that they exist and I worked for them.
I left the Intelligence community in 1980. I attended college in Long
Beach, California where I obtained a Degree in Photography. For 3 years I
owned and operated ABSOLUTE IMAGE, a gallery and studio of Fine Art
Photography. I sold this business and joined the Education Business.
Airco Technical Institute Admissions Representative
Adelphi Business College Executive Director
UES Corporate Marketing Executive
Pacific Coast Tech Executive Director
NOTE! Just recently I was visited by Intelligence Officers and accused of
attempting to make known information concerning UFOs that had come into my
hands during my military ser vice and specifically concerning MJ-12, Majic,
Aquarius, UFO, Bluefly, Moondust, Snowbird, and others. Allegations which I
(of course) flatly denied. This took place the day after a lengthy phone
conversation with Stanton Freidman. Other things happened which made me decide
not to play with these people and from my military experience I knew I could
not win. I cannot ever divorce myself from the Intelligence co mmunity or my
obligations to them. Th e consequences would be very grave indeed for me and
those who rely upon me. I wish to make it very clear that I am absolutely
loyal to the United States and do not desire to do anything which would
endanger the National security. I also have an obligation to mankind and the
earth and will try in every LEGAL way that I can find to expose what I know to
be a cover-up of the true facts by the U.S. Government and Military
establishment.
*************************************************************
WARNING....WARNING....WARNING....WARNING....WARNING...WARNING
*************************************************************
When I read the introductory letter from The New Project Blue Book several
things leapt out from the page. The first was "Inspired, and name-approved,
by the United States Air Force". The Air Force has no interest in
investigating any UFOs except for the ones the y have under lock and key and
the only purpose the New Project Blue Book could have is to function as a GREY
DISINFORMATION OPERATION. It can only be a PSYOP (psychological operation)
aimed at the whole population. The second thing, after I recovered from the
first shock was the name "Project Blue Book". This term is already familiar
to the American people and is commonly accepted as "the official UFO
investigative arm of the United States Air Force" (Government). The third was
"are sworn to uphold any secret, or sensitive, information, which comes to our
attention in the search for the UFO information, and to with-hold any
information which could be considered to be detrimental to the security of our
country". Secrecy is the whole reason that nothing every comes to light and
every trail leads to a dead end. The fourth was "Therefore, any source may
feel free to offer information to this office and know that the information
will be confidential, and reporter -anonymous". Thes is guaranteed to prevent
anyone from c hecking the facts behind and Blue Book finding. The fi fth
striking revelation was "The new Project Blue Book is not an Air Force-funded
agency, but is, by design, a civilian agency-of former military personnel". I
have worked for several civilian agencys-of former military personnel and in
every instance they were an extension of the Defense intelligence network.
(Did any of you listen to the Iran- Contra hearings, for example?) All of this
was in the introductory letter.
The release held even more surprises. The first paragraph alludes that it is
not only "name approved" but is "the United States Air Force Investigative Arm
for Unidentified Flying Objects (UFO's)" which has been "reorganized". This
is a blatent attemp to mislead the American people into thinking that the New
Project Blue Book is in fact the original PBB which has only been reorganized.
The last part of the sentence includes a statement that must be a Freudian
slip of colossal nature and reads "comprised of (but not limited to), present
and former, Air Force and other U. S. government AGENC Y personnel".
(Emphasis mine) The term Agency personnel is almost exclusively reserved to
mean Intelligence community or Intelligence agents and is similar to the CIA
use of the word Company. The last sentence states that they "will study
future UFO sighting reports, but devote further indepth studies of the older,
classic, sighting reports". Otherwise termed diversionary tactics.
Paragraph 2 seems to be innocent enough but continues on a diversionary note.
Paragraph 3 is revealing also. "will be directed by industrialist Bill Pitts,
a veteran investigator for all (all?) civilian UFO organizations and various
government agencies". What Government agencys were investigating UFOs and why
does the Government denie it if Mr. Pitts does not? Again a deversionary
statement "team will re-evaluate the older reports" etc.
Paragraph 4 continues with "earlier sarcer-era sighting reports". Why the
obsession with the old stuff when the most grea test flap in history is taking
place right now?
Paragraph 5 is potentialy the most dangerous and could result in the loss of
hard evidence and exposure to the Intelligence community of anyone who wished
to step forward and reveal info from government service. The appeal to those
type people seems to be designed to accomplish just that end. For example the
loss of metal samples taken from the Zamorra- Soccoro landing site.
Bryon Smith's ending letter also has some nice tidbits. "Bill.......has
decided to make Paranet his Comput er Link information system." With Jim
Spiese r's permission I hope. Paranet is now an official disinformation
disemination facility and AFOSI and NSA are laughing their heads off.
Also in this ending letter is the statement, "I will not quote his words here
concerning a subject that is all ready sensational and highly controversial",
which is a direct reference to the MJ-12 and or Lear (which is 50%
corroboration of MJ-12) material and divulges the entire mission of the new
Project Blue Book.
With the Air Force approved name Project Blue Book, Ai r Force cooperation,
investigation of the old classic cases, appeal for hard evidence and release
of the "gag restriction" but only with PBB, and ridicule of the MJ-12
investigation along with who knows what else, AFOSI and NSA has pulled off a
coup of monumental proportions. In the public's eye They will now become the
official Air Force spokesman (meaning for the government) and the rest of us
will be fringe loonies. If you doubt this then you do not know the Ame rican
people. They will listen only to th e constituted authority which is Project
Blue Book.
The Intelligence Officer who dreamed this up and made it a reality is a genius
and should receive a promotion (he/she probably will). If Ufologists fall for
it they are dead and so is our only hope of ever solving this phenomenon.
Going after MJ-12 is the answer. I know this to be true but I cannot reveal
to you what I know or how I know. I checked with my contacts within the
Intelligence Community and my assesment of the new Project Blue Book is right
on. Those of you who also have Intelligence contacts are encouraged to
verify.
I encourage you to read my background again now before reading the next
paragraph then I encourage you to read the next paragraph very carefully.
I firmly believe that the U.S. Government has in its possession several craft
which are commonly described as UFOs or Flying Saucers. I firmly believe that
The U.S. Government has in its possession several bodies of Alien beings
called EBE's. I firmly believe that one of these craft along with the
bodies was recovered from a small Island off the Norwegian coast during the
70's. I firmly believe that the first ones were recovered in this country
from New Mexico and that this incident resulted in the establishment of MJ-12
to oversee the proper usage of the discovery and to maintain absolute secrecy.
I firmly believe that attempts were made in New Mexico to fly recovered discs
and may have been successful. I firmly believe that other craft have been
recovered in the United States and in other countries. I firmly believe that
the MJ-12 material contained in the Lear text is correct. I have no knowledge
whatsoever of the other material contained in the Lear text but believe that
in light of the MJ-12 documents and the reputation of Mr. Lear that it should
be investigated and not dismissed out of hand. I firmly believe that the
original Project Blue Book was a diversionary tactic to passify the
population. I firmly believe that the condon report was a setup to justify
the demise of the original Project Blue Book and lay the issue to rest. I
firmly believe that the issue did not die as planned. I firmly believe that
part of the Intelligence Community would like to expose MJ-12 but the majority
does not. I firmly believe that the research and ultimate release of the
MJ-12 documents by the research team of Moore, Shandera, and Freidman hit the
target dead center and the Intelligence Network is seriously concerned. I
firmly believe that the new Project Blue Book is a brilliant scheme
implemented as a diversionary tactic to again pacify the population and
relegate everyone else to the unofficial or fringe loonie catagory. I have
great admiration for the person or persons who created the concept. All of
the above constitutes my personal and private belief in the matter of UFOs and
Flying Saucers. Any response to, or questions regarding this document should
be posted on the message board of Paranet Alpha or Compuserve E-mail.
Bill Cooper
They do me wrong who say I come no more When once I knock and fail
to find you in; For every day I stand outside your door And bid you
wake, and rise to fight and win.


497
textfiles.com/ufo/phobos.fs Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
FACT SHEET: PHOBOS DYNAMICS EXPERIMENT
SUMMARY
American space scientists and NASA's Deep Space Network
(DSN) are participating in scientific activities of the USSR's
Phobos mission to study Mars and its satellite Phobos in 1989.
Two Soviet Phobos spacecraft were launched in July 1988 and
scheduled to arrive at Mars in January 1989. Contact with one
spacecraft was lost in early September. The other was put in an
equatorial orbit, to be carefully stepped down toward the orbit
of Phobos, the inner moon of Mars, to permit a very slow and
close flyby encounter with that body. The rendezvous and
deployment of landers on the moon are planned for March/April
1989. The Phobos orbiter carries a lander and a mobile "hopper"
which can make measurements at several sites on the moon's
surface.
The DSN, which is operated by the California Institute of
Technology's Jet Propulsion Laboratory for NASA, will help Soviet
ground stations maintain radio contact with the lander on the
surface of Phobos, and will help measure Phobos's positions and
motions. This supports the Phobos Dynamics Experiment, in which
U.S. scientists have a major role.
Making these measurements with sufficient precision, over an
extended period, can help scientists working on several different
problems: the rotation and internal makeup of the moon Phobos
itself, the gravitational field and interior of Mars, the
relation of Mars and other planets to a precise and distant frame
of reference based on quasars, the masses of passing asteroids,
and aspects of gravity itself. Using a transponder aboard the
lander, the DSN will conduct two-way doppler, ranging, and very
long baseline interferometry (VLBI) passes to permit precise
calculation of the orbit and its location in space, working with
scientists from France and the Soviet Union. In addition to the
Dynamics Experiment measurements, the DSN will help collect
lander telemetry for other experimenters and has helped provide
navigation information on the way to Phobos.
Radio contact with the Phobos lander is complicated by the
fact that it and its radio antenna will be fixed to the moon,
which is rotating and orbiting rapidly. The need to conserve the
lander's electric power also limits communication periods.
Engineers estimate that one or more Earth stations will be able
to communicate with the Phobos lander for only about 17 minutes
out of each 7-1/2-hour rotation period.
In the framework of the 1987 U.S./USSR space cooperation
agreement, a number of U.S. scientists are participating in
scientific experiments of the mission. The two orbiters and
three landers were launched carrying instruments supporting about
35 experiments in all, and scientists from about a dozen nations
are working on them.
PHOBOS, DEIMOS AND MARS
Phobos is the larger and inner of the two satellites of the
planet Mars. Deimos, the other satellite, is one-fifth as
massive and orbits more than twice as far from Mars as Phobos.
Both satellites are irregular in shape, dark gray in color
and rather low in density; both are covered with impact craters.
They have nearly circular, equatorial orbits, and their rotations
are locked to their orbital motions, so that each always turns
the same face to Mars, as the Moon does to Earth.
Phobos's orbit is slowly decaying, spiraling in towards
Mars, so that Martian tidal forces may overcome the satellite's
own gravity and break Phobos up into rings like Saturn's, perhaps
within 50 million years. Deimos may, like our Moon, be slowly
spiraling outward.
Their densities, color and size suggest that Phobos and
Deimos may be similar to carbonaceous chondrites, perhaps the
most primitive type in the asteroid belt. The Martian moons may
be asteroids captured long ago by Mars's gravitational field.
Mars is the outermost, coldest, next-to-smallest, least
dense and (except for Earth) most explored of the four
terrestrial planets of the solar system. Its surface is highly
diverse, with impact craters, inactive volcanoes, lava flows,
polar caps which change with the seasons, and features suggesting
wind and water erosion.
Mars has a thin, relatively clear atmosphere, composed
mostly of carbon dioxide, with a surface pressure less than one
percent of Earth's. From time to time, as in mid-1988, gigantic
dust storms rage across its deserts. Mars has the largest known
extinct volcano (Olympus Mons), and the largest known canyon
(Valles Marineris) in the solar system. Variations in its
gravitational field indicate irregularities in density within the
planet. The surface composition appears to be dominated by
quartz (common sand) and iron-oxide minerals. Water cannot long
exist in liquid form (depending on temperature at the low
pressure, it would either freeze or evaporate at once) and
appears to be rare in any form.
The orbital motions of Mars and the Earth interact in such a
way that Mars passes close to the Earth, and in opposition
relative to the Sun, every 780 days or about 26 months. Because
of the eccentricity of Mars's orbit, the distance at opposition
varies from more than 60 million miles to less than 37 million
miles, as occurred in September 1988.
PREVIOUS MISSIONS TO MARS
Exploration of Mars with unmanned spacecraft began with the
1964-65 flight of Mariner 4, which sent back some 20 close-up
images of the cratered surface, together with atmospheric density
measurements and other planetary data, during and after its July
15, 1965 flyby encounter. The eleventh of these images, which
showed Moon-like craters, forever ended the romantic myth of Mars
as an Earthlike, fully developed but dying planet. Instead it
revealed at least a part of Mars's surface to be primordial,
little changed since early in solar system history.
In August 1969 Mariner 6 and 7 flew past Mars, collecting
two series of global images during the approach phase as well as wide-
and narrow-angle close-ups, mostly of cratered regions, and data
on atmospheric and polar-cap composition and surface temperature.
Minimum-energy opportunities to fly to Mars occur about
every 26 months; the launch opportunity occurs a few months
before, and the corresponding arrival at Mars a few months after,
each opposition, the point when Mars is approximately opposite
the Sun in our skies.
During the 1971 opportunity Mariner 9, the first Mars
orbiter, began its global investigation of the planet, while the
Soviet Union sent Mars 2 and Mars 3, each consisting of an
orbiter and a lander. However, a planet-wide dust storm obscured
nearly all the surface for several weeks after the spacecraft
arrived, and Mars 2 and 3 obtained very little useful scientific
data from orbit or surface.
Mariner 9 was able to wait out the storm, and continued
operations until late October 1972. It mapped the whole globe,
most of it at about 2- to 4-kilometer (approximately 1- to 2-
mile) resolution, and obtained images of Phobos and Deimos from
as close as 5,600 kilometers (about 3,500 miles). Mariner 9's
12-hour, elliptical orbit had a closest point 1,300 to 1,600
kilometers (about 800 to 1,000 miles) above the surface and was
tilted 64 degrees from the equator, permitting global and
especially polar coverage, but limiting satellite opportunities.
The 7,300 images collected by Mariner 9 revealed the variety
of terrain types on Mars, going far beyond the impact craters
which dominate the regions observed earlier. The pictures show
Deimos and Phobos to be small, irregular and dark, as expected,
and marked with many craters.
In the 1973 opportunity the USSR sent four more spacecraft,
two orbiters and two landers; the Mars 5 orbiter acquired about
70 images comparable to those of Mariner 9, and the Mars 6 lander
sent atmospheric descent data and reached the surface.
Viking 1 and Viking 2, launched in August and September
1975, entered inclined, near-synchronous elliptical orbits in
June and August 1976. Their surface stations landed on Mars on
July 20 and September 3 of that year. The two orbiters and two
landers supported comprehensive research and observation
programs, lasting until April 1980 in the case of Viking Orbiter
2 and November 1982 in the case of Viking Lander 1.
The landers completed extensive visual, physical, chemical
and biochemical analyses of the surrounding areas and weather,
and of materials within reach. The orbiters re-surveyed Mariner
9's territory at higher resolution, with extensive use of color,
and observed changes since Mariner 9 in 1972 and within the 1976-
80 Viking survey period. Their orbits were altered at various
times after the landings in order to "walk" around the equator,
to fly closer to the surface for improved resolution, and to
bring Viking Orbiter 1 within about 90 kilometers (55 miles) of
Phobos and Viking Orbiter 2 within 25 kilometers (15 miles) of
Deimos.
The Mariner projects and large parts of the Viking project
were managed or carried out for NASA by the Jet Propulsion
Laboratory. Project Viking was managed by NASA's Langley
Research Center.
Scientific data from the Mariner and Viking explorations of
Mars were shared with the international scientific community and
especially with Soviet space scientists as they undertook the
planning and development of the 1988 Phobos mission. This
included the latest ephemeris of Phobos, which locates the moon
relative to Mars within about 10 kilometers (6 miles), based on
Mariner and Viking images. The Phobos project will improve this
accuracy tenfold, using new spacecraft images, before attempting
rendezvous and landings.
Future Mars missions include the U.S. Mars Observer,
scheduled for launch in August 1992 and Mars orbital operations
from August 1993 through July 1995, and a planned USSR lander
mission in the 1994 opportunity.
PHOBOS MISSION
On July 7 and July 12, 1988, the Soviet Union launched two
nearly identical 13,700-pound Phobos spacecraft aboard four-stage
Proton launch vehicles from Baikonur Cosmodrome near Tyuratam in
the southern part of the USSR.
The Phobos spacecraft were scheduled to arrive at Mars on
January 25 and 29, 1989, after 480-million-kilometer (300-
million-mile) flights taking them two-fifths of the way around
the Sun. During the interplanetary cruise phase they were to
observe and measure the Sun and the space environment,
communicating results to Earth about every five days. In late
September, the first spacecraft was found to be out of
communication with Earth, apparently the result of a command
error. It has not been recovered. The other, duplicating most
of the sensors and carrying a lander and the hopper, was put in
Mars orbit January 29.
The initial Mars orbit, swinging in to 875 kilometers 540
miles) above the surface and back out to about 80,000 kilometers
(50,000 miles) every 77 hours, was maintained for about ten days.
Then, at intervals of several weeks, giving time for observation
and study of Mars and the local environment and careful tracking
of Phobos, the spacecraft was to be maneuvered through three more
orbits, the last of which is circular, equatorial, and only about
30 kilometers (20 miles) beyond that of the tiny moon.
Throughout the orbital phase, the spacecraft will record its
scientific and engineering data for transmission to Earth about
every three days.
From this close circle, armed with precise observations and
calculations of the relative positions and motions of the moon
and the spacecraft Phobos, controllers will fly the craft down
for a contour-following close flyby about 50 meters
(approximately 150 feet) from the surface, at about 7 to 15
kilometers per hour (5 to 10 miles per hour). At the end of this
20-minute survey, the Phobos spacecraft will deploy a 110-pound
Long-Duration Lander (expected to operate for about a year), and
the 112-pound "hopper" (limited by its battery life of a few
hours). Then it will return to its 6,000-kilometer (3,700-mile)
circular orbit above Mars.
The "hopper" is a mobile instrument package which uses
spring-loaded legs to jump 20 yards at a time to examine several
surface locations.
PHOBOS SPACECRAFT
Weighing nearly seven tons at launch and spanning about 9
meters (30 feet) when solar panels are unfolded, the Phobos
spacecraft is the newest generation of the Soviet planetary
series used in previous Mars and Venus missions. The design is
built around a large toroid or doughnut shape topped by a
cylinder containing most of the electronics, with antennas, solar
panels and scientific sensors mounted outside. Much of the
initial mass is devoted to the orbital rocket system which
propels it into Mars orbit, does subsequent maneuvers, and then
is separated.
The spacecraft is normally stabilized relative to the Sun
and the star Canopus, and is gyro-controlled during maneuvers.
Electric power is supplied by solar cells and rechargeable
batteries.
SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS
Eleven European nations, the European Space Agency, the
United States and the Soviet Union are participating in 37
experiments as part of the Phobos mission. The experiments are
designed to study Phobos, Mars, the Sun and the interplanetary
environment.
In addition to remote sensing devices such as imaging,
spectrometers, radiometers and radar, Phobos will use lasers and
ion beams to analyze surface materials. The landers and the
"hopper" will perform various on-site analyses; radiation and
particle detectors, plasma instruments, and magnetometers will
monitor the space environment; and the Dynamics Experiment, in
which the U.S. scientists play a major role, will use the lander-
to-Earth radio link to examine the motion of Phobos for
gravitational effects.
NASA/JPL PARTICIPATION AND SUPPORT
As part of the U.S./USSR cooperation in solar system
exploration under the 1987 U.S./USSR space cooperation agreement,
NASA participates in the Phobos mission in a number of ways. A
major investigation called the Dynamics Experiment, developed
largely by a U.S. scientist, will use precision ranging and very
long baseline interferometry (VLBI) with the Phobos lander,
together with data from the lander's sun sensor. A team of U.S.
scientists will participate in this experiment, which represents
the major U.S. involvement in the Phobos mission.
To conduct this experiment and provide supplementary support
to the other lander experiments, the Deep Space Network, operated
for NASA by the Jet Propulsion Laboratory, will conduct more than
200 telemetry, ranging and VLBI passes with the lander during the
mission's lifetime. The compatibility of lander communications
equipment with the DSN was verified on the ground before launch,
and the system was tested in flight as well.
Under the same agreement, NASA has named ten U.S. scientists
to participate as guest investigators or interdisciplinary
investigators in the Phobos science activities; a like number of
Soviet scientists will participate in the U.S. Mars Observer
mission. NASA and JPL scientists and engineers also support the
Phobos mission by providing navigational data and analyses,
providing preflight and inflight data analysis to improve
knowledge of the ephemeris of the Martian satellite, helping the
Soviet scientists and specialists to achieve the Phobos
rendezvous and landings.
DEEP SPACE NETWORK
The NASA/JPL Deep Space Network (DSN) was established nearly
30 years ago, soon after the Jet Propulsion Laboratory became an
element of NASA. The network was designed to be, and has become,
a general spacecraft tracking facility for all NASA spacecraft
missions beyond Earth orbit, and for some Earth satellites as
well. NASA's Office of Space Operations is responsible for the
tracking and data acquisition for NASA spacecraft, and has
delegated DSN implementation and operations to JPL.
The DSN participated in the Pioneer, Ranger, Surveyor, Lunar
Orbiter, Apollo and Mariner series of flights, supported the
Viking Mars orbital and landing operations, and has been a part
of the continuing Voyager outer planets mission for more than a
decade.
International cooperation is a significant activity of the
DSN as well, exemplified by support to such missions as Helios,
AMPTE, the Vega/Venus balloons and the Halley's Comet
investigations conducted by the European Space Agency, the Soviet
Union and Japan.
The DSN has large tracking antennas situated around the
world to assure continuous communication with spacecraft en route
to the Moon and beyond. It is the only such sensitive, world-
wide facility in existence. Deep-space communication complexes
are located in Australia, 40 kilometers (25 miles) southwest of
Canberra; in Spain, 60 kilometers (37 miles) west of Madrid; and
in the California desert 72 kilometers (45 miles) northeast of
Barstow. Each complex includes four large parabolic dish
antennas: a 70-meter (230-foot) dish, two 34-meter (111-foot),
and a 26-meter (85-foot) antenna. They are equipped with
sensitive receivers and precise computer controls, and are
capable of sending and receiving signals at a number of frequency
bands used for spacecraft.
These stations are tied together and to the Network Control
Center at JPL in Pasadena and mission controllers in the U.S. and
overseas by a NASA ground communications facility of cable,
microwave and satellite links.
A total of about 1,100 people are employed by NASA, the
responsible agencies of Australia and Spain, and their
contractors to operate and maintain the DSN 24 hours per day, 365
days per year.
DYNAMICS EXPERIMENT
Planetary spacecraft carry sophisticated two-way radio
equipment to transmit their scientific observations to Earth and
receive commands from their mission controllers. These systems
also include navigation transponders for measuring the range and
velocity between spacecraft and Earth, permitting controllers to
calculate precisely where the craft is and where it is going and
to change course as needed.
This utilitarian system can also function as a huge
scientific instrument. Perturbations in the flight path, or in
the spacecraft's orbit around a planet, enable scientists to
chart the gravitational fields through which it flies. For
centuries, astronomers have used perturbations to discover new
planets through their influence on known ones, and to weigh them
by tracking their satellites. A spacecraft, which can be located
and tracked with great precision, makes an excellent probe for
this kind of research.
A radio astronomy technique called very long baseline
interferometry (VLBI) improves the navigation and scientific
value of the results by adding precise angular data and linking
the positions to a stable reference frame. Using two widely
separated radio telescopes linked and calibrated together,
scientists count radio wavelengths to measure the difference in
the distances from the spacecraft to the two stations; a
trigonometric calculation then gives the angle. Repeating the
measurement with a quasar (a natural, very distant radio source
whose position has been precisely determined), scientists can
precisely pin the spacecraft data to an absolute map of space.
In the Phobos mission, the lander, anchored to the Martian
moon Phobos, will do the probing. Scientists will be able to
chart three kinds of motion: that of Phobos around its own
center, Phobos's orbital motion around Mars, and the motion of
Mars in solar orbit, relative to the motions of the Earth
stations.
They will measure the libration, or wobbling, in the moon's
synchronous rotation as it orbits Mars with one end always
pointing down at the planet. For this part of the study, the
lander's sun-sensor data will be combined with the radio data.
The scientists will continue charting the global gravity
field of Mars, work begun by Mariner and Viking. They will also
look for tiny perturbations in the planet's orbit caused by
close-passing asteroids, to weigh those asteroids.
The accumulated data should also provide a test of the
theory that the universal gravitational constant is slightly and
slowly changing as the universe expands. Finally, they will
measure the gradual speeding-up and dropping-down motion of
Phobos as it falls toward Mars, a slow and inevitable decay that
may take 50 million years.
This Phobos Dynamics Experiment is led by Dr. Robert Preston
of JPL in collaboration with a team of investigators from JPL,
MIT, the French space agency CNES and the Soviet Union. The
experiment is supported by the Deep Space Network, whose
individual stations will do radio doppler and ranging and receive
telemetry from the landers, and pairs of whose ground stations
(for example, Madrid, Spain, and Goldstone, California) will make
VLBI measurements. The large 70-meter (230-foot) antennas will
maintain the links to the Phobos lander.
In order to test the system in flight, the Phobos project
installed transponders on the Phobos orbiters to simulate lander
radio systems, which will not be powered until after landing.
This additional weight reduced spacecraft propellant reserves
slightly, and in compensation NASA and JPL agreed to provide VLBI
and other navigation data support and analysis to the spacecraft
in flight, reducing the uncertainty in the Mars orbit-insertion
maneuvers and saving fuel.
JPL is also helping six other teams in Europe and the USSR
to calculate and update the ephemeris of Phobos from Earth-based
and spacecraft observations, further assisting the delicate
operation of meeting and overflying the tiny moon.
At JPL, the Phobos project manager is Dr. James A. Dunne,
and the tracking and data system manager is Marvin R. Traxler.
CHARACTERISTICS OF MARS, PHOBOS AND DEIMOS
Mars Phobos Deimos
Av. orbital radius (km) 227 mill 9,400 24,200
(mi) 141 mill 5,800 15,000
Orbital period 687 days 7hr 37m 30hr 18m
Rotation period 24hr 37m 7hr 37m 30hr 18m
Density (water = 1.0) 3.9 1.9 1.4
Mass, million million tons 600 mill 9 2
Diameter (maximum), km 6800 27 12
Albedo (sunlight reflected) 9-43% 6% 6%
Color reddish dark gray dark gray
PHOBOS SCIENTIFIC PAYLOAD
Orbiter
Multichannel CCD Cameras Bulgaria, E. Germany, USSR
Low-frequency Radar Sounder USSR
Gamma-Ray Spectrometer USSR
Neutron Spectrometer* USSR
Infrared Spectrometer France, USSR
Thermal IR Radiometer France, USSR
Infrared Spec/Radiometer USSR
Ion-Beam-Aided Analyzer Austria, Finland, France, USSR
Laser-Aided Mass Spectrometer Austria, Bulgaria, Czecho-
slovakia, E. and W. Germany,
Finland, USSR
Atmosphere Spectrometer France, USSR
Radar Ionosphere Analyzer USSR
Ion/Electron Mass Spec Finland, Sweden, USSR
Magnetometers (2) E. Germany, USSR
Austria, USSR
Plasma-Wave Analyzer Czechoslovakia, ESA, Poland,
USSR
Solar Wind Mass Spectrometer Austria, Hungary, W. Germany,
USSR
Proton/Alpha Spectrometer Austrua, Hungary, W. Germany,
USSR
High-E Solar Cosmic-Ray ESA, Hungary, W. Germany, USSR
Low-E Solar Cosmic-Ray Hungary, W. Germany, USSR
High-E Gamma-Ray Burst France, USSR
Low-E Gamma-Ray Burst France, USSR
Solar X-Ray/Coronagraph* Czechoslovakia, USSR
Solar X-Ray Spectrometer Czechoslovakia, USSR
Solar Extreme Ultraviolet* USSR
Solar-Constant Photometer ESA, France, Switzerland
Lander
TV Camera France, USSR
Penetrometer Sensors USSR
Seismometer USSR
X-Ray Fluorescence/Alpha W. Germany, USSR
Scattering Spectrometer
Celestial Mechanics/Dynamics USA, France, USSR
Libration monitor France, USSR
"Hopper"
X-Ray Fluorescence Spec USSR
Magnetometer USSR
Penetrometer, Dynamograph, USSR
Gravimeter
__________________
*Phobos 1 only (apparently no longer operating)
U.S. PHOBOS SCIENTISTS
Dynamics Experiment:
Robert A. Preston, JPL (Principal Investigator)
John D. Anderson, JPL
John M. Davidson, JPL
Ronald W. Hellings, JPL
Robert D. Reasenberg, Harvard-Smithsonian Center for
Astrophysics
Irwin I.Shapiro, Harvard-Smithsonian Center
James G. Williams, JPL
Charles F. Yoder, JPL
Guest Investigators and Interdisciplinary Scientists:
William V. Boynton, University of Arizona
Dale Cruikshank, Ames Research Center
Thomas C. Duxbury, JPL
Frazer Fanale, University of Hawaii
James W. Head, Brown University
Bruce C. Murray, California Institute of Technology
Andrew F. Nagy, University of Michigan
Norman F. Ness, Bartol Res. Inst., University of Delaware
Gary Olhoeft, U. S. Geological Survey
Bradford A. Smith, University of Arizona
#####
2-89 JW

123
textfiles.com/ufo/phobos2.ufo Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fido 304/1 N E X U S B B S 602-526-8025
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Sun: Flagstaff, Arizona, Sunday, April 16, 1989
By Paul Sweitzer
Sun Staff Reporter
"Soveit Failures Could Hurt Mars Quest"
AMerican scientists are carefully watching for signs of direction in the
Soviet Union's space program after failures of two unmanned efforts to probe
the Marian satellite Phobos.
The last of two attempted Russian probes of Phobos has been lost, Soviet space
scientists announced late last month. THe Soviets said they lost radio contact
with Phobos 2 days before it was to land on the Martian satellite. Phobos 1 was
lost in the summer of 1988 when a technician apparently threw a wrong switch
and simply shut the probe down.
Soviet hopes for launching a longterm exploration of Mars ther were pinned on
Phobos 2, which bbegan experiencing malfunctions and the was completely lost
from contact in the last week of March.
On March 29, Soviet space officials announced that Phobos 2 was " 99 percent
lost for good."
Two leading space scientists based in Flagstaff are amoung the Americans
watching with interest to see what direction the Soviet space program will
take. Further, they'll be watching the development of a whole new set of
political and social concerns inside the USSR.
Hugh Keiffer and Laurence Soderblom of the U.S. Geological Survey's Center for
Astrogeology in Flagstaff feel the two losses are a definite seback to Soviet
hopes for mounting long-term Marian exploration theough the remainder of this
century. It is exploration which would have culminated with a manned landing on
the red planet sometime in the first decade of the 21st Century.
Soderblom, who had been working with French scientists on an pexperimental
package on the lost Phobos flight and who had a tentative invitation to put an
experiment on a future Russian Mars flight, feels the past Soviet attitude
toward space has been severly altered as a result of internal political
changes.
Kieffer agrees, saying in former times the Soviets merely would have stepped up
their efforts to reach Mars in the wake of the failure. Today, he says, the
Soviet population has more Earthbound concerns and the space program may suffer
a setback, at least in terms of time.
Alost five years ago, the Soviets began unveiling plans for an ambitious
program of Mars exploration in private meetings with American space scientists.
AMericans were being quietly urged to take steps to join their own country with
that program.
In a 1987 visit to FLagstaff, two leading Soviet space scientists, Alexander
Basilevsky and Neon Armand, gave broad details of the program in an appearance
before faculty and students in the geology department at Norhtern Arizona
Universityu. That marker the first time the Soviets had discussed the program
publicly, wither inside or outside their own country.
The Soviet plan called for Martian flights possibly every two years and
certainly every four years -- times when Mars would be in the facorable
opposition to Earth -- through the end of this century. Exploration of Phobos
-- known as "the moon of mars" -- is a critical part of that program, since the
satellite possibly would be used as a launching platform for the final, manned
flight to the red planet.
Soderblom says there is a feeling in the American space science community the
Russians were in too much of a hurry; the two satellites lost were launched
without much thought to a system of checks and balances that might have
prevented such problems.
American scientists also point out that the USSR -- while having what amounts
to tremendous success in exploration of Venus -- have had a long, frustrating
line of failures where Mars is concerned.
"I'm hopefull that the RUssians will continue with their steady, progressive
effort in space exploration," Keiffer says. "But they have a new set of
national concerns that may make that difficult."
Soderblom agrees. He points out that recent political concerns in the Soviet
Union -- ethnic and national identity, a new political liberalization -- may
make the usual relentless exploration of space imppsoble for Soviet leaders.
"With the new political freedom in the Soviet Union," Soderblom says, "the
leader are liable to become more reactionary and liberal than in the past."
Soderblom and Kieffer both say the new political freedom in Russia is likely to
lead more to concentration on the quality of life on Earth rather than on the
exploration of space.
Keiffer says that because of recent agreements to exchange space information
with the U.S., the Soviets no longer perceive Americans as copmpetitors in
space exploration. The loss of that sense of competition, he says, could also
cause the Soviets to delay their Mars program.
Kieffer points out both America and the Soviet Union spend relatively little on
space exploration, when compared, for example, to what is spent on defense by
both countries. In the Soviet Union, he says, the people now might perceive the
program as being too expensive, as do many people in the U.S.
He is quick to add, however, that the space programs of both countries probably
have more unspoken popular supprt than political leaders on both sides have
perceived.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the UFO Enthusiast......
"From Outer Space"
Howard Meneger
Speaking of the "aliens"
"They say that no man can leave his planet with the purpose of conquoring and
controlling another world."
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fido 304/1 N E X U S B B S 602-526-8025
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


481
textfiles.com/ufo/photbelt.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
From: dmc@otto.uchicago.edu (Dave Cole)
Subject: The infamous photon belt
Date: Tue, 21 Feb 1995 02:59:33 GMT
All right, I'm sick of this. Unlike everyone else I've seen post, I
*am* an astronomer; I am with the University of Chicago and do studies
of star formation using measurements made in the far-infrared (60-200
micro-meters) part of the spectrum.
Mr Nanomius writes:
>
> 1. The photon belt is a huge torroid shaped object composed of photon
> light particles, first discovered by scientists in 1961 near the
> Pleiades via satellite instrumentation (p.27). This star system
> includes the nearby stars Atlas, Pleione, Asterope, Maia, Taygeta,
> Celaeno, Electra, Merope (diagram, p.29). The Pleiadian stars orbit
> around the central sun Alcyone. (From the diagram it appears that
> stars Pleione, Atlas, Merope, Taygeta, and Maia are inside the belt,
> although this may not be intended to be taken literally.) The
> Pleiades orbit around Alcyone 5.5 seconds of an arc per century
> (diagram, p.29). The earth/solar system and the photon belt are
> "moving toward each other" (p.28).
>
The Pleiades is at a distance of 410 light-years. Its motion with
respect to us can be broken into two components: along the line of
sight and transverse to the line of sight. The former is called
"radial velocity", the latter "proper motion". The radial velocity of
the Pleiades with respect to us is 4.5 miles/second in recession--that
is, the Sun and the Pleiades are moving *away* from each other. The
proper motion of the Pleiades is 5.5 arcseconds/century, roughly
south-east as seen on the sky. This is towards Orion and is consistent
with both ourselves and the Pleiades being in orbit around the center
of the galaxy.
The 8 star names devolve from antiquity, specifically from a the
Greeks; c.f the 3rd century BC poem by Aratus.
All of the Pleiadean stars share the same motion; they are thus not
orbiting Alcyone, but rather moving together as a group. The Pleiades
is an "open cluster", which means that it is not gravitationally
bound. Thus, over a timescale of a few million years, the cluster will
evaporate into individual stars all orbiting the galaxy. The
second-to-last sentence in the above paragraph is simply wrong, and the
writer of that sentence (presumably the book's author, not Mr Nanomius)
is either ignorant or a liar.
(My sources for this information are the Bright Star Catalogue and
Burnham's Celestial Handbook. Also, torriod is not a word; toroid,
torus, and toroidal are, but of these only toroidal is an adjective, as
is needed above.)
> Questions:
>
> - do these star names exist in conventional astronomy? what did 1961
> satellite instruments detect in the Pleiadian areas? [...]
>
The names exist, although astronomers tend to refer to stars by their
BS (Bright Star) or HD (Henry Draper) catalog numbers instead, since so
few stars have names.
On May 5, 1961, Alan Shepard became the first American to reach space,
on the first (sub-orbital) Mercury mission. Thus there weren't exactly
a lot of things in orbit then; it ought to be easy to use a book on the
history of space flight to pick out which satellite it is to which your
channelers refer, particularly since those early satellites couldn't
have been doing a lot of science. If you truly care, Mr Nanomius, you
should be able to find out and enlighten us all. Speaking as an
astronomer, however, I wouldn't trust any measurements made in 1961--I
would demand they be redone, at least!
> - some people in challenging this theory say that the light year
> distance of the Pleiades from the earth is so great that it would
> take a super-luminal velocity of orbit for our solar system to circle
> it in the period claimed. is this indeed the case? (some channelings
> claim that measurements of astronomical light distances are skewed
> due to lack of proper accounting and that a new technique is going to
> be devised)
>
Let's do the math: As I have said, the distance to the Pleiades is 410
LY. Therefore, the length of a circular orbit around them at our
distance is 2*pi*410 LY = 2581 LY, or 2.4x10^19 meters. The claimed
orbital period is 24000-26000 years; take 25,000 years, which is
7.9x10^11 seconds. Our orbital velocity is then 2.4x10^19 m /
7.9x10^11 s = 3.0x10^7 m/s. The speed of light is 3.0x10^8 m/s, so our
orbital velocity is one-tenth the speed of light, or 0.1c.
Possible, according to relativity, but I assure you, Mr Nanomius, we
would notice. We do not see this. If you have questions, please
contact me privately.
A larger question is *why* would we be orbiting the Pleiades; to do so
would require a large mass centered there. We can derive what that
mass is from the fact that the velocity with which an object orbits
(assuming a circular orbit) another is also given by the equation v^2 =
GM/R. We can rewrite that as M = R*v^2/G. So doing, we can deduce
that for the Sun to orbit the Pleides at a distance of 410 LY at a
velocity of 0.1c would require a central mass of
M = 410LY * (3x10^7m/s)^2 / 6.668x10-11 m^3/kg*s^2
= 3.88x10^18 m * 9x10^14 m^2/s^2 / 6.668x10-11 m^3/kg*s^2
= 5.24x10^43 kg
The mass of the Sun is 2x10^30 kg, so this is 2.6x10^13 Suns. The mass
of the galaxy, including dark matter (see below), is estimated to be
between 10^9 and 10^10 Suns, so in order for us to orbit the Pleiades,
there would have to be a mass of around 10000 galaxies there. That
would definitely be something we'd notice--if only by the gravitational
lensing!
I should point out that these are not difficult calculations, Mr
Nanomius. The fact that they give such ridiculous results is a major
blow to your theory.
> 2. The photon belt is comprised of photon light particles emitted by
> the collision of matter and antimatter (electrons and positrons). The
> resulting mass of the collision is converted to photon light
> particles. (Positrons and other particles have been proven to exist
> by scientists. They were conjectured to exist by 'Derac' and verified
> by Anderson in 1932. The anti-proton and anti-neutrons were
> discovered by the 1950s.)
>
As others have said, that is P.A.M. Dirac.
> Questions:
>
> - have scientists discovered or observed the collision of
> matter/antimatter in space anywhere? what are the observable effects?
>
You needn't go into space; they happen all the time in first-year
physics and chemistry labs all around the world. The cardinal sign is
a gamma ray--photon--which has 511 keV of energy. Such photons have
been observed coming from space.
> - I know that Steven Hawking proved that black holes can emit or
> radiate antiparticles. are there sources that emit electron streams,
> such that the photon belt is a region in space of the confluence of
> two opposing sources?
>
Well, the simplest source of an electron stream of which I can think is
the device upon which you're currently reading this, your monitor/CRT =
Cathode Ray Tube. A Cathode Ray is a free electron. You could of
course build a CRT using positrons, but since they have an annoying
tendency to explode whenever they're around matter, no one's yet been
able to do it.
This brings up a separate point, though. Our universe has an extreme
matter/anti-matter imbalance; that is, there is very little anti-matter
out there. We do not believe, for instance, that galaxies made of
anti-matter exist. Explaining why that is the case is a problem for a
cosmologist! Now, we see jets from a variety of sources--young stars,
active galactic nuclei, quasars--but all of those jets are consistent
with electrons & protons being accelerated by a magnetic field and
flung out in a stream. So while a positron stream might exist, we
certainly haven't seen one.
> 3. The photon belt was initially discovered when a series of studies
> on the Pleiades was begun in the earth 18th century by the British
> astronomer Edmund Halley (discoverer of the comet named after him).
> Halley discovered that at least three of the stars in the Pleiadean
> star group are not in the same positions observed by Greek
> astronomers in classical times. The difference had become very great
> and suggested that either a gross error had been made by either the
> Greeks or Halley. Since Halley was confident in the accuracy of both
> his own measurements and the Greeks', he concluded the Pleiades were
> in motion. (p.29)
>
> - what books by Halley refer to this observation? has it been
> recorded? what does it say?
>
> - are mainstream astronomers familiar with his observations?
>
> 4. The observation of Pleiadian motion was later proved by Frederick
> Wilhelm Bessel. He discovered the motion of 5.5 seconds of an arc per
> century by all stars in the Pleiadian cluster. (p.30)
>
> Questions:
>
> - is this recorded in his research? what does it say?
>
> - what do mainstream astronomers think?
>
I'm sorry to have to say this, but this is almost insulting. Halley
discovered proper motion, Bessel made later observations, absolutely.
No *reputable* astronomer would ever contend that proper motion doesn't
exist. So, is it recorded? Of course. What do we think? We believe
it. What does this have to do with Mr Nanomious's claims? Not a whit.
Mr Nanomius also seems laboring under a false assumption of how work in
astronomy (at least) is done. I can't tell you where Halley or Bessel
might have written any of this down; to find it, you would have to
consult the rare books section of a good library. I've never read an
original text from the 18th or 19th centuries, it would be pointless.
When astronomical discoveries pass into the accepted body of thought,
they appear first in reviews and then in textbooks and catalogs. In a
very real sense, I do not care what either Halley or Bessel measured
the proper motion of the Pleiades to be; it has been done many times
since, with ever better equipment, and I want to use the most certain
value!
> 5. Paul Otto Hesse also studied the Pleiades and discovered that at a
> right angle (90 degrees) to the movement of the stars in the
> Pleiades, there was a photon belt shaped like a torroid with a
> thickness of approximately 2,000 solar years or 759,864 billion
> miles. Since both Hesse and Bessel are correct, earth is now
> completing a 24,000 year cycle within the photon belt. (p.30)
>
> Questions:
>
> - who is Paul Otto Hesse? what are his books? what do they say?
>
> - what did he observe? what did he call the photon belt?
>
> - is he recognized by mainstream astronomers?
>
> Note: I have found the following reference on a "Paul Otto Hesse". I
> would greatly appreciate if anyone can research it and give any
> information on its contents.
>
> AUTHOR: Hesse, Paul Otto.
> TITLE: Der Jungste Tag : e. Buch an d. Menschheit, d. von kommenden
> Dingen spricht.
> PUB. INFO: Bietigheim/Wurtt. : Turm-Verl., 1986.
> DESCRIPTION: 135 p.
> ISBN: 3799900683
>
>
I've never heard of this man. That doesn't mean he is not an
astronomer, but it doesn't bode well, either. And since the only
reference given is for a book in German, a language I only nominally
speak, neither can I offer any help on that front. What I would like
to point out is that an *astronomical* discovery would have to have be
reported in a peer-reviewed journal, not in a book, to have credibility.
I would also like to say that quite frankly you, Mr Nanomius, are not
pulling your own weight in this matter. If you want to have an honest
discussion of your unorthodox ideas, the burden is on you to do the
research, not us. I can sympathize with posting something in which one
says "I tried to find X, but didn't get very far, any ideas?" but that
is not what you have done. It is very clear that you have not bothered
to read even an introductory astronomy text, for had you done so you
would not have made the errors you did which struck me as just plain
stupid. Perhaps the most grevious example is that you don't know what
"dark matter" is.
"Dark matter" is defined as matter we sense only through its
gravitational effects, rather than by emitted or reflected radiation.
I quote a later posting of yours:
>
> are you talking to me?? I'd say the theory is not
> really much more bizarre than the idea that there is "dark matter"
> all over the universe that we can't find anywhere.
>
Dark matter is not matter we cannot find, it is matter we cannot SEE.
The difference is crucial. Mr Nanomius, if you want to know more about
dark matter, I would be happy to email you privately, or you could go
read a textbook; in the meantime, you should desist commenting upon a
subject about which you are ignorant.
> 6. The photon belt energies are located at an angle where they are
> very difficult to be seen except by very powerful astronomical
> instruments. The governments of the planet have largely prevented
> those who have access to such instruments from sharing their findings
> in the public light. This suppression has led to a great deal of
> confusion among those who have been given information about its true
> cause and nature. (p.45)
>
> - is there any evidence of suppression? has anyone experienced it? how
> is this "suppression" supposedly carried out?
>
> - if this suppression is in place, it would restrict e.g. NASA
> photographs or Hubble investigations into this area. is this
> happening in any cases?
>
This essentially says that I am required by someone else not to tell
the truth in this matter--a very handy way of discounting anything I
have to say: "it's all lies from the NSA." This is a beautiful example
of the classic logical fallacy 'argumentum ad hominem', or 'arguing
against the man'. Since you can't oppose my arguments, you attempt to
construct a straw man--"all astronomers are suppressed, and thus if
they claim not to be, they are liars paid by the NSA"--so you can use
it to discredit me. Well, discredit all you wish, Mr Nanomius; I have
never had any association with the NSA--unless you count visiting their
museum!
Now, in direct contradiction to this claim about the Hubble Space
Telescope, it is a fact that all its images are in the public domain,
because it is a public venture. Space Telescope Science Institute will
send you any images you want--and you can acquire them even more easily
through a little net-surfing. The only restriction on data is that the
investigators who take the observations are entitled to sole access to
the data for a short while so that they get first crack at reducing it.
As far as some other kind of suppression occuring, I should point out
that many of the largest telescopes in the world are not government but
privately owned. The University of Chicago, for instance, has two
1-meter telescopes at Yerkes Observatory in Wisconsin and a 3.5-meter
one at Apache Point Observatory in New Mexico, to name just the ones at
least 1 meter in diameter. Persons at the University of Chicago could
not be prevented from publishing whatever they wanted concerning images
from these telescopes.
For perhaps one final piece of evidence, I'd like to point out that
many astronomers I know went into this field in order to have as little
to do with the government as possible--not wanting to build bombs or
drive nuclear submarines--thus their tolerance for anything reeking of
censorship from the government is exceedingly low.
> 7. over the past few decades, the magnetic field of the earth has been
> decreasing gradually to almost zero because of photon belt effects
> that nullify magnetic fields. however, a pole shift will not occur.
> (p.33)
>
> - has this decrease been measured? to what is it attributed to?
>
I don't believe this, and here's why: my compass works just fine. And
as far as I know, my dad's compass, which he got as a Boy Scout in the
40's, works fine as well. Had there been a noticeable change over the
last few decades, don't you think that the manufacturers of magnetic
compasses, at least, would have noticed? Wouldn't they have said
*something*?
> 8. an article called "Age of Light" by Barbara Hand Clow gives
> further information (publication unknown), stating
> physicist Brian Swimme triggered some of her research.
> supposedly Swimme is quoted as saying the "central scientific
> discovery of the 20th century- is the discovery of background radiation or
> photons in the microwave spectrum of the electromagnetic spectrum". Swimme
> commented that since 1961 and radical increase in photon has been evident
> and that the photon arrived here " soaked in news".
>
> - who is Swimme? are the quotes accurate? what articles has he
> published on this subject?
>
> - what experiments or papers refer to an increase in background
> radiation over the last few decades?
>
I have never heard of Swimme. However, Mr Nanomius, the quote does not
say what you think it does. It isn't talking about, nor does it say
there was, an "increase in background radiation" over the last few
decades. Rather, it refers to the fact that it has become possible,
due to advances in solid state physics and the creation of the space
program, to sense the photons which comprise the Cosmic Microwave
Background Radiation (CMBR). The existence of these photons was
discovered by Penzias and Wilson in the early 60's--you shouldn't have
any trouble finding them, they won the Nobel Prize for it--and their
characteristics investigated in detail by the COBE (COsmic Background
Explorer) satellite, launched in 1989. The reason this discovery is so
important is that CMBR photons are an essential prediction of the Big
Bang theory, and that because those photons are as old as anything
gets, they give us valuable information on the state of the very, very
early Universe.
> 9. more from Clow:
>
> ``In 1991, Robert Stanley reported a discovery of satellite instruments in
> Unicus magazine in an ariticle called ' The photon Zone- Earth's Future
> Brightens'. According to Staneley, these excess photons are beiong
> emitted from the center of our galaxy. Our solar system enters this area
> of the galaxy every 11,000 years and stays in this band of space for 2000
> years. This band is described by Stanley as a "cloud of photons that
> rotate at a 90 degree right angle to our (solar system) horizontal orbit.
> Stanley, and other writers including astronomer Otto Hesse, Sir Edmund
> Halley, and Shirley Kemp, link the entry into the photon belt with an age
> old speculation that we are the eighth star in the Pleiadian sytem of
> stars.''
>
> - are Stanley or Kemp known in the physics field? what are some of their
> writings? what is the exact reference for the Unicus magazine?
>
> - again, is the supposed orbit of our solar system around a Pleiadian
> system physically possible? if not, why?
>
Never heard of them, don't know, you'd know better than I, no, and see
above.
>
> Miscellaneous Notes:
>
> Many of the channelings claim that the photon belt effects are being
> interpreted by scientists as changes in observed cosmic and/or solar
> radiation patterns. A recent article in OMNI documented the discovery
> of a very highly energetic proton detected by an observatory in Utah.
> The proton, caused by cosmic radiation, had an energy of a 100 MPH
> tennis ball. Mainstream scientists have concluded the cosmic ray was
> due to an extragalactic source because it had such an enormous
> velocity. I believe the "Galactic Human" book also has a reference to
> gamma radiation being observed as an effect emitted from the "null
> zone" of the photon belt. Another final and persistent claim is that
> human DNA will be mutated to uncover lost psychic capabilites.
>
> - have there been changes in solar radiation patterns in recent years?
>
The Sun does have an 11 year sunspot cycle, peaking again in ~1998, but
somehow I doubt that's what you mean.
> - has a suitable explanation for the energetic proton yet been given
> by mainstream scientists? could such a phenomenon be related to the
> "photon belt"?
>
The explanation is "it's extragalactic". Whether or not such a
phenomenon could be related to the photon belt would depend on an
actual, physical, definition of the same; lacking such, this is a
meaningless question.
> - is the conclusion about the extragalactic origin accurate? what is
> the evidence that nothing in our galaxy has the required energy? are
> the Pleiades/photon belt, according to the above information, in our
> galaxy?
>
Accurate? What does that mean? It's the accepted explanation. No new
evidence has been acquired to cast doubt upon it.
We only know of a few mechanisms of producing extremely high-energy
cosmic rays--a cosmic ray being defined as a high-energy charged
particle, i.e. the proton so described. None of those mechanisms,
acting in the conditions of our galaxy, could give a cosmic ray that
much energy; here, the most energetic sources are supernovae, which
can't produce enough energy. If the cosmic ray came from outside our
galaxy, however, it could come from, for instance, an active galactic
nucleus, which could give it much more energy.
Although this is a bit more esoteric a subject than dark matter, a good
astronomy textbook should be able to tell you more about cosmic rays.
> - what has been observed about gamma radiation in the area supposedly
> occupied by the photon belt?
>
There are two problems with this question: first, how are we to observe
gamma radiation "in the area"? We can only see what *comes from* the
area; even if we had a probe which could nearly attain the speed of
light, we wouldn't get any results back for at least 820 years.
Second, "area supposedly occupied"? While you have told us some things
about where it is, you have not told us enough to actually locate it
specifically. So where would we look?
> - regarding DNA mutation, an article in Nature some months ago
> documented an unknown mutation in DNA noticed by researchers. have
> researchers noticed any other widespread DNA mutations?
>
I can't speak to that, of course.
This debate has gone on far too long for what it has become, a forum in
which Mr Nanomius can demonstrate both his lack of knowledge on the
subject and his willingness to shout others down rather than learn.
You came to this newsgroup, Mr Nanomius, pretending to be interested in
what astronomers or at least astronomically-knowledgable people had to
say in reaction to the astronomical claims of these authors' theory.
The fact is, however, that a couple of hours work at the public
library, less work than you put into your WWW page and certainly less
work than I have put in responding to this drivel, could have
enormously enhanced both your argument and your apparant understanding
of it, let alone any replies. It's not that you have put up some
claims that turn out not to work, Mr Nanomius, that is objectionable;
it is that you use all tools you can find--including your ignorance--to
denigrate anyone who tries to show you you're wrong. Even, or perhaps
most certainly, when it's clear to anyone with actual knowledge--the
very people you claim to be trying to ask--that your questions are too
silly to consider seriously.
You don't know what dark matter is, Mr Nanomius, you don't know what
cosmic microwave background radiation is, you don't recognize classical
logical fallacies when you see them--or if you do, you purposely
traffic in them--and to be honest you seem most interested not in
learning but in just being sarcastic. That, and making a fool out of
yourself. Please tell us, Mr Nanomius, what are your credentials--8th
grade? High school? College? It would help everyone greatly to know
at what level arguments need be pitched--if not assist in the
deaccreditation process. For that matter, tell us, why should we
believe you are interested in anything but virtual masochism? What
reasons can you give us for not believing that, in accordance with what
I've concluded from your postings to date, were we discussing the time
of day, you would tell me I was wrong even had I the only timepiece?
David M. Cole
Dept of Astronomy & Astrophysics
University of Chicago
dmc@oddjob.uchicago.edu
================================================================
END OF TEXT

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More